2010-2011 College Catalog

Transcription

Warren Wilson College
Catalog
2010-2011
P.O. Box 9000
Asheville, North Carolina 28815-9000
1-828-771-2000
1-800-934-3536 (Admission)
www.warren-wilson.edu
The Warren Wilson College Catalog is primarily an online document, and the current version
can be found here:
www.warren-wilson.edu/academics/catalog/
0.1
Academic Calendar 2010 – 2011
JULY
AUGUST
SEPTEMBER
OCTOBER
NOVEMBER
12-Feb
4
9
7
9
10
10
11
13-14
16
16-22
18-19
Thurs-Sun
Sun
Fri
Sat
Mon
Tues
Tues
Wed
Thurs-Fri
Mon
Mon-Sun
Wed-Thurs
22
23
25
26
31
6
8
10
14
17
17
21
22
23
30
4-Jan
5
6
10-Aug
15
16-24
18
25
27
28
29
1
2
6
8
8-9 11-12
Sun
Mon
Wed
Thurs
Tues
Mon
Wed
Fri
Tues
Fri
Fri
Tues
Wed
Thurs
Thurs
Thurs-Sun
Tues
Wed
Thurs-Sat
Fri
Sat-Sun
Mon
Mon
Wed
Thurs
Fri
Mon
Tues
Sat
Mon
M-T Th-F
MFA Summer Residency
Swannanoa Gathering begins
Admission Open House
Swannanoa Gathering ends
New Personnel Orientation
New Faculty Orientation
Staff Convocation
Supervisor's Meeting
Faculty Retreat
New Students Arrive
New Student Orientation
Registration for new students online
Residence Halls open for continuing and readmitted students
(1:00 pm)
Classes begin Semester I/Term 1/Triad Day Schedule
Forum (4:00pm)
Deadline for Semester I/Term 1 add/drops (4:30pm)
Faculty Body Meeting (4:00pm)
Semester II/Term 4 Incompletes due to Registrar
Forum (4:00pm)
New & ST Course Proposals for Spring due to Academic Affairs
Chairs Committee Meeting
Deadline to withdraw/pass from Term 1 course
Book orders for Term 2 due to Bookstore
Forum (4:00pm)
Course schedule revisions for Spring due to Registrar (4:30 pm)
Homecoming/Family Weekend begins
Homecoming/Family Weekend continues
Faculty Body meeting (4:00pm)
Forum (4:00pm)
Board of Trustees Meeting
Last day of classes Term 1
Fall Break
Mid-semester/Term 1 grades due to Registrar
Classes begin Term 2
Forum (4:00pm)
Deadline for Term 2 add/drops (4:30 pm)
Deadline to withdraw/pass from Semester 1 course
Senior Letters for Dec grads due to Dept Chairs
Faculty Body meeting (advising time)
Admission Open House
Term 1 incomplete grades due to Registrar
Registration for Spring
2010-2011 Catalog – Text Version
p 2 of 312
DECEMBER
JANUARY
FEBRUARY
MARCH
APRIL
10
19
19
22
24-28
30
1
17
17
22
13-Mar
7
10
11
13
13-14
14
Wed
Fri
Fri
Mon
Wed-Sun
Tues
Wed
Fri
Fri
Wed
Mon-Thu
Fri
Mon
Tues
Thurs
Thurs-Fri
Fri
16
17
17
19
20
26
31
1
2
4
8
13-Nov
11
15
16
25
1
2
11
13-21
14
21
23
24
25
4
4
5
6
15
Sun
Mon
Mon
Wed
Thurs
Wed
Mon
Tues
Wed
Fri
Tues
Thur-Sat
Fri
Tues
Wed
Fri
Tues
Wed
Fri
Sat-Sun
Mon
Mon
Wed
Thurs
Fri
Mon
Mon
Tues
Wed
Fri
Forum (4:00pm)
Deadline for withdraw/pass from Term 2 course
Book orders for Semester II/Term 3 due to Bookstore
Senior letters for Dec grads due to Registrar
Thanksgiving Break
Forum (4:00pm)
Last day of classes Semester I/Term 2
Winter Break begins 4:30pm
Semester I/Term 2 grades due to Registrar
MFA Winter Residency
Supervisor's Meeting
Regular work schedule begins
Faculty Retreat
New students arrive
Orientation for new students
Registration for new students online
Residence Halls open for continuing and readmitted students
(1:00 pm)
Classes begin Semester II & Term 3
Celebrate Martin Luther King Day
Forum (4:00pm)
Deadline for Semester II/Term 3 add/drops (4:30pm)
New & ST Course Proposals for Fall due to Academic Affairs
Semester I incomplete grades to Registrar
Forum (4:00pm)
Book orders for Term 4 due to Bookstore
Board of Trustees meeting
Deadline for withdraw/pass from Term 3 course
Forum (4:00pm)
Course schedule revisions for Fall due to Registrar (4:30 pm)
Forum (4:00pm)
Last day of classes Term 3
Spring Break
Mid-Semester/Term 3 grades due to Registrar
Classes begin Term 4
Forum (4:00pm)
Deadline for Term 4 add/drops (4:30pm)
Deadline for withdraw/pass from a Semester II course
Term 3 Incomplete grades due to Registrar
Senior Letters for May grads due to Dept Chairs
Faculty Body-academic advising time - (4:00pm)
Work Day
Deadline for withdraw/pass from a Term 4 course
p 3 of 312
MAY
16
18-19 21-22
20
25
29
28-30
3
4
12
13
13
13
14
16
Sat
M-T Th-F
Wed
Mon
Fri
Thur-Sat
Tues
Wed
Thurs
Fri
Fri
Fri
Sat
Mon
Scholarship Luncheon
Registration for Fall
Forum (4:00pm)
Senior Letters for May grads due to Registrar
Book orders for Semester I/Term 1 due to Bookstore
Board of Trustees meeting
Forum (4:00pm)
Last day of classes Semester II/Term 4
Semester II/Term 4 ends
Senior grades due to Registrar (12 noon)
Honors & Awards (8:00pm)
Commencement (10:00am)
All grades due to Registrar
p 4 of 312
0.2
Warren Wilson College Catalog
0.2.1
Nondiscrimination Policy
Warren Wilson College does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, national or ethnic origin,
gender, age, marital status, disability, or sexual orientation, in the administration of its educational policies,
recruitment or admission of students, scholarship, grant or loan programs, athletic or other College-administered
programs or activities, employment procedures, training programs, promotion policies or other related personnel
practices.
0.2.2
Disclaimer
This publication is not a contract or an offer to contract. The College reserves the right to change information or
conditions contained in this publication without notice. The information contained in this document is current as of
April, 2010.
p 5 of 312
0.3
From the President
Nestled in the beautiful Blue Ridge Mountains, just a few minutes from the culturally rich city of Asheville, Warren
Wilson College provides a first-rate liberal arts education to students from across the United States and many other
nations.
For its entire history, the College has had a distinctive identity that is reflected in its mission, its curriculum, and its
sense of community. We believe that work, service, and study combine to form a powerful "Triad," which prepares
graduates for productive personal and professional lives. Also, we stress the importance of environmentalism and
sustainability issues throughout the College.
Further, we believe that all students should be encouraged to take part in intercultural and international activities that
enhance their college experience. The Triad, the concern for environmentalism, and the focus on
international/intercultural experiences give the College its special identity.
In addition to its distinctive mission, the College benefits from having students, faculty, staff, and administrators
who view themselves as peers within the College community. Together, all of us at Warren Wilson College are
committed to creating an educational environment unlike any other in the nation.
William S. Pfeiffer
President
p 6 of 312
0.4
Accreditation and Memberships
0.4.1 - Accreditation
Warren Wilson College is accredited by the Commission on Colleges of the Southern Association of Colleges and
Schools to award the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science, and Master of Fine Arts Degrees:
Southern Association of Colleges and Schools
Commission on Colleges
1866 Southern Lane
Decatur, Georgia 30033-4097
Telephone 1-404-679-4500
Fax 1-404-679-4558
www.sacscoc.org
The Social Work Baccalaureate Degree Program is accredited by the Council on Social Work Education.
0.4.2 - Memberships
Association of American Colleges and Universities
Council for the Advancement and Support of Education
Council of Independent Colleges
Independent College Fund of North Carolina
National Association of Independent Colleges and Universities
National Association for Foreign Student Affairs
National Association of College Admissions Counselors
National Association of Student Financial Aid Administrators
North Carolina Independent Colleges and Universities
American Association of Collegiate Registrars and Admissions Officers
Appalachian College Association
Association of American Colleges and Universities
Association of Presbyterian Colleges and Universities
Association of Governing Boards of Colleges and Universities
Southern University Conference
Council on Social Work Education
Influencing State Policy
International Association of Schools of Social Work
0.4.3 - Licensure
Degrees awarded by the Board of Higher Education, State of North Carolina
0.4.4 - Religious Affiliation
In covenant relationship with the Charlotte, New Hope, Salem, and Western North Carolina presbyteries of the
Presbyterian Church (U.S.A.) and the Synod of the Mid-Atlantic of the Presbyterian Church (U.S.A.).
p 7 of 312
0.4.5 - Special Note
REL 105, Introduction to the Hebrew Bible, is funded in part through the generous support of the Jewish
Chautauqua Society.
REL 252, Life and Teachings of Jesus, is funded in part through the generous support of the Presbyterian Church
(U.S.A.).
p 8 of 312
0.5
Table of Contents
0 -- FRONT MATTER
0.1 Academic Calendar
0.2 Warren Wilson College
Catalog
0.3 From the President
0.4 Accreditation and
Memberships
0.5 Table of Contents
1-- GENERAL
INFORMATION
1.01 Mission, Values,
Objectives, and Vision
1.02 College Profile
1.03 History
1.04 Undergraduate Admission
1.05 Financial Aid
1.06 Withdrawal and Refund
Policy
1.07 Student Life
1.08 Special Facilities and
Resources
1.09 Distinctive Educational
Opportunities
1.10 PEW Learning Center and
Ellison Library
2-- THE TRIAD
2.1 Work Program
2.2 Service-Learning Program
2.3 Academic Policies and
Regulations
2.4 Baccalaureate Degree
Requirements
3-- PROGRAMS OF
STUDY
3 Majors, Concentrations, &
Minors
3.1 Baccalaureate Degrees
3.2.01 Art
3.2.02 Biology
3.2.03 Business and Economics
3.2.04 Chemistry
3.2.05 Creative Writing
3.2.06 Education
3.2.07 English
3.2.08 Environmental Studies
3.2.09 Gender and Women's
Studies
3.2.10 Global Studies
3.2.11 History and Political
Science
3.2.12 Integrative Studies
3.2.13 Mathematics and
Computer Science
3.2.14 Modern Languages
3.2.15 Music
3.2.16 Outdoor Leadership
3.2.17 Peace and Justice Studies
3.2.18 Philosophy
3.2.19 Physics
3.2.20 Psychology
3.2.21 Religious Studies
3.2.22 Social Work
3.2.23 Sociology/Anthropology
3.2.24 Theatre
3.2.25 Women's Studies
3.2.26 Writing
3.3 Masters Degrees
3.3.1 Master of Arts in Teaching
3.3.2 Master of Fine Arts in
Creative Writing
3.4 Specialized Advising Areas
3.4.1 Pre-Law Advising
3.4.2 Pre-Medical and Pre-allied
Health Advising
3.4.3 Pre-Peace Corps,
International, and NonGovernmental Service
Advising
3.4.4 Pre-Veterinary Medicine
Advising
4-- COURSES OF
INSTRUCTION
4.01 Courses of Instruction
4.02 Anthropology (ANT)
4.03 Art (ART)
4.04 Biology (BIO)
4.05 Business (BA)
4.06 Chemistry (CHM)
4.07 Economics (ECO)
4.08 Education (EDU)
4.09 English (ENG)
4.10 Environmental Studies
(ENS)
4.11 Gender and Women
Studies (GDS)
4.12 Global Studies (GBL)
4.13 History (HIS)
4.14 Interdepartmental (INT)
4.15 Modern Language (LAN)
4.16 Mathematics (MAT)
4.17 Music (MUS)
4.18 Outdoor Leadership (ODL)
4.19 Peace and Justice Studies
(PAX)
4.20 Philosophy (PHI)
4.21 Physical Education (PED)
4.22 Physics (PHY)
4.23 Political Science (PSC)
4.24 Psychology (PSY)
4.25 Religious Studies (REL)
4.26 Science (SCI)
4.27 Social Work (SWK)
4.28 Sociology (SOC)
4.29 Theatre (THR)
4.30 Writing (WRI)
5-- DIRECTORY
INFORMATION
5.1 Administration and Staff
5.2 Faculty (2010-2011)
5.2.1 Library Faculty and Staff
5.2.2 Staff Teachers
5.3 Graduate Faculty and Staff
6-- COLLEGE
RELATIONS,
ADVANCEMENT, &
GOVERNANCE
6.1 Board of Trustees
6.2 Alumni Board
6.3 Church Relations Council
6.4 Endowed Scholarships
7-- INDEX OF
SECTIONS
7.1 Index of Sections
p 9 of 312
1.01
Mission, Values, Objectives, and Vision
1.01.1 - Introduction
Warren Wilson College is an independent, accredited, four-year liberal arts college, which awards the Bachelor of
Arts and Bachelor of Science degrees in a variety of disciplines, the Master of Arts in Teaching, and the Master of
Fine Arts degree in creative writing.
The College was founded by Presbyterians in 1894 and maintains a covenant relationship with the Presbyterian
Church (USA). The roots of this historic relationship continue to nurture the College's commitment to community,
social responsibility, the value of work, and openness in the pursuit of truth. The College provides a strong sense of
purpose, place, and participation, and supports diversity, community, and personal development. We welcome those
from all religious faiths and secular perspectives who share similar commitments.
1.01.2 - Mission Statement
The mission of Warren Wilson College is to provide a distinctive undergraduate and graduate liberal arts education.
Our undergraduate education combines academics, work, and service in a learning community committed to
environmental responsibility, cross-cultural understanding, and the common good.
1.01.3 - Core Values
All proceedings, programs, and initiatives of the College are grounded in a commitment to the following core
values:
●
●
●
●
●
●
The Triad: Academics, work, and service
Community: Civic engagement and participatory governance
Liberal Arts: Experiential and innovative education
Sustainability: Environmental responsibility, social and economic justice
Diversity: Inclusivity, international and cross-cultural understanding
Wellness: Personal growth and well-being
1.01.4 - Enduring Institutional Objectives
Drawing from its core values, the College accomplishes its mission through an enduring commitment to the
following objectives:
1. To practice an integrated Triad of academic study, productive work, and meaningful service
2. To prepare students for service, leadership, and meaningful lifelong work and learning
3. To offer an undergraduate educational program that
A. enables students to think critically, obtain and evaluate information effectively, and
communicate clearly;
B. introduces students to a variety of ways that humans acquire and use knowledge;
C. provides students with opportunities to develop a breadth of understanding and to make
connections among areas critical to a liberal arts curriculum;
p 10 of 312
D. requires that students demonstrate a depth of understanding through competence in one or
more academic disciplines;
E. leads students into considered reflection on the meaning and value of work and service to
others;
F. engages students in Triad activities that deepen understanding about the environmental,
economic, and community bases of sustainability;
G. guides students in examining their lives and articulating their beliefs and values;
H. provides opportunities for personal, physical, moral, and spiritual development;
I. imparts an awareness of the commonality of human problems while encouraging the
development of civic engagement and a sense of social justice;
J. offers educational opportunities for students to better appreciate the diversity of the world and
to develop cross-cultural and international understanding.
4. To offer select, innovative graduate programs grounded in the liberal arts tradition
5. To promote environmental responsibility in students through education, campus operations, policy, and
community outreach
6. To create an educational community representing a broadly diverse world
7. To nurture, through responsible and resourceful management policies, a small, residential community
where students, faculty, staff, and governing board share close, mutually supportive, personal relationships
and collaborate in College governance
1.01.5 - Vision
Warren Wilson College will lead the nation toward a new model for liberal arts education through the innovation of
its Triad educational program, the quality of its academic engagement, the fulfillment of its sustainability principles,
the depth of its commitment to diversity, the vitality of its community, and its nurturing of individual well-being.
p 11 of 312
1.02
College Profile
1.2.1 - The Campus
Warren Wilson College is located in the Swannanoa River Valley of the Blue Ridge Mountains. The campus
consists of 1,130 acres situated on the outskirts of Asheville, Western North Carolina's historical, cultural, and
creative center. The campus features 25 miles of trails winding through forest, farm, and gardens. The campus
includes housing for 900 students and for many faculty, staff, and their families. Along with residence halls, the
central campus comprises classrooms, laboratories, studios, faculty offices, administrative offices, dining facilities,
the library, and a student center.
1.02.2 - A Unique Educational Triad
The College's educational program, the Triad, consists of three interwoven strands of experience: liberal arts
academics, a campus-wide work program, and service learning. Grounded in principles of sustainability and guided
by core values of diversity, community, and cross-cultural understanding, Warren Wilson's work and service-based
programs deepen each student's engagement in academic learning.
The Triad: Academics
Strong Liberal Arts Curriculum, Practical Applications
Warren Wilson's curriculum challenges students while creating a foundation for lifelong learning. The academic
program teaches students to think critically, evaluate information effectively, and communicate clearly while
providing opportunities to make connections between the classroom and hand-on experiences. The College's liberal
arts focus encourages students to explore various fields of study before choosing from over 20 majors, including
traditional arts and science disciplines, professional studies, and interdisciplinary programs. The four-term calendar
allows concentration in fewer subjects at one time, with smaller class sizes and ample opportunity for independent
study, internships, and other field work.
The Triad: Work
Building Skills, Creating Community
The work program has been fundamental to the College since its founding in 1894. Students work 15 hours per
week on one of over 100 work crews responsible for the daily functioning of the campus and essential operations of
the College. Through the work program, students take ownership of their college community while developing
respect for the value of work. The work program builds confidence while advancing skills in problem solving,
organization, and communication. At work, students build specific skills that reinforce their classroom experiences
and see academic theories come to life.
The Triad: Service Learning
Passionate, Creative Community Engagement
Service has always been a core value of the College and a graduation requirement for nearly 50 years. Service
learning integrates experiential, real-world activities into the College's academic offerings and work crew
experiences with projects that facilitate the development of problem solving and analytical skills. Students serve a
minimum of 100 hours in the local community, across the country, or internationally as part of a study abroad
experience. Through service learning, students engage in issue education through workshops, alternative fall/spring
break service trips, and weekly projects integrated with first-year seminars.
1.02.3 - Study Abroad
p 12 of 312
Study abroad is a major component of the Warren Wilson College experience. By immersing themselves in the
history, culture, language, and social issues of a particular region, students become aware of their own cultural
footprint. They become independent thinkers, observers, careful travelers, and comfortable inhabitants in their host
country. Managing travel and living abroad builds effective decision-making and problem-solving skills while
fostering confidence and independence. Study abroad opportunities include faculty-led, short-term and term-length
courses, single-semester or year-long independent study abroad programs, and academic internships.
1.02.4 - Sustainability
The College and its landscape is a living laboratory where sustainability infuses nearly every aspect of campus life,
from academics, work, and service learning to daily living and long-term planning. Students grasp how complex
issues such as poverty, environmental degradation, overpopulation, and illiteracy have common, interconnected
strands: economic, environmental, and social/cultural elements that define community well-being. They learn these
connections in the classroom, explore them on their work crews, and engage these complex community issues
through service learning. As a roadmap for community engagement, Warren Wilson's sustainability focus prepares
students to make responsible life choices for future generations.
1.02.5 - Diversity
The College has long demonstrated its commitment to provide a deeper student experience by embracing and
engaging diversity in race, national origin, cultural background, disability, gender, sexual orientation, social class,
religion, opinions, and ideas. Openness and inclusivity are encouraged and supported. Preparing students to solve
problems can't happen without providing a rich, dynamic educational experience including exposure to a range of
valid opinions, ideas, and identities. This preparation, in turn, builds real-life skills in problem-solving, facilitation,
and articulation of one's position against a backdrop of vibrant and sometimes unpredictable discourse. The College
strives to create a comfort level in which students have the opportunity to become more balanced, grounded, and
well-rounded.
1.02.6 - Community
The College is a learning community that provides a host of opportunities for personal, physical, moral, and spiritual
development. About 87 percent of students live on campus alongside many faculty, staff, and their families to create
a balanced, well-rounded social experience. The College's academic, work, and service philosophy affirms and
supports the dignity and worth of each student, with individualized attention in the classroom and an open-door
policy among administrators and faculty.
1.02.7 - Governance
The College's distinctive governance system promotes lively discourse and honors individual viewpoints among
students, faculty, and staff. Through Student Caucus and other avenues, each student has an important voice and
helps to shape campus life and college policies. Any member of the community can initiate proposals for new ways
of doing things, and everyone has the opportunity to participate in making decisions that affect the future of the
institution.
p 13 of 312
1.03
History
Warren Wilson College began as the Asheville Farm School in 1894. The school was founded by the women's home
missions board of the Presbyterian Church, in order to give mountain boys vocational training and classroom study.
Initially the school enrolled 25 students in grades one through three. Higher grades were added as enrollment
increased, and in 1923 the first high school class was graduated.
In 1942 the Asheville Farm School and Dorland-Bell School for girls in Hot Springs, N.C., merged to become the
coeducational Warren H. Wilson Vocational Junior College and Associated Schools. The expanded institution in the
Swannanoa Valley was named for the late superintendent of the Presbyterian Church's Department of Church and
Country Life.
After graduating its final high school class in 1957, Warren Wilson remained a junior college until 1967, when it
became a senior liberal arts college offering a bachelor's degree. The first seniors in the four-year program were
graduated in 1969. Four years later, the College officially separated from Presbyterian Board of National Missions
and became an independent college guided by a board of trustees.
An international and cross-cultural emphasis is a major part of the history and heritage of the College. Faculty, staff,
and administrators have sought to advance intercultural understanding since the 1920s, when Cuban students
enrolled in the Asheville Farm School. The College admitted a boy in 1939 whose parents had fled Nazi Germany,
and perhaps even more remarkably, enrolled two Japanese-American students in 1942, after the Pearl Harbor attack.
In 1952 -- two years before the landmark Brown v. Board of Education decision began to slowly integrate schools in
the old South -- the College admitted its first African-American student, Alma Shippy of Swannanoa. Today the
College enrolls students from many nations, and through its international program offers all students study,
internship, and service opportunities across the globe.
Set within one of the most biodiverse regions in North America, Warren Wilson has an environmental ethic
anchored in the early history of its land and promised in its mission. Students, faculty and staff honor these traditions
and, through the College's Triad, apply formal commitments to sustainability in their work, service, and academics.
Warren Wilson was one of the first institutions in the nation, in the 1970s, to pioneer an environmental studies
major.
Warren Wilson College has come far in the past 30 years as an independent four-year school. As enrollment has
steadily increased to about 900 students, the curriculum has greatly expanded. Students can now choose from more
than 20 majors, several dozen minors, and honors and pre-professional programs. Although the College has
remained primarily an undergraduate institution, in 1981 it added a graduate program, the MFA Program for Writers
that has become nationally acclaimed with many award-winning faculty and alumni.
The College's recent past also has been distinguished by the forging of numerous partnerships with the broader
community. Partners include Buncombe County Schools and, on the edge of campus, North Carolina Outward
Bound School and the Mountain Area Child and Family Center. In 1996 the College and the Eastern Band of
Cherokee Indians became official partners in the Cherokee Archaeology Field School on campus near the
Swannanoa River. More recently, Warren Wilson and the City of Asheville signed an agreement stating their intent
to work together toward climate partnership goals.
p 14 of 312
1.04
Undergraduate Admission
Admission to Warren Wilson College represents a selection based on both the personal and the academic
qualifications of the applicant. All available information is considered, including previous school record, evidence of
academic and social maturity, extracurricular activities, community service, scores on the SAT or ACT, interview,
references, recent grade trends, and general contributions to school and community. The criteria are designed to
build a balanced student body with high standards of scholarship, personal integrity, serious educational and
personal goals, and a willingness to support the mission of the College. The College is positively attentive to race,
gender, disability, and age. Contact the Admission office at 1-800-934-3536 for more information.
The Admission Committee requires that candidates possess a high school diploma, with completion of twelve
academic units (a unit is one year's study in a subject). A college preparatory curriculum, showing competency in
the following subjects, is required:
●
●
●
●
●
●
four years of English
two years of algebra
one year of geometry
two years of laboratory sciences
three years of social sciences
two years of a foreign language strongly recommended
Interviews are not required but strongly recommended.
1.04.01 - The Freshman Student Admission Process
Each candidate for admission must submit the following by February 15:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
an application,
an official high school transcript,
SAT or ACT scores,
a completed Evaluation Report Form (part of the application),
a two-part essay. The essay is the applicant's opportunity to highlight personal goals, achievements,
strengths, dedications, and convictions, and
6. up to two additional recommendations.
Home School Students must submit the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
a transcript listing course titles and content,
SAT or ACT scores,
an interview (phone or in person),
a partial portfolio of sample work completed (such as graded papers),
a letter of recommendation (not from a parent),
a document that serves as the "diploma," and
a copy of the state rules under which the "home school" was formed or is recognized if other than North
Carolina rules.
1.04.02 - Committing to Warren Wilson
Students who have decided to enroll at Warren Wilson College should send their $300 nonrefundable admission
deposits as soon as they know they will be attending the College, but before May 1. Students who deposit after May
p 15 of 312
1 will be subject to space limitations. Students involved in the Early Decision program should follow the procedures
herewith.
1.04.03 - Early Decision
Students who are highly interested in Warren Wilson College and have strong high school records may apply as
Early Decision candidates. Applications for Early Decision must be received by November 15 and decisions will be
mailed out on December 1. Any student not granted admission under Early Decision will automatically be put into
the Regular Decision pool of applicants. If students are accepted as Early Decision candidates and they know that
they will attend Warren Wilson, they should send their nonrefundable admission deposit by December 20. At that
time, they must agree to withdraw applications made to other schools and not to apply to any more. If a student
chooses not to deposit at that time, the offer of admission will be withdrawn.
1.04.04 - Wait List
The College may assign some applicants to a wait list. Students assigned to the wait list may be offered admission
later in the year if space becomes available. Students who are assigned to the wait list may contact the Office of
Admission to determine their positions on the list and to learn the list's history in previous years.
1.04.05 - Provisional Admission
Each year a small number of applicants are admitted as provisional students. Provisional students may or may not
meet all regular admission standards, but show unusual promise for becoming successful Warren Wilson students.
The provisional status limits students to 12-14 credit hours during the first semester, instead of the regular 16-18,
and they must enroll in College Academic Skills. Provisional status is lifted after successful completion of the first
semester. Provisional students are considered degree-seeking students, and typically do not take extra time to
graduate.
1.04.06 - Early Admission
Early Admission is an option open to a few high school juniors who wish to begin at Warren Wilson College a year
early. To be a serious candidate, a student must fulfill the following requirements, for which there can be no
exceptions:
1.
2.
3.
4.
be in the top 10% of his or her class in a high-level curriculum,
have high SAT or ACT scores,
have completed all graduation requirements except for senior English, and
show a high level of maturity.
To apply for Early Admission, students must submit all the documents requested for first year applicants, and
1. the student and parents must file a letter stating the reasons for requesting early admission, and
2. the high school principal must file a letter certifying that the student will receive a high school diploma
after successfully completing the first year at Warren Wilson.
1.04.07 - Deferred Admission
Accepted students may defer their offers of admission for up to one year by writing the Office of Admission of their
intentions. This request is to be completed by May 1 of the year of acceptance. Students deferring admission may
p 16 of 312
send in their deposits at the time they are admitted, but are not required to do so. However, students who deposit
after May 1 of the year they intend to enroll will be subject to space availability.
1.04.08 - College Credit While in High School
Entering freshman students who have taken college courses during their junior or senior year or in the summer prior
to entering Warren Wilson College must report such work to the Office of Admission. At the student's request, the
College Registrar will determine whether such work will receive credit.
1.04.09 - Advanced Placement (AP) Credit
Academic credit may be granted to enrolled students who receive scores of 3, 4, or 5 on College Board Advanced
Placement tests.
Refer to chart 1.4.9.1 to determine the required score, amount of credit, and course waiver.
1.04.10 - Transfer Admission
Admission of transfer students is competitive, with the primary criteria being academic merit and available space in
a given class. To be considered, a transfer applicant must provide
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
a transfer student application,
an official high school transcript,
official transcripts from all colleges previously attended,
a transfer evaluation form (part of the application) from the most recently attended college, and
SAT or ACT scores if fewer than 28 semester credits have been earned.
In addition, for transfer students to be seriously considered, they
1. must be eligible to return to their most recently attended college,
2. must be in good standing at colleges previously attended, and
3. should have an overall college Quality Grade Point Average of at least 2.75. The overall GPA will be
calculated by the Warren Wilson College Registrar. Courses with grades of D are not accepted for transfer,
but are calculated into the GPA. Transfer grades are not calculated toward Warren Wilson College GPA.
Academic work presented for transfer must be from an accredited college and is subject to final evaluation by the
College Registrar's Office. Warren Wilson will accept a maximum of 64 credits from a two-year college program.
The transfer credits must be from a college or university accredited by one of the following agencies: Middle States
Association of Colleges and Schools, New England Association of Schools and Colleges, North Central Association
of Colleges and Schools, Northwest Association of Schools and of Colleges and Universities, Southern Association
of Colleges and Schools, and Western Association of Schools and Colleges.
1.04.11 - International Student Admission
Warren Wilson College has long had a specific commitment to international education, and since the early 1940s
has had a sizable international population. An international student seeking admission is required to submit the
following information to the Office of Admission:
1. a Warren Wilson College International Student Application, with the $15 (U.S.) application fee,
2. original or notarized copies of secondary school records,
3. results of external examinations such as GCE-O and GCE-A,
p 17 of 312
4. results of the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). A score of 550 or higher is required. (The
TOEFL is administered at several test centers around the world. Inquiries and requests for TOEFL
application forms should be addressed to TOEFL, Box 899, Princeton, New Jersey 08541, U.S.A. The
institution number for Warren Wilson College is 5886.)
5. two letters of recommendation,
6. a personal essay,
7. certification of finances, financial information, and contract proposal (part of the application), and
8. verification of income (in U.S. dollars) including
a. a statement from employer verifying parents' employment and salary
b. a copy of last tax statement if self-employed
c. a letter from a bank to verify average balance of past six months in savings and checking
accounts.
1.04.12 - Financial Aid to International Students
Through the Work Program, Warren Wilson College is able to offer financial assistance to all international students.
These students may also be eligible for other financial assistance, including scholarships. More information about
financial aid is available from the Office of Admission.
1.04.13 - Admission to the Spring Semester
Admission to Warren Wilson College for the spring semester is offered on a space available basis. Notification of
admission will begin on September 1 and proceed until available space is filled.
1.04.14 - Day Students
Warren Wilson College is a residential community. It is desired that most students live on campus throughout their
enrollment. Therefore, students who wish to be day students must qualify as one of the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
living with parents,
married,
single parent, or
financially independent as determined by the IRS.
Students who have lived on campus for one full year may petition the Dean of Students for day student status before
April 1 (for fall semester) or November 1 (for spring semester). Considerations may include space on campus, the
work program, and residential aspects of the community.
Notes:
●
●
●
●
Day students ordinarily do not participate in the work program.
All students must participate in the work program for at least one full year.
Full-time interns are automatically approved for day student status, if they seek it.
Freshmen are not allowed to have automobiles on campus.
1.04.15 - Falsification of Records
Entering the College using falsified or misleading documents or intentionally omitting documents can lead to
dismissal or degree revocation.
p 18 of 312
1.04.16 Credit For Prior Learning
Students who are 25 years of age or older can petition to receive academic credit toward their degree programs for
prior nonacademic learning experiences. They may earn a maximum of 16 credit hours through this procedure.
Candidates for credit for prior learning begin the process with a letter to the Vice President for Academic Affairs,
describing the subject areas in which they believe they can demonstrate and document learning that is appropriate to
an undergraduate program. The Vice President for Academic Affairs will appoint one or more examiners to help the
student complete the assessment process. The examiners' recommendations are presented to the Academic Council
for final approval. Veterans of the armed forces (U.S. and others) are eligible to apply for two credit hours in
physical education. To claim the credit, students should provide a statement to the Registrar giving the dates, place,
and service branch where the basic training was completed.
1.04.17 - Graduate Equivalency Degrees (G.E.D.)
A G.E.D. may, on occasion, be accepted in place of a regular high school diploma. Applicants with a G.E.D. will
receive close scrutiny to determine whether they have had the appropriate courses to succeed at Warren Wilson. In
general, a G.E.D. is used for older students who now show good reason to enroll in college. Applicants must have a
minimum battery average of 500 per section. Applicants with a G.E.D. must include a detailed personal essay
discussing why they left school and why they wish to enroll at Warren Wilson College. A personal interview is also
strongly recommended.
1.04.18 - Readmission
All requests for readmission (after a period of non-enrollment) are submitted on the regular college application
obtained from the Admission Office. A student who was suspended or on any form of probation when last enrolled
must include pertinent information as to why reinstatement should be granted. If another college or university has
been attended during the period of non-enrollment, a transcript must be presented with the request for readmission.
Each application for readmission must be approved by the Executive Committee, which includes the Director of
Financial Aid, Dean of Admission, Vice President for Academic Affairs, Dean of Students, Dean of ServiceLearning, Dean of Work, and Registrar.
p 19 of 312
1.05
Financial Aid
Warren Wilson College provides an educational opportunity for many students who might otherwise not be able to
attend college. The College endeavors to keep expenses at a minimum by offering a substantial and comprehensive
financial aid program to those who are eligible.
The bases for determining eligibility are the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) and the Warren
Wilson College Financial Aid and Scholarship Application (WWCFASA). The FAFSA must be filed each year that
a student wishes to be considered for aid. The WWCFASA is filed once and refiled only if there are changes in the
family or with the mailing address. The amount of assistance from the College may increase or decrease from one
year to the next depending on the financial circumstances of the family. The evaluated need will be offered to the
student as long as funds remain available and the student continues to make satisfactory progress toward completion
of a course of study.
1.05.1 - Federal and State Programs Available
The College cooperates with all federal and state educational assistance agencies including the Veterans
Administration, Vocational Rehabilitation, and other agencies that aid students in obtaining a post-secondary
education. Federal Pell Grants, Federal ACG, Federal SMART, Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity
Grants, Federal Work-Study, Federal Work College, Federal Perkins Loans, William D. Ford Federal Direct Loan
Program, and all state programs are channeled through the College to the students.
Additional information may be obtained from the Financial Aid Office web site: .
1.05.2 - Other Loans
Warren Wilson College has an emergency loan fund for students who need to borrow a limited amount for a short
period (usually 30 days). Loans for educational costs with a long-term repayment option are also available with a
completed FAFSA.
1.05.3 - Financial Aid Deadline
The priority date to apply for financial aid for the fall semester is April 1. Applications completed prior to this date
will be given priority in the award process for grants and scholarships. APPLICATIONS RECEIVED AFTER
APRIL 1 WILL BE HANDLED ON A DATE-PRIORITY BASIS. The availability of need-based grants is limited.
1.05.4 - Campus Work Program
All resident students, regardless of their financial resources, participate in the Campus Work Program during the
academic year. The College also offers work contracts during the summer and other vacation periods. Students may
apply to the Work Program Office for break employment. The College's work program is supported by both Federal
Work Study and Federal Work College funds.
1.05.5 - Scholarships
Academic Honor Scholarships: Warren Wilson College offers honor scholarships to new students based on
academic achievement and promise, not on financial need. To be considered, the student should request an
p 20 of 312
application form from the Admission Office or print a copy from the Admission website. Scholarship awards range
from $1,000 to $8,000. There is an early deadline of March 15 for receipt of these applications.
North Carolina Students: Full-time students who are residents of North Carolina will receive a North Carolina
Legislative Tuition Grant. The North Carolina General Assembly sets the award amount for each year (2009-2010
was set at $1,950 but varies with the state budget). This award is not based on need; however, residency must be
verified. Applications are available from the Financial Aid Office.
For Presbyterian Students: Members of the Presbyterian Church (U.S.A.) may apply for a Presbyterian College
Scholarship. The scholarship is competitive. To be eligible, a student must complete a scholarship application form
prior to December 1 of the high school senior year. This form is available by writing to National Presbyterian
College Scholarships, Presbyterian Church (U.S.A.), Church Vocations Unit, Financial Aid for Studies, Mezzanine,
100 Witherspoon Street, Louisville, KY 40202-1396. A son or daughter who is a dependent of a Presbyterian
minister will automatically receive a $1,000 grant from Warren Wilson College. Warren Wilson College will also
match up to $500 per semester any scholarship provided by a Presbyterian Church to one of its students. The
scholarship from the congregation must be applied to tuition charges. For further information, contact the Office of
Financial Aid.
1.05.6 - Required Financial Aid Forms
Begin the process by first applying for a PIN (electronic signature) at www.pin.ed.gov. Both the student applicant
and one parent will need a PIN to complete the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) on line at
www.fafsa.ed.gov. Designate Warren Wilson College as a recipient of the results by code number and address
(002979; Asheville, NC).
A student who wishes to apply for institutional grants or loans must complete both the FAFSA and the Warren
Wilson College Financial Aid and Scholarship Application (WWCFASA). The WWCFASA is available from the
Admission or Financial Aid Office or the College web site.
North Carolina students are encouraged to complete the FAFSA early to be considered for the North Carolina State
Student Incentive Grant, and the NC Education Lottery Scholarship. Students from Pennsylvania, Delaware, Rhode
Island, and Vermont are encouraged to apply for a grant from their states of residence.
The request for financial aid will be considered after an applicant has been officially accepted for admission to the
College.
1.05.7 - Satisfactory Academic Progress Standards
Students receiving Title IV federal funds or need-based state grants are required to make Satisfactory Academic
Progress (SAP) toward a degree or certificate in order to maintain eligibility for this aid. Warren Wilson College
also applies the same "progress" guidelines to its institutional aid. Minimum standards require that a student remain
off of academic probation and pass 24 semester hours each academic year of two consecutive semesters (AugustMay). In reviewing a student's progress, these standards are applicable regardless of whether or not financial aid has
previously been received. For the purpose of administering financial aid, WWC defines an academic year as two 16
week semesters during which the average undergraduate student completes a minimum of twenty-four (24) credit
hours. However, 24 credits each year is less than is needed to progress in classification (i.e. freshman, sophomore).
Minimum number of hours: All hours refer to "semester" credits as used at Warren Wilson College. The
following minimum number of credits MUST be passed: a) FULL-TIME (required of all resident students) = no less
than 24 semester hours in two consecutive semesters (12 hours if one semester is attended); b) THREE-QUARTER
= no less than 18 semester hours in two consecutive semesters (9 hours per semester); or, c) HALF-TIME = no less
than 12 semester hours in two consecutive semesters (6 hours per semester). NOTE: Federal and state aid will be
recalculated to three-quarter, half-time or less-than-half-time if a student fails to attend a class and those
p 21 of 312
class credits are (or were) needed for full-time status. Charges will not be adjusted. Refer to the "withdrawal
and refund policy."
Incompletes: Warren Wilson College allows two weeks into the following semester for a student to finalize an
"incomplete". Satisfactory Progress determination will be made following this two-week period. Failure to pass an
incomplete can result in the immediate termination of aid retroactive to the first day of classes. (No credit is given
for grades of WP or WF; however, a WF is computed in the GPA as an "F".) There are some grants and
scholarships that cannot be fully awarded until a final cumulative GPA is calculated.
Repeats: The credits for a repeat class are counted only once toward graduation. The higher grade will be counted
in the GPA. Aid will not be adjusted retroactively for lost credits from an earlier semester. It is strongly
recommended that a repeat course be taken as an addition to 12 other semester hours in the event that a higher grade
is not earned.
Minimum GPA: Students (all students - not just aid recipients) must maintain a minimum cumulative grade point
average based upon hours attempted as defined by the Scholastic Standards Committee and published in detail in the
Student Handbook and the Academic Catalog. Loss of aid is a possibility for any Federal aid recipient who fails to
pass at least one class within a semester. Refer to "unofficial withdrawal" in the Withdrawal and Refund Policy.
Maximum Length of Eligibility: Eligibility ends with the completion of academic requirements for one degree or
certificate. Length of eligibility is determined on the assumption that a student is capable of completing degree
requirements within a maximum of 5 years (10 semesters) as a full-time student. Less than full-time enrollment will
be evaluated as stated in minimum number of hours. To graduate within this maximum period of 10 semesters, the
following percentages of completed work are recommended: after 2 semesters, 20%; 4 semesters, 40%; 6 semesters,
60%; 8 semesters, 80%; and 10 semesters, 100%.
Graduation (128 hours): Financial aid is intended to assist a student in completing an academic program
NOT just to take classes. Students should monitor their class schedules so that their courses will count towards the
required number of credits for their major course of study. The Financial Aid Office will monitor all class schedules
once an aid recipient has earned 128 credits including any transfer and AP/IB credits. Warren Wilson College has a
commitment to assist with the completion of one degree and one major as long as the student remains eligible in all
aspects (128 credits within a maximum of 10 semesters; cumulative GPA; minimum credits earned each academic
year or semester). Reminder: Loans will either enter repayment or begin a six-month grace period once the student
falls below half-time (6 credits).
Transfer Students: A transfer student is considered to be making satisfactory academic progress upon acceptance
for admission. To prorate the remaining number of semesters of financial aid eligibility at Warren Wilson College,
divide the number of hours accepted for transfer by 13 and subtract the results from 10 (semesters). The fraction is
disregarded (dropped). Transfer students will be provided a minimum of two (2) semesters of aid eligibility to
compensate for the College's academic residency requirement. (i.e. 10 Semesters - No. Hours Transferred /13 =
Semesters of Remaining Eligibility) ALL official academic transcripts must be on file with the WWC Registrar. All
credits accepted for transfer will be applied to SAP.
Continuing and Readmitted Students (who are also first-time aid recipients): The eligibility of these students will
be based upon the academic performance of their most recent academic year or semester at Warren Wilson College.
Withdrawal during Term 1 or Term 3 Drop/Add: A student will be subject to the Withdrawal Policy but will not
be penalized for failing to make Satisfactory Academic Progress. (Four-day drop/add period at the beginning of
each semester.) Withdrawal from WWC after the Term 1 or 3 drop/add periods will result in a failure to make SAP
since attempted credits were not passed (ie less than 12 or 24 credits passed)
Financial Aid probation: One (1) semester of financial aid probation will be automatically granted following
the aid recipient's first failure to meet the above Satisfactory Academic Progress Standards. If, during the
probationary period, the student fails to pass a minimum of 12 semester hours and/or fails to raise the
cumulative GPA to that defined by Scholastic Standards, aid eligibility will be terminated until these
Standards are met. A documented and written appeal may be made for one additional semester due to personal
p 22 of 312
illness or injury. If the student fails to make Satisfactory Academic Progress during the probationary period but is
still eligible to attend Warren Wilson College, s/he may apply for a private educational bank loan. In addition to
this, full-time North Carolina residents may continue to receive the NC Legislative Tuition Grant (NCLTG). WWC
honor and merit scholarships are not renewed once lost.
If the student is not on academic or financial aid probation, yet fails to successfully complete the minimum number
of semester hours by the end of the spring semester, s/he may opt to attend summer school to complete the
additional hours needed. The course work taken at another institution must be accepted as transfer credit by Warren
Wilson College. The WWC Registrar must confirm the acceptability of transfer credit(s) BEFORE registration is
completed for the classes. It is the student's responsibility to provide documentation of completed hours to the
Director of Financial Aid. (Transfer credit will not be calculated into your cumulative GPA.)
To regain eligibility for financial aid, a student must successfully complete a minimum of 12 semester hours at
Warren Wilson College and can no longer be on Academic Probation. If the student documents successful
completion of 12 semester hours at another institution, these transfer credits may be considered along with a written
appeal to the Director of Financial Aid at WWC. A combination of college classes, employment, and strategic
academic planning with a WWC advisor will also be considered if the student's cumulative GPA can be salvaged
with one additional semester of aid probation. Contact the Financial Aid Office for additional information.
Summary: To maintain "satisfactory academic progress" at WWC you must remain off of academic probation;
pass no less than 24 semester hours each academic year (12 if one semester); and, graduate within ten (10)
semesters or 128 credits whichever comes first. Transfer/AP/IB credits will be included in the 10 semesters/128
credits. You may retroactively lose Federal aid if you fail to pass at least one class in a semester (in addition to
academic suspension). Federal and state aid will be recalculated if your aid package is based upon full-time
attendance and you fail to attend or begin attendance in at least 12 credit hours of classes.
SAP Standards are subject to change as necessary to remain in compliance with Federal Regulation.
03/01/2010
1.06
Withdrawal and Refund Policy
The Warren Wilson College Withdrawal and Refund Policies are established to provide fair and equitable treatment
to finances of both the student and the College. Since Warren Wilson makes financial commitments on behalf of
each student at the time of enrollment, those costs will be shared with the student as explained in the following
policies. These policies will be applicable for official or unofficial withdrawals including suspension or expulsion
for academic, administrative, work or disciplinary reasons.
As you review our policies, keep in mind that the College operates on a traditional semester basis (minimum of 15
weeks). Academic credit is awarded by the semester. Tuition, room, board and fees are charged by the semester.
Financial aid is awarded and paid by the semester (not the "term"). A minimum of 12 attempted (registered) credits
is determined to be full-time and will be charged at the full-time rate. If you live in a residence hall, you are
required to be a full-time student and will be charged for a minimum of 12 credits; however, your aid may be
adjusted if you fail to register full-time.
If your aid package is based upon your attending Warren Wilson College as a full-time student, you are required to
register, attend and complete a minimum of 12 credits. If you register for 12 credits, begin attendance in all
classes but fail to complete those 12 credits due to an official withdrawal from the College, your aid status will be
determined by the College's "Satisfactory Academic Progress Standards". If you register for 12 credits but fail to
begin attendance in all or part of those classes prior to your official withdrawal from the College, your Federal and
state aid will be recalculated to three-quarter, half-time or less-than-half-time. The withdrawal calculation will then
be processed based upon your reduced aid package (costs will not be reduced). You are particularly vulnerable to
p 23 of 312
problems if you are registered for Term 2 or Term 4 classes that make you full-time (minimum 12 credits) and you
withdraw prior to beginning attendance in those Term 2 or Term 4 classes.
1.06.1 - Institutional Withdrawal Policy
Begin the process of an official withdrawal by contacting the Office of the Dean of Students. The date of
withdrawal will be the date that the College is notified of your decision to withdraw (the date you actually begin the
withdrawal process). This may be verbal notification; however, written notice is preferred. If there are extenuating
circumstances determined to be beyond your control such as illness, accident or grievous personal loss, the Dean
can, prior to the last day of classes, set a withdrawal date based upon your last documented date of attendance at an
academically-related activity. (Dean's Office: first floor Dodge)
You have established an academic record once you register for a class. In order to complete your official
withdrawal process, the Dean of Students will notify the Registrar's Office of your decision. The Registrar will
inform your instructor(s) and academic advisor who will follow the same guidelines as "Withdrawing from a
Course" (refer to the academic catalog for more detailed information). Should you withdraw from school after the
end of the fourth week of a term course or the end of the ninth week of a semester course, your instructors will
determine a grade of W or WF. Should any grade be recorded as WF, the Scholastic Standards Committee will
review your record at the end of the semester.
For financial aid purposes, an unofficial withdrawal date will be set as the midpoint of the payment period
(semester) if you "drop out" without notifying the Dean of Students of your intentions. It is also an unofficial
withdrawal if you do not pass at least one of your attempted classes since the College cannot make a presumption
that you attended. Charges will not be adjusted for unofficial withdrawals; however, Federal grants and loans, both
student and parent, will be pro-rated per the Federal Return of Funds Policy.
Medical or Administrative Withdrawals: Refer to the chapter on "Academic Life and the WWC Degree" of the
Warren Wilson College Student Handbook. Regular refund policies and Satisfactory Academic Progress Standards
will apply.
1.06.2 - Institutional Refund Policy
"Refund" is the return of aid to the same source from which it came (ie bank, Pell Grant fund, community donor,
etc.). Special expenses such as private rooms, lab fees, parking stickers, admission deposits, registration deposits and
fees (comprehensive and orientation) are non-refundable. A new student (first semester at WWC) will have a
minimum in non-refundable costs that would include the admissions deposit ($300), comprehensive fees for the
semester ($159) and orientation fees ($260/fall; $130/spring). A student readmitted to WWC after an absence will
have a minimum in non-refundable costs of the admissions deposit ($300), comprehensive fees ($159) and the
Readmit Fee ($50). The continuing student will have a minimum of $159 non-refundable comprehensive fees.
Registration deposits ($300) are non-refundable to any student.
Your tuition, room (private or double), board and commuter fee, if applicable, will be pro-rated on a day-by-day
basis through the first 60% of the semester. If you withdraw and totally move out of the residence hall on the first
day of classes, you will be charged any applicable non-refundable costs only. (Fall, spring and Thanksgiving
breaks are excluded from the day-by-day count. Triad Day and Work Day are included. Monetary amounts may be
rounded to the nearest dollar.) You will be charged for all non-refundable costs plus 100% of your tuition, room,
and board or commuter fee one day beyond the first 60% of the semester.
Example of cost pro-ration: 30 calendar days attended/103 days in semester = 29% charge
(29% X tuition/room/board added to any non-refundable fees)
If you withdraw prior to the College's receipt of your aid (loan check from bank; scholarship check from donor;
grant funds from state agencies; etc.), you may have to forfeit those funds if they cannot be approved for late or
p 24 of 312
post-withdrawal disbursement. You will forfeit the NC Legislative Tuition Grant if you withdraw prior to the State's
designated date of "required full-time" attendance (October 1 for the fall and the tenth class day of the spring
semester). You may also forfeit government funds that are not allowed to be pro-rated or whose eligibility has a
precondition tied to another grant.
In most cases, a withdrawn student will leave WWC with a "balance due". Since our resident students may choose
to apply their campus work earnings toward the cost of tuition, room and board, this defers (delays) payment to the
College. A withdrawn student may leave WWC owing at least the equivalent value of hours not worked in the
semester or an amount equal to any aid the College is required to return as a result of the Refund Policy.
Scholarships/grants/loans that have been designated for the spring semester cannot be used to cover a withdrawn
student's unpaid costs from the fall semester.
1.06.3 - Federal Return of Funds
The treatment of Title IV funds is governed by the Higher Education Amendments of 1998, Section 484B 34 CFR
668.22 (Return of Federal Funds). The Law requires that we determine the amount of aid you earned based upon
the length of time you are enrolled during a payment period (semester). If you complete 60% or less of the
semester, the percentage of the period completed is the percentage of aid earned. Refer to the pro-ration calculation
on the previous page as an example. If you complete at least one day beyond the first 60% of the semester, you will
have earned 100% of the aid disbursed Eligibility for late disbursements will be considered on a case-by-case basis.
Exceptions are "unofficial withdrawals" as described on the previous page. (Work earnings are excluded from these
calculations. You will be paid for actual hours worked.)
Software provided by the Department of Education is used to determine your "earned" versus "unearned" Federal
aid. Any unearned Federal aid will be returned first to an Unsubsidized Direct Student Loan, Subsidized Student
Direct Loan, Perkins, PLUS, Pell Grant, ACG, SMART, FSEOG then all other Title IV programs - in that order. A
copy of this worksheet is available upon request.
1.06.4 - Return of All Other Funds
This same earned and unearned percentage will be used for the remainder of your aid (state, institutional). Any
remaining unearned non-Federal aid will be returned to WWC institutional and state funds - in that order. Some
states may calculate their own refunds. Any designated scholarships (civic club, church, etc) will be handled as
instructed by the donor. If there are no special instructions, designated scholarships will be applied towards any
remaining balance due to Warren Wilson College or refunded to the recipient. Alternative educational bank loans
will also be applied towards any remaining balance due to the College. Any remaining alternative loan funds held
by WWC will be returned to the borrower's lender as a prepayment. (Spring awards cannot be applied towards fall
charges.)
The Federal Return of Funds Policy and the definition of withdrawal are subject to change if necessary to remain in
compliance with Federal Regulation.
03/01/2010
p 25 of 312
1.07
Student Life
1.07.01 - Athletics and Recreational Facilities
Intercollegiate Athletics: The College fields men's and women's varsity teams in soccer, basketball, cross-country,
mountain biking, and swimming. Warren Wilson College is a member of both the United States Collegiate Athletic
Association and the National Association of Intercollegiate Athletics.
Facilities: The DeVries Athletic Center includes a gymnasium, a weight-fitness room, a 25-yard indoor swimming
pool, six tennis courts, two soccer fields, and an outdoor basketball court.
The oldest wooden gym in Western Carolina, Bryson Gymnasium, was recently renovated and currently houses the
Outdoor Programs offices, Wellness activities, yoga and dance classes, and other special events.
1.07.02 - Clubs/Intramural Teams
The College sponsors co-educational club teams in ultimate frisbee, rowing, fencing, indoor soccer, and step.
Intramural activities vary depending on student interest. Recent activities have included kickball, flag football, water
polo, tennis, dodgeball, and basketball. Credit and non-credit classes in martial arts, spinning, yoga, meditation,
weight lifting, and physical fitness are sometimes offered.
1.07.03 - Counseling Center
The Counseling Center provides a full range of free and confidential personal counseling services for all enrolled
students, including short-term individual, couples, and group counseling; assessment; consultation; and crisis
intervention. Additionally, the center offers limited psychiatric services, which must be arranged through the
counselors. For students presenting needs or preferences beyond the scope of the Counseling Center, referrals will
be made to regional specialists.
1.07.04 - Health Center
The Health Center is staffed by a part-time Nurse Practitioner and a full-time Registered Nurse. The Health Center
treats basic medical needs as well as providing family planning and contraceptive services. Transportation to
medical appointments is available, with 24 hours notice and driver availability, between the hours of 8:00am 4:30pm Monday - Friday.
1.07.05 - Governance
The Student Caucus is the primary representative body for students and is part of Warren Wilson's shared
governance system. The Caucus meets each week during the school year to discuss student concerns and provide
information to students. The Caucus makes policy recommendations in areas affecting student life, including the
general philosophy and direction of the College, social regulations, student discipline, student housing, student
activities, intercollegiate athletics, the Work Program, the Service Program, and the academic calendar.
The College's standing committees include elected student members. Students are either appointed or elected to task
forces and search committees. Judicial matters are handled by an elected group of students, staff, and faculty.
(See also section 1.02.7)
p 26 of 312
1.07.06 - Outdoor Programs
Outdoor Programs sponsors weekly trips both on and off campus. Weekly activities include: Climbing Wall Nights,
Roll Practice and Kayak Polo in the college pool, kayak and canoe sessions, weekly trips skiing and snowboarding
to area slopes, bouldering at local sites, and skateboarding at the local skate park. All weekly activities are free or
discounted for students, faculty, and staff. Weekend trips occur every weekend of the academic year and include:
Canoeing, Kayaking, Rafting, Rock Climbing, Bouldering, Caving, Mountain Biking, Hiking, Backpacking,
Skiing/Snowboarding, Hang Gliding, Running, and Adventure Racing. Trips are first come and open to students,
faculty, and staff. Gear is available through the program for most activities. Gear is also available for checkout for
personal outdoor trips. In addition to our Outdoor Program offerings, the Community Bike Shop is also part of the
program and has bikes available to students, conducts maintenance workshops, and provides bicycle service for all
WWC community members.
1.07.07 - Residence Halls
Ninety percent of Warren Wilson students live in one of the 16 campus residence halls. The residence halls are
small, ranging in size from 17 to 135 students, and each includes a common living room, kitchen, and laundry. Each
residence hall has student staff who are responsible for the community. Most student rooms are double occupancy,
but there are single room options for upper class students in the apartment style housing. Other housing options
include single sex, suite style, and affinity housing options such as first year, substance-free and wellness, Ecodorm,
and cooperative living.
1.07.08 - RISE (Resistance, Intervention, Safety & Empowerment) Project
The RISE Project addresses consent, safer sex, sexual assault, healthy relationships, relationship abuse, and stalking
through education, support, advocacy, and programming. Work crews participate in educational workshops on a
variety of topics such as bystander intervention, sexual harassment, and preventing relationship violence. Students
meet with the Director of the RISE Project and a crew of student RISE Advocates to process their experiences and
develop plans for safety and healing. The RISE Crew creates publications that offer information and resources to
students; organizes events such as open-mics, performances, Take Back the Night, and safer sex workshops; and
coordinates service opportunities with Room in the Inn, Helpmate, and Our VOICE. The Sexual Misconduct
Hearing Panel, work crew supervisors, Public Safety, and student leaders receive RISE's trainings on dynamics of
violence, resources, and interventions. RISE seeks to create an environment where the conditions that perpetuate
violence do not exist, and everyone feels respected and safe in the community.
1.07.09 - Special Needs
The College strives to be in full compliance with section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, the Americans with
Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA), and ADA Amendments Act of 2008. Students requesting accommodations under
these acts must provide documentation of the disability that substantially limits a major life activity. For detailed
information about the necessary documentation, visit http://www.warren-wilson.edu/info/accommodations.php. To
request assistance or determine appropriate accommodations, contact the Educational Access Coordinator, Deborah
Braden at 1-828-771-3791 or dbraden@warren-wilson.edu.
For additional support, students may seek assistance from their academic advisors, course instructors, or the Director
of Academic Support Services.
1.07.10 - Academic Support Services
p 27 of 312
Academic Support Services are designed to assist students in developing and improving study skills and habits that
will enhance their academic success. The Director of Academic Support Services works individually with students
to define areas of need and to develop a plan for the improvement of academic performance. Such a plan might
include the use of the Counseling Center; the Career Resource Center; the Writing Center; departmental tutoring;
and workshops on a variety of issues including time management, test and note-taking strategies, dealing with stress,
math anxiety, and memory and its role in learning.
To request assistance or more information, contact the Director of Academic Support, Lyn O'Hare, at 1-828-7713012 or lohare@warren-wilson.edu.
1.07.11 - Spiritual Life
The Director of Spiritual Life, the College Chaplain, and members of the Religious Studies faculty support and
promote programs that represent different religious and spiritual traditions. The College Chapel/Warren Wilson
Presbyterian Church has worship services every Sunday morning and participation in the Chapel Choir is open to all
members of the community. The Emmaus Group is a weekly ecumenical gathering for students from various
Christian faith traditions. BE is a weekly Buddhist meditation and discussion group. The Student Jewish Association
organizes regular Shabbat celebrations and observances of Jewish holy days. The Wellness Crew sponsors yoga and
other programs related to spiritual practices. The Spirituality and Social Justice Crew encourages and nurtures
holistic growth and transformation through education, dialogue, reflection, and action. The Spiritual Life
Committee, composed of students, faculty, and staff, develops special gatherings to enhance religious/spiritual life
on campus. The College Chaplain, the Director of Spiritual Life, and the Religious Studies faculty are committed to
respectful interaction across religious and spiritual traditions.
1.07.12 - Student Activities
Student Activities organizes major social events for the campus community. The Director of Student Activities and
the Student Activities Crew book local, regional, and national bands; produce student music shows; collaborate with
the student-run coffee shop, Sage Cafe; and coordinate events sponsored by campus clubs such as Conscious
Alliance. Student Activities also sponsors fun weekly events including Open Mics, Pop Culture Quiz Nights, and
Appalachian Music Nights, and larger events such as the Drag Show and the Circus.
1.07.13 - Student Media
A campus news bulletin, a student newspaper, an on-line publication, a photo yearbook, and a literary arts magazine
are written, edited, produced, and printed by student workers and student volunteers. In addition, many campus
groups and work crews create and distribute their own newsletters and brochures.
1.07.14 - Wellness
The Wellness Program offers a variety of programs that help students to create, pursue, and practice a life-style of
wellness. The Program currently presents noncredit courses such as several styles of yoga, vegetarian cooking,
pilates, herb walks, massage, Reiki, and Tai Chi. Smoking cessation programs and alcohol and other drug education
and prevention efforts are also offered. All programs are initiated by student interest.
Many campus improvements have grown out of Wellness initiatives, such as the creation of a meditation garden and
a meditation hut, an outdoor brick-fired pizza and bread oven, weight room additions, climbing wall additions, the
greenhouse, and Sage Cafe.
p 28 of 312
1.08
Special Facilities and Resources
1.08.01 - Warren Wilson Archaeological Site
The Warren Wilson site is one of the most important archaeological sites in the Southern Appalachian region. It is a
stratified site with intermittent Native American occupation zones dating from as early as 5000 B.C. to around A.D.
1500. It is best known for the remains of a two-acre Pisgah culture village, home to ancestors of the Cherokee
Indians. The site has been investigated since 1965 and in 1996 the Eastern Band of Cherokee Indians became
official partners in the archaeological research project. Also, in 1999, under the guidance of representatives of the
Eastern Band, human remains previously excavated at the site were returned and reburied in a repatriation
ceremony.
The site serves as the focal point for classes such as Archaeology Field and Laboratory Methods and was the focal
point of the Archaeology Field School for over twenty years. The Field School now operates out of historicallysignificant sites near Morganton, North Carolina. The Archaeology/Collections crew is responsible for maintaining
the on campus site and curating excavated materials from this dig and field school sites.
1.08.02 - Computer Facilities and Information Technology
The College maintains ample computer facilities for students. All student dormitory rooms are linked to the campus
network and the Internet. Public e-mail stations are available on campus. The Bannerman Technology Center serves
as the campus community lab and multimedia center. In addition, three computer laboratories are located in
classroom buildings. These facilities provide ready access to word-processing, spreadsheets, databases, statistics,
graphics, and programming languages software. The Pew Learning Center and Ellison Library maintains a battery of
computer workstations with state-of-the-art on-line references and multimedia facilities. Multimedia instructional
facilities are located throughout the campus. At the College one can find PC, Macintosh, and Linux systems. The
student computing services work crew manages the day-by-day campus information technology systems under the
direction of the computing services manager.
Information technology prerequisites are on the rise for the student in American higher education today.
Accordingly, the student is encouraged to bring a personal computer to campus and to learn more about information
technology and how to use it during the college years. Basic guidelines for computer competency challenge the
student to understand the following operations: the computer's operating system, Internet and e-mail connections,
word processing, spread-sheet development, database development, graphic presentation development, folder and
file maintenance and sharing, and basic computer and printer care. Many of these skills are learned through
individual practice and through course assignments. Students may contact the academic advisor for counseling on
how to best meet these guidelines during their college careers.
1.08.03 - Geographic Information Systems Laboratory
The College maintains a geographic information systems laboratory for use by students and faculty wanting to use
spatial data and analysis in support of teaching and research in the environmental and social sciences. The lab
houses 16 computer workstations equipped with GIS software and other analysis tools, an instructor workstation and
projector, an open-source workstation focused on Linux-based software tools, an additional computer for the student
crew, two printers and significant data storage. The Department of Global Studies offers introductory and advanced
courses in GIS, and students can gain additional experience by serving on the student crew or by engaging in service
projects for organizations requiring assistance with mapping and geographical analysis.
1.08.04 - Environmental Leadership Center
p 29 of 312
The mission of the Environmental Leadership Center (ELC) is to raise awareness of local, national, and global
realities and to inspire caring citizens -- especially youth -- to reflect, to communicate, and to act as responsible
caretakers of the earth.
Students may participate in a variety of ELC programs: 1) teach EcoTeam -- a nine-unit, science-based,
environmental education curriculum -- to Buncombe County third graders; 2) participate in paid summer
sustainability internships at some of the finest organizations in the nation (Smithsonian Environmental Research
Center, Audubon's Seabird Restoration Project, the National Climatic Data Center, The Nature Conservancy, and
more); 3) apply for seed grants to support campus environmental projects; 4) record essays for the ELC's
Swannanoa Journal, a weekly broadcast on public radio aired in a five-state region; 5) contribute to the newsletter
Catalyst; 6) interact with visiting ELC speakers like Jane Goodall, Bill McKibben, E.O. Wilson, and David Orr; 7)
assist with the annual sustainability program, Mountain Green; or 8) work on the Collge's Climate Action plan while
serving on the ELC's Campus Greening Crew.
1.08.05 - Holden Visual Arts Center and Gallery
The Holden Gallery offers several exhibits each year including student and faculty shows. The Holden Visual Arts
Center also includes an auditorium, a print-making studio, 3 darkrooms, and an artist book/paper making studio.
Next to the Holden Visual Arts Center is the sculpture and ceramics facility. This annex is a 2,000 square foot
building housing fully equipped ceramics and sculpture studios, including a high fire stoneware gas kiln, and raku
and electric kilns. Stone carving, bronze casting, wheel thrown and hand-built pottery, and ceramic sculpture are
some of the skills taught in this area. New as of the 2003-2004 academic year is the Lucy T. Fletcher studio
building. This facility houses painting and drawing studios, a woodworking shop, and studios for senior students.
This new building adds over 5,700 square feet of studio space.
1.08.06 - Kittredge Theatre
Kittredge Theatre includes a 321-seat proscenium house, a large stage, a 30-batten counterweight system with full
rigging, and a 42-channel computer-controlled lighting system. The theatre features a large costume collection and a
large scene shop with direct stage access. Kittredge Theatre is run by the Department of Theatre, the staff of which
includes the Director, Technical Director/Designer/Building Manager, Costume Designer, and a 14-16-member
work crew. Three to four mainstage productions are offered by the department each year, as well as a number of
other "studio" performances.
1.08.07 - Music Facilities
The Music Department, located in the Helen Kittredge Community Arts Center, sponsors guest artist and student
recitals in its 60-seat Rehearsal Hall or in the Kittredge Theatre. Seven music practice rooms, each equipped with a
piano, are open to all members of the campus community. The Keyboard Laboratory has state-of-the-art electronic
keyboards with computer assistance for composition. The Music Library has a wide collection of scores and
recordings.
1.08.08 - Mountain Area Child and Family Center
This modern child care center opened in 2001 and is located one mile from the main campus on Riceville Road.
The center is committed to the goal of providing high quality child care and early childhood development to children
of diverse backgrounds including those with special needs and those from low-income families. The Mountain Area
Child and Family Center represents a dynamic model of quality childcare and early childhood development,
providing experiential learning for current and future teachers, while serving children and families through
innovative collaborations with education, health care, and community organizations. The Mountain Area Child and
p 30 of 312
Family Center houses six classrooms for infants through preschoolers, a family resource room, a health center, an art
room, a multipurpose room, a kitchen, teachers' lounge, offices, and an adult teaching area. The unusual "backyard"
playground was built by Warren Wilson students and volunteers. Students from the Education, Psychology, and
Social Work departments, as well as the Work Program and the Service-Learning Center, participate in the MACFC.
1.08.09 - Appalachian and Intercultural Collections
The Appalachian Collection consists of tools and assorted artifacts representing traditional Appalachian cultural
material. The Intercultural Collection includes artifacts, clothing, dolls, and print materials from Africa, Asia, and
South America. The collections are available for use in classes as well as for campus exhibits. They are maintained
by the Archaeology/Collections Crew.
1.08.10 - Summer Educational and Cultural Programs
Many cultural programs are offered at Warren Wilson College during the summer. The Swannanoa Gathering offers
a variety of courses and workshops in traditional crafts and music. The five-week Swannanoa Chamber Music
Festival features weekly chamber music concerts, as well as introductory presentations on Thursday evenings.
1.08.11 - Visiting Scholars and Lyceum Programs
Each year Warren Wilson College invites important scholars, researchers, artists, musicians, and other individuals to
the campus. In recent years, the College has hosted members of the North Carolina Shakespeare Company, the
North Carolina African-American Dance Ensemble, Northern Harmony Shapenote Singers, sculptor Robert Lobe;
and spiritual leaders representing Native American traditions, Thai Buddhism, and North American religions and
spiritual movements. Environmentalists Carl Leopold of the Boyce Thompson Institute at Cornell University, David
Orr of Oberlin College, Amory Lovins of the Rocky Mountain Institute, and Lee Pasarew of the United States
Environmental Protection Agency are recent visiting scholars. Other recent scholars are Aurora Lim, chemical
engineer, and Lynn Pareja, women's studies specialist at Central Philippines University; Stefana Roussenova,
Fulbright scholar in dissident literature at the University of Sofia, Bulgaria; Godwin Mbamalu of Johnson C. Smith
University; Neal Mangham, President of the School for International Training; Parker Palmer, national leader in
higher education; and Sociologist Suchart Setthamalinee, Payap University, Thailand.
In addition to visiting scholars and activists in the arts and sciences, the Warren Wilson College Lyceum Program
sponsors a series of foreign and domestic films and special events complementing the intellectual life of the
academic community. Lyceum's support of Appalachian Day festivities and Warren Wilson's International Week
reflects the breadth of the community's interest. Regular lecture series include the William Faulds Lecture on
religion and the G.D. Davidson Roundtable on Christian vocation.
p 31 of 312
1.09
Distinctive Educational Opportunities
1.09.1 - Appalachian Studies
The College's location in Appalachia provides an opportunity to offer a Global Studies Concentration in Appalacian
Studies and a minor in Appalachian Studies. In addition to encouraging appreciation of Appalachian culture and
facilitating intercultural awareness, the program can be useful to students preparing for a range of professional
careers. For more information, consult Global Studies (section 3.2.08.2.18).
1.09.2 - Asheville Area Education Consortium
Degree-seeking students enrolled at Warren Wilson College may enroll for credit in courses offered at Mars Hill
College and the University of North Carolina at Asheville through the Asheville Area Educational Consortium.
Credit hours will be awarded by Warren Wilson College. Students interested in participating should contact the
Registrar for approval and for registration information.
Participation guidelines:
1. The consortium is open to full-time, degree-seeking students who have completed at least one semester at
Warren Wilson College.
2. Students may not normally cross-register for courses currently available at Warren Wilson College.
3. Spaces in courses are made available to students who wish to cross-register only after all students at the
host campus have registered. Permission of the instructor does not guarantee registration for a course.
4. Warren Wilson College tuition will be charged.
1.09.3 - International Programs: Study Abroad Opportunities
Warren Wilson College's Office of International Programs offers many options and highly encourages every
qualified student to study abroad in an educational field experience. Although international study is not required for
graduation except in select majors, typically 65-75% of students completing degrees at Warren Wilson College each
year have taken advantage of our financially-supported study abroad opportunities to develop their awareness and
understanding of cultural and international issues. International Program qualification is based on credit hours,
residency, good standing, compliance with program rules and procedures, and participation in pre-departure class
meetings and orientation sessions. A full-time, regular student who has acquired 60 credit hours from Warren
Wilson College and has met residency and other conditions may take full advantage of the program and begin
formal application for the program in a prescribed manner.
The International Program offers stated study abroad options and identifies specific sites as part of the program.
These options and sites may change from year to year. Although all College study abroad program options are
supported in part through college funding, application and program fees are also required for all options. These fees
vary depending on such variables as the distance of the international location, the time to be spent in the field, and
the special needs of particular programs. Students who have transferred to Warren Wilson College should inquire
about their status regarding funding and the associated fees for enrolling in the program.
Semester or Year Abroad: The College offers numerous education abroad and cross-cultural opportunities through
partner institutions and collaborative partnerships. Through these connections, students may elect to spend a
semester in Japan at Kansai Gaidai University; in South Korea at Hannam University; in Northern Ireland at the
University of Ulster or the Queen's University of Belfast; in China at Liaocheng University; in Thailand at Payap
University; in France at the Universite Catholique de l'Ouest; ; in Mexico at the Universidad de Oriente; and in
Spain, England, India, Germany and Ecuador and elsewhere through our collaborative partnerships. Selection for
p 32 of 312
placement in these programs may be competitive, and in some cases a certain level of foreign language competence
is required. Full academic credit is available for work completed through exchanges and partnership institutions.
To participate in any of these programs, students must apply, meet all International Program requirements, and must
have their proposed studies approved in advance by their academic advisors. (For further details, contact the Office
of International Programs.)
Short-term Courses: Several short-term, cross-cultural/international courses in various academic disciplines are
offered each year. This option combines on-campus study with two to three weeks of group travel during the
summer or winter break directly following the academic term. Students and instructors study on campus and then
travel together for further experiential study and service in such places as Chile, Costa Rica, England, Ghana,
Greece, Ireland, Italy, Micronesia, New Zealand, Thailand, China, Nicaragua, Tibet, or closer to home for a crosscultural experience in Canada, the Florida Everglades, Alaska, or Mexico. Travel is not permitted without
satisfactory performance in the on-campus study course preceding departure.
Term-length courses are also periodically offered. Similar to short-term courses, term-length courses spend seven
to nine weeks in the field following on-campus study, offering more depth in academic and cross-cultural immersion
as well as service opportunities. Previous term-length courses have been offered in Guatemala, Mexico, Sri Lanka,
India and Chile.
Other (external) program options: A student meeting International Program qualifications may choose to
participate in another U.S.-accredited academic study abroad program administered by a different U.S. college or
organization. Many excellent U.S. study abroad programs are offered in a wide range of disciplines and locations
around the world. For example, several students have participated in programs offered through the Council on
International Educational Exchange (CIEE), or the School for International Training (SIT), which has a special
relationship with Warren Wilson College. To receive College support for an external study abroad option, students
must plan carefully in advance with their academic advisors and obtain approval from the Registrar and the
International Programs Office by specified deadlines during the semester prior to their planned period of study.
Details are available from the Office of International Programs.
1.09.4 - Honors Programs
Honors programs are offered through the Biology, Chemistry, English, and Environmental Studies Departments.
The objectives of these programs are to set high academic standards to which all students can aspire, to encourage
students to pursue scholarly research, and to provide incentives and recognition for students of unusual ability and
interest. Students who complete all requirements for graduation with Honors will have this distinction included on
their transcripts. See the listing under Environmental Studies in the Programs of Study section for further
information.
1.09.5 - Three-two Cooperative Program
Warren Wilson College has a cooperative program with Duke University to offer combined liberal arts and
professional training. Through this program, students may spend three years at Warren Wilson College and two
years at the university, earning the Bachelor of Arts degree from Warren Wilson College and a second, professional
degree from Duke University. This program enables a student to obtain a liberal arts education with the advantages
of Warren Wilson College's small classes and dedicated teachers, and also earn a professional degree from a large
university.
The current cooperative programs are the master's degree programs in Forestry or Environmental Management with
Duke University in Durham, North Carolina.
1.09.6 - English Language Learners Opportunities
p 33 of 312
The College supports international students in English as a Second Language (ESL) tutoring and classes throughout
the regular school year. Warren Wilson students interested in teaching English as a Second Language also can
become involved as teaching tutors or in the College's English as a Second Language classes and activities
conducted during the regular academic year.
p 34 of 312
1.10
PEW Learning Center and Ellison Library
Faculty & Staff: David O. Bradshaw, Tom Durham, Heather Stewart Harvey, Teresa Imfeld, Y. Mei Mah, Martha
McLean, Christine Nugent (Director), Joy Pastucha, Diana Sanderson, BK Segall
1.10.1
Overview
Mission: The Pew Learning Center and Ellison Library participates in the educational mission of the college by
providing quality information resources, a service-oriented staff, and a welcoming environment for students, faculty,
and staff.
The library implements its mission through learning partnerships, programs, activities, and appropriate technologies
that strive to achieve the following goals:
1. Develop and maintain a collection of quality information resources that supports the College curriculum,
represents a variety of viewpoints, and reflects breadth and depth.
2. Provide reference services for students and faculty, as well as a program of instruction that will help
students obtain and evaluate information effectively and become life-long learners.
3. Provide for students, faculty and staff, efficient and reliable access to information resources, regardless of
format or location.
4. Provide a library facility with physical environment and ambience that is inviting and conducive to the use
and preservation of information resources.
5. Provide a library facility with physical environment and ambience that is inviting and conducive to the use
and preservation of information resources.
6. Provide a work environment for student crew that fosters responsibility, offers learning opportunities, and
welcomes leadership that supports the library's mission.
7. Develop and maintain close working relationships with other campus units (faculty, WPO, student life,
service learning office, computing services, writing center, bookstore, administration, MFA program, etc.)
to shape the learning environment for students.
8. Maintain a work environment within the library that is built on collaboration and consensus.
9. Provide staff development opportunities that facilitate awareness of new developments in librarianship,
information management, and services, and that prepare staff to continue to deliver effective library
services and operations.
10. Enhance the library's collections and services by fostering collaborative relationships with local, state and
regional information partners (ACA Bowen Central Library of Appalachia, NC LIVE, Carolina
Consortium, OCLC/Lyrasis, and other partners, as appropriate).
11. Consider the environmental impact of facility use and library services and implement 'green' practices
wherever possible.
The library is open 81 hours each week, with extended hours at the end of each term. Students have seating choices
including group study tables, group study rooms, carrels, and lounge seating. A study room with two computers and
wireless capabilities is available 24 hours a day, seven days a week during the academic year. An instructional room
is equipped for multimedia presentations. The library has audiovisual materials and appropriate equipment for their
use, including VCR and DVD players.
The library maintains a collection of over 100,000 print titles and provides access to over 70,000 electronic books.
The collection supports all areas of the College curriculum and contributes to the cultural and recreational
enrichment of students. The heavily used alternative press magazine collection ensures that alternative and minority
viewpoints are represented.
p 35 of 312
The library is a charter member of the NC LIVE (North Carolina Libraries in Virtual Education) program and is part
of the ACA (Appalachian College Association) William G. Bowen Central Library of Appalachia. NC LIVE and the
ACA Central Library provide extensive library resources to students at participating colleges and universities. These
and other services include full text coverage of about 26,000 periodicals and newspapers, extensive databases, and
many other information resources.
The library provides access to the Internet and the World Wide Web through the campus network, including
wireless capabilities. Librarians continuously update and expand the library homepage at to serve as the gateway to
information resources.
The library offers an online catalog containing the holdings of 25 other ACA colleges as well as those in the Warren
Wilson collection. Printed resources not owned by the library may be requested through interlibrary loan from
libraries throughout the nation.
Reciprocal borrowing privileges for students and staff are available with other college libraries in the area. Public
library cards may be obtained from any branch of the public library system.
The library offers many opportunities for instruction in the use of printed and online resources. They include
training in library information retrieval, library orientation and instruction for new students and staff, instruction in
conjunction with college courses, instructional sessions for groups or individuals, and training for students who
work on the library crew.
1.10.2
The Arthur S. Link Archives and Elizabeth Shepard Special Collections
The College Archives (located in the lower level of the library) holds the legal, fiscal, administrative, historical and
cultural records from 1894 through the present. Materials include manuscripts, records, printed materials,
audiovisual items, photographs, and artifacts. The archives holds personal papers of administrators, faculty, staff
members, students, and alumni. In addition there are records from the Presbyterian Church USA Board of National
Missions (which supported the school until the early 1970s). Printed materials include news clippings, graphics, and
programs from artistic and athletic events, lecture series, festivals, and commencements. The archives also has
yearbooks, course catalogs, handbooks, school newspapers, and literary and administrative publications.
Audiovisual holdings include oral histories, mountain and folk music recordings, and videos and movies of concerts,
commencements, and other events. Photographic collections include some 36,000 prints, negatives, slides, and
digital files that document the campus and people from the 1890s through the present. Books on college history, the
Presbyterian Church, the cultural and natural history of western North Carolina, and publications by school
administrators, staff, faculty, and alumni are also part of the collections. The library's Elizabeth Shepard Special
Collections (housed with the archives) contains theses by graduates of the Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing
program, students' seminar papers, documentary source books in American history, and the Federal Writers' Project
guides to America.
p 36 of 312
2.1
Work Program
2.1.1 - Introduction
One of the distinctive aspects of Warren Wilson College is its on-campus Work Program. It consists of students and
supervisors working together to operate and maintain the College and to learn the basics of sound work practices
and problem solving. The Work Program supports the College mission statement by providing opportunities for
students to acknowledge, examine, and celebrate the ethics and value of work in the educational process. Vacation
work, serving facility needs of the College, is also available. The Work Program Advisory Committee acts as the
shared governance committee that oversees the operation of the Work Program. The committee consists of elected
staff, faculty, students and Work Program office staff.
2.1.2 - Mission Statement
The mission of the Work Program is to provide students with productive work that creates opportunities for the
Warren Wilson College community to acknowledge, examine, and celebrate the ethics and value of work in the
educational process. The Work Program fulfills its mission by
●
●
●
●
●
●
providing a work force that operates the College in a way that benefits students both educationally and
financially while serving the community,
fostering a positive work ethic, respect for the dignity of labor, and the importance of serving others,
strengthening the students' sense of community through common endeavor and giving students the
opportunity to participate in all aspects of operating the College,
offering experiential learning that helps to fulfill and enhance the educational mission of the College,
providing students with an evaluation of their work, opportunities for reflection on the meaning of their
work, and career guidance that encourages all students to make informed choices in planning their lives and
work, and
providing opportunities and resources that enhance supervisors' roles as mentors and teachers.
2.1.3 - Graduation Work Requirement
Resident Students: All resident students are required to work 480 hours per academic year. This is usually
accomplished by working 15 hours per week.
Day Students: All day students must work or have worked a minimum of 480 hours in Warren Wilson College's
Work Program in order to graduate. Transfer Students: juniors and seniors are prorated at 240 hours.
2.1.4 - The Learning Experience
It is recommended that each student work on at least two different types of crews while attending Warren Wilson
College.
Students at Warren Wilson do not simply "work." The students, in fact, provide the essential work force to operate
the College. A list of work crews and number of students assigned to each crew is listed under Description of
Current Work Crews. Students must consider early in their educational careers the most productive ways to
combine work, academic classes, and community service.
The College compiles and keeps on file a Work Transcript to assist students who want to use their work record as an
employer reference.
p 37 of 312
Students receive regular evaluations describing their performance level on their crews. The evaluations may be used
as a measure of performance as graded by the supervisor. Supervisors are also evaluated by the student work force.
Each year outstanding students receive awards for their performance in the Work Program. Awards are given for
First Year Students (2), General Work (8), and Senior Work (1).
2.1.5 - Career Services
Career Services provides assistance to students and alumni who are preparing for the next steps on life's journey. It
helps students and alumni as they navigate transitions in their quest for meaningful work and service. Career
Services helps students to see how knowledge, skills, and experience gained through the Triad can transfer to work
and service opportunities beyond graduation. Career Services collaborates with faculty members and work crew
supervisors, as well as external organizations, to connect people, ideas, opportunities, and experiences.
Career Services strives to help students as they
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
discern and develop their gifts, skills, and interests,
wrestle with tough choices about work and career,
identify and research work and other opportunities that fit their preferences,
pursue internships or service opportunities in the US and abroad,
consider options for graduate school, prepare admission applications, and seek funding,
prepare for the GRE and other graduate school entrance examinations,
seek mentors in their areas of interest and a network of colleagues and contacts,
prepare for graduation - for moving on to work and service in the wider world,
conduct a successful search for meaningful work, and
connect with prospective employers.
In addition, Career Services also
●
●
assists alumni with job search and other career change issues and
connects employers with students and alumni to show employers how the Triad gives Warren Wilson
graduates experience that makes them valuable employees.
Among the services and resources provided are
●
●
●
●
●
one-on-one career advising,
self-assessment tools,
a resource library,
assistance in writing resumes, cover letters, and other professional correspondence, and
information about employment and internship opportunities.
Career Services helps students to frame a vision for their lives and to pursue that vision. Students are helped to
prepare to make a difference in the world - to make a good living and a good life.
2.1.6 - How Work Crew Assignments Are Made
Responsibility for work assignments rests with the Work Program Office. The preferences of students are taken into
account, as are the wishes of work supervisors and the immediate College needs. Obtaining a particular job depends
upon the existence of a vacancy, the number of students who apply, and the comparative qualifications of the
applicants. Returning students, particularly juniors and seniors who have done well in their previous assignments
and want the same or different jobs for which they are qualified, usually are provided that opportunity. It is a reallife situation in which competition, seniority, skills, and previous work experience all play a part. Often, new
p 38 of 312
students cannot be assigned to crews reflecting any of their stated preferences - particularly when the preferred
assignments are all with small crews. Regardless of the assignment made, each job is an important one and each
student's best effort will be expected.
2.1.7 - Descriptions of Current Work Crews and Positions
The Work Program should be teaching work ethics, team work, dignity of work, confidence, common sense, a sense
of purpose, initiative, pride in work, communication, problem solving, sacrifice, self-discipline, quality of work,
responsibility, respect, and interdependence. Many different jobs are available to students in the Work Program.
Current work crews, approximate number of students assigned to each, unique educational opportunities, and any
prerequisites for each crew are listed below.
3-D Studio
7-8 students - Studio assistants are responsible for the general cleaning and maintenance of the studio, including
monitoring of the studio when in use by students after class hours. Other responsibilities may include picking up
and stocking clay and ceramic chemicals, inventory of supplies, mixing of glazes and slips, light carpentry, and
loading and firing of electric and gas kilns. Unique educational opportunities include learning how to create
sculpture and pottery; how to build and maintain kilns and other equipment used in a sculpture studio; and how to
organize and run a professional sculpture and ceramics studio. Experience in ceramics and/or sculpture is preferred.
Students with allergies to clay dust, mold, or mildew may find this job unsuitable.
Academic Affairs Office
1 student - Provide clerical and secretarial support for the day-to-day operation of the office. Responsibilities: Assist
with office procedures (filing, preparing and receiving course evaluation documents, mailings, word processing,
light database management), assist with the processing of material for faculty searches, maintain course syllabi files,
and deliver paperwork to various offices on campus. Educational opportunities: learn time management,
organizational, office, professional verbal and written communication skills, and record-keeping skills, as well as
professional confidentiality and interaction with faculty, staff and students. In addition students have the opportunity
to learn how the College functions. Requirements: ability to maintain complete confidentiality, ability to follow
verbal instructions, ability to follow established procedures, accuracy, dependability, positive attitude, ability to
learn quickly, pleasing personality, Word and Excel experience, typing skills.
Academic Building Services
12-14 students - Crew members maintain a regular cleaning schedule of various campus buildings which includes
cleaning floors, carpets, windows, walls, and public facilities. In addition, students help move furniture; maintain
inventory, distribute, organize, and store custodial supplies; coordinate and prepare for large and small conferences
and events which includes setups and stagings; perform equipment and small engine repair and preventive
maintenance and other duties as assigned. Educational opportunities for crew members: First-year students will
receive training in routine detailed work. Students will also learn the use of floor and window washing equipment,
as well as how to use chemicals and chemical dispensers. The second-year student will learn supervisory skills by
assisting in the training of first-year students, evaluating completed jobs, and by providing the necessary transfer of
materials and job information. Third-year students learn management and coordinating skills, become student
supervisors and help the crew managers through follow-up and completion of assigned jobs with satisfactory results.
However, any student showing initiative and competence may be assigned the role of student leader. The progress of
each student, with reference to supervisory levels and privileges given, is based on the student's performance and
attitude regarding work.
p 39 of 312
Academic Support Services
1 student - Provides clerical assistance, including data entry, mail merges, and Internet research and copying. This
person will work with people from three aspects of academic support here at the college and needs to have good
interpersonal skills, be flexible, work in a team as well as independently, and take initiative. Educational
opportunities include the opportunity to gain knowledge in the following areas: data collection and synthesis,
programming, advertising, tutorial skills, organizational and time management systems, and website maintenance.
Accounts Payable
1 student - Processes invoices for accounts payable, files, prepares check run for mailing, and performs other duties
as needed. Educational opportunities include gaining an understanding of general accounting principles, and
developing the responsibility to handle confidential information. Students also learn to enter data with a high level
of accuracy. This job requires mastery of the English language. Three-hour work blocks are preferred.
Accounts Receivable
3 students - Receive payments, balance cash drawer and prepare bank deposits, post data to student accounts,
maintain files, and perform other duties as needed. Educational opportunities include gaining an understanding of
general accounting principles, developing the responsibility to handle confidential information and cash, and
customer service skills. Students also learn to enter data with a high level of accuracy. This job requires mastery of
the English language. Three-hour work blocks are preferred.
Administrative Computing Student Worker
1 student - Maintain inventory of paper supplies. Process print jobs for labels and student paychecks, accounts
payable checks, perform some maintenance on printers. Assist in testing software and establishing working
processes and/or tutorials for various departments. Other duties as needed. Educational opportunities include
gaining an understanding of confidentiality, security issues and responsibility and development of problem solving
skills.
Admission Office
8-9 students - Assist in the admission process; provide printed information and campus tours for prospective
students. Telephone and public relations skills are very important, as crew members are often the first contact a
prospective student or a student's parent has with Warren Wilson College. Extensive routine clerical work.
Educational opportunities include computer search and data entry skills. Students also organize special admission
events such as Open House and student visits. Responsibility is stressed through the timely response to prospective
students' inquiries. Public relations skills and organizational skills are developed through the liaison between the
traveling counselors and assigned student workers.
Advancement
5-7 students - The Advancement Office is the friend and fund-raising arm of Warren Wilson College, which enables
the College to offer a top-notch education as well as a life-changing experience to students for years to come. Crew
members will be exposed to the many facets of Advancement work: Advancement Assistant, Advancement
Communications (including Web and publications design), Advancement Services, Alumni and Church Relations,
Annual Giving, Database Entry and Grant Writing/Research. Students on the crew should have good interpersonal,
communication (writing/proofreading/speaking), organizational, and creative skills. In addition, crewmembers need
to be detail-oriented, reliable and team-oriented while possessing the ability to work independently and adaptively.
p 40 of 312
Familiarity with a variety of software programs is helpful - but ability and willingness to learn is more important.
Crewmembers share in the cleaning and maintenance of the Advancement level of Orr Cottage, must be available to
work and dress up for occasional evening/weekend events, and all crewmembers must sign a confidentiality
agreement. Educational opportunities include learning and refining computer skills, developing public and donor
relations skills, learning various software programs, print production management, developing/refining interpersonal
skills, data management, event planning and organization, and public speaking. Annual event responsibilities
include assisting in Homecoming, Weekend@WWC, Family Weekend, Festival on the Field (a part of
Homecoming), the Scholarship Luncheon, Phonathon, Thankathon, Reunions and Friend Gatherings.
Aquatics
12-15 students - Crew members assist in the operation and maintenance of the college swimming pool. Students
learn the functions of running a pool for the College and for the Asheville community. All crew members are
responsible for life guarding, pool member relations and various cleaning duties. Some special jobs include chemical
maintenance and office assistance. Educational opportunities include the development of strong customer service
skills, gaining an understanding of the maintenance of a community swimming pool, education and preparation for
dealing with emergency situations. Students are responsible for having proper lifeguard and CPR certification.
Archaeology/Collections:
4-5 students - Crew members act as curators of the archaeological, Appalachian, and intercultural artifact
collections; manage and maintain the Warren Wilson archaeological site; manage and maintain the collections as
well as the rooms housing them; and work on development of educational programs related to the Warren Wilson
College Archaeological Field School. Workers will also research, design, and assemble displays related to the
collections, both three- and two-dimensional. Educational opportunities include learning care of artifacts collections
and developing curatorial and display-design skills. Workers gain a sense of how archaeological and material
culture research is conducted. A flexible work schedule is needed, and experience in archaeology (particularly the
College's lab courses) is recommended. Students must demonstrate a strong interest in archaeology, cultural studies,
or museum work.
Athletics
10-12 students - The athletics crew maintains all equipment, supplies and serves as support staff for all programs
within the athletic department and the DeVries Athletic Center. Crew members also plan and implement the
intramural program, conduct all cleaning of the facility, provide secretarial/clerical support as needed and serve as
administrative staff for intercollegiate athletic contests. Athletics crewmembers will learn responsibility through
maintenance of the facility, planning and implementing intramural programs and game day operations of varsity
athletic contests. Educational opportunities include learning athletic management skills relating to student-athlete
recruitment, mass mailing methods, keeping statistics of athletic contests, maintenance of the athletic fields,
gymnasium, weight room, and fitness equipment for the Wilson community. Evening and weekend hours are
required.
Athletic Training
3-5 students - The job includes first aid and rehabilitation. It involves general cleaning, filling and washing water
bottles, and maintaining an inventory of supplies. The students will cover scheduled practices and set up for home
games and events. Organizational and scheduling skills are important, as is the ability to work independently. The
students will need to work and communicate with coaches, student athletes, physicians, and other medical support
groups. Communicating with these groups will involve written reports and telephone calls to arrange transportation
as needed to assist athletes with medical follow-up care. These students must be willing to work a flexible schedule,
including weekends, and to complete CPR and First Aid courses in order to be competent when dealing with athletic
p 41 of 312
injuries. Educational opportunities include writing medical reports, learning CPR and First Aid, and developing
organizational skills.
Auto Shop
11 students - Depending on skill level, a first-year student will work on the motor pool and perform routine
maintenance and safety checks. Upper-classmen with proven skill levels will assist in teaching new students and
maintaining campus vehicles. Educational opportunities include learning to perform routine car maintenance and
some major repairs. Students learn to evaluate cars and their mechanical condition while becoming familiar with
many different engines and mechanical systems. In addition, students learn computer analysis of engines, solving
problems of mechanical apparatuses, and welding and small-job metal fabrication. A three-hour block is preferred
for new students, and a two-year commitment is expected. A campus driving license is required. New members of
the crew will be expected to attend a week-long training workshop beginning one week prior to the opening of
school in the fall.
Blacksmith Shop
4-6 students - The Blacksmith crew focuses on learning and teaching traditional blacksmithing skills, such as
drawing out, squaring, rounding, bending, heat welding, plaiting, and twisting. Students create tools to be used by
other crews as well as by the general campus community. The crew concentrates on extending the opportunity to
learn and experiment with Blacksmithing to the Warren Wilson community. Crew members should be creative,
independent workers who enjoy learning, producing, and teaching. The Blacksmith Crew requires a two-year
commitment. New members to the crew may be expected to attend a week-long training workshop beginning one
week prior to the general opening of school. Educational opportunities include learning the metallurgical techniques
necessary for forging steel; tempering tools and creating needed items for use on campus. Students will become
proficient in the use of varied shop tools (i.e. hammer and anvil; air powered forging hammers). Students will also
learn how to take a project from the design table to a finished, installed creation. The crew hosts open houses for the
campus community and teaches others the basics of forging iron.
Building Services I and II
10-13 students per crew - Crew members maintain a regular cleaning schedule of various campus buildings, which
includes cleaning floors, carpets, windows, walls, and public facilities. In addition, students help move furniture;
maintain inventory, distribution, organization, and storage of custodial supplies; coordinate and prepare for large and
small conferences and events, which includes setups and stagings; perform equipment and small engine repair and
preventive maintenance and other duties as assigned. Educational opportunities for crew members: First-year
students will receive training in routine detailed work. Students will also learn the use of floor and window washing
equipment, as well as how to use chemicals and chemical dispensers. The second-year student will learn supervisory
skills by assisting in the training of first-year students, evaluating completed jobs, and by providing the necessary
transfer of materials and job information. Third-year students learn management and coordinating skills, become
student leaders and help the crew supervisors through follow-up and completion of assigned jobs with satisfactory
results. However, any student showing initiative and competence may be assigned the role of student leader. The
progress of each student, with reference to supervisory levels and privileges given, is based on the student's
performance and attitude regarding work.
Business Office
1 student - The student divides time between the main switchboard and the Business Office. Switchboard duties
include answering the main College telephone switchboard, transferring calls, answering various questions, and
welcoming and directing campus visitors. Office duties include providing general office support in a variety of
ways: word processing/typing, filing, answering telephones, assisting with newsletter mailing (labeling, sorting,
p 42 of 312
etc.), copying and collating materials, and serving as a "gofer" around campus to deliver mail and messages.
Educational opportunities include development of excellent interpersonal skills and basic organizational skills
applicable in a variety of situations. Knowledge of Microsoft Word and Excel with additional office experience
preferred.
Business and Economics
1-2 students - The Business and Economics crew assists faculty members within the department. A crew member
may be expected to provide tutoring when needed by students enrolled in more quantitatively oriented business or
economics courses, such as accounting, economics, or finance. He or she may also be asked to do research related
to areas of interest being studied for publications by a particular faculty member concerning courses of instruction or
to general business and economics issues. Educational opportunities include development of excellent interpersonal
skills and basic organizational skills applicable in a variety of situations. The crew member's tasks would also
include typing, copying, record keeping, and coordination of various departmental events as needed.
Campus Store
6-7 students - Students are responsible for the storefront services. Duties include operating the cash register,
ordering office and school supplies, assisting with sales, ordering sundries and college insignia merchandise, and
receiving and stocking merchandise. Educational opportunities include developing communication skills, learning to
run a cash register and general operational procedures (margins, markup policies, inventory control, and customer
service).
Campus Support
15 students - This crew performs special carpentry and construction projects. Tasks range from demolition to laying
down concrete, to framing walls, and roofing. Campus Support also will help crews such as landscaping, building
services, or paint. Educational opportunities include learning how to start and complete a job, work with hand tools
such as the hammer, flat bar, tape measure, and with power tools such as the circular saw, reciprocating saw, jack
hammer, drill, and chop saw. The crew tasks offer both mental and physical exercise. Problem solving skills are
crucial. The ability to work as an individual and with a team is also essential.
Career Services
3 students - Career Services crew members welcome visitors to the office, greet telephone callers, and respond to email inquiries. They are courteous and professional in dealing with the clients, which include students, alumni,
faculty, work crew supervisors, and employers. The Career Services crew also assists in organizing and carrying out
projects such as job fairs, workshops, and seminars. Students maintain and update websites, design bulletin board
displays, and undertake other projects to publicize their services. They also do administrative tasks such as posting
job announcements, filing, scheduling, keeping records, as well as creating spreadsheets and maintaining databases.
Students have opportunities to initiate projects that make use of their individual skills and interests; recent examples
of student projects include podcast creation and other web-based projects. Educational opportunities crew members
can expect are: to enhance their interpersonal skills, learn about running a small office, learn how to manage
projects, and gain information and skills useful in planning their own careers.
Carpentry
10-15 students - Carpentry involves the construction and upkeep of campus buildings, woodworking, and furniture
repair. Educational opportunities include learning job organization, framing layout, sheet rock hanging and
finishing, concrete forming and finishing, and shingle layout and roofing. In addition, students will learn glass
p 43 of 312
cutting and replacement, door framing and hanging, woodworking, and furniture repair. Requirements: New
students must have a three-hour block for training. Returning and experienced students work with and help unskilled
workers.
Chapel Crew
3 students - Crewmembers provide a combination of general office work, cleaning, maintenance, and event setup.
Cleaning and maintenance includes floor care, window washing, dusting, cleaning of restrooms and kitchens,
ordering cleaning supplies, trash and recycling, and other cleaning-related duties as needed. General office work
includes use of computer, copy machine, telephone, mailings, and other duties as needed. Event setups include
preparing buildings and grounds for church services, potlucks, meetings, wedding or memorial services, collegerelated events, and special programs. Educational opportunities include the ability to learn organizational and time
management skills, use of office equipment, working with local community members in the congregation, working
in a team environment as well as working individually. Requirements: The Chapel Crew member must be willing to
work in an open, all-inclusive atmosphere where team work is strongly encouraged, must enjoy meeting people, and
be able to work independently when necessary. Schedules are flexible, sense of humor always a plus!
Chemistry
11-13 students - Working on this crew will provide the student with skills and experience that cannot be acquired in
conventional classroom situations. This crew is essential for the operation of the chemistry program; therefore the
student workers and faculty members work closely together to set up labs for experiments, develop new
experiments, purchase chemicals and supplies, maintain storage rooms and the inventory system, monitor laboratory
safety, administer the hazardous waste programs, tutor students, function as lab assistants, and grade lab reports.
This crew is also the maintenance and clearing staff for the science buildings. Educational opportunities include
learning preparation and analysis of solutions; problem solving; scientific record keeping; maintenance and
operation of sophisticated instrumentation and computers; use of common word processors, spreadsheets, and data
bases; recycling, decomposition, and proper disposal of hazardous materials; purchasing and inventory procedures;
maintenance of a safety program; lab skills; simple cleaning, carpentry and maintenance; and feeding Dichromate,
the department's cat. Scheduling may include evening hours.
College Press
8 students - Crew members assist customers with copying and printing jobs from simple handouts to booklets and
magazines; learn operation of copiers; learn pre-press operations including computer-based layout and design; and
perform copying, laminating, and bindery. Some students are additionally responsible for darkroom and complex
offset press operations, bulk mailings, monthly billings, inventory management, and troubleshooting equipment.
Educational opportunities include developing strong customer service skills, gaining proficiency in the use and
maintenance of a variety of office equipment, learning desktop publishing and bookkeeping functions, and gaining
darkroom and offset press experience. Students must meet deadlines and work together to accomplish the service
and performance objectives of the College Press. Special requirements include ability to pay strict attention to and
steady concentration on detail, commitment to ensuring customer confidence by repeatedly doing good work and
communicating well with customers and colleagues.
Community Bicycle Shop
3-5 students - The crew repairs bicycles that are donated to the program to be distributed to community members
wanting bicycles. The crew conducts bicycle maintenance workshops and works to promote the use of bicycles both
on and off campus. In addition, crew members manage the campus bicycle shop that repairs personal bicycles for
the members of the college community. Students who work on the crew share a knowledge of bicycle mechanics
and a passion for promoting cycling as an economical and environmentally conscious means of transportation.
p 44 of 312
Educational opportunities include learning to maintain the workings of a functional bicycle shop, which includes
bicycle maintenance, shop organization, and development of learning opportunities for the campus community.
Computer Aided Drafting (CAD):
2-3 students - Crew members staff the CAD office in Facilities Management and Technical Services and act as an
integral part of FMTS operations; provide staff, faculty and students with floor plans, maps and other information;
use Auto CAD (computer drafting software) and ArcGIS (geographic information systems software) to document
and maintain the accuracy of existing conditions of the campus facilities; draw and modify campus building
architectural floor plans; survey campus buildings and locate underground utility lines; manage the campus-digging
permit process. Educational opportunities include gaining experience in a "real-world" facilities management
working environment, developing office skills and customer service skills, gaining proficiency in AutoCAD and
ArcGIS and general computing skills, gaining an understanding of building design and learning how to create
building floor plans. AutoCAD and/or ArcGIS experiences are helpful but not required. Students must be able to
work independently.
Computing Services
12 students - The Computing Services Crew is the front-line of technical support for the Warren Wilson community.
The crew staffs the Help Desk located in the Bannerman Technology Center. Help Desk duties include answering
questions submitted by telephone, e-mail, and in person; completing work requests for staff and faculty; monitoring
campus computer lab hardware and software; assisting students with client-side networking issues and those using
the computer labs. Bi-weekly training is provided to keep current with basic computer skills. A qualified applicant
need not necessarily be computer savvy. They should however be hard-working, self-motivated, and ready to perfect
communication and customer service skills. They must be willing to work some morning, evening or weekend shifts
and make a minimum one-year commitment to the crew.
Computing Services is ultimately responsible for the installation, maintenance, and troubleshooting of all the
computers on campus. They will gain experience with Operating Systems including Windows, Mac OS X, and
Linux. In addition, Computing Services often assists the Networking Crew with wired and wireless networking
including cabling, termination, and configuration.
Cowpie Cafe:
23-29 students - The Cowpie Cafe is a Warren Wilson College student-initiated, student-run food establishment.
Crew members are responsible for all aspects of food service including menu planning, food preparation, cooking,
presentation, and clean up. Educational opportunities include gaining knowledge of vegetarian cooking, utilizing
local and organic ingredients and working in cooperation with the College's garden. General enthusiasm, the ability
to work in fast-paced energetic environment, as well as a genuine interest in vegetarian, sustainable food sources is a
plus. The breakfast shift at the cafe begins at 7:00 AM and the dinner shift ends at 8:00 PM.
Dining Services
230-35 students - Work on this crew includes all facets of food service business: setup, cleanup, dish room, serving
of meals, and assisting in preparation. Educational opportunities are available through the positions of cook's helper,
baker (fresh breads), salad dressing maker (from scratch), salad bar preparation, and positions in the cafe. Additional
income may be earned through the advancement to a student manager position, as well as in the catering department.
Students on the Dining Crew will receive first consideration for these paid positions.
Education Office Assistants
p 45 of 312
2 students - Two crew members share the Education office administrative and departmental cleaning duties. Crew
members assist the Departmental Administrative Assistant in the following: departmental newsletter editor
(composition and mailing twice each year); Education Alumni tracking (current addresses and employment); Web
Master (maintenance and development of department web page per term); Learning Resource Center Assistant,
Librarian #1: cataloging new books, shelving, shelf-reading, maintaining overdue notices, removing old editions);
Librarian #2: Learning Resource Center: maintaining professional journals, catalogues and periodicals filing
systems, manipulatives; Office Assistant (faculty assistance in copying, phone answering, mail responsibilities,
posting class cancellations). Educational opportunities include training in time management, organizational skills,
and general office duties. Crew members will be taught The Dewey Decimal System including library organization
and implementation. Public Relations skills will be beneficial to visitors to the department who are interested in
becoming education majors. The Crew also represents the department to the WWC community. All crew members
will help with four major social events each year. Positions are assigned and responsibilities are shared as a team.
Electric
9-14 students - Students perform inside and outside wiring repairs on campus buildings, maintenance of fire alarms,
maintenance of campus telephone system, and repair work on electric circuits of staff homes and campus buildings.
Educational opportunities include gaining a mastery of electricians' tools and the installation of most electrical
devices including telephones, general conduit installation, basic wiring, and job organization. Second-year students
learn the layout of electrical circuits, make unassisted electrical repairs, and gain proficiency in home wiring.
Commitment to two years on the crew is required. Inexperienced students need a three-hour work block to work on
this crew. New members of the crew are expected to attend a week-long workshop beginning one week prior to the
general opening of school.
EMPOWER
3 students - Duties include planning, organizing, and advertising events, activities, and programs pertaining to social
justice. Students work with the faculty of Gender and Women's Studies to organize and facilitate Empower Center
and other events, including various events for Women's History Month in March and regular events and programs
for the Empower Center. Students also update the Gender and Women's Studies web page and assist the Gender and
Women's Studies Program chair and faculty members with course paperwork, memos, research, etc. Crewmembers
will have the opportunity to make connections and collaborate with local organizations. Educational opportunities
include developing skills in event planning and computer programs, and students will increase their familiarity with
topics in the gender and women's studies field. The crew requires a high level of responsibility, self-motivation,
maturity, and organizational skills. Strong interpersonal communication skills and basic computer knowledge are
necessary.
Energy Audit Crew
5-6 students - The Energy Audit Crew responsibilities include measurement of the college's use of electricity,
natural gas and water together with analysis to identify utility efficiency opportunities, saving natural resources and
reducing CO2 emissions.
Available test equipment includes an infra-red camera, blower door, air duct integrity tester and data-logging
hardware. If warranted, the crew seeks to improve or repair window and door weather-stripping in campus
buildings.
This crew's activities coordinate with the efforts of several other crews, including Campus Greening Crew,
Carpentry Crew, Plumbing Crew, Heating and the Ventilation and Air Conditioning Crew. Students on this crew
should be responsible self-starters, have an interest in using, or learning to use, simple mathematical tools to analyze
numerical data, an ability to write brief technical reports and use hand tools to effect minor repairs in buildings.
p 46 of 312
English Research
2-4 students - The English Research assistants work with a member of the English Department to edit and annotate
materials that will be used in various courses at Warren Wilson College and that may subsequently be published by
university presses. In addition to conducting research related to editing and annotating assignments, the English
Research Assistants also help with preparing and proofreading manuscripts, with developing components of specific
literature, theatre, and writing courses, and with carrying on routine office work. Educational opportunities involve
the refinement of skills that are essential to successful work in graduate and professional school and also in
subsequent employment within the academic and business worlds. Students who become proficient as researchers,
editors and writers, and who have learned to work well in a professional office setting, have marketable skills and
experience that will serve them well personally and professionally. Requirements for working at this critical post
are multiple. Students serving in this position must have a strong interest in intellectual history, literature, and
culture; must be able to write correctly and cogently; must observe the decorum and dress appropriate to a
professional office setting; must have a good command of basic word-processing skills; and must interact and
communicate well with professors, administrators, other students, and a variety of people from outside the Warren
Wilson community.
Environmental Leadership Center
13-15 students - Crew members provide support to the mission of the ELC, which is to raise awareness of local,
national, and global environmental realities and to inspire caring citizens - especially the youth - to reflect, to
communicate, and to act as responsible caretakers of the earth. Potential educational opportunities for crew
members include field-based teacher training, curriculum development, article writing, public speaking, radio
commentary, fundraising, grant writing, regional environmental conference attendance, program coordination, nonprofit management, research skills, and more.
Crew positions include:
●
EcoTeam: 6 students - with some education background preferred - who teach and coordinate the ELCdeveloped EcoTeam Program, which is an eight lesson multi-disciplinary third-grade environmental
education curriculum that reaches over 1,600 Buncombe County children annually.
●
Campus Greening: 4-5 students - with a passion for living green - who engage in tasks including tracking
campus energy use and greenhouse gas emissions, completing the annual WWC Greenhouse Gas Inventory
report, raising on-campus climate change awareness, assisting with The Green Walkabout program,
coordinating the SEED Grant Program, and assisting the ELC staff with emerging sustainability-related
needs.
●
Internship Program Coordinator: 1 student - with administrative skills - who helps coordinate the ELC's
renowned Internship Program.
●
Publication Assistant: 1 student - with excellent editorial and writing skills - who assists in all areas of
publication including Catalyst, The Green Calendar and the Internship Portfolio.
Environmental Studies/Biology
10-12 students - The crew provides support to the Environmental Studies and Biology departments by maintaining
their laboratories, equipment, and collections. There are many educational opportunities available when working for
the Environmental Studies and Biology Crew. Students will learn scientific equipment and how to set up the
equipment for field and wet lab courses, how to make solutions for wet lab experiments, how to perform
p 47 of 312
experimental technique while setting up for course labs, and how to manage and care for a greenhouse and the
plants. Students may also have the opportunity to work one-on-one with faculty in particular subject areas,
including wildlife biology, botany, and microbiology, giving the students a unique educational skill determined by
the students' desire to learn and the need of the faculty. The crew also acts as administrative support to the faculty
members by making photocopies and transparencies of course material, setting up technical equipment for lecture
classes, and cleaning the building. Students will learn how to work as individuals and in a group to get a task done,
to manage time, and to articulate achievements and problems encountered while completing tasks. They will also
learn to professionally listen and talk to work supervisors. This crew seeks self-motivated and mature students with
a strong desire to learn. All levels of students are welcome to join this crew.
Facility Management Customer Service
3-4 students - Students create reports that analyze work order data to uncover and correct departmental service
problems. Students create budget reports, analyzing and monitoring spending patterns; analyze work order
completion trends and reports to assist supervisors scheduling work in a timely manner; maintain computerized
work order system for all Facilities Management crews: perform general secretarial/clerical functions (answer
telephone, take messages, answer incoming radio calls, and make radio calls). Educational opportunities include
gaining a basic understanding of office work and a work order computer program for maintenance activities.
Student will learn to use Microsoft Office, Windows 2000 program, including Microsoft Word, Excel, and Access.
Students will also learn to communicate effectively on the radio and telephone, and to interface with a variety of
people. Some computer skills and a pleasant personality are required.
Facility Management Technical Services
2-4 students - Students are responsible for developing and providing training to all other FMTS departments that
have student office managers. This includes proper purchasing procedures, developing standard operating
guidelines, managing the planning and execution of work orders, and striving for a continued improvement for our
total Facilities Management Program. Students analyze work order data to pinpoint problem areas and resolve
issues, assist in developing 4-month work and goal focus for department and review department goal status.
Students also assist in the development of a 5-year facilities deferred maintenance report and building repair
priorities. A sustainability management crew member develops and executes the environmental management system
for the FMTS department; addresses sustainability issues as related to the Director's office; analyzes data collected
from WWC's building's Direct Digital Control systems; and makes recommendations; and analyzes data collected
from our campus utility consumption and makes recommendations. Educational opportunities: these positions offer
excellent opportunities for students with interests in business, management, economics, energy efficiency, and
policy development/application. In addition, students will learn management soft skills including working
effectively with people, motivational techniques, management theory, and effective management among others.
Students may learn how to make effective presentations, develop effective strategies for training other students and
staff, develop long and short term planning, and to set goals and objectives. Students will learn to understand
purchasing processes, may analyze budgets, understand life cycle costing/economic analyses, and how important
budget decisions are made. Students may learn energy analyses, energy audits, and the economic decisions made
with these.
Farm
24-28 students - The Farm Crew is broken down into three crews: General, Cattle, and Pig Crews. There is overlap
between the crews' work, which consists of caring and feeding 65 brood cows and 25 brood sows; planting and
harvesting corn, cereal grains, and hay crops; fence repair; cleaning, painting, and renovation of farm buildings; and
maintenance of the farm's tractors and equipment. Approximately $150,000 worth of naturally-raised meat is sold to
the public each year, with all the marketing done by the student Marketing Director. Educational opportunities
include learning about sustainable agriculture techniques, tractor operation and repair, and crop and pasture
management. Students also deliver animals, give shots, and administer medicines. Working on this crew is excellent
p 48 of 312
pre-vet experience. Opportunities exist to attend conferences off-campus and to help with on-farm experimentation.
Our work promotes good land stewardship and is pro-wildlife. All students must make a two-year commitment,
have a three-hour work block, and have a willingness to work in adverse weather without complaint.
Financial Aid Office
1 student - The student provides general secretarial/clerical help. Student assists with filing, word processing,
checking records, duplicating, and distributing. The job requires responsibility and discretion. Educational
opportunities include learning the basics of the financial aid application process, time management skills, and the
importance of deadlines. The student worker enjoys the rapport developed with fellow students as the worker greets
and initially helps those coming to the office.
Fire Safety
2 students - Students conduct weekly inspections of fire alarms and emergency lighting systems; conduct fire drills
once a term in dormitories; conduct monthly inspections of all buildings for code violations and extinguishers; and
conduct extinguisher training for resident directors, resident assistants, and appropriate work crews. Educational
opportunities include learning about the North Carolina Fire Code, operation and inspection of fire extinguishers,
fire alarms, emergency preparedness for the campus, and emergency lighting systems.
First Year Programming
4 students - The mission of the First Year Programs crew is to assist incoming students with making a successful
transition to college, both academically and socially. The Program does this through helping students to develop
collegiate-level study habits and time management skills; heightening awareness of, and insight into, diverse social
and cultural groups; promoting personal responsibility and ethical decision-making in both local and global
communities; integrating the Triad into the everyday mindset of students; and building relationships among students,
faculty, and staff in order to fully develop the residential community. Educational opportunities include developing
skills in event planning, graphic design, marketing, catering, assessment, scheduling, and collaborating with diverse
populations.
Forestry
20-25 students - Crew members conduct all activities necessary for the sustainable management of the College's
650-acre forest. Duties include conducting silvicultural practices, providing forest products to the College, trail and
logging road maintenance, shiitake mushroom propagation, and occasional assistance with related Environmental
Studies courses such as forest biology, silviculture, forest management, and wildlife management. Educational
opportunities include learning many technical forestry skills, such as chain saw use and maintenance, and methods
of felling trees. This crew requires a high degree of responsibility, initiative, and willingness to work with others.
Work is outdoors and is sometimes physically strenuous. Three-hour work blocks are desirable but not required.
Knowledge of forests and forestry is helpful. (ENS 233 Forest Biology is strongly recommended for all crew
members.) A two-year commitment is required.
French Assistant
1 student - The student is responsible for grading quizzes, exams, and other papers; tutoring students as needed;
organizing French film nights and a French Table; and some library research. A strong French-language
background is required for this position. Educational opportunities include tutoring, the opportunity to improve oral
skills by practicing French on a daily basis, learning how to prioritize tasks and to cope with a varied workload.
p 49 of 312
Garden
25-30 students - Students are responsible for the daily maintenance of approximately five acres of organically raised
crops, including vegetables, fruits, cut flowers and herbs. Season extending resources include a 34x80 ft heated
greenhouse and two unheated hoop houses. The daily work includes cultivation, planting, weeding, watering,
harvesting, and pest management in the field and greenhouses. Produce is sold to the dining service on campus, two
on-campus farm stands, an on-campus community supported agriculture program, and an off-campus farmer's
market. The Garden crew also manages a small apiary, an apple orchard, and a worm composting operation. The
Herb Crew is part of the Garden crew and utilizes the herbs in developing value-added products for sale on campus.
Educational opportunities include developing the management skills required to operate a small-scale market
garden, developing strategies for the marketing of crops to wholesale and retail markets, and researching innovative
production practices. A three-hour work block is required for ALL new crew members and highly desirable for
continuing crew members. Weekend hours are necessary and this responsibility is divided among crew members.
Gender and Women's Studies
3 students - Duties include planning, organizing, and advertising Women's Studies and Women's Resource Center
events, including various events for Women's History Month in March and regular events and programs for the
Women's Resource Center; organizing the Women's Studies web page; and assisting the Gender and Women's
Studies Program faculty members and chair(s) with course paperwork, memos, research, etc. Crew members will
also have the opportunity to make connections and collaborative efforts with local organizations. Educational
opportunities include developing skills in event planning, research methods, computer programs, and students will
increase their familiarity with topics in the gender and women's' studies field. The crew requires a great amount of
responsibility, self-motivation, and organizational skills. Strong telephone and interpersonal communication skills
and basic computer knowledge are necessary.
Global Information Systems
2-4 students - The crew provides support to the Global Studies department by collecting and maintaining geographic
data, staffing the geographic information systems (GIS) laboratory, participating in GIS research projects, gaining
familiarity with several geospatial software packages, promoting GIS across the campus, and providing
administrative support for GIS courses. Educational opportunities include learning the fundamentals of vector and
raster data models and how to apply them to the specific research needs of students and faculty. Completion of
Introduction to GIS (GBL 225) or experience with geographic information and databases required. Some evening
work may be required. Preference will be given to students who can make at least a one-year commitment to the
crew.
Guest Housekeeping
1 student - Duties include general cleaning and maintenance of the St. Clair Guest House. This student will represent
the College to many College visitors as well as substitute for the director in her absence. Educational opportunities
include learning management skills, job organization, cleaning and maintenance skills and the ability to work
independently. Initiative, responsibility, and social skills are required. Student must live in the Guest House and be
willing to work a flexible schedule, sometimes on weekends.
Health Center
5 students - Crew members work as health promoters and educators, maintain cleanliness of the Health Center, and
facilitate patients' visits to the Health Center. Educational opportunities include learning first aid techniques,
ordering and stocking of medical supplies, chart filing, and learning about health and wellness in a holistic manner.
p 50 of 312
All crew members help in driving students to medically-related appointments off campus. Students are required to
respect confidentiality, and a driver's license is required to work on this crew.
Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning
6-8 students - Students are responsible for the maintenance of all gas boilers and furnaces, oil furnaces, heat pumps,
and air-conditioning for the campus and for staff housing. This includes all the associated motors, pumps, fans, and
controls for boilers, furnaces, heat pumps, and air conditioning. Educational opportunities include learning the tools
of the trade and how to use them, boiler operation by hand and automatic control, and leadership skills. Crew
learning and leadership are stressed and are second only to the commitment to a warm, safe, and healthy
environment for the campus community. A campus driving license is desirable.
History
1 student - The student serves as administrative assistant for the Department of History and Political Science.
Duties include assisting with library and Internet research and data collection, assisting with preparation and
organization of class materials, completing clerical tasks (photocopying or typing) and taking part in on-going
projects relating to history or political science. Educational opportunities include developing literature research and
computer skills and increasing familiarity with topics in the history and political science field. Computer and
research skills are helpful but not required. Student must be able to work independently.
Holden Arts Center
3-5 students - Students maintain meditation garden; inventory supplies; design and construct student art exhibits and
host openings; build rolling tables, easels, etc.; and perform general clerical functions. Educational opportunities
include learning matting and framing techniques, gallery installation and publicity, food preparation, computer use,
and simple construction skills. Students also learn responsibility, as they are in charge of building cleanliness and
security, as well as maintaining the slide collection and permanent art collection.
Horse Crew
2-3 students - Students are responsible for a team of draft horses. Duties include driving, feeding, grooming, and
general horse yard chores. Educational opportunities include practicing the animal husbandry skills needed to
maintain a team of workhorses, working with veterinarians and farriers, safely incorporating a team of horses into
the draft needs of the garden and forest, driving a team with wagon in a number of public settings, and developing a
safety ethic when working with horses. A three-hour work block is strongly recommended and a two year
commitment essential. Crew members will share weekend responsibilities for the feeding and grooming of the
horses.
Instructional Technology
2 students - The IT crew supports teaching and learning at the College through the use of technology in the
classroom, assistance with multimedia, and helping faculty put course materials online via the College's learning
management system. Crew members should have good communication skills and an interest in learning about
educational media, web page development, and technology in general, particularly as it relates to the classroom.
Preference will be given to students who have been on the Computing Services Crew or are working on an education
degree, but the primary requirements are curiosity and a desire to learn. Educational opportunities include gaining
proficiency in classroom technology and administration of learning management systems.
p 51 of 312
International Programs
1-2 students - Crew members provide office support for the following activities: newsletter reporting, editing, and
layout; external communications for international programming and off-campus program opportunities; and
outreach to international students, faculty, and visitors. Crew members have the opportunity to learn office and
management skills, public relations, desktop publishing, database management, customer service, and interoffice
procedures and committee work. Creativity in planning and managing international events and announcements on
campus is encouraged. Working with students regarding the many details of international study application and
travel preparations requires strong interpersonal and organizational skills, and attention to detail and accuracy. Good
writing skills, basic computer experience, and enthusiasm for international studies are necessary.
International Student Coordinators
2 students - This crew provides support to international students, organizes and conducts orientation programs,
helps international students to settle into the Warren Wilson community and make use of the resources at the
College and in the larger community. Crew members listen to the concerns of International students and convey
these concerns to the International Student Advisor. They help international students find "homes for the holidays"
and assist students in emergencies. They guide students to understand cultural differences, organize meetings and
parties, collaborate with Multicultural Coordinators and other departments to provide diversity programming, and
provide clerical support to the International Student Advisor. The students serving on this crew should have an
intercultural background, be hospitable and empathetic, enjoy people, and be able to work well independently.
Educational opportunities include in-house training and conference workshops treating inter-cultural communication
and global leadership.
Landscaping
45-50 students - Students maintain and improve the 100-acre central college campus. Tasks include seeding,
mowing, and raking lawns and athletic fields; planning, designing, and planting gardens and flower beds;
maintaining roads and pathways (both gravel and asphalt); snow removal; and construction projects related to the
landscape. All students should have a three-hour work block. Students will gain proficiency in seeding, planning
and design, as well as plant installations and use of standard landscape equipment. Some students will learn
operation and maintenance of tractors and other heavy equipment. Professionals in skilled arborist work may train
others. Other opportunities include familiarization with botanical names, tree identification, greenhouse crop
productions, turf maintenance, and pruning techniques. Students work together to accomplish the service and
objectives of the landscape program while incorporating learning into their overall work experience.
●
Grounds Crew: Students become familiar with the use and care of grounds maintenance equipment and will
perform a lot of physical labor. Later, the student, working more independently, will have the chance to
develop skills in design, procurement, supervision, and practical application of labor and materials.
●
Flower Crew: The crew plants and nurtures all the flower beds on campus and works on landscape designs
for the new additions to campus and for improving old landscapes.
●
Tractor Crew: This crew maintains and services the 1630 New Holland tractor, Caterpillar Backhoe, and
Ventrac Tractor and uses their many attachments for different jobs on campus, such as transporting
landscaping materials, digging ditches and holes for planting, and assisting other crews on campus with
excavation.
●
Tree Crew: The Tree Crew maintains all the trees on the 100-acre central campus. The work includes large
and small tree pruning, climbing, removals, chainsaw work, and planting, thus providing opportunities for
learning arboricultural skills.
p 52 of 312
●
Greenhouse Crew: Students who work in the greenhouse grow grasses and wildflowers native to western
North Carolina for the use of general landscaping projects. These plants are grown from seed to provide
the Warren Wilson community with the aesthetic beauty of plants native to the Appalachian ecosystem.
Library - Archives
1 student - The Archives crew will learn archival preservation, how to organize a collection of records and write a
descriptive finding aid, and help in maintenance of the archives environment. This job requires lifting heavy boxes,
attention to detail, cleanliness, organizational ability and word processing skills.
Library - Circulation
13 students - Students assist in the operation of the library at the circulation desk. Duties include checking materials
in and out, shelving, shelf reading, and answering general questions. Most duties require attention to detail and
ability to use computer systems. An understanding of library procedures and policies is important. Students must be
able to work whenever the library is open, including some weekend and evening shifts. Crewmembers are also
collectively responsible for library maintenance including cleaning offices, study and conference rooms, and
restrooms as well as removing trash and recycling. The library offers the opportunity to learn about the use of the
on-line public access catalog, circulation software system, and public service. Students develop interpersonal skills
by dealing with the public, fellow crewmembers, the supervisor and librarians. The circulation crew is responsible
for organizing and setting up book displays in the library. Crewmembers may also learn leadership and
organizational skills needed to manage and implement special projects. One experienced crewmember is selected to
serve as a crew leader and has the opportunity to develop additional leadership skills applicable to careers in public
service sectors. Knowledge of library resources and services can provide an academic advantage for motivated
students.
Library - Interlibrary Loan
1 student - Student is responsible for the technical processing of materials loaned to and borrowed from other
libraries. Student may be asked to retrieve mail, open and sort mail, pull and package books for loan to other
libraries and complete paperwork for same, check in books returning to our collection and complete appropriate
paperwork for the same, catalog borrowed materials for use by our patrons and complete appropriate paperwork for
same, package and return books borrowed from other libraries and complete appropriate paperwork for same, follow
up on missing, delayed, or overdue materials, shelf read in the general collection, empty ILL recycling and trash,
clean ILL office as needed. Students on this crew must be detail oriented, organized, timely, and technically
proficient. Educational opportunities include learning various library related software, knowledge of the library
collection, practice with multitasking, and technical troubleshooting. This crew is not eligible for weekend or
evening shifts.
Library - Serials
1 student - The student who works on the Library Serials Crew will have the opportunity to learn many aspects of
how to manage a library serials (periodicals) collection. This student will use the library computer system to check
in each new issue of the library's subscriptions (over 230 titles). Crew will prepare new issues of newspapers and
journals for display on the current periodicals shelves, move older issues to the stacks, assist in readying issues for
binding, and work with the supervisor to do occasional weeding, re-labeling, and shifting of the collection. Crew
will keep statistics of journal usage. Crew is responsible for the library's mail - taking outgoing mail to the campus
post office and picking up incoming library mail and sorting it. The student on this crew will participate with all
p 53 of 312
other library crew in "shelf-reading" the book collection. Crew occasionally uses Microsoft Word and Excel. The
job requires attention to detail, organizational ability, computer skills, and ability to lift heavy boxes. he student on
this crew will learn responsibility, self-discipline, initiative, and organizational skills that will be transferable to
future work in any field. Knowledge of library resources gained on this job can provide an academic advantage for a
motivated student.
Library - Technical Services
3-4 students - Students help with the ordering and processing of every new book and AV item that comes into the
library, going through all of the steps involved with getting them out on the shelves. Students also participate in
shelf reading and assist in the process of reviewing and withdrawing older, unused books, and in some cases,
mending worn or damaged items. This area of the library provides the opportunity to learn various acquisitions and
cataloging software as well as gain experience with the Dewey Decimal system and cuttering. It is an excellent
opportunity for anyone interested in a career in library science, though the skills are easily transferred to many
professions. Individuals must be computer savvy, willing to learn new software programs, and be detail oriented.
Work hours fall during the 8-5, Monday through Friday time frame.
Locksmithing
6-8 students - The crew maintains campus locks, keys, and door hardware; repairs, installs, and re-keys locks; and
creates, maintains, and implements a masterkey system, key control system, and inventory control system.
Educational opportunities include learning the inner workings of locks and door hardware, learning skills with hand
tools, and learning how to create masterkey systems. Development of organizational, problem-solving, and
mechanical skills is likely. A two-year commitment to the crew is required. Students must be second year or above.
One-semester trial/probationary period is necessary. Students who use their knowledge of locks to gain
unauthorized entry into buildings will be dismissed from the crew. The security of the campus depends on crew
members' discretion and good judgment.
Mathematics
1-2 students - The Mathematics Crew helps maintain software on the computer lab machines, regularly updates the
department and course web pages, helps set up computer labs for various courses, prepares photocopies, cleans
overhead films, whiteboards, and erasers, and helps faculty in various long term projects. Educational opportunities
include learning to write html and php code to create webpages, learning to use mathematical software as an aid to
problem solving, and learning to maintain computers.
Media Relations
1 student - Crew member will be involved in most or all of the following areas: news writing, information
gathering, interviewing, photography, photo arrangements, desktop design, mailing, faxing, phoning, web work, and
newsletter editing. Educational opportunities include developing skills vital to various aspects of mass
communications.
MFA Program for Writers
2 students - Crew members assist with monthly mailings to graduate students and faculty, assemble and mail
information packets to prospective applicants work with the digital audio library (burn CD's, duplicate
audiocassettes of residency lectures and readings) and are expected to do a lot of filing and copying. Educational
p 54 of 312
opportunities: learn or develop proficiency in computer skills, gain experience in (and respect for) a range of office
work, learn how a low-residency MFA creative program operates and enjoy the readings of students in the MFA
program. Special requirements: maturity, discretion, attention to detail, sense of humor, and good typing skills.
Interest in creative writing a plus.
Mountain Area Child and Family Center
3-4 students - Crew members at MACFC have the opportunity to play, learn, and grow with young children
alongside classroom teachers as well as assisting in basic housekeeping of the classrooms and MACFC campus
grounds. Student crew members will help plan and implement educational activities for children 3-5 years of age
(and sometimes for infants and toddlers) with singing, dancing, painting, reading stories, building with blocks,
playing in sand, and much more. Students are often asked to work with small groups of children in activities to give
children more adult/child interaction time and to work on developing specific skills. Crew members have the
opportunity to be adult friends with young children who receive them into the classroom with smiles and hugs.
Crew members are expected to have a Tuberculosis clearance from the WWC nurse and have an orientation to
MACFC before beginning their service. A handbook has been designed to assist them in the orientation process.
Educational opportunities include developing skills in teaching, interacting with young children and learning
appropriate ways to guide young children's behavior. Students learn the responsibilities of collegiality and ways to
support the classroom teacher by taking initiative with both children's activities and restoring the classroom for its
variety of uses.
Mountain Bike
1-2 students - Mountain Bike Crew members will flourish if they are responsible, motivated, flexible, and consider
themselves self-starters. They are primarily responsible for providing logistical support to the team in many forms:
arranging travel, meals, and lodging; providing race support at events; driving, loading, and cleaning vans and
trailers; maintaining the office spaces, tools, and equipment; and assisting team members with maintaining bikes in
race-ready condition. Other duties will include but are not limited to Mountain Bike Team development in the forms
of planning, recruiting, sponsorship development and maintenance, and trail network development. Mountain Bike
Crew members are typically also Team members. It is necessary to travel with the team for competitions and
practices, hence the need for a flexible schedule. Crew members will have numerous options for educational growth
in the following areas: basic skills, advanced training in bicycle mechanics; developing meal plans, travel plans,
budgeting projections, and completing purchasing requisitions; learning the basics of coaching strategies, which may
include periodization concepts, heart rate based training, and lactate threshold/VO2 max theory. Student crew
members will also learn by assisting with team developmental activities, and will benefit from hands-on experiences
with writing, marketing, fundraising, and recruiting. The Mountain Bike Team seasons are generally SeptemberOctober and March-April. Crew activity during the season may require extra hours.
Multi-cultural Affairs
2 students - Crew members become involved in and learn about cultural diversity. Crew members direct a program
for the benefit of all community members. Students need to have computer skills, basic office skills and a strong
leadership style. The crew provides a very important dimension to the campus, enriching cultural awareness with
such events as the Martin Luther King Jr. Day celebration. Students on the crew assist with planning leadership
retreats and help develop and research scholarship and internship opportunities for students. Educational
opportunities include developing computer research and leadership skills, learning how to interact with colleges
across the nation about diversity, and developing cultural awareness programs for faculty, staff, students, and
volunteers.
Music
p 55 of 312
5 students - Student crew members check materials in and out, shelve and inventory materials, order and process
new materials, bind scores, proof-read, file library cards, maintain instruments, and provide general
secretarial/clerical support. In addition, the crew offers assistance during choral rehearsal, organizes and processes
music and materials, and does general clerical work. Educational opportunities include learning organizational
techniques and gaining knowledge of how to coordinate music rehearsals and performances. Basic music skills are
recommended. Students also learn proofreading and word processing, Sibelius software, library procedures,
instrument maintenance, organizational ability, initiative, and a rudimentary business acumen.
Network Service
1 -2 students - Crew assists the Colleges' Network Systems Administrator in maintaining the campus data network.
Tasks include repairing Ethernet connections, troubleshooting network connectivity issues, and maintaining network
servers. Educational opportunities: Students on this crew can acquire intermediate networking skills and learn the
Linux operating systems as well as other Open Source operating systems and software. Requirements: Students
must have a working knowledge of networking and mastery of basic computing skills. A two-year commitment is
strongly encouraged.
Newspaper (The Echo)
6-8 students - One designer, one photographer, and three to four writers are responsible for writing, editing,
designing, and printing the college newspaper. Educational opportunities include developing written and verbal
skills, digital photography, desktop publishing, management experience, interviewing skills, and an understanding of
the need for accuracy. The crew requires teamwork from responsible, self-motivated individuals with strong writing,
editing, and verbal skills.
Occupational Safety and Training
1 students - The OST crew is primarily responsible for OSHA workplace compliance and training as well as other
regulatory compliance issues on campus. The primary responsibilities as a crew member include administering tests
and issuing campus licenses, assisting with workplace and environmental compliance inspections and training,
Material Safety Data Sheets management, and Safety Program support.
Students work primarily in the office, but have ample opportunities to interact with members of the college
community. Some night and weekend work may be required. Students must have the ability to work unsupervised,
be self-motivated, dependable and have a strong independent drive to get the work done. Primary skills include the
ability to type, manipulate spreadsheets, apply web page updates, with the ability and desire to assist with the
presentation of workplace training modules. Educational opportunities are vast and include MSDS training, writing
safety reports, reporting on workplace safety issues, and increasing organizational and communication skills.
Students on this crew must have good organizational skills and the ability to see a project through to its end.
Ogg Maintenance
1 student - The student works 7.5 hours per week to clean and maintain the appearance of the Ogg Administration
Building. Areas to be cleaned include offices, restrooms, and areas surrounding the building. Cleaning duties
include vacuuming, sweeping outside porch area, emptying trash, and cleaning restrooms on a regular basis.
Educational opportunities include learning time management, basic cleaning skills, and the proper use of tools and
equipment. Students also learn the safe use of cleaning chemicals and proper recycling procedures.
Outdoor Programs
p 56 of 312
5-7 students - Students are responsible for checkout and check-in of all gear, maintenance of gear and gear rooms,
coordination of climbing wall and mountain bike rental, advertising and outfitting for recreational weekends and
break trips, and cleaning and maintaining Bryson Gym. Crew members are also responsible for coordination of the
Paddling Team, including logistics, event organization, and equipment maintenance. Students must present two or
more of the following qualifications: knowledge and safe use of tools, Wilderness First Responder certification,
computer literacy (especially with Word, Quicken, and web pages), climbing wall facilitation, paddling basics, bike
repair and maintenance, programming skills (ability to design and facilitate initiatives, wellness activities, games for
groups for a variety of goals and populations), sense of humor, high level of patience, and ability to enjoy the
necessary menial tasks. Educational opportunities include learning to order, maintain, and repair outdoor gear;
maintain and repair Bryson Gym and the gear rooms; design and build new structures for the climbing wall or bike
room; and how to use a sewing machine. In addition, students must have two or more qualifications as listed in the
Outdoor Program crew manual before joining the crew.
Paint Crew
10-15 students - Paint crew members work together on interior/exterior campus buildings. The crew uses
professional equipment, including pressure washer, paint sprayers, and scaffolding. In addition to painting, students
may repair and refinish furniture. Qualities needed to succeed on this crew include a willingness to learn, ability to
keep a clean work site, and to be responsible. Educational opportunities include developing a pattern for orderly
work, time management skills, basic organizational skills, and the basics of working with multiple trades to
complete a project.
Peace and Justice Studies
2-4 students - In the spirit of Paulo Freire, the mission of this crew is promoting peace and justice through dialogue,
reflection, and action. This mission gives voice to the College mission of nurturing "wisdom, spiritual growth, and
contribution to the common good." The crew organizes programs on campus such as the Witness for Peace
speakers' tour. Working with the Director of Peace Studies and the Director of Spiritual Life, the crew conducts
research and plans responses to issues of concern to students and to people in the larger Asheville community. The
crew also plans programs with other college organizations such as Service Learning, Student Activities, the Spiritual
Life Committee, Wellness and the Sexual Conduct and Safe Community Taskforce. Educational opportunities
include the development of organizational skills, program development and evaluation, and communication skills.
Special requirements include the ability to work cooperatively with other members of a small crew, the ability to
take responsibility, and to relate to the concerns of the whole campus rather than being absorbed in personal
commitments and passions.
Peal (Literary Magazine)
5 students - Students on the crew solicit and select written and visual art for an arts publication produced twice a
year as both a print journal and an on-line journal. The crew sponsors and coordinates workshops, readings, and
other student literary events. Educational opportunities include improving written and verbal communication,
learning and practicing layout and graphic skills, engaging in collective editorial decision-making, and supporting
and encouraging student writers and artists.
Physics
1 or 2 students - The crew assists the physics faculty in conducting the physics program. This includes setting up
and dismantling laboratory apparatus, assisting the faculty in correspondence, preparing and replicating course
material, maintaining computer resources, and assisting physics students. Completing PHY 251 Physics I is a
requirement. Educational opportunities for the crew include extensive practice with practical physics, setting up
p 57 of 312
apparatus, learning how to repair certain types of faults, grading homework papers, assisting other students, and
learning graphics design principles in designing posters to advertise the Natural Science Seminars.
Plumbing
6-8 students - With the guidance of the supervisor, the student crew maintains the entire campus plumbing system of
hot and cold water supply pipes, sewers, and a wide range of commercial and domestic fixtures. Students working
on the plumbing crew learn to use power and hand tools, connect pipes and fittings, repair faucets and valves,
unblock drains, and install new fixtures. Other skills include learning to read and work from blueprints, to order and
purchase materials, to drive and service vehicles, to respond to emergencies, and to develop a sense of humor.
Students also learn good work ethics and gain a sense of achievement and satisfaction, knowing that their efforts
provide a very important service to the community. A minimum three-hour block is required for all students on the
plumbing crew, as is two-year minimum commitment. A current driver's license is mandatory. New members of the
crew may be required to attend a week-long workshop beginning one week prior to the general opening of school.
Psychology Crew
1-2 students - The crew assists the four psychology professors in any tasks that need to be performed. These may
include, but are not limited to, researching and filing assessments, maintaining the psychology department website
and bulletin board, organizing and promoting psychology department events, and organizing and hosting psychology
club events. This may involve some creativity in designing flyers and maintaining the bulletin board. XHTML/CSS
and any other web languages or computer programming skills are not necessary but would help in maintaining the
website. Crew members must be able to stay on task when unsupervised and work independently. An interest in
Psychology is not required, but is encouraged.
Public Safety
29 students - Members of the Public Safety crew are the eyes and ears of the College campus. Training includes but
is not limited to the following: receptionist/switchboard skills, patrol procedures, basic first aid, and report writing.
A campus-driving license and a two-year commitment are desirable. Crews operate between the hours of 6 am and
12 am (midnight). During these hours, students respond to emergencies, enforce parking policies, direct visitors on
campus, provide emergency transportation to medical appointments, lock/unlock campus buildings and patrol the
campus. Educational opportunities include learning report writing, first aid/CPR, and gaining a familiarity with
security procedures.
Purchasing
3 students - The crew provides the College, faculty, staff, and students with necessary supplies, and processes
purchase requisitions following written and verbal instructions that include verifying signatures, assigning control
numbers, obtaining quotes, using main frame vendors, running errands, and interacting with faculty and staff.
Educational opportunities include developing organizational, communication, and problem-solving skills; becoming
detail oriented; working with detailed computer analysis reports; and learning to work under time constraints. A
basic knowledge of computers, good social skills, and strong motivation are requirements for these positions.
Registrar
2 students - Students provide general secretarial/clerical support. They are expected to assist with registration,
operate office machines, and interact with the public via telephone or the receptionist window. Educational
opportunities include developing organizational skills and practicing responsibility, discretion, and professionalism.
p 58 of 312
Religion Department
2 students - Students on the crew are responsible for a variety of duties that include the completion of general office
errands, photocopying, filing, submitting interdepartmental paperwork and general support for two full-time and two
adjunct faculty members of the department. They should be literate and comfortable with computers and not
adverse to learning more about computers because the maintenance of the department webpage is an integral part of
the job. From time to time, there will be minor research projects and/or event-planning done in collaboration with
faculty members. Educational opportunities include developing organizational skills, computer skills, and
professionalism.
Resident Assistant Crew
Resident Assistants in Sunderland and Vining are eligible to join the Resident Assistant crew for 5 hours each week.
These RAs provide extra programming to help first year students adjust to Warren Wilson culture. In addition, they
offer peer counseling and mediation services to first year students. Educational opportunities include developing
skills related to event planning, conflict mediation, and peer counseling.
Residence Hall Maintenance
18-22 students - Crew members maintain a regular cleaning schedule of various campus buildings, which includes
cleaning floors, carpets, windows, walls, and public facilities. In addition, students help move furniture; maintain
inventory, distribution, organization, and storage of custodial supplies; coordinate and prepare for large and small
conferences and events which, includes setups and stagings; perform equipment and small engine repair and
preventive maintenance and other duties as assigned. Educational opportunities for crew members: First-year
students will receive training in routine detailed work. Students will also learn the use of floor and window washing
equipment, as well as how to use chemicals and chemical dispensers. The second-year student will learn supervisory
skills by assisting in the training of first-year students, evaluating completed jobs, and by providing the necessary
transfer of materials and job information. Third-year students learn management and coordinating skills, become
student leaders and help the crew supervisors through follow-up and completion of assigned jobs with satisfactory
results. However, any student showing initiative and competence may be assigned the role of student leader. The
progress of each student, with reference to supervisory levels and privileges given, is based on the student's
performance and attitude regarding work.
RISE Project:
4 students - Students on the Resistance, Intervention, Safety, and Empowerment (RISE) crew are engaged in a
multitude of efforts that create understanding and awareness about sexual assault, relationship violence and stalking
in the community. Student interests guide much of the work. Some of the projects of this crew include creating a
student-produced zine (on a range of topics like consent, healthy relationships, healing from sexual violence);
leading a coalition with area non-profits (Helpmate, Our VOICE and Pisgah Legal Services) and campus partners;
organizing events such as the Clothesline Project, Rock for Consent, and Take Back the Night; developing programs
including guerilla theater, writing workshops, and other art-based initiatives, attending out of state conferences that
address violence issues; and providing training to RDs, RAs, work crew supervisors, new students, work crews and
RISE advocates. In addition, students provide advocacy and support to students who experience sexual assault,
relationship abuse and stalking. Other activities include organizing poster/button/sticker campaigns, coordinating
programs in the residence halls, such as a film series, discussions, safe consensual sex workshops, and working with
other crews as needs and ideas arise. Students do not need to know anything about sexual violence or dating
violence to join the crew; however, students must be willing and ready to learn about these issues. Educational
opportunities for students on this crew include participating in training with Our VOICE and Helpmate on dynamics
of sexual assault, dating violence, and stalking; understanding legal and medical options; learning performance and
p 59 of 312
training techniques; and understanding how to provide advocacy and support to people who experience violence.
Persons of all gender identities, races, ethnicities, religious affiliations, sexualities, etc., are encouraged to apply.
Sage Cafe and Baking:
13-15 students - The crew consists of one manager, 9-10 cafe workers and 3-4 baking crew members who are
responsible for all aspects of running this student space. Basic duties include food and beverage service, daily cash
handling, cleaning and maintenance of cafe space, and program planning and support. One crewmember is
responsible for running and maintaining the Cafe's wood-burning brick oven. The baking crew is responsible for
producing breads and treats to be sold in the Cafe. Educational opportunities include learning about baking, brick
ovens, and perfecting recipes. Cafe crew members work two nighttime shifts per week, including some weekends,
and must be able to work well independently. Previous experience in a cafe setting is helpful but not required. Crew
members should be creative and interested in supporting a wide variety of activities in the Cafe.
Service-Learning Crew
The Warren Wilson Bonner Community Leaders program is supported in part through the Corella and Bertram F.
Bonner Foundation, which provides funding, training and technical assistance to community service and servicelearning scholarship and leadership programs at colleges and universities across the eastern United States. Twenty
Warren Wilson students participate in the Community Leaders program, and their efforts are centralized through the
College's Service-Learning Program.
As a student crew in the Warren Wilson College Work Program, Bonner Community Leaders dedicate 15 hours per
week to the establishment and leadership of community engagement activities such as co-curricular and servicelearning projects, alternative break trips and issue education workshops. Bonners spend part of their 15 hours of
work in the office, and the rest of their crew time in the larger community participating in and leading service
projects offered to the entire student body. Educational opportunities include coordinating and managing several
on-campus events, learning techniques for group reflection and leading subsequent reflection sessions, instructing
issue-based workshops to other students, establishing partnerships with a host of community agencies, learning basic
principles of leadership and applying them to local service projects, and learning and employing various types of
publicity and documentation such as flyers, photographs, blogs, webpages, digital videos, and other forms of social
media.
Social Work Program Assistant
1 student - The student works as an assistant under supervision of the Social Work Program Director. Primary duties
include word-processing for document development, use of copy machines, communication with agencies, daily
mail runs, maintenance of office files, and assisting with special projects as directed. Educational opportunities
include handbook development, webpage design, event planning, and newsletter development. Students have the
ability to gain professional experience in supervising and carrying out administrative responsibilities, such as
website design and upkeep, event planning, multiple forms of communication, maintenance of program documents
and files, and library research. Because of confidentiality requirements related to the position, the Assistant must not
be a Social Work major, but must be mature, responsible, organized, and capable of working independently.
Solid Waste/Recycling
16-20 students - The Solid Waste/Recycling Crew provides collection of waste and recyclables from campus
housing and recycling sheds. Students maintain and operate the campus recycling center and crew equipment. The
crew is responsible for the Compost Program and operates the GreenDrum to compost campus food wastes. In
addition to waste collection, the crew cleans and organizes reusable wood and construction materials for the
WoodShop; coordinates the campus Surplus Program; and maintains the campus FreeStore. The crew also runs a
p 60 of 312
profitable Recycled Crafts operation making and selling jewelry, bags, and books made from scrap trash materials.
Special educational opportunities include learning recycling and composting procedures, operating a forklift and
wood processing tools, organizing community out-reach projects, website and database management, and crafting
goods from recycled materials.
Spanish Department
3 students - Crew members assist fellow students reviewing compositions and workbook assignments. Additionally,
they participate in a weekly conversation table and a biweekly movie session, as well as an annual full-immersion
camping trip. Furthermore, they engage in administrative tasks such as word processing, creation of didactic
materials - Power Point presentations, art and cultural displays, posters, flash cards, and handouts. The ideal crew
member should be able accommodate the demands of fellow students and still be able to fulfill administrative duties,
while working in an environment where high traffic is the norm. Students can join the crew only after passing LAN
354 Advanced Spanish - or its equivalent at other institutions of higher learning - or by taking ACTFL's oral
competency interview with the crew supervisor. Native speakers and students who have lived in Spanish speaking
countries are encouraged to apply. In addition to the qualifications described above, students need to have a basic
knowledge of Word, Power Point, web design, and be willing to acquire video and sound editing skills. Crew
supervisor will consider candidates with limited Spanish skills, but solid computer background. Educational
opportunities include learning tutoring skills and small group management and dynamics, enhancing understanding
of problematic Spanish grammar topics, learning how to prioritize tasks and how to cope with a varied workload.
Students will practice Spanish on a daily basis.
Student Activities Office
12-18 students - The crew is charged with planning and implementing the weekly entertainment and special events
on campus. This includes music, lectures, and workshops, as well as annual events such as the Holiday Formal, Drag
Show, Circus and Commencement. Students represent a wide range of tastes and interests and are also responsible
for generating input and feedback from the student body regarding on-campus events. In addition, the Student
Activities Office maintains the master calendar and acts as an information hub regarding all events on campus.
Duties of the crew include budgeting for, scheduling, and publicizing entertainment, as well as offering technical
support, such as operating sound equipment, as needed. Educational opportunities include event management,
problem solving and development of technical skills associated with music programming. Students on the crew
need to have good organizational skills and the ability to see a project through to its end.
Student Caucus Officers
3 students - Elected by the Student Caucus to a one-year term. The officers facilitate and plan weekly meetings;
publish caucus legislation, concerns, and current campus issues; act as liaison between the staff, faculty,
administration, trustees, and students; research and advocate student concerns; provide advice and information to
students; serve on the Executive Appeals Committee; appoint students to serve on College committees; oversee
shared governance in relation to students; and attend numerous college meetings. Educational opportunities include
developing communication, listening, and public speaking skills; developing mediation and facilitating skills;
enhancing time management, organization, and research abilities; learning how to work on a team as well as in the
many aspects of the shared governance structure of the College; and how to be effective in influencing change
within Warren Wilson's decision-making systems. Members of this crew will acquire first hand experience about
how organizations run and about how to deal with people. Special requirements include being personally
responsible, self-motivated, and caring about the community.
Student Life
p 61 of 312
1-2 students - Facilitate Family Weekend and other Student Life activities. Help students, staff, and the public
connect with the necessary and/or appropriate people and programs. Requires knowledge of, and interest in, the
campus and its populations. At the same time, ABSOLUTE CONFIDENTIALITY is a must. General enthusiasm,
ability for problem solving, and being responsible are all desirable traits. A general knowledge of computer skills is
helpful. Educational opportunities: Students will develop customer service skills, enhance their problem-solving
skills, and gain experience working with a diverse group of people and situations.
Student Services
11-14 students - Minimum one-year commitment. The crew provides service to the students and staff of the College
in the following ways:
●
●
●
●
Town trip driver: Picks up mail, runs errands for offices and crews, and transports students to the airport for
break flights. Special requirements are a good driving record and attending a 15-passenger van training.
Campus mail room: Sorts Federal and campus mail, forwards mail to former staff and students, weighs and
meters outgoing campus Federal mail, and delivers packages to students through a package window.
Students develop interaction and customer service skills and learn the importance of paying attention to
details. Willingness to perform routine functions and work with the public are special requirements.
U.S. Federal Branch Post Office: Sells stamps for letters and packages, sells U.S. Postal Money Orders,
accepts accountable mail, complies with postal regulations, and performs cash accounting functions.
Interfaces with U.S. Postal personnel locally and in Charlotte. Develops interpersonal skills.
Fixed asset accounting: Assists in maintaining the computer database of fixed assets of the College and
performs inventory duties, data entry, and reconciliation functions. Students must visit a variety of campus
departments to locate newly purchased items and assign asset I.D. numbers to each asset. Interfaces with
college auditors. Business majors are able to transfer classroom accounting to an actual business function.
Desire to work with a live accounting function that others rely on is a special requirement.
Swannanoa Gathering Office
1 student - Crew member provides assistance in many aspects of planning and running the annual summer folk
music festival. The student is responsible for general office duties including phone reception, mailings, and
processing registrations. The crew member may work as an office assistant throughout the summer event, assisting
with registration, students' needs and issues, and office duties. The ideal crew member is a self-starting,
independent worker who is dependable and has a valid campus van license. Educational opportunities include
learning office procedure, many aspects of event planning, and acquiring new skills or a greater knowledge of
computer software used in the office, such as Microsoft Word and FileMaker Pro database.
Switchboard/Reception
3 students - These students serve as receptionists for individuals visiting the College and staff the Switchboard
operation for all offices. Students may also help with office work if time permits. Educational opportunities include
learning to operate the campus switchboard; to gain public relations skills; and to develop responsibility, a
professional attitude, time management skills, and an appreciation of others' needs. To work on this crew, students
must be at sophomore level or above, with knowledge of the staff and the campus, have good interpersonal skills,
and dress appropriately.
Theatre
14 students - The crew assists in running all areas of a 321-seat theatre facility. Work includes scenery and costume
construction, lighting and audio maintenance and operation, 30-batten counterweight system maintenance and
operation, box office, publicity, stage management, and general office work. The Theatre Crew provides technical
p 62 of 312
support and running crews for the department productions, college concerts, recitals, meetings, receptions, touring
theatrical productions, and other events in the outside community. Crew works under the supervision of the
Technical Director, Costume Designer, and Theatre Director. Educational opportunities exist in all the above areas,
although often students with some previous experience in construction, sewing, electrical, and/or audio are sought.
Students emerge from the crew with strong experience in lighting, carpentry, stage management, and promotional
areas. Regular crew hours are between 1 and 5:30 P.M.. Monday through Friday. Some additional hours occur
while running evening performances.
Web
1-3 students - This crew assists the Web Director in maintaining the college website and helps departments, groups,
and individuals who maintain their own sites. Crew members should have a basic knowledge of HTML and must be
self motivated with good communication skills. The work schedule is flexible and up to the students' discretion,
requiring some mandatory office time. Educational opportunities include developing communications and customer
service skills; learning a wide array of web-related programming including HTML, CSS, PHP, MySQL, JavaScript,
and Flash; learning elements of graphic design including the use of Adobe Photoshop; and learning basic marketing,
branding, and promotional fundamentals. There are creative opportunities, and students work extensively out of the
office with members of the college community. Students learn new skills primarily in online self-teaching
environments, but training is also available via workshops and distance learning.
Wellness Activities
6-8 students - The Wellness Department's main goal is to further the mission of WWC, which is to "promote
wisdom, understanding, spiritual growth, and contribute to the common good" by providing programs to encourage
and develop students' needs. Examples of the programs are Yoga, Tae Kwon Do, Tai Chi, African Dance, and
Massage. Students are responsible for many administrative aspects of wellness classes, such as keeping track of
class size, staying in contact with teachers and teachers' needs, handling of contracts, developing new Wellness
classes and events, caring for Bryson and the Pavilion, helping the Athletic Training Crew 3-5 hours per week,
helping to coordinate events with Student Activities, Counseling, Athletics, Outdoors, Herb Crew and campus
greening projects. Educational opportunities include learning the details of contract writing, scheduling, customer
service, and communication. Students must be familiar with on-campus resources and weight room equipment,
must have working knowledge of computers, and must be a non-smoker with a general knowledge of healthful lifestyles.
Work Program Office
3-4 students - Crew members perform general administrative assistant/clerical functions, help with the orientation of
new students to the Work Program, complete federal employment paperwork, provide customer service to the
college community and beyond, become familiar with computer input and operation, and complete special projects.
Students in the Work Program Office have access to confidential information; therefore, the ability to maintain
confidentiality is of utmost importance. Educational opportunities include learning data entry, word processing,
typing skills, knowledge of campus personnel, general office procedures, public relations skills, and how to maintain
department statistics. Student initiative is encouraged. Students must have the ability to work unsupervised in a fastpaced workplace.
Writing Center
5-7 students - This crew provides peer tutoring assistance to students in the Writing Center. The help includes
working one-on-one with students to improve their proofreading skills, and working regularly with specific students
or small groups to develop a broad range of improved writing skills. Tutors who have completed Modern English
Grammar feel more confident in their tutoring, but completion of this course is not a requirement for the position.
p 63 of 312
Writing Program workers also receive tutor training (which may include sessions prior to the beginning of the
semester), work collaboratively to develop handouts, and assist the director by providing secretarial/clerical help.
Educational opportunities include learning and practicing teaching skills, improving written and verbal skills,
learning clerical skills, and managing of routine program activities.
Writing Assistant
1 student - The writing assistant works closely with the Director of the Undergraduate Writing Program and other
writing faculty, aiding the daily function and organization of the Program with clerical assistance, promotion of
events, and research projects. Educational opportunities include learning how to organize, enhancing written and
verbal communication, learning to develop research strategies and energizing a diverse community of local and
visiting writers.
Yearbook
5 students - Students on this crew work as a team to create the college yearbook, The Parliament. Crew members
participate in every aspect of creation, from planning and photography to design and layout. Students learn
photography techniques and skills using digital SLR cameras, photo editing using Adobe Photoshop, writing and
editing copy, design and layout techniques using Adobe InDesign, and print production basics. Students are
expected to spend a significant amount of time out on campus taking pictures. Prior experience is helpful and
interest in photography and publishing is a must. A one-year commitment to the crew is required.
p 64 of 312
2.2
Service-Learning Program
Through the Service-Learning Program at Warren Wilson College, students expand their education while
simultaneously addressing issues of social and environmental justice.
Service experiences enable students to
● work with communities in improving quality of life
● gain perspective on academic material
● engage in pre-professional work
● develop leadership and organizational skills
● apply theoretical concepts to real-world problems
● meet with diverse populations
● learn how much they can offer to the world
Although the Work Program primarily serves the needs of the College community, the Service-Learning Program
reaches beyond Warren Wilson boundaries to address needs in other communities. Students serve locally for a wide
variety of organizations, such as Black Mountain Community Garden, Black Mountain Center, MANNA Food
Bank, the Swannanoa Welcome Table, Presbyterian Home for Children, YWCA, ABCCM Veteran's Restoration
Embassy, Cumberland Island National Seashore, Congaree National Park, Mountain Housing Opportunities, Habitat
for Humanity. Service-learning is a required component of all First-Year Seminars and also a part of many of
Warren Wilson's international study abroad courses.
Students often initiate their own projects to match their interests and skills. In addition, professors include servicelearning experiences within the context of specific courses, and the Service-Learning Program advertises and plans
many projects and educational events. Personal commitment to a service project varies from one day experiences, to
break trips, to semester-long, year-long, or four-year experiences. Many students continue their service projects after
graduation; some secure jobs through their service experiences.
2.2.1 - Graduation Requirements, Including Deadlines for Juniors and Seniors
Each student must complete 100 hours of community service with approved agencies, at least 25 hours of which
must relate to a single-issue area such as homelessness, hunger, environment, children, or the elderly.
Juniors: Of the total 100 hours, 60 must be completed before a student is allowed to register for senior-level classes.
Students without the required 60 will be blocked from registration.
Seniors: In order to graduate, all 100 service hours must be documented and the Extended Service Project paper
written and turned in exactly one week following the date the Senior Letter is due to department chairs.
2.2.2 - The Extended Service Project Reflection
The Extended Service Project (ESP) must consist of 25 hours or more of service in one issue. All of these
hours can be with a single non-profit agency or can be divided among several agencies.
The ESP Reflection is expected to demonstrate understanding of the underlying causes of the problem
addressed, to offer long-term solutions, and/or to comment on the insights obtained through the service.
This reflection component may be completed through a written reflection paper of a minimum of 800
words, or through an oral extended project presentation to the campus community.
p 65 of 312
Complete guidelines for the ESP Reflection are available at the Service-Learning Office.
2.2.3 - Documentation of Service Hours and Statute of Limitations
Students must turn in Service Verification Forms for all service accomplished with pre-approved agencies during the
academic year in which the service took place. The deadline for handing in service hours for any given academic
year is the last day of spring semester classes. Hours completed during the summer will be credited toward the
subsequent academic year; however, students MUST BE ENROLLED at the College for these hours to count.
If the student desires to provide service to an agency that is not a 501(c)(3) tax-exempt organization, the student
must submit a proposal, consistent with the College mission, to the Associate Dean of Service-Learning. The
proposal will be reviewed and the student notified of the decision within two weeks. Pre-approval is necessary or
the hours may not be counted.
Service with an academic class or other group may be documented differently. It is always the student's
responsibility to submit verification forms or to be sure verification forms have been submitted by others to the
Service-Learning Office to ensure documentation within the statute of limitations time-frame.
2.2.4 - Pre-Approved Agencies
● are those that are recognized nationally as providing needed services to communities
● are those that do not profit financially from the provision of these services
● may include United Way affiliates, public and private (K-12) schools, government organizations (federal,
state, or local), churches, mosques, synagogues, and other nonprofit agencies with 501(c) (3) tax status
Students DO NOT receive service credit for volunteer work at music festivals.
2.2.5 - Limitations on Service Credit
● Time for travel to and from a service site or time sleeping overnight at a service site does not earn service
credit (with one exception, listed below).
● In all cases, students can receive a maximum of 8 hours credit for any 24-hour period of service, and a
maximum of 45 hours credit for any 7-day period.
● Training hours earn service credit only if they result in service to the community. Service credit is based on
the relationship of the training hours to the hours of service subsequently performed and is limited to onefourth of the direct service hours. For example, if a student has 10 hours of training, and then serves for 20
hours, total credit would be 25 hours. (20 service hours + 1/4 of 20 = 25.) If the student trains for 10 hours
and serves for 40 hours, the total service credit would be 50 hours. (40 service hours + 1/4 of 40 = 50.)
● Theater productions as fund-raisers for non-profits: students receive 1/4 of verified rehearsal and other preperformance hours plus 100% hours for performance time.
● Our Voice and other crises telephone lines: students receive 1/4 of the total number of hours they are on-call
plus 100% of time spent talking with clients.
● Room at the Inn and other over-night service: students receive all of time spent visiting with shelter guests
plus 1/4 of their sleep time, up to a maximum of 8 hours service credit for any 24 hour period.
● Camp counselors receive a maximum of 8 hours per day, with a total maximum of 45 hours in any continuous
7-day period.
● Students who serve as volunteer firefighters receive 1/4 credit for any shifts done at the station. Students will
receive 100% credit for all calls to which they respond. See guidelines above for calculation of training hours.
p 66 of 312
● Students involved in an academic course with a service-learning component may receive service credit for
their work, depending on how the service is incorporated into the course objectives. Students are not allowed
to receive both academic and service credit for academic service-learning activities. The Service-Learning
Program works closely with each faculty member to establish what credit can be given to students in a course
with a service-learning component.
2.2.6 - Student Recognition
Each year a graduation senior is awarded the Frederick Ohler Service Award, including $500, for exceptional
service to the larger community while at WWC. Also, 10-15 seniors with outstanding service records are honored at
the Senior Service Awards ceremony on the Friday afternoon prior to the College's May graduation.
2.2.7 - Examples of Service Projects
● Tutoring children in reading, writing, and mathematics at local schools
● Participating in mentoring programs such as Big Brothers, Big Sisters
● Leading outdoor adventure activities with youth-at-risk
● Cleaning up rivers and maintaining trails
● Reaching out to people who are homeless through meals, hospitality, and action
● Caring for animals at a local animal shelter
● Teaching environmental education through schools and nature centers
● Building homes with Habitat for Humanity
● Winterizing an elderly neighbor's home, with appropriate agency verification
● Monitoring water quality in local streams
● Running a non-partisan voter registration drive
● Coaching youth sports
● Leading self-esteem-building activities for recovering substance abusers
● Facilitating art and music projects with Head Start children
2.2.8 - Bonner Community Leaders Program
The Warren Wilson Bonner Community Leaders program is supported in part through the Corella and Bertram F.
Bonner Foundation, which provides funding, training and technical assistance to community service and servicelearning scholarship and leadership programs at colleges and universities across the eastern United States. The
mission of the Bonner Foundation is to transform the lives of students, their campuses and local communities
through providing access to education, and the experience to serve.
20 Warren Wilson students participate in the Community Leaders program, and their efforts are centralized through
the College's Service-Learning Program. As a student crew in the Warren Wilson College Work Program,
Community Leaders dedicate 15 hours per week to the establishment and leadership of community engagement
activities such as co-curricular and service-learning projects, alternative break trips and issue education workshops.
A Bonner Community Leader at Warren Wilson will be placed in the Service-Learning Program as their work crew
assignment, and will work a total of 15 hours each week. Bonners spend part of their 15 hours of work in the office,
and the rest of their crew time in the larger community participating in and leading service projects offered to the
entire student body. The Service-Learning Crew also designs and creates special events on campus to raise
awareness around social justice issues such as HIV/AIDS, diversity education, and environmental concerns.
p 67 of 312
2.3
Academic Policies and Regulations
2.3.01 - Student Responsibility
Students are responsible for knowing and following the policies and regulations stated in this catalog and for
satisfying all degree requirements. Guidance should be obtained from an advisor, but final responsibility remains
with the student.
2.3.02 - Modular Academic Calendar
The fall and spring semesters, each 16 weeks long, are divided into two eight-week terms. Some courses run across
the entire semester, while other more concentrated courses run for the eight-week term. This modular schedule may
facilitate students' arrangements for internships, overseas study courses, and other field experiences.
2.3.03 - Registration and Course Load
For continuing students, early registrations are scheduled in advance of the start of each semester. New students
may register during the Orientation week prior to the start of each semester.
Although there are two terms in each semester, registration is for the semester as a unit. The normal number of
credit hours carried during a semester is 16, with a range from 12 to 18. A minimum of 12 credit hours a semester
must be carried to be classified as a full-time student, to be permitted residence in the residence halls, to participate
in the Work Program, and to receive financial aid. Students must maintain an average of 16 credit hours each
semester in order to accumulate a total of 128 hours required for graduation in eight semesters. Students wishing to
take more than 18 credit hours during any one semester must obtain permission, in writing, from the Registrar or the
Vice President for Academic Affairs. No more than 22 credit hours may be taken per semester. There is a fee per
credit hour for any hours beyond 18. All courses for which students are registered at the end of the first four days of
the semester are counted in the course load for that semester.
Students who plan to withdraw from a term or semester course after the Add/Drop period in the first term of a
semester should be certain that adding another course in the second term will not result in more than 18 credit
hours for the semester.
2.3.04 - Adding and Dropping Courses
Courses may be dropped from the student schedule via CampusWeb during the first four days of the semester or
term.
Students not present at the first class meeting of a term may lose their places in the class if the class has a waiting
list.
The first four days of each term are the official Add/Drop period, during which courses may be added or dropped.
Following this period, no student will be permitted to register for a new course. Courses dropped during that period
will not appear on student records.
2.3.05 - Administrative Withdrawal
p 68 of 312
The College considers the act of registering for any course to constitute a commitment by students to make a mature
and responsible effort to succeed and to allow others the opportunity to succeed. Therefore, upon recommendation
of the instructor and at the discretion of the Vice President for Academic Affairs, a student will be subject to
administrative withdrawal from a class at any time during the semester if that student has guaranteed a course grade
of F by failing either to attend a sufficient number of class meetings or to submit a sufficient quantity of graded
work, or has engaged in verbal abuse or the threat of physical violence or any other conduct disruptive to class
meetings. Students should review course syllabi for descriptions of disruptive behavior. Administrative withdrawal
during the first four weeks of a term course or the first nine weeks of a semester course will result in the assignment
of the grade of "AW." Subsequent administrative withdrawal will result in the grade of "AF." Students who are
actively enrolled in fewer than 12 credits as a result of administrative withdrawal will not be allowed to reside in
college housing. Students subject to 12 or more credits of administrative withdrawal in a semester may, at the
discretion of the Vice President for Academic Affairs, be suspended from the college. Administrative withdrawal
and suspension decisions made by the Vice President for Academic Affairs are subject to appeal to the Scholastic
Standards Committee. Students should contact the Scholastic Standards Chair within 24 hours of notification by the
Vice President for Academic Affairs to initiate such action.
2.3.06 - Withdrawing from a Course
Any courses dropped following the Add/Drop period will remain on the permanent records of students and are
counted in the course load for the semester as hours attempted. If a course is dropped before the end of the first four
weeks of a term course, or the first nine weeks of a semester course, a grade of "W" (withdrawn non-punitive) will
be assigned. Withdrawing from any course following the fourth week of a term course or the ninth week of a
semester course will automatically result in a grade of "WF" (withdraw failing), regardless of the student's
performance in the course. A grade of "WF" is figured as an "F" in the calculation of the GPA. A grade of "W"
will not figure in the calculation of the GPA. For withdrawal from the college, see also Withdrawal and Refund
Policy (Section 1.06).
Because of the Modular Academic Calendar, it is possible to withdraw from a 16-week semester course or an eightweek term course in the first term of a semester, and add another eight-week term course in the second term of the
semester. There is a charge if the combination of course withdrawal and the addition of another course results in a
semester course load of more than 18 credit hours (see Course Load, Section 2.3.03).
2.3.07 - Pass/Fail Grades
Some courses are classified as Pass/Fail by departmental action.
Elective Pass/Fail: From the second semester of attendance, students may elect to register for a Pass/Fail grade in
any course which is not applied toward the major or Triad Education requirements.
A form for registering for a course on a Pass/Fail basis may be obtained at the Registrar's Office. This form must be
submitted to the Registrar's Office by the end of the Add/Drop period. The maximum number of courses taken for
elective Pass/Fail is five and no student shall be permitted to elect more than one such course per semester.
2.3.08 - Independent Study
Instructors may supervise individual independent study courses only with permission of the Vice President for
Academic Affairs. Such studies may not duplicate a course offered during the current academic year, and the
maximum for any student is four independent study credit hours per semester. First-year students may not register
for independent studies. A proposal for independent study must be signed by the instructor, department chair,
academic advisor, and library director (or her designated representative) and presented to the Vice President for
Academic Affairs.
p 69 of 312
Forms are available in the Registrar's Office. The completed proposal must be submitted to the Vice President of
Academic Affairs PRIOR TO the first day of the term or semester. Independent Studies do not fulfill Triad
Education Program requirements.
2.3.09 - Incomplete Grades
A grade of incomplete may be reported if at the end of the term a small amount of work remains unfinished and the
student has made arrangements with the instructor to complete the work. Students have two weeks within the
following term to complete the work in a course for which a grade of incomplete has been reported.
2.3.10 - Academic Honesty
For the sake of personal integrity and for maximum educational benefit, students must be scrupulously honest about
their work.
1. The instructor is responsible for creating a learning environment that fosters critical thinking and that
encourages honest work from students.
2. At Warren Wilson students are expected to be honorable. Cheating on examinations or quizzes, forging
signatures, turning in work which is wholly or in part not their own material without clearly and accurately
giving the credit to the originator are all reprehensible forms of dishonesty in a scholarly society. Severe
measures are to be taken in dealing with such practices.
3. It is the responsibility of all students to make every effort that their actions are above reproach during an
examination or in the performance of work that is supposed to be original. Students who knowingly allow
others to copy or use their work are also culpable.
4. It is the responsibility of each student to avoid any act intended to advance the opportunities of one or more
persons by limiting the opportunities of another person or persons.
5. An instructor will announce to each class at the first meeting, and include in the course syllabus, the
instructor's policy with respect to cheating and plagiarism. In the case of an infraction, the policy may
include automatic failure on a piece of work or on an examination, failure for the course, or
recommendation to the Vice President for Academic Affairs for suspension.
All violations of academic honesty should be reported to the Vice President for Academic Affairs.
2.3.11 - Contested Grades
Students who believe that a grade has been reported incorrectly should consult the instructor for correction of a
possible error. In exceptional cases, students may contest the grade record through a written appeal to the Vice
President for Academic Affairs, whose decision in the matter shall be final. Copies of all relevant information must
accompany this written appeal: papers, tests, syllabi, etc. The deadline for contesting a grade is the end of the second
week of the following term. In the case of a spring semester or term four course, the deadline for contesting a grade
shall be the end of the second week of term one of the following academic year.
2.3.12 - Repeating Courses
Courses, up to a total of 13 credit hours, may be repeated to raise the grade. No course may count more than once
for credits toward graduation. In the case of a repeated course, both grades will appear on students' transcripts, but
the higher grade will be counted in the GPA.
2.3.13 - Grade Reports
p 70 of 312
At the end of each term, grades will be reported to the Registrar. Students may view their mid-semester and final
grades on-line using their personal identification numbers.
2.3.14 - Class Attendance
To increase the chances of academic success and to emphasize the need for class participation in order to learn
effectively at Warren Wilson College, class attendance is required of all students classified by the Registrar's Office
as freshmen. Each instructor will determine the appropriate penalties for nonattendance, and will include a written
attendance policy in the course syllabus.
2.3.15 - Classification
Freshman
First Semester - 0-13 credit hours
Second Semester - 14-27 credit hours
Sophomore
Junior
Senior
Second Semester - 108 + credit hours
2.3.16 - GPA (Grade Point Average)
Grades are assigned the following numerical values:
P (pass) credit hours are ignored when calculating a GPA. F (fail) credit hours are included in the GPA calculation.
GPAs are calculated by semester and are cumulative on the transcript. Grade points are figured by multiplying the
number of course credit hours by the numerical value assigned to the grade received in that course, summing these
products and dividing by the total number of credits.
2.3.17 - Probation and Suspension
The Scholastic Standards Committee meets each semester and examines the grades of any student whose semester
GPA or cumulative GPA falls below 2.00. For first time students attempting 1-16 semester credit hours: if the GPA
falls below 1.00, the Scholastic Standards Committee will recommend suspension, and the Vice President for
Academic Affairs will confirm the suspension. If the GPA falls between 1.00 and 1.60, these students will be placed
on academic probation for the following semester. Each student on academic probation must complete a plan for
corrective action and submit it to the Director of Academic Support Services and must earn a semester GPA of 2.00
or better in the probationary semester. Students failing to meet these standards in the probationary semester will be
recommended for academic suspension.
Should the grades of any student who has completed at least 16 semester credit hours fall at or below 1.00 in any
given semester, the Scholastic Standards Committee will consider suspension regardless of the cumulative GPA.
The Vice President for Academic Affairs will confirm any recommendation for suspension.
p 71 of 312
Students who are suspended for the first time may apply for readmission after one semester. For student suspended
a second time, permanent suspension is recommended.
For students with six or more hours of incomplete grades in any given semester, the Scholastic Standards Committee
will consider academic probation regardless of the information contained in table above. However, if the incomplete
course work is satisfactorily completed by the stated deadline and a student's GPA returns to the non-probationary
range in the table above, the probationary status will be removed.
2.3.18 - Conditions of Academic Probation
Being placed on Academic Probation signifies that the student's academic work is unsatisfactory. The following
conditions apply for students who are on Academic Probation:
1. It is recommended that students on academic probation avoid courses that require unusual time
commitments and avoid time-consuming extracurricular activities. Students must work closely with their
academic advisors to plan an appropriate course load and schedule, and meet regularly with advisors
throughout the semester to monitor academic progress. Enrollment in EDU 116 College Academic Skills is
highly recommended, as is utilization of other relevant college services and resources.
2. Students on academic probation may register for a maximum of 16 credit hours per semester. Courses in
which a grade of F was received may be repeated (maximum of 13 credit hours; see Repeating Courses,
Section 2.3.12).
3. Students on academic probation may not participate as a member of a College committee or student
government.
4. Students on academic probation may not represent the College as a member of an athletic team.
5. For purposes of calculating the GPA for students on academic probation, incomplete grades will be
calculated using the grade that will be earned if students do not complete their course material. Instructors
report this projected grade when submitting an incomplete grade report form.
2.3.19 - Student Complaint Policy and Procedure
Warren Wilson College is committed to maintaining a positive learning environment promoting student academic
excellence and personal development. Various departments on campus have procedures allowing a student to work
through disagreements on decisions made by members of a specific office that directly affect the student. The
student should first seek an informal solution directly from the office or staff member in question.
If, after informally seeking a solution to a problem, students wishing to formally appeal a specific administrative
decision should contact the appropriate chief administrator and submit a typed and signed letter detailing the specific
concern or grievance using the following procedure: complete the Student Petition for Exception form available at
the Office of the Registrar to request an exception to an academic regulation, procedure, or deadline.
Students who believe that a grade has been reported incorrectly should consult the instructor for correction of a
possible error. In exceptional cases, students may contest the grade record through a written appeal to the Vice
President for Academic Affairs, whose decision in the matter shall be final. Copies of all relevant information must
accompany this written appeal: papers, tests, syllabi, etc. The deadline for contesting a grade is the end of the second
week of the following term. In the case of a spring semester or term four course, the deadline for contesting a grade
shall be the end of the second week of term one of the following academic year.
Students with a concern or complaint about their academic advisement, registration, or other academic issues,
including an action based upon academic policy, procedures, or deadlines, should contact the Vice President for
Academic Affairs.
p 72 of 312
Students with a general complaint pertaining to student policies, procedures, or student life personnel should provide
a written statement outlining the nature of the complaint to the Dean of Students.
Students who experience any form of sexual, racial, disability, or other harassment by their current or past work
supervisor must report such incidents to the Dean of Work. For any incident involving an employee of the College,
the Dean of Work shall refer such incidents to the College's Director of Human Resources for appropriate action
under the College's anti-harassment policy and procedures for employees.
Student complaints concerning sexual, racial, disability, and other harassment by an employee should be filed with
the Director of Human Resources. When the charge of harassment is by one student against another student the
complaint should be filed with the Dean of Students.
Students with concerns or complaints pertaining to Admission should contact the Dean of Admission.
Students with concerns or complaints pertaining to Financial Aid should contact the Vice President for Business and
Finance.
Students with concerns or complaints about any of the chief administrators should contact the President.
In every instance, the appropriate individual will investigate the complaint, seek an equitable solution, and report
back to the student in a timely manner.
Letters of complaint shall be kept for a period of ten years in the Chief Administrators' offices and be available to
accrediting agencies.
p 73 of 312
2.4
Baccalaureate Degree Requirements
Degree Requirements: The Warren Wilson College learning objectives are reflected in the College Mission
Statement: the Triad Education Program develops skills, understanding, and breadth; completing the requirements of
the student's major department or program provides depth of understanding; and the Work and Service-Learning
Programs develop the capacity to work effectively with others. This section describes the specific requirements for
the B.A. or B.S. degree at Warren Wilson College.
Residence: For the B.A. or B.S. degree a student must complete a minimum of two full-time semesters and a
minimum total of 32 credit hours in attendance at Warren Wilson College at the junior or senior level. For persons
transferring to Warren Wilson College, residence must include the senior year. An academic semester (full-time) is
defined as completion of at least 12 semester credit hours.
Credit Hours and Grade Point Average: A minimum of 128 credit hours is required for the baccalaureate degree,
with a grade point average of at least 2.00.
Triad Education Program: All students must complete the Warren Wilson College Triad Education Program (See
Sections 2.4.1-2).
Degree Candidacy: A student becomes a candidate for the degree with the submission of the Senior Letter.
Departmental certification that requirements have been completed, Work Program Advisory Committee approval,
and Service Committee approval of the candidate's service project must precede presentation of the candidate's
record to the College faculty and staff for final approval as a graduate of Warren Wilson College.
2.4.1 - Triad Education Program
Goals of the Triad Education Program
● Provide students with appropriate guidance and support to facilitate an effective transition into college.
● Ensure that students develop skill in obtaining and critically evaluating information and in clearly articulating
and communicating their knowledge, both orally and in writing.
● Lead students into considered reflection on the meaning and value of work and service to others.
● Assist students in developing awareness of their own and other cultures, the commonality of human
problems, and the diverse nature of our current world.
● Help students to develop an understanding of the range of processes by which humans generate and affirm
knowledge, and to consider several alternative ways of knowing.
● Facilitate transition to life beyond college by providing students the opportunity to examine their lives and to
articulate personal, moral, and spiritual beliefs and values.
● Ensure that students develop breadth of understanding in a range of areas considered critical to a liberal arts
curriculum.
2.4.2 - Triad Education Program Requirements
Academics, Work, and Service
I. Academics
A. General Education
The First-Year Seminar - 4 credit hours
All new first-year students, and many transfer students with less than one full year of college study, must enroll in a
First-Year Seminar during the first term or semester at Warren Wilson College. The student is assigned an academic
p 74 of 312
advisor until a major advisor is determined. The seminar consists of a small group of students and is designed to
provide a stimulating beginning for collegiate study. Seminars are offered in many different subjects, introducing
students to Warren Wilson collegiate life, and to strategies for learning, problem solving, and research, using
resources of the College and the immediate area.
College Composition I and II - 8 credit hours
All students must demonstrate competency in college composition by successfully completing the course WRI 120
College Composition I and a Composition II course offered through one of the academic departments. (A minimum
grade of C- must be earned in both courses.)
Students must enroll in WRI 120 in their first year and a College Composition II (CCII) course in their second or
third year. The Director of Undergraduate Writing will determine in which semester a student will enroll in a
required composition course. Every effort is made to match students with a preferred section of College
Composition I.
Transfer students may, upon approval by the Registrar or the Director of Undergraduate Writing, fulfill the WRI 120
requirement through appropriate performance in an acceptable composition course taken at a previously attended
institution. Advanced Placement credit is not automatically accepted for composition courses.
College Composition I
Students develop their thinking through writing expository prose. They work toward improved organization and
clarity by writing multiple drafts of their assignments and participating in peer reviews. Students practice locating,
integrating, and citing primary or secondary source material in their writing, and they learn to edit their own writing,
checking for correct usage, mechanics, spelling, and punctuation. Although sections of College Composition I are
organized thematically, the goal of all instruction is that students become familiar with the process needed to
produce clear, polished, expository prose.
College Composition II - See also courses of instruction (Section 4)
Students complete several writing assignments that encourage them to improve their writing skills and discover the
specific demands of writing in thier discipline. They learn approaches to research and documentation as they are
practiced in this academic field, and they are given some exposure to the professional literature of the discipline.
Students should have completed WRI 120 with a grade of C- or better or had the College Composition I course
requirement waived. Exceptions will be considered by the Director of Undergraduate Writing.
Liberal Arts Area Courses - 32 credit hours
Completion of four credit hours in each of the eight Liberal Arts Areas is required. Students should work with their
academic advisors to ensure that selected courses meet the Triad Education Program requirements. Independent
studies, internships, and professional courses do not fulfill Liberal Arts Area requirements.
Artistic Expression
The Artistic Expression requirement is designed to introduce students to the creative process and to the experience
of creating works of art.
Courses that satisfy the Artistic Expression area requirement should
● Have as a component the creation of visual art, music, theater, dance or creative writing.
History and Political Science
The History and Political Science area requirement is designed to ensure that all students are introduced to the ways
in which an understanding of the history of human experience or an understanding of political culture and political
p 75 of 312
institutions can illuminate and enrich their understanding of society. The primary focus of a course meeting this
requirement must be the fields of history or political science, and not the historical or political underpinnings of
some other field of study. The course needs to be organized around the disciplinary approaches or comparative
theories of history or political science.
Courses that satisfy the History and Political Science area requirement should
● Be based on the analysis of both primary sources (laws, policies, historical documents, etc.) and the
secondary literature in history or political science. The courses should emphasize an informed approach to the
use of sources and to the evaluation and presentation of evidence.
● Require students to write papers that are either historical or political analysis and argumentation and that use
the styles and conventions of those fields.
Language and Global Issues
The language and Global Issues requirement is designed to introduce students to values, customs, and institutions
that differ from their own, or to provide the opportunity to explore the origins of complex global issues. The
requirement provides an opportunity for students to explore contemporary issues from many perspectives. Because
of the value in developing fluency in a foreign language as a way of fostering global understanding, foreign
language courses fulfill this requirement.
Courses that satisfy the Language and Global Issues area requirement should
● Either introduce students to a culture beyond their own,
● Or focus on contemporary issues of global concern from multiple perspectives.
Literature
The Literature area requirement is designed to introduce students to ways of understanding, interpreting, and
responding to primary works of imaginative literature. The objective of the requirement is to develop a student's
informed literary and aesthetic judgment.
Courses that satisfy the Literature area requirement should
● Have primary works of literature as opposed to secondary scholarship and criticism, as their main subject
matter. A course in which literary works supplement or complement a different main subject matter does not
qualify.
● Study primary works of literature from the perspectives of literary criticism and scholarship, as opposed to
those of some other discipline, such as history, social science, or theater production.
● Require the writing of original, formal literary criticism.
Mathematics
The Mathematics area requirement is designed to promote the development of empirical and quantitative critical
thinking. The primary focus of the requirement is to prepare students to describe, manipulate, and evaluate
quantitative, complex, or abstract ideas or arguments with precision.
Courses that satisfy the Mathematics area requirement should
● Involve the practice of mathematical skills.
● Involve hearing, reading, and speaking about a variety of mathematical ideas and/or applications.
● Model the habits and thought processes of a mathematically trained mind for the student.
● Focus on improving students' proficiency in mathematical reasoning.
p 76 of 312
Natural Science
The Natural Science area requirement is designed to develop a working knowledge of the scientific method and the
ability to critically assess scientific information. Courses meeting this requirement need not cover the breadth of a
scientific field, but should prepare students to evaluate scientific claims, consider alternative hypotheses for
empirical findings, and appreciate the uncertainty often surrounding such findings.
Courses that satisfy the Natural Science area requirement should
● Introduce students to key concepts, facts, and theories relevant to a scientific discipline.
● Teach the process of science, ideally through hands-on laboratory or field experiences.
● Relate scientific concepts, facts, theories, and methods to real-world problems of wide concern.
● When possible, discuss the analysis, evaluation, and status of truth claims about the natural world.
Philosophy and Religious Studies
The Philosophy and Religious Studies area requirement is designed to expose all students to a systematic study of
the origins and diversity of human belief. The requirement introduces students to the value of understanding
alternative theories and conceptions of human experience and purpose as a way of developing their own ethical
stance.
Courses that satisfy the Philosophy and Religious Studies area requirement should
● Examine various systems of belief and their ethical ramifications.
● Explore the methods of argumentation and interpretation as a way towards evaluating the truth.
● Draw conclusions between belief systems and contemporary dilemmas of either a personal or social nature.
● Require the writing of original and persuasive analysis.
Social Science
The Social Science area requirement is designed to introduce students to some of the ways human social interactions
can be systematically studied, such as the methods of anthropology, economics, geography, psychology, and
sociology. The primary focus of the course needs to include ways that a particular social science discipline analyzes
human activity or social structure.
Courses that satisfy the Social Science area requirement should
● Introduce students to the particular languages, approaches, and methodologies of a social science discipline.
● Have the social life of human groups or individuals as its central focus.
A list of Liberal Arts Area courses will be available from the Registrar prior to registration for the fall and spring
semesters. They are also identified in the Courses of Instruction (Section 4) by the symbol ∆ .
B. The Major
The major at Warren Wilson College consists of a planned program of courses, whether in a single academic
discipline or in an interdisciplinary field. The major program assists students in developing a thorough
understanding of a particular subject or interdisciplinary topic and an awareness of connections among its
components and with related subjects. Study in the major helps the student learn the approaches to inquiry used in
the discipline and appropriate specialized skills.
A major consists of a minimum of 32 semester hours of course work, including at least 12 credit hours at the 300
and/or 400 levels. A major consists of a maximum of 70 semester hours of course work, with no more than 55
semester hours of course work within a single academic discipline.
p 77 of 312
As a requirement for the baccalaureate degree, a student must complete course requirements and any other
requirements of a major department or program. See Programs of Study (Section 3).
Each student must declare a major at least two weeks prior to registration for the fifth semester of study. Forms for
the declaration of a major are available at the Registrar's Office.
C. The Senior Letter
Candidates for a degree must each write a letter addressed to the faculty and staff of the College, which includes an
evaluation of the their experiences at the College and reflections on their college careers. This letter is presented to
the major department on or before a date fixed by the Vice President for Academic Affairs. Senior Letters are made
available to the faculty and staff through the Registrar's Office.
II. Work
Student work records must be approved by the Work Program Advisory Committee. See Work Program (Section
2.1) for requirements.
III. Service Project
A student must successfully complete the service-learning requirements (see Service-Learning Program, Section
2.2).
p 78 of 312
3
Programs of Study
Undergraduate Majors, Concentrations,
& Honors
3.2.1 Art
3.2.2 Biology
3.2.2.3 Honors Program
3.2.3.2.1 General Business Administration
3.2.3.2.2 Entrepreneurship/Small Business
Management
3.2.3.2.3 Non-Profit Management
3.2.3.2.4 Sustainable Economic
Development
3.2.4 Chemistry
3.2.4.2.1 Biochemistry
3.2.7 English
3.2.7.2.1 Honors Program
3.2.7.2.2 Theatre / English
3.2.7.2.3 English / Creative Writing
3.2.8.3.1 Conservation Biology
3.2.8.3.2 Environmental Chemistry
3.2.8.3.3 Environmental Education
3.2.8.3.4 Environmental Policy
3.2.8.3.5 Sustainable Agriculture
3.2.8.3.6 Sustainable Forestry
3.2.8.4 Pre-environmental Management and
Pre-forestry Dual Degree Programs
3.2.9.2.1.1 Asian Studies
3.2.9.2.1.2 Latin American Studies
3.2.9.2.1.3 Appalachian Studies
3.2.9.2.1.4 Intercultural Studies
3.2.11 History and Political Science
3.2.11.3.1 History
3.2.11.3.2 Political Science
3.2.13 Mathematics
3.2.18 Philosophy
3.2.20 Psychology
3.2.20.2.1 B.A. in Psychology
3.2.20.2.2 B.S. in Psychology
3.2.22 Social Work
3.2.23 Sociology / Anthropology
3.2.23.2.1.1 Archaeology
3.2.23.2.1.2 Cultural Anthropology
3.2.23.2.1.3 Gender and Women's Studies
3.2.23.2.1.4 Sociology
3.2.24 Theatre
3.2.24.2 Major in Theatre / English (see
section 3.2.05.2.2)
3.2.25 Women's Studies
Undergraduate Minors
3.2.1.3 Art
3.2.2.4 Biology
3.2.3.3 Business and Economics
3.2.3.3.1 Minor in Business
3.2.3.3.2 Minor in Economics
3.2.4.4 Chemistry
3.2.5 Creative Writing - see section 3.2.26.3
3.2.7.3 English
3.2.8.5 Environmental Studies
3.2.9.3 Gender and Women's Studies
3.2.10.3 Global Studies
3.2.10.3.1 Appalachian Studies
3.2.10.3.2 Intercultural Studies
3.2.10.3.3 Latin American Studies
3.2.11.4 History and Political Science
3.2.13.3 Mathematics
3.2.14.3 Modern Languages
3.2.15.2 Music
3.2.16.3 Outdoor Leadership
3.2.17.3 Peace and Justice Studies
3.2.18.3 Philosophy
3.2.19.2 Physics
3.2.20.3 Psychology
3.2.21.3 Religious Studies
3.2.23.3 Sociology / Anthropology
3.2.24.3 Theatre
3.2.25 Women's Studies - see section 3.2.9.3
3.2.26.3 Creative Writing
Masters Degrees
3.3.2 Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing
p 79 of 312
3.1
Undergraduate Programs of Study
p 80 of 312
3.2.01
Art
Faculty: Eric Baden (Chair), Bette Bates, Dusty Benedict, Arlin Geyer, Louly Konz, Leah Leitson, Karen Powell
3.2.01.1
Program Overview
The mission of the Art Department is to affirm and nurture the creative spirit of each student while providing
knowledge and structure to promote the production of art as well as the appreciation and understanding of art as a
discipline and its contributions to the culture and history of humanity.
The goals of the Art Program are the following:
1. To teach students to effectively utilize artistic processes and visual elements to express concepts and
emotions.
2. To aid individuals in the development of skill, sensitivity, and creativity in the use of art media.
3. To help students develop critical thinking and the ability to analyze and evaluate visual images.
4. To promote the appreciation of art as a discipline and examine its contributions to culture.
5. To provide work and service opportunities for students to develop their artistic sensibilities and skills in
support of the mission of the College.
The Art Department provides a course of study in the visual arts that supports, integrates, and contributes to the
mission of the college. Each student is encouraged to develop a unique vision and to come to a greater
understanding and appreciation of the diverse responses and contributions of others. Students will explore how and
why they work creatively as well as develop an appreciation for art in a historical context.
3.2.01.2
Major in Art
The major in Art provides a basic foundation in the visual arts that allows each student to:
1. Discover and develop his or her own creative potential and direction,
2. Come to a greater understanding and appreciation of the unique contributions of others and the complex
issues that confront art today, and
3. Develop the necessary skills, both technical and conceptual, to produce art as well as to understand and
contribute to contemporary art issues.
A major in Art prepares students to pursue careers as artists as well as further study in a graduate program or in art
school. It can also open opportunities in interior design, graphic design, web page design, art management, museums
and galleries, art-related businesses, and working successfully as a studio artist. The art major is intended for
students who are interested in making dedicated commitments to the visual arts within a liberal arts context. The
major provides an experiential foundation in the visual arts. Students will discover and develop creative potential
and direction and will come to greater understanding and appreciation of the unique contributions of others and of
the complex issues that confront those in the arts today.
To be eligible for admission to the art major, a student must have completed at least 28 credit hours with a GPA of
2.7 and must have completed Drawing I, Design, and either Art History I or II with grades of B- or better in each of
these courses.
Grades: Students must pass courses at a grade of B- or better to count toward fulfillment of the major.
p 81 of 312
Requirements: Students must earn a minimum of 52 credit hours in art to fulfill the major requirements, distributed
in the following way:
I. Foundation Courses: Required of all Art majors; 28 credit hours as follows:
ART 110 Design
ART 116 Drawing I
ART 145 Art History I: Ancient through Medieval
ART 146 Art History II: Renaissance though Modern
ART 330 Contemporary Art Issues
ART 412 Senior Project I
ART 413 Senior Project II
II. Studio Concentration: 16 credit hours from one of the following areas must be taken to constitute a studio
concentration.
A. Sculpture/Ceramics
ART 104 Introduction to Handbuilding
ART 106 Introduction to Ceramics
ART 113 Introduction to Sculpture
ART 114 Figure Modeling
ART 200, 300 and 400 Ceramics Studio
ART 213 Sculpture II
ART 312 Stone Carving
ART 313 Sculpture III
B. Painting/Drawing
ART 103 Painting I
ART 161 Watercolor
ART 203 Painting II
ART 216 Drawing II
ART 245 Life Drawing I
ART 261 Encaustic Painting
ART 303 Painting III
ART 316 Drawing III
ART 345 Life Drawing II
C. Printmaking and Bookforms
ART 105 Bookforms I
ART 117 Intaglio Printmaking I
ART 118 Relief Printmaking I
ART 204 Printmaking Studio
ART 250 Bookforms II
D. Photography and Media Arts
ART 109 Photography I
ART 171 Introduction to Digital Media
ART 209 Photography II
ART 219 The Language of Photography in the Digital Age
ART 309 Photography III
III. Studio Electives: 8 credit hours of studio courses, outside the concentration, including those listed above.
3.2.01.3
Minor in Art
p 82 of 312
Grades: Students must pass courses at a grade of B- or better to count toward fulfillment of the minor.
Requirements: Students must earn a minimum of 24 credit hours in art to fulfill the minor requirements, distributed
in the following way:
I. Foundation Courses: (12 credit hours)
ART 110 Design
ART 116 Drawing I
ART 145 Art History I: Ancient through Medieval
OR
ART 146 Art History II: Renaissance through Modern
II. Studio Courses: (12 credit hours of Studio Courses)
p 83 of 312
3.2.02
Biology
Faculty: Paul Bartels, Amy E. Boyd (Chair), Mark Brenner, Robert A. Eckstein, Jeffrey Holmes, Michael A.
Torres, Louise M. Weber
3.2.02.1
Program Overview
The mission of the Biology Department is to ensure that students understand how a scientific approach to the natural
world leads to both insight and an altered perception of the breadth and depth of life on our planet. This is done
through reinforcing in students the knowledge, skills, and habits of thought that characterize the biologically trained
mind.
The goals of the Biology Department are the following:
1. To ensure that every Biology major has a working and up-to-date knowledge of the fundamental concepts
of biology.
2. To provide a B.S. degree curriculum that will allow students to succeed in any standard graduate program
in a biology-related field.
3. To develop in its students--majors and non-majors--the skill of critical evaluation of scientific information
and the ability to relate scientific concepts to real-world problems.
4. To encourage in its students an appreciation of and respect for biodiversity and natural systems.
5. To nuture its faculty by providing a work environment conducive to growth as teachers and scientists.
The Department of Biology awards a Bachelor of Science degree through a broad and rigorous academic study of
the living world within the context of a liberal arts education. Courses emphasize the process of gathering scientific
information and building knowledge based on critical evaluation of experimental observation. All students majoring
in Biology follow a program of study that provides a broad fundamental understanding of all areas of the life
sciences as well as chemistry, physics, and mathematics. In addition, all students conduct an independent research
project on a topic of their choosing and present the results to the College in the form of the Natural Science Seminar.
Concurrent training in environmental studies is possible.
3.2.02.2
Major in Biology
Grades: Students must pass courses at a grade of C- or better to count toward fulfillment of the major. This includes
courses with BIO, CHM, MAT, PHY, and SCI prefixes.
Total Credit Hours: Students must earn a minimum of 34 credit hours in biology, with an additional 22 credit
hours in physics, chemistry, and math, to fulfill the major requirements.
Requirements: Biology majors and minors may not take BIO courses numbered 110 or below to meet Biology
requirements.
I. Core Requirements:
BIO 116 General Biology
BIO 202 Ecology
BIO 322 Genetics
SCI 390 Research Design
SCI 486-489 Natural Science Seminar Research (minimum 2 credit hours.)
p 84 of 312
SCI 493 Natural Science Seminar Communication
(See Courses of Instruction: Science, Section 4.26, for requirements of the Natural Science Seminar.)
II. Area Requirements: Students must complete a minimum of 4 credit hours in each of the following two
areas.
A. Cellular and Subcellular Biology:
BIO 208 Cell Biology
BIO 345 Developmental Biology
BIO 347 Microbiology
CHM 407 Biochemistry I
BIO 441 Genetics of Plant Development
B. Form and Function:
BIO 219 Plant Morphology and Anatomy
BIO 223 Plant Physiology
BIO 235 Vertebrate Zoology
BIO 241 Invertebrate Zoology
BIO 341 Plant Taxonomy
BIO 351 Mammalian Physiology
BIO 377 Evolutionary Biology
BIO 435 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy
III. Other Requirements:
A. All of the following:
CHM 116 General Chemistry I
CHM 117 General Chemistry II
CHM 225 Organic Chemistry I
MAT 241 Calculus I
PHY 251 Physics I
B. One of the following botany courses: (may also be taken as an area requirement)
ENS 233 Forest Biology
C. One of the following zoology courses: (may also be taken as an area requirement)
BIO 178 Introduction to Animal Science
BIO 318 General Ornithology
BIO 348 Animal Behavior
3.2.02.3
Honors Program
Graduation in Biology with honors is possible for qualified students. See description under Honors Program Natural
Sciences (Section 3.2.08.2.2).
p 85 of 312
3.2.02.4
Minor in Biology
Grades: Students must pass courses at a grade of C- or better to count toward the minor.
Total Credit Hours: Students must earn a minimum of 24 credit hours to fulfill the minor requirements.
Requirements:
I. All of the following:
BIO 202 Ecology
II. One of the following:
BIO 322 Genetics
III. Plus an additional 8 credit hours of Biology courses at or above the level of BIO 113.
p 86 of 312
3.2.03
Business and Economics
Faculty: John Barry, Janice Jackson (Claude D. Vannoy '35 Chair), Susan B. Kask
3.2.03.1
Program Overview
The mission of the Business and Economics Department is to prepare and develop students as business and
organizational workers and leaders with the skills and experience necessary to make decisions, solve problems, and
devise policies that are socially, environmentally, and economically sound.
The goals of the Business and Economic Program are the following:
1. To prepare students to work effectively as business and economics leaders and professionals in a complex
and changing world.
2. To prepare students to make socially, environmentally, and economically sound contributions to their
businesses, organizations, and in their communities.
3. To provide students with a foundation of business and economic knowledge and skills that enables them to
pursue further business studies as well as a lifetime of learning.
The Business and Economics Program is designed to complement the liberal arts studies of Warren Wilson. Studies
are clustered around four basic areas of competence - the core of business and economics education. These
competencies include quantitative/financial skills (applied statistics, econometrics, financial statement
preparation/analysis, etc.), people skills (personal, individual and group behavior management, employee
motivation, communication), knowledge of external environments (legal, social, political, economic, natural, and
other specific factors that affect organizations), and strategic planning /integration skills (integrating all
competencies with knowledge of culture, religion, politics, and environment). These four competencies provide the
foundation for balanced and critical analysis, decision-making and problem solving related to the complex and
dynamic issues affecting businesses, organizations, and communities. The major core requirements provide the
basic knowledge and skills in each of these competencies. Advanced courses are designed to provide in-depth study
and application of these skills.
The following concepts are incorporated throughout the curriculum in the Business and Economics Program. These
concepts provide points of integration with the mission and liberal arts curriculum of Warren Wilson College. They
also represent the basic elements of building sustainable businesses, organizations, and communities.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Environmental stewardship - taking care of planet earth
Social responsibility - caring for each other
Long-range planning - being proactive, not reactive
Strategic partnerships - working collaboratively to accomplish more
Sound financial management - optimizing positive impact with limited resources
Global awareness - understanding the dynamics of world populations, languages, cultures, customs, and
politics
3.2.03.2
Major in Business and Economics
Grades: Students must pass courses at a grade of C- or better to count toward fulfillment of the major.
p 87 of 312
Total Credit Hours: Students must earn a minimum of 40-52 credit hours in business and economics (depending on
concentration, see below) to fulfill the major requirements.
Core Requirements: All majors in Business and Economics must complete the courses listed below (20 credit
hours):
BA 201 Accounting I
BA 212 Management and Leadership in Organizations
ECO 201 Microeconomics
ECO 210 Macroeconomics
MAT 141 Statistics (or higher math class approved by department chair)
Concentrations
3.2.03.2.1 - General Business Administration
Concentration requirements: Minimum 20 credit hours
In addition to the core requirements listed above, students in this concentration must complete the two courses listed
below plus 12 additional credit hours of any business and/or economics courses.
BA 121 Marketing
BA 304 Managerial Finance
3.2.03.2.2 - Entrepreneurship/Small Business Management
Concentration requirements: Minimum 28 credit hours
In addition to the core requirements listed above, students in this concentration must complete the five courses listed
below plus an additional 8 credit hours in Business and/or Economics courses, or other courses as approved by the
student's advisor and the department chair.
BA 304 Managerial Finance
BA 309 Business Law
BA 313 Small Business Management
BA 413 Seminar in Social Entrepreneurship
BA 489 Internship in Business
3.2.03.2.3 - Non-Profit Management
Concentration requirements: Minimum 28 credit hours.
In addition to the core requirements listed above, students in this concentration must complete the five courses listed
below plus an additional 8 credit hours in Business or Economics courses, or other courses as approved by the
student's advisor and the department chair.
BA 120 Personal Finance
BA 310 Introduction to Non-Profit Management
BA 315 Human Resource and Project Management
BA 413 Seminar in Social Entrepreneurship
3.2.03.2.4 - Sustainable Economic Development
Concentration requirements: Minimum 32 credit hours.
I. In addition to the core requirements listed above, students in this concentration must complete the five
courses listed below:
p 88 of 312
ECO 301 Microeconomic Theory and Practice
ECO 307 International Trade
ECO 380 Environmental and Ecological Economics
ECO 383 Economic Growth and Development
II. Also, an additional 12 credit hours from the following list or other courses as approved by the student's
advisor and the department chair:
ENS 425 Sustainable Development and the Politics of Growth
ENS 451 Community and Land Use Planning
ODL 315 Group Process
PAX 325 Resolving Conflict Local and Global
PHI 252 Environmental Ethics
PSC 257 International Relations
PSC 330 Politics of Developing States
3.2.03.3
Minor in Business or Economics
A minor in Business or Economics will provide students in any major with the fundamental knowledge and skills
needed to make socially, economically, and environmentally sound contributions to businesses, organizations, and
communities.
3.2.03.3.1 - Minor in Business
Requirements: all of the following
BA 201 Accounting I
MAT 141 Statistics
In addition to the above four courses, students must complete 12 credit hours of additional BUS or ECO courses, as
approved by the student's advisor and the department chair. Minimum of 28 credit hours.
3.2.03.3.2 - Minor in Economics
Requirements: all of the following
MAT 141 Statistics
In addition to the above three courses, students must complete 16 credit hours of additional economics electives, as
approved by the student's advisor and the department chair. Minimum of 28 credit hours.
p 89 of 312
3.2.04
Chemistry
Faculty: John W. Brock, Stephen F. Cartier (Chair), Victoria P. Collins, Dean C. Kahl, Joseph G. Young
3.2.04.1
Program Overview
The mission of the Warren Wilson College Department of Chemistry is to provide a high quality liberal arts
education in Chemistry promoting solid technical knowledge, reasoned discourse, creative thought, problem solving,
and experiential learning framed within a triad of academics, service, and work.
This mission is accomplished with the following goals:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
To provide a supportive environment for students with convenient access to professors and peer tutors.
To emphasize the connections between chemistry, biology, and environmental science.
To encourage students to become life-long learners and scientifically responsible citizens.
To promote creative collaborations and research between students, staff, and faculty.
To maintain a collection of state-of-the-art instruments for use by chemistry students and faculty members
as well as for use as a college-wide resource.
6. To train and support students on the chemistry work crew, promoting a strong work ethic, professional
demeanor, and safe laboratory practices.
7. To promote collaborations between the department members and members of other academic departments.
8. To provide service and outreach to various groups external to the College.
9. To prepare students for meaningful careers as scientists, medical and health care professionals, and as
science educators.
10. To provide a productive and fulfilling environment for faculty and staff members.
A carefully planned major in Chemistry prepares students for graduate school and medical, dental, pharmacy, or
veterinary school, as well as a good job as a traditional "bench chemist." Chemists have excellent employment
opportunities. The Biochemistry concentration is suitable for students preparing for graduate programs in
biochemical or biomedical fields, human or veterinary medicine, and all health areas. Opportunities for exciting
careers in these areas should remain abundant in the future.
3.2.04.2.1
Major in Chemistry
Requirements: Students must earn a minimum of 57 credit hours, as follows, to fulfill the major requirements:
CHM 226 Organic Chemistry II
CHM 240 Inorganic Chemistry
CHM 321 Analytical Chemistry
CHM 331 Thermodynamics and Kinetics
CHM 332 Quantum Chemistry and Molecular Spectroscopy
CHM 333 Thermodynamics Laboratory
MAT 241 Calculus I
MAT 242 Calculus II
p 90 of 312
PHY 251 Physics I
PHY 252 Physics II
SCI 486-489 Natural Science Seminar Research
SCI 493 Natural Science Research Communication
Students are strongly encouraged to take the following courses:
CHM 319 Professional Issues in Science
CHM 450 Advanced Environmental Chemistry
3.2.04.2.2 - Major in Chemistry - Biochemistry Concentration
The Biochemistry Concentration follows the curriculum recommended by the American Society for Biochemistry
and Molecular Biology, stressing critical thinking, teamwork, and ethics in addition to solid knowledge and skills in
the biological and chemical sciences. This concentration includes all academic requirements for admission to
medical schools, veterinary schools, and graduate schools as well as strong preparation for a professional career.
Requirements: Students must earn a minimum of 69 credit hours, as follows, to fulfill the major requirements with
a concentration in Biochemistry.
CHM 331 Thermodynamics and Kinetics
CHM 333 Thermodynamics Laboratory
CHM 408 Biochemistry II
CHM 409 Biochemistry Laboratory
BIO 322 Genetics
MAT 241 Calculus I
MAT 242 Calculus II
PHY 251 Physics I
PHY 252 Physics II
SCI 486 - 489 Natural Science Seminar Research
3.2.04.3
Honors Program
Graduation in Chemistry with honors is possible for qualified students. See description under "Honors Program
Natural Sciences" (Section 3.2.08.2.2).
3.2.04.4
Minor in Chemistry
p 91 of 312
Grades: Students must pass courses at a grade of C- or better to count toward fulfillment of the minor.
Requirements: Students must earn a minimum of 23.5 credit hours, as follows, to fulfill the minor requirements:
PHY 251 Physics I
SCI 486-489 Natural Sciences Seminar Research
SCI 493 Natural Sciences Research Communication
p 92 of 312
3.2.05
Creative Writing
The Creative Writing major is a part of the Writing Program, see section 3.2.26.
p 93 of 312
3.2.06
Education
Faculty: Annie L. Jonas, M. Grace Mitchell (Chair), Patricia H. Tuttle (Coordinator of the Minor in Education and
MACFC Liaison)
3.2.06.1
Minor in Education
The minor in Education is designed to provide students with an opportunity to explore the possibility of a career
related to early childhood and elementary education.
Grades: Students must pass education courses with a grade of C or better to count toward fulfillment of the minor.
Requirements: Students must earn a total of 20 credit hours to fulfil the minor requirements. A minimum of 10
credit hours must be taken in the Education Department. Courses other than those listed below must be approved in
order to receive credit towards the minor.
Courses Offered for the Minor in Education:
EDU 290: Emergent Literacy for Children (4CR)
EDU 303: Learning with Children (4CR)
EDU 396: Exploring Teaching - Elementary and Early Childhood (2CR)
EDU 199: Independent Study (1-4 CR)
LAN 310: Teaching Second Language: Approaches, Methods (4 CR)
ODL 320: Program Planning and Design (4 CR)
ODL 315: Group Process (4 CR)
ODL 215: Initiatives for Adventure Education (4CR
PSY 101: Introduction to Psychology (4CR)
PSY 203: Child Development (2CR)
PSY 323: Learning and Conditioning (2CR)
SWK 202: Skills of Helping Others (2 CR)
SWK 305: Human Behavior and the Social Environment I: Life Course (4CR)
SOC 211: The Family (4CR)
WRI 207: Teaching Writing in Communities (4CR)
The Master of Arts in Teaching (MAT)
The Master of Arts in Teaching is an intensive one-year program leading to masters (M) level North Carolina
licensure for teaching in high schools in the areas of English, Mathematics, Comprehensive Science and
Comprehensive Social Studies. (See Section 3.3.1 Master of Arts in Teaching, for more details).
p 94 of 312
3.2.07
English
Faculty: David J. Bradshaw, Gary Hawkins, Carol Howard, A. Michael Matin (Chair), David Mycoff, Graham Paul,
Catherine Reid, Samuel Scoville
3.2.07.1
Program Overview
The English Program focuses on the study of British and American literature and on the classic works that
influenced them, as well as on English-language literatures of former British colonies, including those of Africa and
India. Students in the program may choose to major or minor in English, or they may pursue a joint major in
Theatre and English or a concentration in Creative Writing.
The mission of the English Program is to encourage students to develop, through careful readings, an appreciation of
the language and artistry of classic and modern works of literature and to guide students to gain a strong knowledge
of these works in their historical and cultural contexts. The English Honors option helps make the program
distinctive and intellectually challenging.
In accordance with this mission, the overall goals for the major and minor programs in the English Department are
the following:
1. To create opportunities for majors and minors to develop, through careful readings, an appreciation of the
language and artistry of classic and modern works of literature.
2. To create opportunities for majors and minors to develop a strong knowledge of these works in their
historical and cultural contexts.
3. To create opportunities for majors and minors to develop knowledge of a wide range of genres, literary
periods, and major authors.
3.2.07.2
Major in English
The English Major is based on the study of American and English literatures, with electives offered in genres,
periods, major authors, creative writing, linguistics, and selected writers.
For the joint major in Theatre and English or the concentration in Creative Writing, see below.
Grades: Courses must be passed with a C grade or better to count toward any English major or toward the English
Minor.
English Literature
Requirements: The English Major consists of 42 credit hours distributed as follows:
I. Two courses from the following:
ENG 335 Medieval Life and Literature
ENG 336 Literature and Culture of the Renaissance
ENG 344 Literature and Culture of the Restoration and Queen Anne Period
ENG 345 Literature and Culture of the Enlightenment Period
p 95 of 312
II. Two courses from the following:
ENG 337 Romanticism
ENG 338 Literature and Culture of the Victorian Period
ENG 339 Modernism
ENG 347 Colonial and Postcolonial Literature
III. Two courses from the following:
ENG 215 Epic-Heroic Mode
ENG 340 Chaucer
ENG 341 Shakespeare
ENG 343 Milton
IV.
WRI 230 Modern English Grammar
V. Four other courses for a total of 16 credit hours from English Department offerings (and from certain
Theatre Program and Writing Program offerings)
VI. The English faculty strongly urges students to develop a reading proficiency in a second language and a
knowledge of a literary tradition other than their own. The English faculty also strongly recommends that
students majoring in English complete a minor in a field related to their study of English.
3.2.07.2.1
Honors Program
The English Honors Program provides students of unusual ability and interest in the study of literatures in English
(American, British, and Anglophone Africa and Asia) to pursue intensive independent research while working
closely with faculty and other students in the Honors Program. Students who successfully complete this program
receive special designation at graduation and on their diplomas and transcripts.
Requirements:
I. Students pursuing the Honors degree must designate two of their six upper-level historical period or major
authors courses as Honors. Please see the Department Chair and the instructor for the course during or
before the first week of the term to arrange this designation and to determine course requirements. With
permission of the Department Chair, it may be possible to substitute course work completed during a junior
year abroad for an Honors course.
II. In the senior year, students must enroll in ENG 489 Honors Thesis and complete a senior thesis, usually of
40 pages. A student who expects to write a thesis on a topic that he or she has not studied extensively in a
course should consider designing a two-credit independent study on that topic for the semester prior to the
semester in which the thesis will be written. Such an independent study allows the student to develop the
background necessary to carry out the intensive research and writing that the thesis requires.
III. Students should maintain a B average overall and must earn B grades or above in the honors offerings,
including the thesis.
Students seeking to modify any of the above requirements must petition the department chair.
3.2.07.2.2 - Theatre/English
Requirements: 50 credits, as distributed below
I. 18 Credits including the following courses:
THR 113 Technical Theatre
ENG/THR 250 Introduction to Classical Theatre
p 96 of 312
ENG/THR 251 Introduction to Modern Theatre
ENG 341 Shakespeare
II. 12 Credits from among the following English and Music courses:
ENG 129 Religion in Literature
MUS/THR 280 Opera as Drama
(other 300-level English period or major authors courses may be substituted in some cases)
III. 12 Credits from among the following:
THR 189 - 190 Modern Dance Technique (repeatable but counts only once toward the Major)
THR 109 Introduction to Acting and Directing
THR 203 Voice and Speech for the Actor
THR 358 Ensemble I: Rehearsal Dynamics
THR 212 Basic Design for the Theatre
THR 213 Design and Interpretation for the Theatre
THR 209 Stage Management
THR 221 Butoh, Dance of Darkness
THR 244 Improvisation for the Actor
THR 254 Movement for the Actor
THR 256 Modern Dance Improvisation and Composition
THR 268 History and Practice of Performance Art
THR 269 The Dramatic Experience
THR 275 Shakespeare in Performance and Production
THR 290-298 Special Topics in Theatre
THR 400 Ensemble II: Project
THR 314 Scene Design
THR 315 Historic Costume Design for the Theatre
THR 311 Stage Lighting and Sound Design
THR 341 Acting Shakespeare
THR 489 Senior Project
THR 490-498 Special Topics in Theatre
MUS 134 Beginning Voice
WRI 210 Creative Writing: Playwriting
THR 268 History and Practice of Performance Art
IV. 8 Credit hours in performance/production practicum (**Note: See sliding scale regarding this requirement
below)
V. Additional Requirement: At least two semesters on the theatre crew (preferably in junior and senior years).
**Adjustment to Performance/Production Practicum requirement: For each additional semester served on the
Theatre Crew, the minimum required number of credit hours is reduced by 2 credit hours: 3 semesters on Theatre
Crew results in 6 credit hours of Theatre Practicum required; 4 semester on Theatre Crew results in 4 credit hours of
Theatre Practicum required; etc.) Production running crew assignments may also offset the Practicum requirement in
certain cases.
3.2.07.2.3 - English/Creative Writing
(See also Major in Creative Writing within the Writing Program, Section 3.2.26)
Total Credit Hours: Students must earn a minimum of 44 credit hours in English and Writing to fulfill the major
requirements.
p 97 of 312
I. Course Requirements:
A. Two courses from the following:
B. Two courses from the following:
ENG 337 Romanticism
ENG 339 Modernism
C. Two courses from the following:
ENG 340 Chaucer
ENG 341 Shakespeare
ENG 343 Milton
D. The following course:
WRI 140 Creative Writing: Introduction
E. The following course:
F. Two courses from the following:
WRI 211 Creative Writing: Poetry
WRI 212 Creative Writing: Fiction
WRI 213 Creative Writing: Creative Nonfiction
WRI 311/312 Advanced Fiction Workshop
WRI 313/314 Advanced Poetry Workshop
WRI 316/317 Advanced Creative Nonfiction Workshop
WRI 394 Creative Writing: MFA Residency
AND
WRI 395 Creative Writing: MFA Workshop (4 credits combined)
G. One course in writing or research. Possible courses include (but are not limited to):
WRI 142 Introduction to Writing for Media
WRI 201-205 Advanced Composition
WRI 210/310 Creative Writing: Playwriting
WRI 220 Writing About Place
WRI 320 Environmental Journalism
WRI 381 Research in Creative Writing
Writing Special Topics courses
College Composition II courses in any department
H. The following course:
WRI 419 Senior Writing Portfolio
II. Additional Requirements:
A.
A substantial internship in writing
B.
A substantial senior writing portfolio: a collection of finished short stories, novel
chapters, nonfiction pieces, or poetry totaling approximately 40 pages
Successful completion of an internship and a portfolio require preparation and planning. Please see the Director of
the Undergraduate Writing Program for detailed guidelines for senior writing portfolios and internships.
3.2.07.3
p 98 of 312
Minor in English
The English Minor should serve well as the complement to several majors (Business and Economics, Education,
History and Political Science, Environmental Studies, Psychology, Social Work, and Global Studies).
Requirements: 22 credit hours distributed as follows
I. One course from the following:
II. One course from the following:
ENG 337 Romanticism
ENG 339 Modernism
III. Two courses from the following:
ENG 340 Chaucer
ENG 341 Shakespeare
ENG 343 Milton
IV. One other course from English Department offerings (or from certain Theatre or Writing Program
offerings)
V. The following course:
p 99 of 312
3.2.08
Environmental Studies
Faculty: Paul Bartels, Amy E. Boyd, Mark Brenner (Chair), John W. Brock, David S. Ellum, Judy Francis, Robert
Hastings, Franklin A. Kalinowski, Laura Lengnick, Mallory McDuff, Louise Weber
3.2.08.1
Program Overview
The mission of the Environmental Studies Department is to provide an understanding of the applications of theory to
problem solving through first-hand knowledge and field experience. We seek to help students learn not only the
what and the how, but the why. Graduates are prepared for advanced study or to enter various job markets after
completing their Bachelors Degrees.
The goals of the Environmental Studies Program are the following:
1. To offer the environmental studies major within the context of Warren Wilson College's Triad of the liberal
arts, work, and service.
2. To provide students with opportunities to develop a broad understanding of environmental studies.
3. To provide students with opportunities to concentrate study in a particular area of interest within
environmental studies.
4. To provide students with opportunities to improve their abilities to think critically, apply theoretical
knowledge to real-world problems, and communicate ideas.
5. To provide preparation and guidance for students who wish to pursue graduate or professional study or
directly enter environmental studies careers.
Courses are offered in the natural and social sciences and there are abundant natural resources on and near campus.
Courses and work crews give Environmental Studies students the balance of theory, first-hand knowledge, and field
experience. Internships off campus are also encouraged.
Interests of students majoring in Environmental Studies vary from forestry, agriculture, conservation biology,
environmental chemistry, and soil science to economics and business, environmental policy, education, park
interpretation, community activism, journalism, art, and urban gardening. Students may elect to major or minor in
Environmental Studies. Successful programs most often result when students, with the help of an advisor, begin
planning coursework and identifying goals during the freshman year.
Majors and Minors Program Proposal Requirement: Students wishing to major or minor in Environmental
Studies must turn in a proposal written in consultation with a faculty advisor and turned in to the adviser. It
identifies academic goals and lists courses and internships to be completed. Students must submit program
proposals at least one month before pre-registration during the second semester of the sophomore year or, for
transfer students, by the beginning of the second semester of the junior year. At this time students must also
complete a declaration of major form at the registrar's office and declare the concentration within Environmental
Studies. Six concentrations are available.
Total Credit Hours: Students must earn a minimum of 68 credit hours for the major. The required courses for each
concentration are listed on the next few pages. Courses that may be accepted as electives within the ENS major are
those with ENS or BIO and many CHM course descriptions, or have the word "environment" in the title, or fit into
the proposed program of study specific to the environmental career a student has in mind. For instance, EDU
courses may be appropriate electives for environmental education students, but probably not for sustainable forestry
students.
Degrees Offered: The standard degree for an Environmental Studies major is Bachelor of Arts, but a Bachelor of
Science can be earned as an alternative.
p 100 of 312
A Bachelor of Science degree can be earned by students in any concentration if they meet the course requirements
for their concentration and:
1. Take one semester each at the college level of calculus and statistics;
2. Take a minimum of 24 credit hours of a 200-level or above laboratory science courses; and
3. Complete and pass the Natural Science Seminar sequence of courses.*
*See Natural Sciences listing (section 4.26) for requirements for the Natural Sciences Seminar and Seminar
Presentation. Students planning to complete a Natural Sciences Seminar should take SCI 390 Research Design
during the junior year.
Honors Program: Graduation in Environmental Studies with Honors is possible for students who qualify.
3.2.08.2
Major in Environmental Studies
Grades: Students must earn a combined GPA of 2.0 for all required core courses in the major. Students must also
earn a final grade of C- or better in each individual course within a concentration including electives.
Requirements: A minimum of 68 credit hours as follows:
I. Required core courses for all ENS Majors:
BIO 202 Ecology
ENS 116 Introduction to Environmental Studies
B. Choose one from the following list:
ENS 245 Environmental Politics and Political Theory
PSC 245 Environmental Politics in Global Perspectives
HIS 205 Environmental History of the United States
C. Choose one from the following list:
MAT 141 Statistics
MAT 241 Calculus I
MAT 253 Statistics for Natural Sciences
D. Choose one from the following list:
REL 212 Religion, Nature, and the Environment
II. Courses within the concentration (15 to 29 credit hours): courses vary depending on the concentration. See
below for a list of concentrations and their requirements.
III. Electives (9 to 24 credit hours depending on concentration). A total of 68 credits is required within the
ENS major.
3.2.08.2.1
Honors Program
p 101 of 312
Graduation in Environmental Studies with Honors is possible for students who qualify. Please see Honors Program
Natural Sciences below for details.
3.2.08.2.2
Honors Program Natural Sciences
The objectives of the Natural Sciences Honors Program are (1) to set high academic standards to which all students
can aspire, (2) to encourage students to pursue scholarly research, and (3) to provide recognition of outstanding
students.
Requirements: To graduate with Honors in this program, a student must
1. Achieve a 3.5 GPA for courses required in the major and achieve an overall 3.5 GPA.
2. Pursue a research project involving original laboratory or field work or an original analysis, synthesis, and
evaluation of primary source material.
3. Identify the research project during the junior year by preparing a well-documented proposal, which must
be submitted to the North Carolina Academy of Science (NCAS) or other source for funding.
4. Present the completed project (including a formal written research report in a form suitable for publication)
to the Natural Sciences Research Communication class and earn a course grade of A- (90%) or better.
5. Present and defend the research report in a professional forum in addition to the Natural Sciences Seminar
(e.g., the NCAS Conference).
6. Receive final acceptance for Graduation with Honors, which is contingent on an approval vote from the
faculty of the student's major.
Requirements: To graduate with Honors in the Environmental Education and Environmental Policy programs, a
student must
1. Achieve a 3.5 GPA for courses required in the major and achieve an overall 3.5 GPA.
2. Complete a thesis that will provide a comprehensive integration and connection among the elective courses
and other experiences the student selected for the Program Proposal. The topic or theme should serve as a
culmination of the integrated understanding that the student has achieved. Students must submit a thesis
proposal to their faculty advisors two weeks before spring registration for the fall semester of their senior
year.
3. Present the completed thesis to the Environmental Education Internship Seminar or other appropriate venue
and earn a grade of A- (90%) or better.
4. Submit a copy of the thesis to the Library for review by any interested party.
5. Receive final acceptance for Graduation with Honors, which is contingent on an approval vote from the
ENS faculty.
3.2.08.3
Concentrations
In addition to the required core courses for all ENS Majors listed above, each concentration has additional required
courses.
3.2.08.3.1 - Conservation Biology
Requirements: In addition to the requirements listed above for all Environmental Studies majors, the following
requirements must be met to fulfill this concentration.
I. Required Courses:
BIO 322 Genetics
p 102 of 312
ENS 310 Conservation and Wildlife Biology
SCI 486-489 Natural Science Seminar Research (minimum 2 credits)
II. Area Courses: One from each of the following three divisions:
A. One course at the molecular, cellular, or anatomical level (200 or above):
B. One course at the whole animal level (200 or above)
C. One course at the plant level (200 or above):
BIO 219 Plant Morphology and Anatomy (if not taken for above)
BIO 377 Evolutionary Biology (if not taken for above)
III. Electives within the ENS major: (minimum 9 credit hours)
3.2.08.3.2 - Environmental Chemistry
CHM 450 Advanced Environmental Chemistry
ENS 302 Aquatic Ecology and Water Pollution
ENS 330 Soil Science
II. Electives within the ENS major: (minimum 9 credit hours)
3.2.08.3.3 - Environmental Education
p 103 of 312
ENS 126 Introduction to Environmental Education
ENS 426 Methods and Materials in Environmental Education
ENS 484 Environmental Studies Internship Seminar
ENS 485 Environmental Studies Internship
ODL 320 Program Planning and Design
The study of systems and their interaction is crucial to Environmental Education, so students have the
option of choosing a strand within Environmental Education that emphasizes specific systems, such as food
systems or community systems.
A. Suggested Electives for a Food Systems strand: Integrating food, agriculture, and Environmental
Education
ANT 321 Traditional Agricultural Systems
EDU 305 Educational Psychology
ENS 249 Introduction to Sustainable Agriculture
ENS 248 Community Organizing for Sustainable Living
ENS 421 Environmental Policy
ENS 440 Sustainable Farm Management
SOC 271 Environmental Sociology
B. Suggested Electives for a Community Systems strand: Community Organizing for Sustainable Living
BA 310 Introduction to Non-profit Management
ENS/PSY 220 Environmental Attitudes, Values, and Behavior
GBS 225 Introduction to Geographic Information Systems
PAX 327 Environmental Justice: Peace or Conflict
C. Suggested Electives for a Natural Systems strand: Connecting People to Natural Places
OR
BIO 113 Field Ornithology
ENS 230 Geology
ODL 210 Backcountry Skills and Techniques
ODL 215 Initiatives for Adventure Education
ODL 220 Wilderness First Responder
ODL 350 Trip Leader Practicum
p 104 of 312
D. Suggested Electives for a Communication Systems strand: Using the Media, Arts, and Marketing for
Environmental Education
ART 171 Photoshop I
ART 206 Ceramics II
ART 209 Photography II
ART 216 Drawing II (or other art classes)
BA 121 Marketing
ENS/PSY 220 Environmental Attitudes, Values, and Behavior
MUS 109 Introduction to Music (or any applied music class)
MUS 112 Music Cultures of the World
WRI 142 Introduction to Writing for the Media
WRI 213 Creative Writing: Creative Non-fiction
WRI 320 Environmental Journalism
E. Suggested Electives for Spiritual Systems strand: Connecting Faith to Conservation
ENS 230 Geology
PHI 363 Nature Way
REL 238 History and Literature of Buddhism
REL 253 Emerging Christian Theologies
REL 321 Religion, Peace, and Social Justice Seminar
3.2.08.3.4 - Environmental Policy
I. Required Courses
PSC 151 Introduction to American Government
B. One of the following:
PSC 245 Environmental Politics in Global Perspectives
C. One of the following:
D. One of the following two options:
1. These two courses:
ENS 485 Environmental Studies Internship
SCI 491 Natural Science Seminar Attendance
2. These three courses:
II. Electives within the ENS major: (minimum 14-18 credit hours)
p 105 of 312
A. Strongly Recommended Courses:
ENS 451 Community Land Use Planning
GBL 225 Introduction to Geographic Information Systems
3.2.08.3.5 - Sustainable Agriculture
I. Required Courses: all of the following:
ENS 260 Sustainable Agriculture Practicum
ENS 440 Sustainable Farm Management
SCI 486-489 Natural Sciences Seminar Research (minimum 2 credits)
A. Suggested Electives for business emphasis in Sustainable Agriculture:
BA 121 Marketing
BA 201 Accounting I
BA 309 Business Law
BA 313 Small Business Management
BA 315 Human Resource and Project Management
ECO 301 Microeconomic Theory and Practice
B. Suggested Electives for natural science emphasis in Sustainable Agriculture:
BIO 178 Introduction to Animal Science
BIO 322 Genetics
MAT 241 Calculus I
MAT 242 Calculus II
PHY 251 Physics I
C. Suggested Electives for a social science emphasis in Sustainable Agriculture:
ANT 321 Traditional Agriculture Systems
ENS 220 Environmental Attitudes, Values, and Behavior
ENS 350 Environmental Impact Assessment
PSY 231 Research Methods in Social Science
PSY 318 Social Psychology
D. Suggested Electives for a humanities emphasis in Sustainable Agriculture:
ENG 337 Romanticism
p 106 of 312
ENG 339 Modernism
ENS 220 Environmental Attitudes, Values, and Behavior
INT 325 Great Books I
PHI 255 Philosophy of Science and Logic
REL 255 Contemporary Christian Thought and Experience
3.2.08.3.6 - Sustainable Forestry
It is strongly recommended that all students pursuing the Sustainable Forestry Concentration commit to a
minimum of two years working on the Forestry Crew.
*ENS 233 Forest Biology
*ENS 334 Silviculture
*ENS 333 Introduction to Forest Management
*These courses build the discipline from theory to application and should be taken in the listed order.
A. The Forest Management emphasis is for students who want to pursue a career in professional forestland
management for a variety of goods and services. Students would be prepared for jobs with state or federal
forestry, parks and wildlife agencies, land trusts and land conservation organizations, private forest owners,
and ecological consulting firms.
Suggested electives for Forest Management emphasis (minimum18 credit hours from this list):
ENS/PSY 220 Environmental Attitudes, Values and Behavior
ENS 230 Geology
GBL 325 Advanced GIS
B. The Forest Science emphasis is for students who want to pursue a career in forestry research or go on to
graduate school. The strong natural and quantitative science focus, coupled with a B.S., will make the
student an attractive graduate school applicant. Students would be prepared for jobs as research technicians
for state and federal forestry agencies, private industry and non-government research institutions. *Students
interested in graduate school must work closely with their academic advisor to choose courses that meet the
requirements of specific graduate programs.
Suggested electives for Forest Science emphasis (minimum 18 credit hours from this list):
BIO 322 Genetics
p 107 of 312
ENS 230 Geology
C. The Forest Policy emphasis is for students who want to pursue a career in environmental policy and
advocacy, especially as it pertains to forest systems. Students would be prepared for careers with
government agencies, non-government advocacy groups, for-profit industries and non-profit institutions.
Suggested electives for Forest Policy emphasis (minimum18 credit hours from this list):
BA 121 Marketing
BA 310 Introduction to Non-Profit Management
ENS/PSY 220 Environmental Attitudes, Values and Behavior
3.2.08.4
Pre-environmental Management and Pre-forestry Dual Degree Programs
Advisor: David S. Ellum,
Warren Wilson College participates in the Cooperative College Program with the Nicolas School of the
Environment at Duke University in a combined program of liberal arts and professional education in environmental
resources. In this dual degree program a student attends Warren Wilson College for three years, completing the
Warren Wilson College core competency and service requirements and the Dual Degree entrance requirements for
Duke University. The student then attends Duke University for two years. The student earns two degrees: a B.A.
from Warren Wilson College, and a Master of Forestry (MF) or Master of Environmental Management (MEM) from
Duke University. The MF is a professional degree in Forest Resource Management while the MEM is a professional
degree in one of five areas: Resource Ecology; Environmental Toxicology, Chemistry, and Risk Assessment; Water
and Air Resources; Resources Economics and Policy; or Coastal Environmental Management.
The Dual Degree program allows the student to receive a broad liberal arts education and also earn a professional
degree. It provides for maximum education with minimum investment of time and money. Students receive the
advantages of a small college with extensive faculty-student interaction, as well as the larger variety of courses at a
large university.
3.2.08.4.1
Requirements for Admission to the Dual Degree Program at Duke University
Grades: A minimum overall GPA of B (3.0 out of 4.0) is required. Courses with grades below C do not transfer.
The student must also be recommended by the dual degree program liaison officer at Warren Wilson College.
Admission into Duke's School of the Environment is very competitive, and minimal completion of Duke's admission
requirements does not guarantee acceptance into its program.
p 108 of 312
Requirements: A minimum of 92 credit hours must be completed at Warren Wilson College, including the
following:
I. Mathematics:
MAT 241 Calculus I
II. Economics:
III. Courses related to a particular area of interest:
A. Forest Resource Management
BIO 202 Ecology
CHM 116, 117 Chemistry I and II
B. Water and Air Resources
PHY 251 Physics I
C. Coastal Environmental Management
PHY 251 Physics I
D. Environmental Economics and Policy
ECO 380 Environmental and Ecological Economics (This course is highly recommended.)
E. Environmental Health and Security
F. Ecosystem Science and Management
BIO 202 Ecology
G. Conservation Science and Policy
BIO 202 Ecology
H. Global Environmental Change
ENS 230 Geology
3.2.08.5
Minor in Environmental Studies
Requirements: The following courses must be completed with a minimum of a C average. An internship is
suggested, and a program proposal for the minor is required.
BIO 202 Ecology
II. Plus 12 additional credit hours of Environmental Studies.
CHM 116 General Chemistry I is recommended.
p 109 of 312
3.2.09
Gender and Women's Studies
Faculty: David J. Bradshaw, Christey Carwile, Sally Fischer, Carol Howard, Siti Kusujiarti, Marty O'Keefe, Angela
Marie Phillips, Jeanne Sommer, Laura Vance (Chair)
3.2.09.1
Program Overview
The mission of the Gender and Women's Studies Program is to introduce students to a critical and interdisciplinary
perspective on the social construction of gender with opportunities to bring this framework to bear in a variety of
areas of study and careers.
The goals of the Gender and Women's Studies Program are the following:
1. To introduce students to a range of disciplinary approaches to the study of gender and women.
2. To prepare students to synthesize information regarding historical and cross-cultural variation of social
norms pertaining to gender.
3. To prepare students to analyze ways in which femininity and masculinity intersect with race, ethnicity,
class, and sexuality, and to understand how power and privilege function in relation to these intersections.
4. To prepare students to assess and apply the variety of theoretical perspectives used in Gender and Women's
Studies, including connection between experience and practice.
Gender and Women's Studies is an interdisciplinary program that offers courses examining the formation of gender
and intersections between gender and race, class, ethnicity, and sexuality; introduces students to women's
intellectual, social, political, economic, spiritual, and artistic contributions and experiences of women in a variety of
historical, global, and cultural contexts; and emphasizes the particular challenges that women face locally and
globally. Students wishing to complete a major with a focus on Gender and Women's Studies have the option to
major in Sociology and Anthropology with a concentration in Gender and Women's Studies (see section
3.2.23.2.1.3).
3.2.09.2
Minor in Women's Studies
Grades: Students must pass courses at a grade of C- or better to count toward the minor. Students must also
maintain a minimum overall GPA of 2.0.
Total Credit Hours: Students must earn a minimum of 24 credit hours to fulfill the minor requirements.
Requirements:
I. Both of the following:
GDS 100 Introduction to Gender and Women's Studies
SOC/GDS 366 Feminist Thought
II. 16 credit hours selected from this list, at least 8 at the 300-400 level:
ENG/GDS 254 Gender Issues in the Nineteenth Century
ENG/GDS 273 Literature by Women
GDS 220 Introduction to Gender and Men's Studies
GDS 299, 499 Independent Study
GDS 479 Supervised Internship
p 110 of 312
HIS/GDS 230 Women in American History
ODL/GDS 325 Women's Voices in Experiential Education
PHI/GDS 258 Feminist Philosophy
REL/GDS 112 Women and Global Religious Traditions
REL/GDS 313 Goddess Traditions
SOC/GDS 211 The Family
SOC/GDS 215 Women and Society
SOC/GDS 325 Gender, Development, and Environment
Some additional Gender and Women's Studies Special Topic courses
p 111 of 312
3.2.10
Global Studies
Faculty: David Abernathy (Chair), Christey Carwile, Ben Feinberg, Dongping Han, Phil Jamison, Jeffrey A. Keith,
Siti Kusujiarti, Paul Magnarella, David G. Moore, Angela Marie Phillips, Jeanne Sommer, Tsering Wangchuk
3.2.10.1
Program Overview
The mission of the Global Studies Program is to prepare students to be responsible citizens of the world by
challenging them to engage contemporary global issues, to address the historical and geographical contexts of global
inequalities, and to examine a particular region of the world from an interdisciplinary perspective that integrates the
humanities, the social sciences, and environmental studies.
The goals of the Global Studies Program are the following:
1. To help students develop an integrated understanding of global issues from a multidisciplinary perspective.
2. To provide opportunities for students to engage with a culture outside their own.
3. To provide students with the tools needed to critically examine their own local and regional culture and
how it is shaped by an increasingly globalized society.
4. To prepare students for a globalized world through the study of a language other than English.
5. To provide students with research and writing skills that promote critical thought and effective
communication of ideas.
3.2.10.2
Major in Global Studies
Grades: Students must earn a GPA of 2.0 in courses counting toward the major.
Total Credit Hours: Students must earn a minimum of 48 credit hours toward the Global Studies Major
requirements. Of the 48 total credit hours, at least 16 must be upper level credit hours (including the 4-credit
capstone thesis seminar).
General Requirements:
I. Core Courses (8 credit hours): All Global Studies majors must pass the following two courses in order to
complete the major:
GBL 116 Introduction to Geography *
GBL 461 Global Studies Seminar
*This course provides an introduction to globalization and human geography and should be taken early in
the major.
II. Regional Concentration Courses (20 credit hours)
III. Thematic Track Courses (20 credit hours)
IV. Off Campus Experience: The Global Studies major stresses the importance of experiential education. To
this end, all students must complete part of their education away from the Warren Wilson College campus.
The different concentrations have different expectations for this requirement, ranging from a term or
semester studying in a foreign country, to a short Warren Wilson international programs course, to an
internship or extended service project. This component of the major should be planned well in advance in
p 112 of 312
consultation with the student's academic advisor. No credit will be given for "prior learning." This
requirement should be met prior to the student's senior year and must be met prior to the student's last
semester before graduation.
V. Language Proficiency Requirement: For this major, proficiency is defined as the equivalent of three
semesters of college level study. Proficiency can be gained at Warren Wilson College, before students
arrive at WWC, or through study at other institutions or in other countries. We recognize, however, that it
is very difficult for students to take three semesters of Asian languages, for example, since WWC currently
offers courses only in French and Spanish. Therefore, there is some flexibility in the language requirement,
which varies across the concentrations.
Program Proposal: Advanced planning with a Global Studies advisor is essential to successful and timely
completion of all the major requirements. A written Global Studies major proposal must be approved by the Global
Studies faculty and should be submitted to the advisor and to the Chair of Global Studies for approval no later than
one month before registration during the second semester of the sophomore year or, for transfer students, during the
first term of the junior year.
Concentrations and Thematic Tracks: Students who elect the Global Studies major must choose one of four
regional concentrations, AND one of three thematic tracks. Detailed descriptions of these concentrations and tracks
are listed below.
3.2.10.2.1
Concentrations
3.2.10.2.1.1 - Asian Studies
This concentration explores Asia from the interdisciplinary vantage points of history, political science, sociology,
religious studies, philosophy, peace and justice studies, environmental studies, and women's studies. Students are
expected to participate in one cross-cultural field experience in Asia and to complete a capstone project that
demonstrates the student's ability to undertake research in Asian studies. In addition to preparing students for
graduate school, this concentration opens employment opportunities in areas such as international relations,
international development programs, international business, non-governmental organizations, and governmental
agencies with connections to Asia, and other service-oriented careers.
Requirements: In addition to the Global Studies core courses listed above, the following requirements must be met
for a Concentration in Asian Studies.
I. Introductory Regional Course (4 credits):
HIS 111 East Asian Civilization
II. Regional Depth Courses (16 credits): at least 4 of these credits must come from 300-400 level courses.
Note that courses taught at other institutions may count towards the regional depth requirement. Students
should consult with their advisors to determine whether courses not listed below may count for their
concentration.
PSC 320 Chinese Government and Politics
PSC 340 International Politics in the Pacific
PHI 361 Eastern Thought
REL 239 Hinduism: Texts and Traditions
REL 338 Chan/Zen Buddhism
REL 380 East Asian Religions: Seminar
p 113 of 312
SOC 251 Societies in Southeast Asia
III. Off-Campus Experience: Students in this concentration must include a cross-cultural, off-campus
experience in Asia (possibly through our partnerships with Asian universities, enrollment in a Warren
Wilson international programs course, other academic programs in Asia, or personally designed field
courses). Proposals for personally designed field courses should be submitted to the Asian Studies faculty
well in advance. Up to six credit hours from a field course may count toward the major.
IV. Language Proficiency Requirement: Students may meet the language requirement through proficiency in
any language or through a combination of multiple languages, including two semesters of one language and
one semester (or equivalent) in a second language (i.e. two semesters of French combined with one term of
study in Thailand or a summer of study at a language school in Indonesia). If the student wishes to study
more than one language, one of the languages should be an Asian language.
3.2.10.2.1.2 - Latin American Studies
This concentration explores Latin America and the Caribbean from an interdisciplinary vantage point. History,
literature, anthropology, language, economics, cultural studies, film, politics, geography, and experiential learning
provide the backdrop for discovering this vast region in terms of constructions developed both by external
researchers and by Latin Americans themselves. In addition to preparing students for graduate school, this
concentration opens employment opportunities in areas such as international relations, international development
programs, international business, non-governmental organizations, governmental agencies with connections to Latin
America, journalism, and other service-related careers. Fluency in Spanish is at the core of the concentration, as
competence with the language is necessary for a deep understanding of the region.
for a Concentration in Latin American Studies.
ANT 105 Introduction to Latin America
concentration.
ANT 241 Native Peoples of Mexico and Guatemala
ANT 251 Latin American Archaeology
ANT 431-435 Topics in Latin American Anthropology
LAN 353 Latin American Culture and Civilization
LAN 455 Latin American Short Stories and Poetry
LAN 456 Magical Realism
HIS 241 Latin American History
III. Off-Campus Experience: Students pursuing this concentration must spend at least one term (eight weeks)
studying off campus in a Latin American country. One way to satisfy this requirement is to enroll in one of
the longer Warren Wilson international programs courses, such as the course that moves through
Guatemala and Mexico, or to spend a semester at one of our partner institutions. Other ways of meeting this
requirement must be proposed well in advance to the Global Studies faculty.
IV. Language Proficiency Requirement: All students concentrating in Latin American Studies must pass LAN
354 Advanced Spanish with a grade of C or higher.
3.2.10.2.1.3 - Appalachian Studies
p 114 of 312
This concentration focuses on the connection between local and global issues, examining the social, cultural,
political, economic, and environmental impacts of global processes on our local bioregion. Students in this
concentration will engage with the region from an interdisciplinary perspective, addressing questions of regional
inequality, cultural transformations and environmental change. The concentration provides significant opportunities
for field-based learning and community research.
for a Concentration in Appalachian Studies.
GBL 190 Introduction to Appalachian Studies
concentration.
ANT 139 Native Americans of the Southeast
ANT 340 Archaeological Field School
BIO 102 Field Natural History
ENS 291 Special Topics: Geology of the Southern Appalachians (2 credits)
GBL 379 Identifying Appalachia: Politics of Identity in the Appalachian Mountains
GBL 381 Filming Appalachia
HIS 251 Appalachian History
MUS 232 Appalachian Music and Dance
REL 291 Special Topics: Southern Religion and Culture
Selected Special Topics Courses
Additional Appalachian Music Courses:Up to 4 credits of applied music and dance courses count toward
the Appalachian Studies Concentration. There are courses on dance, mandolin, guitar, banjo, fiddle, band
performance, and ballad singing. See MUS course offerings for details.
III. Off-Campus Experience: Students in this concentration will undertake a significant project or internship in
the Appalachian region. Concentrators may also choose to study abroad to meet the requirements for this
concentration if the region of study is pertinent to their study of Appalachia.
IV. Language Proficiency Requirement: Students must achieve proficiency in any language other than English,
or they may take two semesters of one language and one semester (or its equivalent) of a second language.
3.2.10.2.1.4 - Intercultural Studies
This concentration focuses on cross-cultural and international understanding and reflection. The wide range of
courses reflects the concentration's emphasis on the link between macro and micro level approaches to global issues.
This concentration mixes courses that analyze regional, social, political, cultural, and economic issues with
experience-based learning. To this end, all students are expected to spend at least one term engaged in study abroad.
for a Concentration in Intercultural Studies.
I. Introductory Regional Course (4 credits): One of the following courses
HIS 111 East Asian Civilization
p 115 of 312
Special Topics Course: Introduction to Appalachian Studies
PSC 259 Comparative Gov't: Third World
concentration.
Sixteen credits of regional courses from the any of the other concentrations. Regional courses not within
above concentrations (e.g., SOC 261 -- Societies of Sub-Saharan Africa) as well as courses with an
interregional focus (e.g., PSC 257 -- International Relations, PSC 330 -- Politics of Developing States) can
also count toward the concentration.
III. Off-Campus Experience: Students pursuing this concentration must spend at least one term (eight weeks)
or semester off campus. This can be accomplished through GBL 394 International Field Study, GBL 395
International Development Practicum, or another off-campus intercultural study experience that is
approved by the Global Studies faculty. Up to six credit hours from a single field course can count toward
the major.
IV. Language Proficiency Requirement: Students must achieve proficiency in any language other than English,
or they may take two semesters of one language and one semester (or its equivalent) of a second language.
3.2.10.2.2
Thematic Tracks
3.2.10.2.2.1 - Culture, Power & Place
This track focuses on issues at the intersection of the humanities and the social sciences. Students in this track
examine the ways in which language, culture, philosophy and religion both shape and are shaped by our increasingly
interconnected world. Courses in this track provide students with a theoretical grounding and a toolkit of critical
analysis skills, providing a strong basis for the examination of complex global issues.
Requirements: In addition to the Global Studies core courses listed above and the requirements for the chosen
concentration, the following requirements must be met for this thematic track.
I. Introductory Thematic Course (4 credits): One of the following courses:
ANT 200 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology
SOC 100 Introduction to Sociology
II. Thematic Depth Courses (16 credits): At least 4 of these credits must come from 300-400 level courses.
ANT 145 Archaeology of World Cultures
ANT 415 American Subculture
ENS 220 Environmental Attitudes, Values and Behavior
PHI/GDS 258 Feminist Philosophy
SOC 317 Social Theory
GDS 401 Gender and Social Change
PHI 115 Alternative Philosophies
REL 212 Religion, Nature and the Environment
p 116 of 312
SOC 325/GDS 325 Gender, Development and the Environment
SWK 291 Changing the World: International Social Service
3.2.10.2.2.2 - Environment & Society
This track focuses on issues at the intersection of the environmental and social sciences, asking questions that
crosscut the political and ecological dimensions of environmental conflict and degradation. Students in this track
examine the complex local, regional and global interactions between humans and their environment. Courses in this
track provide students with an interdisciplinary approach and diverse set of tools for critically examining the global
transformations emerging at the nexus of human and ecological processes.
I. Introductory Thematic Course (4 credits): One of the following courses:
II. Thematic Depth Course (16 credits): At least 4 of these credits must come from 300-400 level courses.
ENS 126 Introduction to Environmental Education
ENS 205 Environmental History of the United States
PSC 245 Environmental Politics in Global Perspective
SOC/GDS 325 Gender, Development and the Environment
3.2.10.2.2.3 - Peace & Social Justice
This track focuses on themes of conflict resolution, nonviolent social change, human rights, social justice and
peacemaking efforts on the local, regional and global level. Students in this track combine coursework in Peace and
Justice studies with an in-depth exploration of a world region in order to more fully understand the root causes of
conflict and the ways of preventing or resolving them.
I. Introductory Thematic Course (4 credits):
PAX 110 Introduction to Peace and Justice Studies
II. Thematic Depth Courses (16 credits): At least 4 of these credits must come from 300-400 level courses.
A. Peace Studies courses: 12 credits from the following courses:
PAX 230 Freedom and Dissent
p 117 of 312
PAX 239 Lifestyles of Nonviolence
PAX 246 Martin Luther King Jr. and the Civil Rights Movement
PAX 281 Humanitarian Law
PAX 320 The Palestine Question
PAX 326 Human Rights
Special Topics in Peace and Justice Studies
B. Peace Studies Electives: 4 credits from the following courses:
HIS 332 Civil War and Reconstruction
HIS 334 History of the African-American Experience
HIS 340 Conflict and Community in Early America
PSC 336 United States Foreign Policy
REL 111 Exploring Religions
REL 321 Religion, Peace, and Social Justice: Seminar
SOC/GDS 325 Gender, Development, and the Environment
3.2.10.3
Minors in Global Studies
Grades: Students must earn a minimum GPA of 2.0 in courses counting toward any of the following Global Studies
Minors.
3.2.10.3.1 - Appalachian Studies
Requirements: A minimum of 24 credit hours from the following, with a minimum GPA of 2.0
I. Introductory Regional Course:
GBL 190 Introduction to Appalachian Studies
II. At least 12 credit hours from the following:
GBL 379 Identifying Appalachia: Politics of Identity in the Appalachian Mountains
GBL 381 Filming Appalachia
HIS 251 Appalachian History
III. At least 8 credit hours from the following:
p 118 of 312
ENS 291 Special Topics: Geology of the Southern Appalachians (2 credits)
REL 291 Special Topics: Southern Religion and Culture
Selected Special Topics Courses
Additional Appalachian Music Courses: There are courses on dance, mandolin, guitar, banjo,
fiddle, band performance, and ballad singing that count toward the Appalachian Studies Minor.
3.2.10.3.2 - Applied Geospatial Technology
Requirements: 24 credit hours with a minimum GPA of 2.0, distributed in the following manner:
I. All of the following courses:
MAT 141 Statistics
OR
MAT 201 Computer Science I
MAT 202 Computer Science II
GBL 499 Independent Study (4 credits required)
3.2.10.3.3 - Intercultural Studies
Requirements: 24 credit hours with a minimum GPA of 2.0, including a minimum of 12 credit hours from 300-400
level courses distributed in the following manner:
I. GBL 116 Introduction to Geography
II. 8-14 credit hours of additional intercultural studies courses, as approved by the department.
III. An approved international internship, cross-cultural work or study, short-term field study, or an appropriate
alternative experience (2-8 credit hours). It may be possible to meet this requirement by writing a major
paper on a previous or current cross-cultural experience.
3.2.10.3.4 - Latin American Studies
Requirements: 28 credit hours with a minimum GPA of 2.0, distributed as follows:
I. Language requirement: 8 credit hours of Spanish language instruction beyond Spanish III. Students who
place into levels other than Spanish I will meet the language requirement by passing LAN 354 Advanced
Spanish with a minimum grade of C. In this case, students are expected to enroll in additional courses,
listed in Section 2, to complete a total of 24 credit hours.
II. Content-Specific Core: 8 credit hours selected from the following courses:
GBL 394 International Field Study
GBL 395 International Development Practicum
Note: The GBL courses above are taken in conjunction with study in Latin America. Only four credit
hours from these courses may be applied to the minor.
p 119 of 312
HIS 241 Latin American History
LAN 455 Hispanic Short Stories and Poetry
LAN 499 Independent Study
Selected Special Topics courses
p 120 of 312
3.2.11
History and Political Science
Faculty: Melissa Estes Blair, Ruth Douglas Currie, Dongping Han (Chair), Frank Kalinowski, Philip L. Otterness, J.
Thomas Showalter
3.2.11.1
Program Overview
The mission of the History and Political Science Department is to instruct students in the content and methodologies
of History and Political Science while serving as exemplars of scholars working in those disciplines.
The goals of the History and Political Science Department are the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
To foster informed and engaged citizens through the department's teaching and scholarship.
To nurture a sense of educated skepticism toward the accepted truths of politics, government, and history.
To promote the understanding that history and political science are disciplines based on argument.
To ensure that students see the complexity of the world's politics and history, meaning that they understand
that a critical, sophisticated, and informed approach is necessary for the mature understanding of these
disciplines.
The department teaches courses that emphasize critical reading and thinking, careful and thorough research, and
effective writing. Besides preparing engaged citizens, academic training in History and Political Science is good
preparation for careers in teaching, law, government service, journalism, archival and museum work, and research
and writing.
3.2.11.2
Major in History and Political Science
Grades: Students must pass courses with a grade of C- or better to count toward fulfillment of the major.
Total Credit Hours: Students must earn a minimum of 40 credit hours in history and political science to fulfill the
major requirements.
Students have the choice of completing a regular major in History and Political Science or of completing a
concentration in History or in Political Science within the broader major.
For purposes of the major and the minor, ENS 421 Environmental Policy may count as a 400-level Political Science
course. All other courses must have HIS or PSC designations.
Requirements (for the major with no concentration):
I. 12 credit hours in three 100-level History courses in at least two of three areas: Asian civilization, Western
civilization, and United States history
II. PSC 151 Introduction to American Government
III. 20 credit hours in five additional courses in History and Political Science of which
A. at least three must be 300-level or 400-level courses and
B. two must be in History and two must be in Political Science.
p 121 of 312
IV. HIS 480 Senior Seminar in History and Political Science
3.2.11.3
Concentrations
3.2.11.3.1 - History
Requirements:
I. 16 credit hours in four 100-level History courses in at least two of three areas: Asian civilization, Western
civilization, and United States history. PSC 151 Introduction to American Government may substitute for
one of these courses.
II. 20 credit hours in five courses above the 100-level in History and Political Science of which
A.
B.
at least three must be 300-level or 400-level courses and
at least three must be in History and one must be in Political Science.
III. HIS 480 Senior Seminar in History and Political Science
3.2.11.3.2 - Political Science
Requirements:
I. 8 credit hours in two 100-level History courses
II. PSC 151 Introduction to American Government
III. 24 credit hours in six courses in History and Political Science of which
A.
B.
at least four must be 300-level or 400-level courses and
at least four must be in Political Science.
IV. HIS 480 Senior Seminar in History and Political Science
3.2.11.4
Minor in History and Political Science
Grades: Students must pass courses with a grade of C- or better to count toward the minor.
Total Credit Hours: Students must earn a minimum of 20 credit hours in history and political science to fulfill the
minor requirements.
Requirements: The minor requires at least 4 credit hours in History and 4 credit hours in Political Sciences. At
least 8 credit hours of the required 20 credit hours must be at the 200-level or higher.
p 122 of 312
3.2.12
Integrative Studies
Faculty: David Mycoff (English), Laura Legnick (Sustainable Agriculture), Graham Paul (Theatre)
3.2.12.1
Program Overview
The mission of the Integrative Studies major is to provide a means for well-disciplined and self-motivated students,
whose interests integrate two or more disciplines and which cannot be adequately addressed by a single major
programs at Warren Wilson College, to design and carry out an individualized major.
The goals of the Integrative Studies Program are the following:
1. To assist students in conducting in-depth investigations of questions, issues, or areas of interest that may be
most effectively examined from a variety of perspectives.
2. To provide guidance for students in designing and carrying out an individualized major.
3. To encourage students considering this major to take responsibility for identifying and articulating the area
of interest.
4. To encourage students to work independently to complete the major.
3.2.12.2
Major in Integrative Studies
Grades: Students must have a 3.0 GPA in order to apply to this major. They must pass courses at a grade of B- or
better to count toward fulfillment of the major.
Total Credit Hours: The Integrative Studies major consists of a minimum of 40 credit hours of courses, all of
which bear upon the selected theme or topic and will assist the student in reaching an integrated, comprehensive
understanding.
Requirements:
I. Core Requirements: The program must consist of at least 12 credit hours of courses at the 300 or 400level, and must also include INT 480 Integrative Studies Thesis. The program may include an Integrative
Studies internship, and if it does, 8 credits of that course may be applied to the 40 credits for the major.4.
Any member of the Integrative Studies Faculty Committee may provide assistance in developing the
proposal. A member of the Integrative Studies Committee maintains records and serves as advisor for each
accepted student.
II. Special Requirements: In order to apply to the major, students must submit a proposal to the Integrative
Studies Committee. In addition, the following prerequisites must be met in order to apply to the major:
A. Grade Average: a cumulative GPA of 3.0 is required for admission to the major.
B. Class Standing: Students must be between their first sophomore semester and second junior
semester in order to be considered for entrance into this major.
3.2.12.2.1
p 123 of 312
Integrative Studies Major Proposal
The student desiring candidacy for the Integrative Studies major shall prepare a written proposal. The proposal shall
include:
I. A title: The title will serve as the actual name of the major and should characterize the area or topic of the
major succinctly and clearly.
II. A description of the theme of interest: The theme or topic should be clearly described in such a way that it
expresses the issues that the major will address as well as its relation to other disciplines or subjects. It is
essential that the major truly have a theme and not just be a collection of courses.
III. The rationale for Integrative Studies as the best vehicle for pursuing the theme: This section of the proposal
will justify the need to develop a unique, individualized major to address the theme or topic. It is the
student's responsibility to provide a convincing argument that the topic cannot be effectively pursued
through one of the existing majors.
IV. Proposed courses for study: This section will consist of a list of the actual courses that will make up the
major. These may include courses already taken as well as those to be taken in the remaining years of
study. The course list must include the following information: course department, number and name;
number of credit hours; where and when taken; and a brief description of each course's relationship to the
student's theme.
V. Proposed thesis project: One of the requirements for the Integrative Studies major is a thesis that will
provide a comprehensive integration of the topic. It will provide a connection among all of the courses and
other activities that bear on the theme or topic and should serve as a culmination of the integrated
understanding that the student has achieved in relation to the subject. The proposal should include one or
more ideas for thesis or project ideas, including subjects to be covered and potential approaches. It need not
be final at the time of application. However, prior to registration for INT 480 Integrative Studies Thesis, a
formal written proposal for the thesis project must receive approval by the Integrative Studies Faculty
Committee.
VI. The names of the three faculty members who have agreed to serve on the student's committee, one of whom
must be a member of the Integrative Studies Committee (and is usually the student's temporary Integrative
Studies Advisor.)
Approval Process:
Proposals are due on Monday of Week 6 via email to the Chair of Integrative Studies. The Committee meets in
week 7 to deliberate on proposals.
The Integrative Studies Committee must approve all proposals. The decision is based on the completeness and
coherence of the student's proposal, the ability of the college to support the proposed major in terms of courses
offered, the evidence that the theme could not be pursued in an established major, and evidence of the student's
ability to profit academically from such an independently developed program.
p 124 of 312
3.2.13
Mathematics and Computer Science
Faculty: Philip Jamison, Holly J. Rosson, Evan B. Wantland, Gretchen W. Whipple (Chair)
3.2.13.1
Program Overview
The mission of the Department of Mathematics is to serve every student on campus by providing courses that satisfy
triad education requirements, furnishing course content in support of several majors, and offering a comprehensive
program for mathematics majors and minors. The major requirements guide students in progressing from
procedural/computational understanding of mathematics to a broad understanding encompassing logical reasoning,
generalization, abstraction, and formal proof, in accordance with the national standards published by the
Mathematical Association of America. The faculty seeks to instill in all students an appreciation of the beauty and
utility of mathematics, to facilitate improved confidence and ability in their mathematical skills and quantitative
literacy, and, most of all, to foster in them a life-long love of learning.
The goals of the Mathematics and Computer Science Department are the following:
1. To provide all students with an appreciation of mathematics as an engaging field, rich in beauty, with
powerful applications to other subjects and contemporary open questions.
2. To furnish all students with essential mathematical skills and hands-on technological experience.
3. To develop majors who are mature in the breadth and depth of mathematical skills as well as mature in
mathematical thinking.
4. To enable majors to understand the importance of proof and to demonstrate an ability to communicate
mathematical thought both orally and in writing.
3.2.13.1
Major in Mathematics
Grades: Students must maintain a minimum GPA of 2.0 in courses that satisfy major requirements.
Total Credit Hours: Students must earn a minimum of 44 credit hours in mathematics or 40 credit hours in
mathematics and 4 credit hours in physics to fulfill the major.
MAT 241 Calculus I
MAT 242 Calculus II
MAT 243 Multivariable Calculus
MAT 250 Linear Algebra
MAT 289 Introduction to Mathematical Rigor
MAT 310 Abstract Algebra
II. Breadth Requirements: a minimum of two (2) breadth courses
MAT 201 Computer Science
MAT 251 Differential Equations
MAT 253 Statistics for the Natural Sciences
PHY 251 Physics I
OR
PHY 252 Physics II
p 125 of 312
III. Depth Requirements: a minimum of three (3) depth courses
MAT 303 Data Structures
MAT 304 Computer Organization
MAT 320 Geometry
MAT 330 Mathematical Modeling
MAT 331 Complex Analysis
MAT 341 History and Philosophy of Mathematics
MAT 366 Number Theory
MAT 380 Discrete Mathematics
MAT 400 Real Analysis
IV.
Senior Capstone Project:
MAT 389 Pre-Thesis Research
MAT 489 Thesis
V. Additionally: Majors must earn a second major or a minor. Majors intending to go to graduate school will
be strongly encouraged to take MAT 400 Real Analysis.
3.2.13.1
Minor in Mathematics
Grades: Students must maintain a minimum GPA of 2.0 in courses that satisfy minor requirements.
Total Credit Hours: Students must earn a minimum of 21 credits of mathematics courses to fulfill the minor
requirements.
Requirements:
MAT 241 Calculus I
MAT 242 Calculus II
MAT 250 Linear Algebra
MAT 289 Introduction to Mathematical Rigor
II. Additionally: two courses above MAT 240
p 126 of 312
3.2.14
Modern Languages
Faculty: Angela Marie Phillips (Chair), Erin Amason Montero, Christine Swoap
3.2.14.1
Program Overview
The Modern Languages major emphasizes language proficiency to prepare students to use Spanish or French in
professional areas and to undertake graduate level studies. The mission of the Modern Languages Department is to
combine language training with service and work in domestic and international settings and to promote experiential
and academic understanding of cross-cultural communications.
The goals of the Warren Wilson College Modern Languages Program are as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
To enable students to study university level courses abroad in the target language.
To ensure that students can use Spanish or French in their areas of expertise.
To enable students to navigate the cultural conventions of the Spanish or French speaking world.
To give students advanced level competence in all levels of language study.
To prepare students for graduate studies.
Students fulfill the major's academic requirements by complementing their course work at Warren Wilson with
offerings at other institutions with which Warren Wilson College has agreements, or other international academic
programs that have been approved in advance by the department.
3.2.14.2
Major in Modern Languages
Grades: Students must pass courses at a grade of C or better to count toward fulfillment of the major.
Total Credit Hours: Students must earn a minimum of 48 credit hours in Spanish to fulfill the major requirements.
Up to 9 credit hours may be transferred from another accredited institution of higher learning, or international
academic programs that have been approved in advance by the department.
Requirements:
II. Area Requirements: Students may pursue one of the following two tracks
A. Spanish/French. Students acquire proficiency in both Spanish and French.
48 credit hours of Spanish
16 credit hours of French
9-12 credit hours Study Abroad
B. Spanish/Second Field. Students combine language training with a second major in any of the academic
programs offered at Warren Wilson College.
48 credit hours of Spanish
9-12 credit hours Study Abroad
The necessary credit hours in their second field
p 127 of 312
III. Special Qualifications: Students must complete 15 hours of service in a Spanish speaking setting.
3.2.14.3
Minor in Modern Languages
Grades: Students must pass courses at a grade of C or better to count toward the minor.
Total Credit Hours: Students must earn a minimum of 20 credit hours in French or Spanish to fulfill the minor
requirements. Up to 6 credit hours may be transferred from nationally accredited institutions of higher learning, or
other international academic programs that have been approved in advance by the department.
p 128 of 312
3.2.15
Music
Faculty: Wayne Erbsen, Warren J. Gaughan (Chair), Phil Jamison, Kevin D. Kehrberg, Jane McCoy, Steven
Williams
3.2.15.1
Program Overview
The mission of the Music Department is to provide a creative and intellectual environment for all students to study,
perform, create, speak, and write about music.
The goals of the Music Program are the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
To provide musical experiences for students.
To promote critical, aesthetic and personal understanding of music.
To develop individual and ensemble musicianship.
To promote understanding and analysis of music in its cultural and historical contexts.
The Music Program is designed for students who wish to focus on music as a part of the liberal arts program. The
emphasis of the curriculum is on broad coverage of the field of music, the improvement of performance skills, and
the development of a strong foundation of musical understanding.
3.2.15.2
Minor in Music
Grades: Students must pass courses at a grade of B or better to count toward the minor.
Total Credit Hours: Students must earn a minimum of 24 credit hours in music to fulfill the minor requirements.
Requirements: Students select courses as indicated from each of the following:
I. MUS 109 Introduction to Music*
II. A minimum of 4 semesters of Applied Music in one of the following areas: **
MUS 130 Applied Piano
MUS 135 Applied Voice
MUS 137 Applied Organ
III. A minimum of 4 credit hours in ensembles selected from:
MUS 103 Chapel Choir
MUS 105 College Chorale
MUS 125 Instrumental Ensemble
MUS 127 Jazz Ensemble
MUS 160 Appalachian String Band
MUS 171 Bluegrass Band
IV. A minimum of 8 credit hours of electives selected from:
MUS 112 Music Cultures of the World
MUS 209 Theory/Improvisation
MUS 255 Jazz Appreciation
p 129 of 312
MUS/THR 280 Opera as Drama
THR 101, 201 Performance/Production Practicum: Musical
* Music 109 Introduction to Music is required for students with limited backgrounds. It does not count as elective
credit for the minor.
**There is an additional fee per credit hour for applied music. Contact the Department Chair about off-campus
lessons in other instruments.
p 130 of 312
3.2.16
Outdoor Leadership
Faculty: Mallory McDuff, Jason Michaels, Marty O'Keefe, Edward O. Raiola (Carol Grotnes Belk Chair)
3.2.16.1
Program Overview
The mission of the Outdoor Leadership Studies Program is to prepare graduates who will have the academic
background, skills, and experience necessary to analyze, plan, implement, administer, and supervise outdoor
adventure education programs.
The goals of the Outdoor Leadership program are the following:
1. To develop leaders who understand the moral responsibilities of leadership and are prepared to exercise
leadership in service to the world.
2. To prepare leaders who understand their relationship to the natural world and the responsibility that entails
and who are prepared to exercise environmental stewardship.
3. To provide students with experiences and skills that will enable them to gain meaningful employment or
enter graduate schools.
The outdoor leadership curriculum focuses on education, facilitation, and experiential learning methodologies. It is
not a technical skills training program. All outdoor leadership courses combine theory with practice and many
incorporate some type of service learning.
The course of study includes technical skills (such as backpacking, canoeing, kayaking, and rock climbing),
interpersonal skills (such as group process, counseling, and leadership), and a broad understanding of administrative
issues. In addition, students take supporting course work from various disciplines depending on career interest and
needs. Options include social work, education, psychology, business, forestry, art, and environmental studies. A
unique, exciting aspect of the program is the cooperative effort between the College and North Carolina Outward
Bound School, an internationally recognized outdoor education organization.
Opportunities made available to majors in this program include:
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Leadership for the college Outdoors Program
Production of a departmental newsletter
Development of a comprehensive, professional adventure education program
Internship
Participation in a North Carolina Outward Bound School Outdoor Educator Practicum
Participation in international educational opportunities that focus on Adventure Travel/Eco Tourism
For the highly motivated student, the opportunity to assist faculty in teaching courses
3.2.16.2
Major in Outdoor Leadership
Grades: Students must earn a combined GPA of 2.0 for courses in the major.
Total Credit Hours: Students must earn a minimum of 57 credit hours, including the following, to fulfill the major
requirements.
Requirements:
p 131 of 312
ODL 100 History and Philosophy of Outdoor Adventure Education
ODL 225 Universal Adventure Programming
ODL 310 Leadership for Adventure Education
ODL 320 Program Planning and Design
ODL 322 Challenge Course Facilitation and Management
ODL 350 Trip Leader Practicum
ODL 410 Administration and Management of Adventure Education Programs
ODL 485 Outdoor Leadership Internship
PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology
PED 125 Outdoor Recreational Activities: Rock Climbing
PED 127 Outdoor Recreational Activities: Winter Camping
PED 128 Outdoor Recreational Activities: Orienteering
II. Students must complete one of the following two options:
A. Any two of the following courses:
PSY 203 Child Development
PSY 204 Adolescent Development
PSY 205 Adult Development and Aging
B. Or any one of the following courses:
PSY 326 Theories and Techniques in Counseling and Psychotherapy
SWK 305 Human Behavior in the Social Environment I: The Life Course
III. Four credit hours from the following:
BIO 113 Field Ornithology
BIO 202 Ecology
PHY 118 Contemporary Astronomy
PHY 251 Physics I
Another faculty-approved science course
IV. One credit from the following:
PED 109 Canoeing
PED 111 Kayaking
PED 116 Lifeguard Training
3.2.16.3
Minor in Outdoor Leadership
Grades: Students must earn a combined GPA of 2.0 for courses in the minor.
p 132 of 312
Requirements: Students must earn a minimum of 21 credit hours including the following to fulfill the minor
requirements
ODL 100 History and Philosophy of Outdoor Adventure Education
ODL 310 Leadership for Adventure Education
PED 125 Outdoor Recreational Activities: Rock Climbing
PED 127 Outdoor Recreational Activities: Winter Camping
PED 128 Outdoor Recreational Activities: Orienteering
II. One credit from the following:
PED 109 Canoeing
PED 111 Kayaking
PED 116 Lifeguard Training
p 133 of 312
3.2.17
Faculty: Paul J. Magnarella (Director)
3.2.17.1
Program Overview
The mission of the Peace and Justice Studies Program is to help students gain the knowledge and skills necessary to
become active, positive contributors to decisions, policies, and leadership in their communities and work places.
Peace and Justice Studies addresses themes of conflict resolution, nonviolent social change, human rights, social and
environmental justice, and peacemaking efforts on the local, regional and global levels. A Peace and Justice Studies
minor can fruitfully complement practically any major offered at Warren Wilson College.
The goals of the Peace and Justice Studies Program are the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
To develop knowledge of the causes of conflicts and the ways of preventing or resolving them.
To learn how respect for human rights and the natural environment contributes to peace.
To become conversant with peace philosophies and the works of major peace advocates.
To apply conflict resolution skills to contemporary issues.
3.2.17.2
Peace and Justice Thematic Track within the Global Studies Major
See Programs of Study: Global Studies - Peace & Social Justice (section 3.2.10.2.2.3).
3.2.17.3
Minor in Peace and Justice Studies
Grades: Students must pass each Peace and Justice Studies course with a grade of C or better for it to count toward
fulfillment of the minor.
Total Credit Hours: Students must earn a minimum of 24 credits hours in Peace and Justice Studies to fulfill the
minor requirements.
Requirements: PAX 110 Introduction to Peace and Justice Studies and 20 additional credit hours that may be
divided as follows: a minimum of 12 additional credit hours in PAX courses and up to 8 credit hours from elective
courses listed below. A minimum of 8 credit hours of PAX courses must be at the 300-400 levels, exclusive of
Independent Study credit hours.
Peace and Justice Studies Elective Courses:
p 134 of 312
HIS 332 Civil War and Reconstruction
HIS 334 History of the African-American Experience
HIS 340 Conflict and Community in Early America
PSC 336 United States Foreign Policy
SOC/GDS 325 Gender, Development, and the Environment
Selected Special Topics Courses with the prior permission of the Director of Peace and Justice Studies
p 135 of 312
3.2.18
Philosophy
Faculty: John Casey, Sally A. Fischer (Chair), Jessica Mayock
3.2.18.1
Program Overview
The Mission of the Philosophy Department is to provide students with knowledge and appreciation for the major
philosophies and philosophical questions within their cultural and historical contexts. The Philosophy program
focuses primarily on the Western tradition, both historically and in terms of thematic issues.
The goals of the Philosophy Program are the following:
1. To help students develop, through careful readings and discussion, critical thinking and reading skills, and
to foster the ability to develop strong, articulate arguments, both verbally and in writing.
2. To help students gain the skills and understanding required for leading well-examined lives and to
emphasize the relevance of philosophy in real life issues.
3. To provide those students with special and serious interest in philosophy the foundational knowledge and
preparation for graduate study in philosophy.
The major in Philosophy may serve as the focus of a broad range of liberal arts courses or as the core of a
concentrated study of philosophy, perhaps as preparation for graduate study in Philosophy, inter-disciplinary
programs in Humanities, or Law.
3.2.18.2
Major in Philosophy
Total Credit Hours: Students must earn a minimum of 40 credit hours in Philosophy to fulfill the major
requirements.
Requirements:
I. Basic courses:
A. One 100-level introductory course in Philosophy from the following:
PHI 111Introduction to Philosophy: A Search for Meaning
PHI 112First Philosophy
PHI 115Alternative Philosophies
PHI 116Great Trials: Truth and Censorship
B. One course in logic or critical thinking from the following:
PHI 255Philosophy of Science and Logic
WRI 232 Argumentation
PHI 113Introductory Logic
Please note: Declared Philosophy majors need to complete I) A and B as soon as possible. These two
courses should be completed before taking any upper division courses in Philosophy. All 300 level courses
have the following prerequisites: Two previous courses in philosophy and sophomore standing.
C. One course in ethics from the following:
p 136 of 312
PHI 257Ethical Theory and Practical Issues
II. History of Philosophy courses: (Prerequisite: Two previous courses in philosophy and sophomore standing)
A. Both of the following:
PHI 259 Ancient Philosophy: Problems of Truth and Goodness
PHI 353 Modern Philosophy: Science, Perception, and Reality
III. Senior Seminar in Philosophy: (Prerequisite: Students must have completed I) A and B, PHI 353 Modern
Philosophy, and have at least junior standing to enroll in a senior seminar in Philosophy.)
A. One of the following courses:
PHI 456 Contemporary Philosophy
PHI 457 American Philosophy
PHI 490-498 Special Topics in Philosophy
IV. Electives: Four of the following courses, with at least one at the 300 level
PHI 256 Political Philosophy
PHI 258 Feminist Philosophy
PHI 272 Introduction to Nietzsche
PHI 251 Philosophy of Art
PHI 254 Philosophy of Technology
PHI 354 Existentialism and Phenomenology
PHI 355 Analytic Philosophy in the 20th Century
PHI 361 Eastern Thought
PHI 363 Nature Way
PHI 312 Philosophy of Mind
PHI 311 Epistemology
PHI 313 Philosophy of Language
3.2.18.3
Minor in Philosophy
Grades: Students must pass courses at a grade of C or better to count toward the minor.
Total Credit Hours: Students must earn a minimum of 20 credit hours in Philosophy to fulfill the minor
requirements, including no more than two 100-level courses in Philosophy.
p 137 of 312
3.2.19
Physics
Faculty: Donald F. Collins (Chair)
3.2.19.1
Program Overview
The mission of the Physics Department is to provide students opportunities for interactive engagement with physics
principles and concepts, scientific thinking, communication, and research in astronomy.
The goals of the Physics Program are the following:
1. To provide physics background for Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics, and Environmental Studies majors.
2. To provide significant modern physics concepts (post Newtonian) in all the departmental courses.
3. To provide courses in astronomy and physical science that fulfill the science general education requirement
for non-science majors.
4. To provide a minor in Physics for students majoring in the sciences or mathematics.
Extensive emphasis is placed on communication of physics principles through regular assignments and student
reports, writing for the extended community, learning transferable skills such as model fitting of experimental data,
and providing areas for independent study and research (both student and faculty) in physics and observational
astronomy.
3.2.19.2
Minor in Physics
Grades: Students must pass courses at a grade of C- or better to count toward the minor.
Total Credit Hours: Students must earn a minimum of 20 credit hours in physics courses at the 200 level and
above and selected courses from related disciplines to fulfill the minor requirements. Courses from related
disciplines may include CHM 331 Thermodynamics and Kinetics (4 credits), CHM 332 Quantum Chemistry and
Molecular Spectroscopy (4 credits), CHM 333 Thermodynamics Laboratory (1 credit), approved Special Topics in
physics, Independent Studies in physics, and SCI 486-489 Natural Science Seminar Research.
Requirements:
PHY 251 Physics I -- 4 credits
PHY 252 Physics II -- 4 credits
Independent Study in Physics -- 2 credits minimum
In addition to the courses listed above, a student completing a minor in Physics should complete the Natural Science
Seminar sequence (SCI 390 Research Design, SCI 486-489 Natural Science Seminar Research, and SCI 493 Natural
Science Seminar Communication) either supervised by the physics department or the department of the student's
major. Natural Science Seminar Research and Communication courses supervised by the Physics Department
contribute towards the 20-hour minor requirement. However, Natural Science Seminar Research and
Communication courses supervised by another department do not contribute to the 20-hour minor requirement in
physics. See section 4.26 for details.
p 138 of 312
3.2.20
Psychology
Faculty: Kathryn Burleson, Martha L. Knight-Oakley, Jennifer L. Mozolic, Robert A. Swoap (Chair)
3.2.20.1
Program Overview
The Psychology Department seeks to prepare graduates who are able to use their understanding of psychology as
they pursue their careers, contribute to the larger community, and live full and meaningful lives. Its curriculum
enables students to develop both breadth and depth of knowledge about psychology, its approaches to understanding
human behavior and mental process, and its applications.
The goals of the Psychology Program are the following:
1. To help students develop an understanding of the theoretical concepts, methodology, and research-based
findings in the foundation areas of psychology.
2. To help students understand applications of psychology to personal and societal issues.
3. To help students use and respect skeptical inquiry, critical thinking, and the scientific approach to
understanding behavior and mental processes.
4. To help students express themselves effectively in written and oral communication.
5. To help students understand themselves and others in a cultural context and develop interpersonal skills for
diverse settings over the lifespan.
Psychology majors may choose one of two degree options--a Bachelor of Arts or a Bachelor of Science. Both
options are designed to provide students with breadth of coursework and experience across the diverse areas of
psychology: human development across the life span; social, personality, and abnormal psychology; experimental
study of processes of learning, cognition, sensation, and perception; and biologically based psychology. Skills of
research design, data collection, data analysis, and professional writing and speaking are developed throughout the
major coursework. Upper level courses provide additional opportunities for students to pursue areas of particular
interest in greater depth. Students choosing the B.A. option are encouraged to pursue advanced research and
internship experiences either in conjunction with upper level classes or as independent study. Students choosing the
B.S. option are required to conduct an original, independent research project through the Advanced Research series.
Students work with their advisors to select those options within the major, as well as in service and work
opportunities, that will best prepare them for their postgraduate goals.
Psychology can be combined with other majors and minors (e.g., Art, Business and Economics, Outdoor Leadership,
Philosophy, Social Work, Spanish, or Writing) to address specific combinations of interests and applications. The
Psychology major prepares students for graduate study in psychology and related fields, or for immediate
employment in a wide range of human services settings. When combined with other appropriate coursework and
experiences, psychology can also provide excellent preparation for law school or medical school.
3.2.20.2
Major in Psychology
Two options are available--Bachelor of Arts in Psychology or Bachelor of Science in Psychology.
3.2.20.2.1 - B.A. in Psychology
Grades: Students must complete the major with a minimum overall GPA of 2.0.
p 139 of 312
Total Credit Hours: The B.A. in Psychology consists of at least 54 credit hours: 42 in psychology (at least 24 at the
300-400 level), 4 in mathematics, and 8 in related social sciences. The psychology credit hours are distributed as
follows to offer breadth and depth in the field:
MAT 141 Statistics
PSY 459 Professional Issues in Psychology
II. Breadth/Area requirements within Psychology: In addition, students will select at least 18 credit hours
distributed across the following four categories as detailed below:
A. At least 2 credit hours from the following courses in developmental psychology:
PSY 202 Infant Development
PSY 203 Child Development
PSY 204 Adolescent Development
PSY 205 Adult Development and Aging
B. At least 8 credit hours from the following courses in social, personality, and abnormal psychology:
PSY 311 Theories of Personality
PSY 312 Abnormal Psychology
C. At least 4 credit hours from the following courses in biologically based psychology:
PSY 310 Biopsychology
PSY 317 Health Psychology
D. At least 4 credit hours from the following courses in experimental psychology:
PSY 323 Learning and Conditioning
PSY 324 Sensation and Perception
PSY 325 Cognition
III. Additional breadth and depth in elective psychology courses (14 credit hours):
A. At least 12 credit hours of additional elective coursework in psychology, at least 4 of which
must be at the 300-400 level. These may include any of the preceding psychology courses,
internships, independent study, regularly offered elective courses, and most Special Topics
courses.
B. At least 2 additional credit hours of PSY 400-420 or selected PSY 490-498 courses. These
courses are designed to be seminar-based classes that emphasize critical discussion of primary
sources.
IV. Breadth courses in related social sciences: At least 8 credit hours of related coursework, selected from
Sociology (SOC), Anthropology (ANT), Social Work (SWK), or Gender and Women's Studies (GDS).
3.2.20.2.2 - B.S. in Psychology
Total Credit Hours: The B.S. option in Psychology consists of 54 credits: 34 in Psychology (at least 24 of which
must be at the 300-400 level), 4 in Mathematics, and 16 in related natural sciences and mathematics. The credit
hours are distributed as follows:
MAT 141 Statistics
p 140 of 312
PSY 310 Biopsychology
PSY 459 Professional Issues in Psychology
Special Topics: Advanced Research I
Special Topics: Advanced Research II
II. Breadth Requirements within Psychology: In addition, students will select at least 8 credit hours distributed
across the following two categories as detailed below:
A. At least 4 credit hours from the following courses in social, personality, abnormal and health
psychology:
PSY 311 Theories of Personality
PSY 312 Abnormal Psychology
PSY 317 Health Psychology
B. At least 4 credit hours from the following courses in experimental psychology:
PSY 323 Learning and Conditioning
PSY 324 Sensation and Perception
PSY 325 Cognition
III. Additional breadth and depth in elective psychology courses:
A. At least 6 additional credit hours of elective coursework in psychology, at least 4 of which
must be at the 300-400 level. These may include any of the preceding psychology courses,
internships, independent study, regularly offered elective courses, and most Special Topics
courses.
B. At least 2 additional credit hours of PSY 400-420 or selected PSY 490-498 courses. These
courses are designed to be seminar-based classes that emphasize critical discussion of primary
sources.
IV. Breadth courses in related natural sciences and mathematics: At least 16 additional credit hours of related
coursework, selected from Biology (BIO), Chemistry (CHM), Mathematics (MAT), and Physics (PHY).
These courses should be distributed so that at least 8 credit hours are earned from two of the following four
areas. At least one of these breadth courses must be a lab course. Advanced Placement credit hours may
count toward the major as outlined below for each discipline.
A. Biology
BIO 322 Genetics
And selected Special Topics courses in Biology
A score of 3.0 or higher on the Biology AP exam results in placement out of BIO 116. Those 4 credit hours
may count toward the major.
B. Chemistry
p 141 of 312
Placement out of CHM 116/CHM 117 either through the AP exam or the Chemistry Department's
placement test would result in 5 credit hours that may count toward the major.
C. Mathematics
MAT 201 Computer Science I
MAT 202 Computer Science II
MAT 241 Calculus I
MAT 242 Calculus II
A score of 3.0 or higher on the Calculus AB AP exam results in placement out of MAT 241 and 4 credit
hours that may count toward the major. A score of 3.0 or higher on the Calculus BC AP exam results in
placement out of MAT 241 and MAT 242 and 8 credit hours that may count towards the major.
D. Physics
PHY 251 Physics I
PHY 252 Physics II
A score of 4.0 or higher on the Physics B AP exam or a score of 3.0 or higher on the Physics C AP exam
results in placement out of PHY 251 and 4 credit hours that may count toward the major.
3.2.20.3
Minor in Psychology
Total Credit Hours: The following 24 credit hours of coursework, including at least 12 credit hours at the 300-400
level.
Requirements:
I. PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology
II. At least 14 credit hours from the breadth areas within psychology (developmental; biologically based;
social, personality, abnormal; and experimental) selected to represent at least 2 credit hours in each of three
of the four breadth areas.
III. Six (6) additional elective credit hours in psychology.
p 142 of 312
3.2.21
Religious Studies
Faculty: J. Michael Clark, Jeanne Matthews Sommer (Chair), Tsering Wangchuk
3.2.21.1
Program Overview
The mission of the Warren Wilson College Religious Studies Program is to introduce students to a diversity of
beliefs, practices, histories, cultures, literatures, and social structures within and among the world's religions.
The goals of the Religious Studies Program are the following:
1. To recognize basic phenomenology of religions (i.e. sacred texts, religious authorities, ritual practices,
categories of the sacred, etc.).
2. To describe the distinctive features of these components as they are expressed within and across particular
religious traditions.
3. To analyze the particular ways in which these phenomena are expressed within and affected by both time
and cultures.
4. To integrate critical thinking and personal experience.
5. To empathize with individuals and communities whose experiences of religion and religiosity may or may
not be similar to one's own perspectives and experiences.
3.2.21.2
Major in Religious Studies
Grades: All courses must be passed with a grade of C or better to count toward the Religious Studies major.
Total Credit Hours: A minimum of 44 credit hours of religious studies courses, at least 20 of which must be in
courses numbered 300 or above.
Requirements: The required 44 credit hours are divided into five parts. Students who are interested in the major
should consult with the chair of the department to obtain a "Plan of Study" guide sheet as an aid in mapping out their
course work. Successful completion of the major is dependent upon completion of the Religious Studies
Colloquium, submission of the Majors Portfolio, and completion of all other course work with a minimum GPA of
2.0.
I. Required Foundational Course: (4 credit hours) one of the following
II. Breadth Requirement: (12 credit hours) at least one course from each of the following sections
A.History and Literature of Religious Traditions: at least one course from the following
REL 209 Introduction to Islam
REL 239 Hinduism: Texts and Tradition
B. Jewish and Christian: at least one course from the following
REL 221 History and Literature of the Ancient Israelites
REL 241 History and Literature of the New Testament
p 143 of 312
REL 252 Life and Teachings of Jesus
REL 253 Emerging Christian Theologies
REL 255 Contemporary Christian Thought and Experience
III. Depth Requirement: (16 credit hours)
A. Required Seminar Courses (8 credit hours):
REL 380 East Asian Religions: Seminar
B. Additional courses (8 credit hours): two courses from the following
REL 312 America's Alternative Religions
REL/GDS 313 Goddess Traditions
REL 315 Religion, Work and Service
REL 338 Chan/Zen Buddhism
IV.
Capstone Requirement and Completed Major Portfolio: (4 credit hours)
A. The following course:
REL 425 Religious Studies Colloquium
B. Major's Portfolio: The completed Major's Portfolio consists of 4 components
1. A completed "Guidelines for a Plan of Study" in Religious Studies (see department chair for a form).
2. All of the 300-level research projects and major seminar assignments completed as part of the Depth
Requirement for the major.
3. A "Religious Studies Major Assessment" narrative that, in response to a departmental questionnaire,
evaluates how the academic study of Religious Studies addressed the student's overall college experience in
particular relation to the college mission statement (see your advisor for the departmental form:
"Guidelines for Writing the Religious Studies Major Assessment").
4. A 25-30 page thesis paper that is completed as part of the Religious Studies Colloquium.
V. Electives: (8 credit hours)In consultation with their advisor, majors have the opportunity to select two
elective courses in addition to the above requirements. These electives can come from within the Religious
Studies curriculum itself or from other academic disciplines.
3.2.21.3
Minor in Religious Studies
Grades: There is a minimum GPA of 2.0 for all courses counted towards the minor.
Requirements: A minimum of 20 credit hours of religious studies courses. Related courses from other departments
may be counted toward the minor with approval of department. Twelve (12) of those credit hours must be at the
200-level or higher, including one course at the 300-level.
p 144 of 312
3.2.22
Social Work
Faculty: Alison H. Climo (Director), Lucy A. Lawrence (Director of Field Education)
3.2.22.1
Program Overview
The Social Work major is accredited by the Council on Social Work Education. The mission of the Social Work
Program is to provide students preparation for beginning-level entry into the profession of social work through an
undergraduate generalist social work education that is educationally sound, academically challenging, ethically
principled, and socially relevant, and which is solidly framed by the Triad experience of service, work, and
education in the liberal arts.
The goals of the Social Work Program are the following:
1. To prepare practitioners for baccalaureate level generalist social work practice with diverse populations and
multigenerational client systems of various sizes and types.
2. To prepare individuals to live in a global society committed to personal growth and contributing to the
common good.
3. To foster the development of values and ethics related to the NASW Code of Ethics that guide professional
social workers in their practice.
4. To prepare practitioners with a commitment to continuing their professional growth and development as a
component of social work practice.
5. To prepare practitioners to practice effectively in the global, political, social, cultural, economic,
technological, and spiritual environments of the 21st century.
The Warren Wilson College Social Work Program offers three areas of focus, which are reflected in the Program
Objectives and are infused throughout the curriculum. The three areas are as follows:
Multigenerational Practice - As the population ages, multiple generations co-exist as never before. Social workers
today need to be skilled and knowledgeable about multigenerational needs, issues, and opportunities. Whether they
work with children, teens, the elderly, communities, or social policies, social workers are bound to work with
multiple generations at once. This particular area of focus is supported by the CSWE Gero-Ed Curriculum
Development Institute, of which the Warren Wilson College Social Work Program is a participant.
International/Global Perspective - As the world becomes more and more "globalized," it is essential for social
workers to approach their work with a global perspective. As students prepare for their profession, the development
of understanding global interdependence will aid them in working with client systems, whether domestically or
abroad. The Social Work Program is affiliated with the Council on International Educational Exchange, which
supports this area of focus.
Environmental Sustainability - As the state of the physical and natural environments has become more urgent,
social work can no longer afford to ignore the effects of environmental degradation on people and communities, as
well as the relationship between social and environmental justice. Social workers today must be skilled and
knowledgeable about our physical and natural surroundings as much as our social environments.
The major can be useful for students wishing to pursue careers or graduate work in social work or for students
interested in other service-related fields, such as public health, recreation, city planning, public administration,
and/or policy development and analysis.
3.2.22.2
Major in Social Work
p 145 of 312
Grades: Students must pass courses at a grade of C or better to count toward fulfillment of the major. Students must
also maintain an overall GPA of 2.5.
Total Credit Hours: The social work major consists of the following 58 credit hours:
I. Social Work Liberal Arts Perspective:
BIO 109: Human Biology
PSY 100: Introduction to Psychology
OR
SOC 100: Introduction to Sociology
II. Social Work Practice Perspective: Focuses on the development of professional social work knowledge,
skills and values
PSY 231: Research Methods in Social Science
SWK 201: Introduction to Social Work
SWK 202: Skills of Helping Others
SWK 210: History of Social Work and Social Welfare
SWK 305: Human Behavior and the Social Environment I: The Life Course
SWK 306: Human Behavior and the Social Environment II: Social Contexts
SWK 310: Social Welfare Policy and Services
SWK 320: Social Work Practice I: Individuals and Families
SWK 420: Social Work Practice II: Groups, Organizations and Communities
III. Field Education: Semester-long block field placement and corresponding field seminar
SWK 425: Orientation to Field Education
SWK 430: Field Education
SWK 435: Field Education Seminar
p 146 of 312
3.2.23
Sociology/Anthropology
Faculty: Christey Carwile, Ben Feinberg, Siti Kusujiarti (Chair), David Moore, Laura Vance
3.2.23.1
Program Overview
The mission of the Sociology and Anthropology Department is to provide students with the values and skills needed
to understand diverse cultures and societies and to participate in social transformations that will create a more just,
equitable, and sustainable world through a rigorous academic program that provides a balance of depth and breadth
of exposure to anthropological, archeological and sociological perspectives.
The goals of the Sociology and Anthropology Program are the following:
1. To ensure that students are able to recognize, understand, and implement different theoretical approaches in
sociology and anthropology
2. To prepare students to design and carry out research using sociological and anthropological methods.
3. To provide students with a suite of contemporary professional skills that will enable them to engage
successfully in a global world.
4. To expose students to diverse cultures and societies around the world and in the United States in order to
foster appreciation of the value of difference.
5. To foster a faculty that substantively contributes to sociological and anthropological knowledge,
enthusiastically teaches and mentors, and actively serves their campus, professional, and local
communities.
The Sociology and Anthropology major is an integrated one, which means that coursework and field study give
students opportunities for shared experiences in Sociology and Anthropology. Students can prepare for graduate
study in research or teaching, professional training in applied social science (e.g., health administration, urban
planning, environmental programs), law, government service, work in community development, public service
administration, and non-profit agencies. The program stresses a cross-cultural perspective, and some courses have a
Service-Learning component.
3.2.23.2
Major in Sociology/Anthropology
Grades: Students must pass courses at a grade of C- or better to count toward fulfillment of the major. Students
must also maintain a minimum overall GPA of 2.0.
Total Credit Hours: Students must earn a minimum of 48 credit hours, including 40 in Sociology and
Anthropology to fulfill the major requirements.
I. Core Requirements (20 credit hours):
SOC 317 Social Theory
SOC 402 Sociology/Anthropology Research Craft
SOC 410 Directed Research in Sociology/Anthropology
II. Depth and Breadth Requirements: At least 20 credit hours of Sociology and Anthropology electives,
including:
p 147 of 312
A. At least 8 credit hours of electives at the 300 or 400 level.
B. At least 4 credit hours of Sociology electives (courses listed SOC)
C. At least 4 credit hours of Anthropology electives (courses listed ANT)
III. Requirement in Related Area of Study: At least 8 advisor-approved credit hours in one other supplementary
area, including at least 4 credit hours at the 300 or 400 level.
IV. Language: Sociology and Anthropology majors are strongly encouraged to acquire fluency in a second
language.
V. Concentrations: Students may choose one of the following four concentrations, based on the way they
fulfill their breadth and depth requirements. Students may elect to major in Sociology and Anthropology
without a concentration by completing requirements one, two, and three above.
3.2.23.2.1
Concentrations
3.2.23.2.1.1 - Archaeology
At least 12 hours of the elective credits from section two must include the following courses to fulfill this
concentration. At least 4 hours in ANT 340 Archaeological Field School is required. Students must also conduct
their senior research projects (SOC 410 Directed Research in Sociology/Anthropology) on an advisor-approved
archaeological topic.
ANT 145 Archaeology of World Cultures
ANT 146 Archaeological Methods
ANT 251 Latin American Archaeology
ANT 338 Archaeology and the Environment
3.2.23.2.1.2 - Cultural Anthropology
concentration.
ANT 311 Culture and Religion
ANT 415 Subculture
3.2.23.2.1.3 - Gender and Women's Studies
concentration. Students must also conduct their senior research projects (SOC 410 Directed Research in
Sociology/Anthropology) on advisor-approved topics that focus on gender and women's studies. In addition, the
eight credits for the requirement in a related area of study (section three) should come from courses on gender and
women's studies offered by other departments (see the Gender and Women's Studies listings in Courses of
Instruction, Section 4.11).
SOC/GDS 324 Social Inequality
p 148 of 312
3.2.23.2.1.4 - Sociology
concentration.
SOC 251 Societies in Southeast Asia
SOC 312 Disaster and Society
SOC/GDS 324 Social Inequality
3.2.23.3
Minor in Sociology and Anthropology
Grades: Students must pass courses at a grade of C- or better to count toward the minor. Students must also
maintain a minimum overall GPA of 2.0.
Total Credit Hours: Students must earn a minimum of 24 credit hours, including at least 8 credit hours at the 300
or 400 level in Sociology and Anthropology, to fulfill the minor requirements.
Requirements:
I. 8 credit hours of introductory courses:
II. At least 16 additional credit hours in Sociology and Anthropology including at least 8 at the 300-400 level.
p 149 of 312
3.2.24
Theatre
Faculty: Donald E. Baker, Beth Ellers, Julie Becton Gillum, Carol Howard (English), David Mycoff (English),
Beverly Ohler, Graham Paul (Chair), Jerry Pope, Steven Williams (Music)
3.2.24.1
Program Overview
The mission of the Theatre Department is to empower students to form and bring to life artistic visions in concert
with their peers, and to prepare students to lead lives distinguished by self-awareness, open communication, and
making a difference. In the context of a well-rounded liberal arts education, students expand their intellectual,
emotional, and practical capacities by learning a broad range of skills needed to create theatre and by investigating
the purpose of theatre as a collaborative art form.
The goals of the Theatre Program are the following:
1. To help students develop the theoretical knowledge and perceptual abilities needed to identify and
recognize the purposes and effects of the students' own and others' artistic work;
2. To develop in students the fundamental skills in performance, management, design and technical work
needed to implement a theatrical vision effectively and to pursue post-graduate opportunities competitively;
3. To ensure that students inculcate a process of creative self-awareness developed through communication
and collaboration with peers;
4. To give students knowledge of a wide variety of theatrical genres and working methods, as well as the
ability to put new experiences into broader historical and artistic contexts;
5. To provide opportunities for motivated students to develop in-depth a particular specialty or interest in
acting, directing, design, or stage management.
The Theatre Department actively involves students in the study and practice of theatre as a literary and performing
art with roots in the past and innovative possibilities for the future. In conjunction with the English Department, it
offers a major in Theatre/English and a minor in Theatre as a focus for liberal arts studies.
Theatre students take courses spanning a broad range of plays, historical styles, and theatrical arts. They apply their
classroom learning in productions and projects staged by the Warren Wilson Theatre, the department's performance
laboratory. Here, in collaboration with faculty and staff, they explore contemporary staging techniques as applied to
classic texts of many cultures, modern world drama, and musical and dance theatre. Shakespeare, the preeminent
international playwright, receives special emphasis.
Warren Wilson Theatre is open to participation by all students and members of the community and offers
opportunities for educational, creative, and personal development. Casting decisions for theatre productions are
made without regard to race or national origin. Warren Wilson Theatre aims to enrich the cultural life of the college
by presenting theatre events that are artistically and intellectually stimulating.
Note: Students are urged to consider incorporating theatre courses into their academic programs by completing the
Theatre/English Major (see English program of study), or the Theatre Minor.
3.2.24.2
Major in Theatre/English
(See Theatre/English under Programs of Study: English, section 3.2.07.2.2)
p 150 of 312
3.2.24.3
Minor in Theatre
Grades: Students must pass courses with a grade of C- or better to count toward fulfillment of the minor.
Requirements: A minimum of 30 credit hours as follows:
ENG/THR 250 Introduction to Classical Theatre
ENG/THR 251 Introduction to Modern Theatre
THR 113 Technical Theatre
OR
THR 311 Stage Lighting and Sound Design
THR 275-278 Shakespeare in Performance and Production
II. Of the 30 credit hours required at least 8 credit hours from among the following:
THR 244 Improvisation for the Actor
THR 254 Modern Dance for the Actor
THR 315 Historic Costume Design for the Theatre
III. Of the 30 credit hours required at least 2 additional credit hours from among the following:
THR 101-102 Performance/Production Practicum I
THR 201-202 Performance/Production Practicum II
IV.
At least one semester on the Theatre Crew.
p 151 of 312
3.2.25
Women's Studies
For the Gender and Women's Studies Concentration in the Sociology/Anthropology Program, see Section
3.2.23.2.1.3.
For the Minor in Gender and Women's Studies, see Section 3.2.09.
p 152 of 312
3.2.26
Writing
Faculty: David Bradshaw, Gary Hawkins (Director), Carol Howard, A. Michael Matin, Rose McLarney (2010-2011
Joan Beebe Fellow), David A. Mycoff, Catherine Reid, Alicita Rodriguez
3.2.26.1
Program Overview
The mission of the Undergraduate Writing Program is to advocate for and support the use of writing as a means for
students to inquire and learn, to express their viewpoints, and to communicate with others.
In pursuit of this mission, the Undergraduate Writing Program aims to achieve the following goals:
1. To prepare and continue to support student writers with flexible strategies for the many occasions of
writing they will encounter throughout their college careers.
2. To develop creative writers who engage in the practice of writing, apply an understanding of genre,
understand the history of literature, and express an awareness of the world to claim their place within
contemporary American literature.
3. To encourage, support, and connect other academic disciplines as they promote and employ writing toward
their course and program goals.
4. To provide the campus community with writing resources and programs that support positive writing
practice and diverse possibilities, including the Writing Center and annual Writing Program Reading
Series.
5. To pursue innovative intersections with the MFA Program that will broaden the educational experiences of
undergraduate students and provide meaningful teaching and learning opportunities for undergraduate and
MFA faculty and for graduate students.
Vision: The Undergraduate Writing Program aims to provide a rigorous and innovative curriculum of creative and
critical instruction that impacts every student--those seeking creative writing majors or minors, those meeting
College Composition requirements, and those engaged in writing for any course, project, or major--who will use
writing to shape ideas for a variety of purposes and for diverse audiences.
3.2.26.2
Major in Creative Writing
(See also English/Creative Writing Major within the English Department, section 3.2.07.2.3)
The creative writing major leads students through the combined study and practice of both writing and literature
with a breadth of experience in various genres and professionalism that culminates in a capstone writing project.
Grades: Students must pass courses with a grade of C or better to count toward fulfillment of the major.
Total Credit Hours: Students must earn a minimum of 48 credit hours in writing and English to fulfill the major
requirements.
B. The following course:
p 153 of 312
C. Eight (8) credit hours from the following:
D. Eight (8) credit hours from the following:
WRI 311/312 Advanced Fiction Workshop*
WRI 313/314 Advanced Poetry Workshop*
WRI 316/317 Advanced Creative Nonfiction Workshop*
WRI 394 Creative Writing: MFA Residency*
AND
WRI 395 Creative Writing: MFA Workshop* (4 credits combined)
E. Eight (8) credit hours in writing or research, which includes but is not limited to the following courses:
WRI 142 Introduction to Writing for the Media
WRI 201-205 Advanced Composition
WRI 210/310 Creative Writing: Playwriting*
WRI 320 Environmental Writing
WRI 381 Research in Creative Writing
Writing Special Topics courses
College Composition II courses in any department
F. Four courses (16 credit hours) from among the following English courses:
1. One from the following (pre-1800):
ENG 130 Scriptural and Doctrinal Backgrounds to Western Culture
ENG 131 Classical Backgrounds to Western Culture
ENG 340 Chaucer
ENG 341 Shakespeare
ENG 343 Milton
2. One from the following (post-1800):
ENG 223 Survey of American Literature**
ENG 337 Romanticism
ENG 339 Modernism**
ENG 347 Colonial and Postcolonial Literature**
3. One from the following (contemporary and/or American):
ENG 223 Survey of American Literature**
ENG 265-268 The Novel**
ENG 270 African-American Writings
ENG 273 Literature by Women
ENG 339 Modernism**
ENG 347 Colonial and Postcolonial Literature**
ENG 351-353 Selected Twentieth-Century Authors
WRI 308 Reading Contemporary Writers
Other courses in ENG, WRI, or LAN with appropriate focus and approval of the Director
4. One from the following (genre-directed):
ENG 140 Introduction to Reading and Writing about Literature and Culture
ENG 151 Introduction to Fiction
ENG 155 Introduction to Reading Poetry
ENG 210 Autobiography and Biography: Selves and Others
ENG 251 Introduction to Modern Theatre
ENG 265-268 The Novel**
p 154 of 312
ENG 330 Linguistics and History of the English Language: An Introduction and Survey
WRI 301 Reading Genre and Form
G. The following course:
WRI 419 Senior Writing Portfolio
*Courses may be repeated for credit.
**Course may be applied to only one requirement block.
A. A substantial internship in writing
B. A substantial senior writing portfolio: a collection of finished short stories, novel chapters, nonfiction
pieces, or poetry totaling approximately 40 pages
Successful completion of an internship and a portfolio require preparation and planning. Please see the
Director of the Undergraduate Writing Program for detailed guidelines for senior writing portfolios and
internships.
(See also English/Creative Writing Major within the English Department, section 3.2.07.2.3)
3.2.26.3
Minor in Creative Writing
The Creative Writing Minor permits students with a strong interest in writing to combine this interest with study in
other fields. The minor gives the student an opportunity to write extensively in a variety of genres and to pursue an
independent writing project.
Grades: Students must pass courses with a grade of C or better to count toward fulfillment of the minor.
Total Credit Hours: Students must earn a minimum of 22 credit hours in writing and English to fulfill the major
requirements.
B. The following course:
C. Two courses from the following:
WRI 320 Environmental Writing
D. One course from the following:
ENG 140 Introduction to Reading and Writing about Literature and Culture
ENG 151 Introduction to Fiction
ENG 155 Introduction to Reading Poetry
ENG 210 Autobiography and Biography: Selves and Others
ENG 251 Introduction to Modern Theatre
ENG 265-268 The Novel
ENG 330 Linguistics and History of the English Language: An Introduction and Survey
WRI 301 Reading Genre and Form
p 155 of 312
E. One other four-credit writing-intensive creative writing course.
Students must complete either:
A. A substantial internship in writing, or
B. A substantial senior writing portfolio: a collection of finished short stories, novel chapters,
nonfiction pieces, or poetry totaling approximately 40 pages
Students may choose to do both.
They may also enroll in WRI 419 Senior Writing Portfolio.
p 156 of 312
3.3
Masters Degrees
p 157 of 312
3.3.1
Master of Arts in Teaching
The Education Department is currently seeking approval from the Southern Association of
Colleges and Schools (SACS) to begin the MAT Program for 2011-2012 academic year.
The Master of Arts in Teaching (MAT) at Warren Wilson College is an intensive one-year program leading to
masters (M) level North Carolina licensure in the secondary areas of English, Mathematics, Comprehensive Science
and Comprehensive Social Studies. The curriculum consists of 40 credit hours that include ten courses delivered in
14 modules by faculty who are recognized as outstanding in their respective disciplines. A required two semester
internship under the supervision of outstanding mentor teachers in the public schools is an integral part of the MAT.
The program has a practical, applied focus that reflects current best practice in teaching with a strong theoretical
foundation.
3.3.1.1
Mission Statement
The mission of the MAT Program at Warren Wilson College is to prepare educators who foster academic mastery
for all students and who incorporate experiential and transformative teaching practices to ensure authentic learning.
● Academic mastery includes meaningful understanding of the content through creative, focused lessons that
reflect high expectations of performance.
● Experiential learning involves active learning through direct experience and innovative methodology.
● Transformative teaching practices emphasize the social, emotional as well as intellectual development of
MAT students through reflection and interaction.
● Authentic learning is achieved through a focus on real world contexts and an emphasis on individual and
group problem-solving.
3.3.1.2
The Program
Professional Courses (22 Credit Hours)
Content courses are offered by faculty in the Education Department and provide an understanding of the school
environment, the human, intellectual and technological resources available to school professionals, and the skills and
competencies necessary for becoming an effective teacher. These courses are divided into modules taught by
specialized content faculty who emphasize the important components of each topic area and instruct MAT students
in best practice methodology. The instructors include college faculty and outstanding classroom teachers who are
part of the Mentor Teacher Alliance, collaborating to ensure quality, continuity and consistency in the preparation of
teacher candidates.
EDU 500: Orientation to the Profession (2 CR)
EDU 512: Teaching Adolescents (6 CR)
EDU 520: Educational Technology and Research (2 CR)
EDU 532: Methods I: Effective Teaching (6 CR)
EDU 536: Methods II: Teaching in the Content Area (3 CR)
EDU 557: Seminar in Secondary Education (3 CR)
Internship Courses (12 Credit Hours)
MAT students work with assigned mentor teachers who are members of the Mentor Teacher Alliance. This Alliance
meets regularly with Warren Wilson faculty in the Education Department to develop and modify the design and
p 158 of 312
delivery of the MAT. Mentor teachers serve as an integral part of the program both on campus and in their
classrooms, providing a meaningful connection between theory and practice. They are able to see all aspects of how
schools operate and have best teaching practice modeled on a daily basis from the beginning till the end of the
school year.
EDU 555: Internship I (6 CR)
EDU 556: Internship II (6 CR)
Content Courses (6 Credit Hours)
Students admitted to the MAT program already have strong backgrounds in their majors. To strengthen their
content knowledge and gain additional depth of content in their preparation, the program requires 6 credit hours of
graduate level coursework in their respective disciplines. Students may take coursework from Warren Wilson
faculty, from UNC-Asheville through the Master of Liberal Arts program or the Graduate Center, or transfer
graduate coursework into the program with approval from the MAT Coordinator and the Graduate Teacher
Education Committee.
Content Electives (2 Courses) (6 CR Total)
The following Special Topics courses meet the content coursework requirements for the MAT. Each is offered by the
department indicated and provides an in-depth study of particular areas of disciplines for which students are
seeking licensure. The design and format are determined by the instructor on an individual basis and in consultation
with each student.
ENG 560-561
MAT 562-563
CHM 564-565
BIO 566-567
PHY 568-569
HIS 570-571
PSC 572-573
PSY 574-575
SOC 576-577
ANT 578-579
3.3.1.3
Admission
The MAT program admits highly qualified applicants who show the potential for becoming excellent teachers and
are committed to being full-time students in the program. The deadline for applications is March 1. The following
are the criteria for admission:
1. An appropriate undergraduate major for the intended licensure area
2. Bachelors degree from a regionally accredited college or university
3. An overall undergraduate GPA of at least 2.75, with a 3.0 in the junior and senior years OR a masters
degree.
4. Official transcripts of all undergraduate and graduate degrees
5. Three recommendations from people who are knowledgeable of the applicant's (1) academic performance,
(2) interaction with young people, and/or ability to teach at the secondary level.
6. A Statement of Purpose
7. Acceptable scores on the GRE or MAT
p 159 of 312
3.3.2
Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing
3.3.2.1
Program Overview
The Warren Wilson College Master of Fine Arts degree requires successful completion of four semesters of study
and represents mastery in creative writing, contemporary letters, applied criticism, and the tradition of literature. In
the final month of each semester, evaluations of the semester project by both the student and the supervisor, along
with samples of creative and analytical writing, are submitted to the Academic Board for review. This process
affords an opportunity for regular, direct counseling as the student progresses toward the degree through a series of
individually tailored projects. In order to receive the degree, each student will complete an analytical paper on some
topic of literature, contemporary letters or craft; read 50-80 books; teach a class to fellow students; give a public
reading of his or her work; and prepare a thesis manuscript of fiction or poetry. Within these guidelines, however,
each student devises a course of study that directly addresses the strengths and weaknesses, the aesthetic issues, and
overall intention of his or her own creative work.
3.3.2.2
The Degree
Grades: No grades are assigned. Narrative assessment of all semesters and projects are provided on transcripts.
Requirements: A total of 60 credits must be earned. (15 credits are granted for each semester successfully
completed, no hours for incomplete work.)
● Full participation in five residency periods
● Successful completion of four semesters (please contact the Master of Fine Arts Department for details on
each semester's requirements).
3.3.2.3
Program Details
Residency
The residency is an intensive ten-day period of both instruction and lively exchange with other writers. In
workshops the students' creative work is critiqued and discussed under the direction of two faculty members.
Classes in literature and craft provide a broad curriculum and a strong background for the semester study projects,
and each evening there is a poetry and fiction reading presented by faculty, guest faculty, or graduating students.
During these ten days in the Blue Ridge Mountains, the low student-faculty ratio of 3:1 enables students to have
easy access to the faculty for individual instruction, counseling, and guidance for the upcoming semester project.
Thus, students who had previously found themselves isolated in their commitment to writing are given regular
opportunities for stimulation, exposure to new ideas and different aesthetics, contact with more experienced writers
and with their own peers, and direct response to their work within a supportive writing community.
Semester
p 160 of 312
The residencies are also designed to help students choose a faculty advisor and work closely with that supervisor to
plan a semester project. Although each project includes creative work, substantial reading, and some analytical
writing, the goals of the study derive from the student's own interests and are directed toward his or her development
as a writer. During the six-month term, the student submits work to the supervisor every three weeks (new poems or
fiction, revised pieces, reports on the reading) and the faculty supervisor responds with specific suggestions as well
as general advice, criticism, and support. At the end of the semester, students complete evaluations of their finished
projects and return to campus to design new study plans. Thorough evaluations of both the residency and the project
become a part of the student's permanent record in the program; a successfully completed semester is granted 15
hours of graduate credit. Throughout the six months away from campus, a student is expected to devote at least 25
hours each week to the semester project; thus, students are able to maintain commitments to family or job while
pursuing their studies, combining the solitude and life patterns that are necessary for creative work with a flexible
structure of response, criticism, and guidance from an experienced writer and teacher.
Admission
Although an undergraduate degree is normally a criterion for admission, the program does accept a small number of
students without B.A. degrees or undergraduate concentrations in literature and writing; however, the application
manuscripts in these cases must be exceptionally strong. The program also admits a small number of "residency
students" each semester who participate only in the residency period.
Students are admitted to the program primarily on the basis of an original manuscript. Submitted in triplicate, the
manuscript should indicate sufficient quality of work, level of commitment, and sophistication of skills to suggest
the applicant is ready for graduate work in writing and literature.
The application should give evidence of strong preparation in literature, a background in the humanities, the ability
to do independent study, and an applicant's readiness to receive and use criticism. Publication and workshop
experience will be given consideration, but are not weighted heavily. Transcripts should be sent from the student's
school. The program also requires two letters of recommendation from persons who are familiar with the student's
writing and able to assess his or her capacity for independent study and congeniality in a close-knit community. Two
very important elements of the application are the brief essays requested from each applicant, one in response to
some recently read piece of literature, and the other offering an assessment of his/her own writing, reasons for
wanting to enter the program, and a general sense of goals.
The Holden Visiting Writers Series
Two times or more during the academic year, faculty members from the Master of Fine Arts Program in Creative
Writing and/or other writers visit campus and are available to undergraduate students for discussions about writing.
The Holden Visiting Writers give public readings, attend classes, and hold writing workshops to discuss student
work. Recent Visiting Writers have included Joan Aleshire, Wilton Barnhardt, Andrea Barrett, Robert Boswell,
Richard Chess, Billy Collins, A. Van Jordan, Laura Kasischke, Carol Lee Lorenzo, Thomas Lux, Christopher
McIlroy, Kevin McIlvoy, Steve Orlen, Gail Peck, Richard Russo, Heather Sellers, Eleanor Wilner, and Jay Wright.
The Joan Beebe Graduate Teaching Fellowship
The Fellowship brings a graduate of the College's MFA Program for Writers to campus to teach in the
undergraduate writing program for an academic year. The fellowship is awarded by the the Director of the
Undergraduate Writing Program and the Vice President for Academic Affairs in consultation with the MFA
Academic Board.
p 161 of 312
3.4
Specialized Advising Areas
3.4.1
Pre-Law Advising
Faculty: Ben Feinberg, Paul Magnarella,
Pre-law advising offers guidance and specialized curriculum planning for future lawyers. Students who wish to
prepare for the graduate study of law are best served by combining a liberal arts major with individualized help from
a pre-law advisor and an organized program of study for the LSAT (Law School Admissions Test). Law schools
and legal employers do not look for students with a specialized pre-law background. On the contrary, they
recognize students who have broadly prepared themselves to think on their feet, read and understand challenging
material in any discipline, and demonstrate critical thinking and analytical skills. Particularly useful pre-law majors
include English, Philosophy, and History and Political Science, but any challenging course of study can prepare a
student for a career in the law.
A short list of courses that should be taken by all pre-law students includes PSC 431 Constitutional Law. Certain
other Warren Wilson College courses may be particularly helpful for pre-law students, depending on the type of
legal field they wish to enter. A pre-law advisor can provide students with lists of courses that provide useful
backgrounds for legal careers that emphasize Social Justice, Environmental Law, Business Law, and Government
and International Relations.
3.4.2
Pre-Medical and Pre-allied Health Advising
Faculty: Michael Torres,
If you are interested in a career at any level of medicine (Traditional western medicine), Osteopathy (Traditional
medical approach to alleviate the illness and the symptoms), or alternative medicine (Naturopathy, Herbalism, etc.),
our advising program will help you design a course of study within our traditional liberal arts curriculum to help you
reach your goal. The strength of our college is in providing the appropriate science courses for students interested in
the traditional health professions (medicine, osteopathy, dentistry, pharmacy, optometry, chiropractic, and physician
assistant) and students interested in admission to alternative medicine programs. Students are encouraged to not
simply take a "straight" pre-medicine series of courses, but to also identify and enhance, through internships,
service, and work experience, the unique abilities and characteristics that particularly suit them for a career in health
care.
Academics: Pre-Med and Pre-Allied Health Advising is not an academic major but a course of study that can be
incorporated into any number of Warren Wilson degree-granting programs. Most medical schools require a
minimum of one year of biology, two years of chemistry, one year of physics, and highly recommend taking
additional science or math courses. Consequently, most pre-med or pre-allied students opt for a degree in either
biology or chemistry, but students are encouraged to consider other majors (or minors). It is possible to major in a
field outside of the sciences and still take all the recommended and required courses for admission into the school
appropriate for the student's career choice.
Work and Service Learning: One of the most important questions applicants to any type of medical school have to
answer is "Why do you want to be a ______?" The work and service-learning components of the Warren Wilson
Triad are well suited to discovering the answer to this question, and for this reason students are encouraged to
devote as much planning to these aspects of their college experience as to their course loads. All types of medical
schools are looking for candidates with demonstrated ability to solve problems, work under stress, deal with
different personalities, work together in teams, and inspire confidence in others. Both the Service and Work
p 162 of 312
Programs can provide ample opportunity for students to cultivate these skills in themselves. A service-learning
project can be a critical component of a student's preparation for a career in healthcare. Students may elect to
volunteer with a number of different hospitals, nursing homes, and health education or advocacy groups. This could
be a way to learn more about the opportunities available and about the sort of health career that the student would
enjoy. Alternatively, students can design extended service projects that specifically address their particular passions
and provide practical experience. The service project should be designed and executed in such a way that the student
gains a realistic understanding of what it means to practice in their specific field of medicine.
The Career Resource Center: Applying to any type of medical program (traditional or alternative) involves
dealing with deadlines and a significant amount of paperwork. The advisor, in conjunction with the Career Resource
Center, assists the student with assembling this material in a timely manner, critiquing a personal statement,
arranging for letters of reference, and, when possible, identifying sources of financial aid. Some careers in medicine
require the student to take the MCAT as part of the medical school application, and an ability to excel on
standardized exams is required for licensure and continued board certification. For this reason, the Career Resource
Center offers coaching and practice for the MCAT. Most of these schools also have an interview as part of the
application process. Hence, we also offer coaching and practice in this important area.
3.4.3
Pre-Peace Corps, International, and Non-Governmental Service Advising
Faculty: Lucy Lawrence,
The College's Mission Statement, Triad principle, traditions, and practices naturally prepare students for work,
service, and leadership in the global environment of the 21st century. Students who wish to prepare for international
or cross-cultural service work, such as Peace Corps, and/or graduate study can choose to tailor their academic major,
service, and work crew experiences to be congruent with these interests and aspirations.
Students may do so by working with academic advisors and professors within the relevant academic majors and
departments, taking full advantage of the Triad experience, participating in the Warren Wilson College International
Program opportunities, and consulting with Career Services.
The Warren Wilson College undergraduate curriculum clearly lends itself to many different areas of focus for
international service, employment, and/or graduate study. Some students may choose to focus in a geographical
region, such as Africa, Asia, North America, Latin America, or Eastern Europe. Others may focus on a particular
area of endeavor, including the following:
1. Environment: forestry, environmental education, parks and wildlife
2. Education: teaching English as a foreign language, secondary education (science and math), elementary
education (teacher training)
3. Community Development: community services, non-governmental organizational development, urban
youth-at-risk, small business advising
4. Agriculture: community extension, animal husbandry, agricultural extension
5. Health: health extension, water sanitation
6. Business: business management, advanced business development, entrepreneurship
7. Peace and Social Justice: peace-making, conflict resolution, non-violent social change, and
social/environmental justice
p 163 of 312
8. International Social Work: public health, policy development and analysis, community development and
planning, social and environmental advocacy
Warren Wilson College alumni have served with many NGOs (nongovernmental agencies) in the U.S. and abroad,
including Peace Corps, the Mennonite Central Committee, AmeriCorps, the Fellowship of Reconciliation, Green
Corps, and Justice Corps. Students and alumni have served in many countries, including Tanzania, Bolivia, Ivory
Coast, the Czech Republic, Mali, Indonesia, Thailand, Honduras, Mauritania, and Madagascar. Career Services can
help students find a mentor with appropriate experience to advise them in their quest for meaningful international
service, employment and/or graduate studies.
Please note that completion of this preparation does not guarantee acceptance into Peace Corps or other international
or non-governmental agencies. Candidates must complete the appropriate application processes for specific
agencies, which may include a medical examination and a security background check.
3.4.4
Pre-Veterinary Medicine Advising
Faculty: Robert A. Eckstein,
Veterinary medicine is one of the fastest growing professions in the country, and Warren Wilson College graduates
have been very successful in gaining admission to schools of veterinary medicine. Students may fulfill the entrance
requirements for veterinary schools by earning a B.S. degree in Biology or Chemistry. Veterinary schools expect
applicants to have had experience in studying and caring for animals, and pre-vet students work on the Farm crew
for two years, caring for and managing all aspects of the pig and cattle herds. The combination of a good academic
background, Farm Crew experience, and the discipline from the Warren Wilson College Triad educational program
benefit students in applying to veterinary medicine programs and in future professional work. An additional
strength of pre-veterinary medicine advising at Warren Wilson College is that the pre-veterinary advisor is a
licensed veterinarian with a Ph.D. in animal behavior.
p 164 of 312
4.01
Courses of Instruction
Course Information
Course Numbering: Courses numbered 100-199 are open to all students and are particularly appropriate for
freshmen. Courses numbered 200-299 are intended for sophomores and above. Courses numbered 300-399 are
intended for juniors and seniors. Courses numbered 400-499 are intended primarily for seniors.
Frequency of Course Offerings: Some classes listed in this catalog are offered only once a year or once every
other year. Consult the on-line course listings at or the registration booklet for each semester to determine exact
offerings and times. The courses listed on Campusweb and the class listing generated by the Registrar's Office will
also contain special topics courses not listed in this catalog. These are new courses not yet approved for permanent
status.
Repeatable Courses: Courses that are repeatable are marked as such. Courses that are NOT marked as repeatable
may not be repeated for credit.
p 165 of 312
∆ Course meets Triad Education Program Requirement in specified area.
ANT 105 - Introduction to Latin America 4cr
This course takes an interdisciplinary approach to Latin American history and culture. Through readings, films, and
lectures, the course provides an overview of the important political, economic, cultural, geographical, and
environmental issues facing the region, along with specific case studies. Special attention is given the region's
complex multicultural character and to the relationship between the United States and the rest of the hemisphere. ∆
Social Science or Language/Global Issues
ANT 139 - Native Americans of the Southeast 4cr
This course is a cultural history that explores the Native American cultures of the southeastern United States through
archaeology, ethnography, and ethnohistory. The class is designed as a survey course and includes major
discussions of Native American prehistory (archaeology), the Contact period, ethnography and ethnohistory of the
Colonial period, the Removal Era, and southeastern Native Americans in the 20th century. ∆ Social Science
ANT 145 - Archaeology of World Cultures 4cr
This course is a survey of world prehistory from the time of our earliest known human ancestors five million years
ago to the rise of state-level societies, as exemplified by the civilizations of ancient Mesopotamia and Mesoamerica.
Students explore cultural processes including the migration of our species throughout the world as hunter-gatherers,
the beginning of settled life, and the evolution of cultural complexity with tribal and chiefly societies. Satisfies
requirement for Archaeology Concentration. ∆ Social Science
ANT 146 - Archaeological Methods 4cr
This course is an introduction to archaeological excavation and methods of artifact analysis. Students explore basic
artifact identification, classification, and cataloging, and practice basic excavation methods during field exercises.
Students will also study research designs in order to learn how these methods contribute to understanding current
issues in western North Carolina archaeology. May be repeated for credit as ANT 147. Satisfies requirement for
Archaeology Concentration. ∆ Social Science
ANT 199 - Independent Study 1-4cr
ANT 200 - Introduction to Cultural Anthropology 4cr
This course takes a cultural approach to anthropology in order to provide an appreciation for the diversity of the
human experience. This survey course addresses topics such as the nature of culture, language and communication,
ecology and subsistence, economic systems, kinship and family, gender, race, and other forms of identity, religion
and magic, colonialism and globalization, culture and politics, and applied anthropology. The course will also
closely examine a small number of case studies from distant lands and from the United States. Students will learn
basic ethnographic methods and write an ethnographic paper based on original research. ∆ Social Science
ANT 239 - Physical Anthropology 4cr
This course is a survey of physical anthropology that focuses on human evolution and human variation. Topics
include primate studies and hominid evolution as well as the study of the dispersal of modern Homo sapiens across
the globe. Students look at human biological variation with respect to culture to examine such ideas as the
relationship between population characteristics and their environments and the effect of disease on differing
p 166 of 312
populations. Students also examine the role of physical anthropology in archaeology and forensic science. ∆ Social
Science
ANT 241 - Native Peoples of Mexico and Guatemala 4cr
This course takes a historical and thematic approach to political, economic, religious, and cultural developments in
indigenous Mexico and Guatemala. The course begins with a survey of pre-Hispanic Mexico and Guatemala
continuing up to the present, focusing on how indigenous cultures, forms of government, and religious practices
developed as a complex process in situations of unequal power. Students read classic and contemporary
anthropological texts and complete a short service project that involves engagement with our region's Hispanic
community. Satisfies requirement for Cultural Anthropology Concentration. ∆ Social Science or Language/Global
Issues
ANT 251 - Latin American Archaeology 4cr
This course is an introduction to the archaeology of Mesoamerica and South America. Students will study the
history of Latin American archaeology and explore the broad range of human cultural history in these regions.
Study focuses on Formative, Classic, and Post-Classic cultural expressions with particular emphasis on the rise of
complex societies in Mexico and in the Andean region. Satisfies requirement for Archaeology Concentration. ∆
Social Science or Language/Global Issues
Prerequisite: Sophomore standing
ANT 279 - Supervised Internship 1-16cr
The internship is a supervised work experience in an approved setting. One academic credit may be earned for each
40 hours of work in the internship placement.
Prerequisites: Departmental approval, prior to registration, of a written proposal that describes in detail the
activities and educational objectives of the intern. Application materials may be obtained from Anthropology
faculty members or the Social Sciences Department Chair.
ANT 290-298 - Special Topics in Anthropology 2-4cr
This course is an in-depth consideration of a topic of particular concern within the discipline of Anthropology. The
course may be repeated for credit under different topics.
ANT 311 - Culture and Religion 4cr
This course introduces students to both historical and current anthropological ideas in the study of religion and the
supernatural. Students read classic theoretical texts as well as specific ethnographic and cultural studies from
around the world. Students are encouraged to examine religion and religious practices from a broad, cross-cultural
perspective. Discussion topics include ritual, taboo and magic, witchcraft and sorcery, shamanism and spirit
mediumship, and mortuary and mourning practices. Religion is discussed as a social practice that has the potential to
create peace and social cohesion as well as conflict and violence. Satisfies requirement for Cultural Anthropology
Concentration. ∆ Social Science or Language/Global Issues
Prerequisite: ANT 200 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology or permission of instructor.
ANT 321 - Traditional Agricultural Systems 4cr
This course examines the origins of agriculture and the role agriculture plays in the evolution of cultural complexity.
The course employs a cultural ecology and ecosystems approach, which considers agriculture as an integral part of
the environment in which it is practiced (this includes the cultural environment as well as the physical environment).
p 167 of 312
This course deals primarily with pre-industrial and, for the most part, non-commercial agricultural systems. Satisfies
requirement for Cultural Anthropology Concentration. ∆ Social Science
Prerequisite: Junior standing or permission of instructor.
ANT 338 - Archaeology and the Environment 4cr
This course explores the relationship or interaction between people and their environments through the disciplines of
archaeology and anthropology. Among the topics that may be explored are "Garbology," Pleistocene extinction,
human domestication of plants and animals, climate and culture, and Native Americans and their environments.
Satisfies requirement for Cultural Archaeology Concentration. ∆ Social Science
Prerequisite: Junior standing or permission of instructor.
ANT 340 - Archaeological Field School 4cr
This is a four week summer field course involving archaeological excavation at the Berry archaeological site in
Burke County, North Carolina. The Berry site is the location of the Native American town of Joara where Spanish
soldiers built Fort San Juan in 1567, making this the earliest European settlement in the interior of the United States.
Students learn all aspects of the investigations including excavation techniques, mapping, and specialized recovery
techniques such as water-screening and flotation. This is an experiential course that allows each student to develop
the skills necessary to engage in archaeological fieldwork. May be repeated for credit as ANT 341. Satisfies
requirement for Archaeology Concentration.
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
ANT 399 -Independent Study 1-4cr
ANT 415 - Subculture 4cr
This course surveys different contemporary and recent subcultures through the lens of various modes of social
analysis in order to appreciate the diversity of our society and to examine issues such as power, class, gender,
sexuality, and resistance. Students read and discuss texts that focus on youth culture, gender, alternative religious
movements, and alternative forms of sexuality and kinship, among other topics. Students complete a major
ethnographic paper based on original, hands-on research. Satisfies requirement for Cultural Anthropology
Concentration. ∆ Social Science or College Composition II
Prerequisites: ANT 200 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology and junior or senior standing or permission of
instructor.
ANT 431-435 - Topics in Latin American Anthropology 2cr
Each time this course is taught, it will address a different issue or event that receives a great deal of attention in
contemporary Latin American anthropology. Students explore the topic in depth, using current anthropological
journals and recent books in a seminar format. Recent topics have included "Politics of Indigenous Culture in Latin
America," "Gender Identity in Latin America," "Scandal and Controversy in Latin American Anthropology,"
"Native Peoples of Oaxaca," "Mayan Ethnohistory." May be repeated for credit as long as the topic has changed.
Satisfies requirement for Cultural Anthropology Concentration. ∆ Partially satisfies Social Science or
Language/Global Issues
Prerequisite: ANT 105 Survey of Latin America, ANT 200 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology, or ANT 241
Native Peoples of Mexico and Guatemala.
p 168 of 312
ANT 479 - Supervised Internship 1-16cr
Prerequisites: Junior or senior standing and departmental approval, prior to registration, of a written proposal that
describes in detail the activities and educational objectives of the intern. Application materials may be obtained
from Anthropology faculty members or the Social Sciences Department Chair.
p 169 of 312
4.03 Art (ART)
ART 103 - Painting I 4cr
This course introduces basic approaches to painting in oil and acrylic media, working from direct observation. The
range of pictorial form correlates with the development of Western art from the Renaissance to the Modern period.
Students should expect and plan to spend additional time working on their projects each week outside of scheduled
class time. ∆ Artistic Expression
ART 104 - Introduction to Handbuilding 4cr
The focus of this course is on sculptural and vessel concepts using hand-building techniques, emphasizing the
development of construction skills and an understanding of form, surface and firing possibilities. Students should
expect and plan to spend additional time working on their projects each week outside of scheduled class time. ∆
Artistic Expression
ART 105 - Bookforms I 2cr
This course is an introduction to basic bookforms used in artists' books. Students learn pamphlet stitch, stab
bindings, accordions, multi-signature codices, and combinations thereof. Emphasis is on using specific forms to
express certain contents. Students should expect and plan to spend additional time working on their projects each
week outside of scheduled class time. Partially satisfies ∆ Artistic Expression
ART 106 - Introduction to Ceramics 4cr
This course introduces the potter's wheel along with basic hand-building techniques. Particular emphasis is placed
on experimentation with different techniques and learning about the use and place of ceramic artwork in history and
in different cultures. Students should expect and plan to spend additional time working on their projects each week
outside of scheduled class time. ∆ Artistic Expression
ART 108 - Papermaking I 2cr
This course is an introduction to western hand papermaking using materials ranging from cotton rags to gathered
local plants to partially processed plant fibers. Students learn how to prepare and beat fibers as well as form, dry and
finish sheets. They gain control over several qualities of paper, including color, surface, strength, and size/shape.
Students should expect and plan to spend additional time working on their projects each week outside of scheduled
class time. Partially satisfies ∆ Artistic Expression
ART 109 - Photography I 4cr
This course is an introduction to the basic functions of the camera, the technical processes of black and white
photography, and the aesthetic considerations of design, composition, and presentation. Students must have a basic
35mm camera with manual controls and are required to purchase film and photo paper. Students should expect and
plan to spend additional time working on their projects each week outside of scheduled class time. ∆ Artistic
Expression
ART 110 - Design 4cr
This course is an introduction to the visual elements and principles of design that are present in all 2-D and 3-D art.
Emphasis in this course is on problem solving, critical understanding of the basic visual elements, and
communication in a visual language. The format of the course is 2-dimensional with examples of applying the visual
p 170 of 312
elements and principles to 3-dimensional forms. Students should expect and plan to spend additional time working
on their projects each week outside of scheduled class time. ∆ Artistic Expression
ART 113 - Introduction to Sculpture 4cr
This course begins with the principles of three-dimensional design and continues into the creation of sculpture in
different media. It introduces the role of sculpture in different times and cultures, placing emphasis on the learning
of concepts of mass, volume, and space as well as the creative use of tools and materials. Students should expect
and plan to spend additional time working on their projects each week outside of scheduled class time. ∆ Artistic
Expression
ART 114 - Figure Modeling 4cr
This course introduces students to the methods of modeling the human form from observation. Processes, such as
mold making and casting, are used for taking the clay to a final form. Working from a live model in class, students
learn anatomy, skeletal structure, proportion and aesthetic elements in creating a figurative sculpture. Students also
study the works of historical and contemporary figurative sculptors. Students should expect and plan to spend
additional time working on their projects each week outside of scheduled class time. May be repeated for credit as
ART 214. ∆ Artistic Expression
ART 116 - Drawing I 4cr
The purpose of this course is to learn the fundamental skills and concepts of drawing on a flat two-dimensional
surface. The emphasis is not on making drawings but on actively "seeing" and translating that image in the mind to
a flat 2-D surface. This process will include exercises that focus on specific elements and concepts as well as
developing the skills to work from direct observation. A variety of materials will be used. Students should expect
Expression
ART 117 - Intaglio Printmaking I 4cr
This course is an introduction to the intaglio printmaking processes of collagraph, drypoint, etching, aquatint,
softground, and intaglio-type. Emphasis in this course is on developing technical skills and a portfolio of prints.
Also included are discussions of aesthetic considerations, the history of printmaking, and the care and presentation
of original prints. Students should expect and plan to spend additional time working on their projects each week
outside of scheduled class time. ∆ Artistic Expression
Prerequisite: ART 110 Design or ART 116 Drawing I.
ART 118 - Relief Printmaking I 4cr
This course is an introduction to relief printmaking processes. Students learn basic techniques to produce wood and
linoleum relief prints as well as non-traditional relief prints. Proper presentation of prints as well as good print shop
practices are also included in the course. Students should expect and plan to spend additional time working on their
projects each week outside of scheduled class time. ∆ Artistic Expression
ART 145 - Art History I: Ancient through Medieval 4cr
This course is a historical survey of Western art from prehistory through the medieval era. Works of art are studied
in the context of the cultural influences through which they evolved. Students explore art history as a process of
doing through discussions, writing, and presentations.
ART 146 - Art History II: Renaissance through Modern 4cr
p 171 of 312
This course is a historical survey of Western art from the Renaissance to the present. Works of art are studied in the
context of the cultural influences through which they evolved. Students explore art history as a process of doing
through discussions, writing, and presentations.
Prerequisite: ART 145 Art History I or permission of instructor.
ART 161 - Watercolor 4cr
This course is an introduction to the basic techniques of painting with the medium of watercolor. Exercises reveal
the nature of watercolor and some of the more predictable "accidents" that occur. Students complete a series of
paintings that explore a thematic idea. Students should expect and plan to spend additional time working on their
projects each week outside of scheduled class time. Partially satisfies ∆ Artistic Expression
Prerequisite: ART 116 Drawing I or permission of instructor.
ART 171 - Introduction to Digital Media 4cr
This course is an introduction to Adobe Photoshop image editing software with an emphasis on achieving
competence with the basic tools and adjustments as well as with scanning and printing. The course includes
structured lessons and creative projects. Students should expect and plan to spend additional time working on their
ART 190-198 - Special Topics in the Visual Arts 2-4cr
This course is an in-depth consideration of a topic of particular concern within the discipline of Art. The course may
be repeated for credit under different topics.
ART 199 - Independent Study 1-4cr
ART 200 - Ceramics Studio 4cr
This studio course allows each student to pursue his or her personal touch or issue to be explored and developed.
Projects are designed to fit the student's artistic direction and to fit the student's skills and perspectives in the use of
hand built or wheel generated forms. Experience in glaze composition and firing theory is initiated in this course.
Students are required to help load and unload kilns, make glazes, and clean kiln shelves, as well as other important
activities in the studio. Students should expect and plan to spend additional time working on their projects each
week outside of scheduled class time. May be repeated for credit as ART 300 or ART 400. ∆ Artistic Expression
Prerequisite: ART 106 Introduction to Ceramics or permission of instructor.
ART 203 - Painting II 4cr
This course emphasizes experimentation with materials and concepts. Students work on a series of paintings with a
strong understanding of composition and color. Work is developed from direct observation. Students should expect
Expression
Prerequisite: ART 103 Painting I.
ART 204 - Printmaking Studio 4cr
This studio course offers a further exploration of processes of relief and intaglio printmaking learned in Art 117
Intaglio Printmaking I and 118 Relief Printmaking I, and may include color relief printing, letterpress techniques,
photo intaglio, and silkscreen. Students are encouraged to go into depth in a chosen medium or combine various
printmaking media in their work, as well as produce a portfolio of prints that includes a series of conceptually
related pieces. The course includes individual and group critiques as well as outside research on print artists,
p 172 of 312
techniques and the history of printmaking. Prerequisite: Art 117 Intaglio Printmaking I or Art 118 Relief
Printmaking I, or permission of instructor.
ART 206 - Ceramics II 4cr
This course is a continuation of ART 106 with an emphasis on learning glaze formulation, the practice of firing
kilns, and refining skills in hand-building or throwing. Students should expect and plan to spend additional time
working on their projects each week outside of scheduled class time. ∆ Artistic Expression
Prerequisite: ART 106 Introduction to Ceramics.
ART 208 - Papermaking II 2cr
This course is a continuation of ART 108 Papermaking I and emphasizes gaining control over formation, surface,
weight, color, and consistency of batches. Students also explore advanced processes, e.g. hand beating, watermarks,
shaped deckles, and lamination. Students should expect and plan to spend additional time working on their projects
each week outside of scheduled class time. Partially satisfies ∆ Artistic Expression
Prerequisite: ART 108 Papermaking I.
ART 209 - Photography II 4cr
This course is a continuation of ART 109, with an emphasis on the use of photography as an artistic medium.
Technical instruction facilitates the development of personal vision. Topics include lighting, toning, advanced
processing, print finishing, image sequencing, and presentation techniques. Aspects of the history of photography
and the work of contemporary photographers are examined. Students must have a 35mm camera with manual
controls and are required to purchase film and photo paper. Students should expect and plan to spend additional time
working on their projects each week outside of scheduled class time. ∆ Artistic Expression
Prerequisite: ART 109 Photography I or permission of instructor.
ART 213 - Sculpture II 4cr
This course focuses on developing skills and concepts learned in ART 113. Particular emphasis is placed on
reductive and additive techniques, such as stone carving and clay work. Ideas and issues concerning art and
sculpture are introduced in both historical and contemporary contexts. Students should expect and plan to spend
additional time working on their projects each week outside of scheduled class time. ∆ Artistic Expression
Prerequisite: ART 113 Introduction to Sculpture or permission of instructor.
ART 216 - Drawing II 4cr
This course covers the development of skills to represent pictorial form from representation to abstraction.
Compositional organization is stressed as well, giving students a wide range of pictorial possibilities. Students base
finished drawings on direct observation. A variety of materials will be used in this course. Students should expect
Expression
Prerequisite: ART 116 Drawing I.
ART 217 - Intaglio Printmaking II 4cr
This course offers further exploration of processes learned in ART 117 Intaglio Printmaking I, including color and
viscosity printing, embossing, chine colle, digital imagery, and photo intaglio. The course involves both individual
and group critiques. Students experiment more selectively with the techniques that best lend themselves to the kind
of imagery they are focused on, and each student develops a thematic series of prints, at least one of which is
editioned. Students should expect and plan to spend additional time working on their projects each week outside of
scheduled class time. ∆ Artistic Expression
Prerequisite: ART 117 Intaglio Printmaking I.
p 173 of 312
ART 218 - Relief Printmaking II 4cr
This course is a continuation of ART 118 Relief Printmaking I, with the refinement of relief printing processes and
letterpress techniques as a major goal. Each student produces a portfolio of prints, including a series of
conceptually related pieces. Students should expect and plan to spend additional time working on their projects
each week outside of scheduled class time. ∆ Artistic Expression
Prerequisite: ART 118 Relief Printmaking I.
ART 219 - The Language of Photography in the Digital Age 4cr
This course explores the language of photography and its evolving role as a creative image-making tool in the visual
arts. Emphasis is on image content and context rather than on technical process. Structured as a studio and seminar,
this course incorporates both film-based and digital photography. The studio portion is based on the production and
evaluation of photographs produced in response to assignments. The seminars involve a series of topical readings
and visual presentations that examine the interface of art and technology, contemporary artistic practice, aesthetics,
and the social meaning of pictures. Students should expect and plan to spend additional time working on their
Prerequisite: Sophomore standing.
ART 245 - Life Drawing I 4cr
This course deals with the structure, anatomy, design, and expression of the human form. Students gain competency
in drawing the figure as they explore various drawing media and develop an understanding of underlying skeletal
and muscle anatomy. Students make use of the visual elements, as well as consider basics of composition and the
expressive qualities of good drawing. Students should expect and plan to spend additional time working on their
Prerequisite: ART 110 Design or ART 116 Drawing I.
ART 250 - Bookforms II 2cr
A continuation of ART 105 Bookforms I, this course emphasizes the development of content and concepts for
artists' books. Students experiment with various ways of arriving at elegant form/content synthesis in the artists'
books they produce in the course. They also use more advanced bookforms as well as altered books as needed to suit
the ideas they want to express. Students should expect and plan to spend additional time working on their projects
each week outside of scheduled class time. Partially satisfies ∆ Artistic Expression
Prerequisite: ART 105 Bookforms I.
ART 261 - Encaustic Painting 4cr
This course will offer the student the opportunity to work in the ancient painting medium of encaustic. Encaustic is
pigmented hot beeswax fused together. This study includes various approaches, both old and contemporary and
results in a series of encaustic works that explores a theme. Students should expect and plan to spend additional
time working on their projects each week outside of scheduled class time. ∆ Artistic Expression
Prerequisite: ART 110 Design, ART 116 Drawing I, or permission of the instructor.
ART 271 - Metal Sculpture 4cr
This course is designed to introduce students to creating sculpture in metal. The processes of ceramic shell casting
and metal fabrication is utilized as students create a series of sculptures expressing a theme. Students learn how to
make a wax image and reproduce that image in cast bronze. Techniques of metal chasing, mold making, silver
soldering, MIG welding, and patination of metal are covered. Students should expect and plan to spend additional
time working on their projects each week outside of scheduled class time. May be repeated for credit as ART 371. ∆
Artistic Expression
Prerequisite: Any previous sculpture course or permission of the instructor.
p 174 of 312
ART 281-283 - Visiting Artist Topics 2-4cr
Each year an artist from outside the college community is invited to teach a 4-credit studio course of his or her own
design in an area outside of the usual department offerings. Examples of previous visiting artist topics include Cold
Metal Jewelry, Personal Totems, Landscape Painting, and Asian-influenced Relief Printmaking.
Prerequisite: Permission of Instructor.
ART 290-298 - Special Topics in Visual Arts 2-4cr
ART 303 - Painting III 4cr
In this course, the emphasis is on the development of a personal direction in painting through a series of paintings
that explore an area of personal interest. This exploration is studied in conjunction with the historical precedents
that relate to each student's area of interest. Students should expect and plan to spend additional time working on
their projects each week outside of scheduled class time. May be repeated for credit as ART 403. ∆ Artistic
Expression
Prerequisite: ART 203 Painting II.
ART 306 - Ceramics III 4cr
This course is a continuation of ART 206, with emphasis on developing and refining skills towards creating an
original body of artwork. Particular emphasis is placed on a thorough knowledge of clay and glaze chemistry and a
sound knowledge of firing techniques. Students should expect and plan to spend additional time working on their
projects each week outside of scheduled class time. May be repeated for credit as ART 406. ∆ Artistic Expression
Prerequisite: ART 206 Ceramics II.
ART 309 - Photography III 4cr
This is a project-based course designed for students who intend to pursue a personal aesthetic and individualized
body of work. Emphasis is on enabling each student to locate the source of meaningful work and to aid in its
production and evaluation. Advanced darkroom, digital production, and presentation techniques will be
demonstrated. Critical skills will be developed through group and individual critiques. Students must have a basic
camera with manual controls and are required to purchase film and photo paper. Students should expect and plan to
spend additional time working on their projects each week outside of scheduled class time. May be repeated for
credit as ART 407. ∆ Artistic Expression
Prerequisite: ART 209 Photography II.
ART 312 - Stone Carving 4cr
This course teaches the fundamental processes involved in carving stone. Focus is on learning subtractive
techniques involved in creating sculpture. Materials include clay, plaster, alabaster, soapstone, or marble. Ideas and
issues concerning art and sculpture are also introduced in historical context. Students should expect and plan to
spend additional time working on their projects each week outside of scheduled class time. ∆ Artistic Expression
Prerequisite: ART 113 Introduction to Sculpture.
ART 313 - Sculpture III 4cr
p 175 of 312
This course is a continuation of ART 213 Sculpture II, with an emphasis on refining skills and exploring different
concepts of sculpture, such as site-specific and environmental sculpture. The development of unique and original
works of art in different materials is encouraged. Students should expect and plan to spend additional time working
on their projects each week outside of scheduled class time. May be repeated for credit as ART 414. ∆ Artistic
Expression
Prerequisite: ART 213 Sculpture II.
ART 316 - Drawing III 4cr
In this course, the emphasis is on experimentation with materials and ideas, leading to the development of a personal
direction in drawing, achieved through the production of a series of drawings that explore an area of personal
interest. This exploration is studied in conjunction with the historical precedents that relate to each student's area of
interest. Students should expect and plan to spend additional time working on their projects each week outside of
scheduled class time. May be repeated for credit as ART 415. ∆ Artistic Expression
Prerequisite: ART 216 Drawing II.
ART 317 - Intaglio Printmaking III 4cr
This course is a continuation of ART 217 Intaglio Printmaking II, with emphasis on using intaglio processes in
developing a cohesive body of work. Experimentation is encouraged, as well as development of critical skills and
an understanding of historical and contemporary connections with each student's own work. Students should expect
and plan to spend additional time working on their projects each week outside of scheduled class time. May be
repeated for credit as ART 417. ∆ Artistic Expression
Prerequisite: ART 217 Intaglio Printmaking II.
ART 318 - Relief Printmaking III 4cr
This course is a continuation of ART 218 Relief Printmaking II, with the refinement of relief printing processes as a
major goal. Students research contemporary as well as historical relief printmakers in order to better situate their
own work within the context of the discipline. Students should expect and plan to spend additional time working on
their projects each week outside of scheduled class time. May be repeated for credit as ART 418. ∆ Artistic
Expression
Prerequisite: ART 218 Relief Printmaking II.
ART 330 - Contemporary Art Issues 4cr
In this course, students learn about the history of contemporary art and interact with the artworks through writing,
discussions, and presentations. Another component of this course is site visits to art galleries and museums.
Dominant themes in this course are subjects such as censorship, multimedia, and outsider art. This is a college
composition course that requires critical writing and oral presentations. ∆ College Composition II
Prerequisite: WRI 120 College Composition I.
ART 345 - Life Drawing II 4cr
This course expands on the understanding of drawing the human form gained in ART 245 Life Drawing I. Students
are encouraged to concentrate in a particular style and medium in order to develop a cohesive body of work based
on drawing from the figure. Students should expect and plan to spend additional time working on their projects
each week outside of scheduled class time. May be repeated for credit as ART 445. ∆ Artistic Expression
Prerequisite: ART 245 Life Drawing I.
ART 390-398 - Special Topics in Visual Arts 2-4cr
p 176 of 312
ART 412 - Senior Project I 4cr
In this course, students complete research and develop a proposal for a cohesive body of art. Students develop
samples of exhibition quality work. If students are successful in passing this course with a grade of B- or better,
they go on to Senior Project II to implement the proposed work. Additionally, issues of being a professional artist
are addressed. Students should expect and plan to spend additional time working on their projects each week
outside of scheduled class time.
Prerequisites: Senior art major, grade of B- or better in 12 credits of studio concentration, and permission of
instructor.
ART 413 - Senior Project II 4cr
In this course, students concentrate on implementing the cohesive body of art proposed in ART 412 Senior Project I.
The work must be of exhibition quality and culminates in an exhibition in the Elizabeth Holden Gallery. Students
should expect and plan to spend additional time working on their projects each week outside of scheduled class
time. Successful completion of this course (a grade of B- or better) is required for graduation of all art majors.
Prerequisite: Successful completion of ART 412 Senior Project I.
p 177 of 312
4.04 Biology (BIO)
BIO 102 - Field Natural History 4cr
This course covers methods and concepts facilitating the study and appreciation of natural history. Most weekly lab
sessions are in the field to investigate various ecosystems and their inhabitants. Course topics may include forest
succession, edible wild plants, field ecology methods, ponds and streams, and the use of identification keys,
topographic maps, and collecting equipment. Each student conducts a detailed natural history project on a topic of
interest. Designed for non-science majors and does not count towards the BIO or ENS major. ∆ Natural Science
BIO 109 - Human Biology 4cr
This course considers humans as a biological species. Topics include human anatomy and physiology, basic
biochemistry and cell biology, genetics, human reproduction and development, immunology and infectious disease,
nutrition, pharmacology, and the evolution of humans as a species. The biological understanding of what unites all
humans and what accounts for our differences serves as a common theme. Ways in which an understanding of
human biology can inform opinions on contemporary issues facing us as a society, as well as personal choices
regarding our own health are explored. Designed for non-science majors and does not count toward the BIO or ENS
major.∆ Natural Science
BIO 110 - Genetics and Society 4cr
Recent advances in genetics are changing industry, agriculture, medicine, and our daily lives in a variety of ways.
This course covers enough basic genetics to allow students to understand how the genetic engineering of animals
and plants, gene therapy in humans, and the cloning of animals (and perhaps humans as well) is changing society.
Some of the ethical, political, and economic issues involved with these changes will be covered as well. Designed
for non-science majors and does not count towards the BIO or ENS major.∆ Natural Science
BIO 113 - Field Ornithology 2cr
In this course, students learn to identify (by sight and sound) most of the birds found in the Carolinas. Students use
a computer tutorial program to first learn the distinguishing features of bird species, then spend most of their time in
the field where they improve their skills. Practical use and care of binoculars is also covered. ∆ Natural Science
BIO 116 - General Biology 4cr
This course introduces students to the fundamental properties of living things on our planet. Topics include the
concepts of genetics, biochemistry, cell biology, plant and animal physiology, and evolution. A survey of the
diversity of life is included. The process of scientific investigation is stressed throughout the course and practiced in
weekly laboratory exercises. This course is a prerequisite for all upper-level biology courses and is not intended for
students whose major interests lie outside the sciences. ∆ Natural Science
Prerequisite: Enrollment in CHM 105 Introduction to Environmental Chemistry or placement in or above CHM
116 General Chemistry I.
BIO 178 - Introduction to Animal Science 4cr
This course focuses on the biology, husbandry, and human uses of domestic animals and is of special interest to preveterinary students and to those interested in small-scale animal agriculture. Topics include domestication,
reproduction, basic genetics, artificial selection and breeding, animal health and disease, the husbandry
(management) of major domesticated animal species, and animal welfare. Laboratory exercises and field trips are
incorporated into the schedule. ∆ Natural Science
Prerequisite: BIO 116 General Biology.
p 178 of 312
BIO 199 - Independent Study 1-4cr
BIO 202 - Ecology 4cr
Ecology is the study of interactions of organisms with one another and with the physical world. This course covers
the ways in which individual species, populations, communities, ecosystems and landscapes are characterized and
analyzed, both quantitatively and qualitatively. Some of the various factors that affect the number and distribution
of organisms are explored through a combination of lecture and regular laboratory exercise. ∆ Natural Science
Prerequisites: BIO 116 General Biology and CHM 116 General Chemistry I. CHM 116 General Chemistry I may
be taken concurrently.
BIO 208 - Cell Biology 4cr
This course provides a general overview of the cell as the fundamental unit of life. Beginning with the role of cells
in determining the properties and behaviors of tissues, the course moves on to describe how the cytoskeleton,
membranes, and organelles interact to generate the universal properties of life. Special emphasis is given to cell
communication and protein function. Half the class time is devoted to lecture and discussion and half to laboratory
exercises involving the fundamental techniques of cell study. ∆ Natural Science
BIO 219 - Plant Morphology and Anatomy 4cr
This course is a survey of the internal and external forms of plants, fungi, and algae, with emphasis on vascular
plants. Adaptive strategies and the structures that pertain to these strategies are emphasized. Laboratory work is
designed to familiarize students with anatomical and morphological features and provide skills useful in plant
identification. ∆ Natural Science
BIO 223 - Plant Physiology 4cr
This course is for students interested in the interaction between plants and the environment. Topics covered include
structure and cell physiology, photosynthesis, respiration and metabolism, secondary metabolites, hormones and
development, stress physiology, and plant biotechnology. The weekly laboratory for this course will have exercises
on plant cell structures, photosynthesis, secondary metabolites, plant hormones, and phytochromes.
Prerequisite: BIO 116 General Biology and CHM 116 General Chemistry.
BIO 229 - Field Mycology 4cr
Our region has one of the highest diversities of fleshy fungi of anywhere in North America, and much of this course
will focus on identifying the major genera and species that inhabit this area. During the course, students will make
several forays into the field to collect samples. In addition to identification, students will also learn about fungal
growth and reproduction, fungal ecology, and uses of fungi for food and medicine. Although we will discuss
edibility of wild mushrooms and students will have the opportunity to sample some edible species that we find, this
course is not intended to make students experts on identification of mushrooms for human consumption. This course
includes a mandatory weekend field trip.
Prerequisite: BIO 116 General Biology or BIO 102 Field Natural History.
BIO 235 - Vertebrate Zoology 4cr
This course provides a taxonomic and evolutionary survey of all the vertebrate groups (fish, amphibians, reptiles,
birds, and mammals) on a local and worldwide basis. Special considerations is given to salamanders and the
p 179 of 312
conservation status of each vertebrate group. Students learn laboratory techniques and skills in field collection and
identification through weekly labs. ∆ Natural Science
BIO 241 - Invertebrate Zoology 4cr
Animals without backbones make up 98 percent of all animals of earth and include the insects and most of the saltwater phyla. This course examines the identification, taxonomy, evolution, morphology, ecology, and behavior of
this diverse group of animals. Laboratory exercises and collecting trips to the field are employed as a regular part of
the course. ∆ Natural Science
BIO 290-298 - Special Topics in Biology 2-4cr
This course is an in-depth consideration of a topic of particular concern within the discipline of Biology. The course
may be repeated for credit under different topics.
BIO 318 - General Ornithology 4cr
This course includes lecture and laboratory/field components. Topics include bird evolution, taxonomy, flight,
geography, physiology, morphology, ecology, behavior, and conservation. Students use a computer tutorial program
to first learn the distinguishing features of bird species, then spend most of their time in the field where they improve
their skills. Practical use and care of binoculars is also covered. ∆ Natural Science
BIO 322 - Genetics 4cr
This course provides a basic understanding of the nature of genes, the ways they are regulated, and their patterns of
inheritance. It focuses primarily on the molecular understanding of genetics, but also introduces the ways in which
genes determine an organism's form and function, as well as their role in evolution and speciation. Current
molecular methods for analyzing genes are studied through their application to problems in clinical science and
conservation biology. Class time is split evenly between laboratory exercises and lecture/discussion. ∆ Natural
Science
Prerequisites: BIO 116 General Biology and CHM 117 General Chemistry II.
BIO 341 - Plant Taxonomy 4cr
This course acquaints students with aspects of modern plant taxonomy, focusing on families of flowering plants.
Students become familiar with characteristics of various plant taxa and techniques and terminology needed to
distinguish among them. Vegetative and reproductive morphology, floral dissections, and the use of keys are
emphasized, but current approaches, such as molecular taxonomy and phylogenetics, are also included. The history
and rationale of various taxonomic approaches are discussed, emphasizing the evolutionary relationships among
taxa. A plant collection is required. ∆ Natural Science
BIO 345 - Developmental Biology 4cr
Animals must develop organs and internal systems of immense complexity from the beginnings of a single cell. In
this course, animal development is covered from gametogenesis through fertilization, cleavage, gastrulation,
organogenesis, germination, hatching (or birth), growth, and maturation. Some of the molecular genetic
p 180 of 312
mechanisms responsible for establishing pattern formation and cellular fate and differentiation are covered as well.
The special functions of mammalian fetal organ systems are also described. ∆ Natural Science
Prerequisites: BIO 116 General Biology and CHM 117 General Chemistry II. BIO 322 Genetics is strongly
recommended.
BIO 347 - Microbiology 4cr
This course covers the diversity of the microbial world and explores some of the ways it is studied. Organisms
covered include the viruses, bacteria, archea, protists, algae and fungi. A recurring theme is how an understanding
of the microbial world challenges our metazoan biases about systematics, cell biology, biochemistry, evolution, and
genetics. Infectious diseases are studied as problems in evolution and ecology. Class time is split evenly between
laboratory exercises and lecture/discussion. ∆ Natural Science
BIO 348 - Animal Behavior 4cr
Natural selection has created diversity in a variety of animal traits that aid in survival and reproduction, including
the behavioral patterns and strategies used by animals. In this course, the theoretical foundations for the evolution
of behavior are presented, including such topics as foraging, defense, aggression, dominance, cooperation, altruism,
courtship, parental care, and communication. Techniques used in the study of animal behavior are presented in the
lab, and students conduct a small-scale study on a locally available animal species. ∆ Natural Science
BIO 351 - Mammalian Physiology 4cr
This course examines the function of mammalian body systems (such as the circulatory, respiratory, gastrointestinal,
and nervous systems), on the levels of cellular function, organ function, and whole system function. The physiology
of mammals is the focus of the course, but comparisons are drawn to other vertebrates. Regular laboratory exercises
are used to reinforce important concepts, but no labs will cause harm to any live animals. ∆ Natural Science
BIO 377 - Evolutionary Biology 4cr
Evolution is the underlying principle of biology; nothing in biology makes sense without it. A rigorous,
comprehensive introduction to this vast and crucial field, this course covers the history of Darwinism, natural
selection, evolutionary genetics, paleontology, processes of macroevolution, the origin of life, and human evolution.
∆ Natural Science
BIO 435 - Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy 4cr
In this course, the functional morphology, development, and anatomical adaptations of vertebrates are studied
through a comparative approach. For each major body system, we will consider the relationship between form and
function, developmental origins, and evolutionary history. In the laboratory, we will examine the anatomy of
selected protochordates and conduct an in-depth dissection of the domestic cat. ∆ Natural Science
BIO 441 - Genetics of Plant Development 4cr
This course covers how information from classical and molecular plant genetics is being used to enhance our
understanding of plant development and physiology. Selected developmental and physiological processes--such as
p 181 of 312
signal perception and transduction, phytohormones, photomorphogenesis, cellular respiration, and the assimilation
of carbon and nitrogen--are studied in detail through a combination of lecture and a close reading of the primary
scientific literature in a seminar format. ∆ Natural Science
Prerequisite: BIO 322 Genetics or permission of the instructor.
BIO 490-498 - Special Topics in Biology 2-4cr
This course is an in-depth consideration of a topic of particular concern within the discipline of Biology. The course
p 182 of 312
4.05 Business (BA)
BA 101 - Introduction to Business 4cr
This courses provides a comprehensive overview of the major functional areas of business including management,
marketing, accounting, finance, and information technology as well as core topics such as business ethics, legal
forms of business ownership, small business management, and international business.
BA 120 - Personal Finance 4cr
This basic economic "survival" course provides financial information and perspectives that are essential for students
of any major. Students are equipped to survive in the complex economic environment of contemporary American
society and to acquaint themselves with sources of information and techniques that can create a proactive approach
to issues of personal finance. Students gain an appreciation for the relationship between good financial decisions
and quality of life and recognize how their decisions have an impact on the world around them. A thoughtful,
informed, approach should guide their decision making. Students engage in self-directed learning that forms a basis
for future inquiry.
BA 121 - Marketing 4cr
This course is an overview of marketing from a managerial perspective. Emphasis is placed on customer-oriented
marketing strategies as well as related product, distribution, promotional, and pricing decisions. Topics include the
environment, global marketing, consumer behavior, business-to-business marketing, target market selection, ebusiness, marketing channels, advertising, marketing management, and marketing research. Social responsibility
and ethical decision making is integrated throughout the course, and case studies with local, national, and
international perspectives are used extensively.
BA 199 - Independent Study 1-4cr
BA 201 - Accounting I 4cr
This course is an introduction to Financial Accounting using journal entries, financial statement design, and an
understanding of the major Balance Sheet accounts. Students are introduced to a range of accounting concepts, with
a focus on the fundamental structures, providing them with the capacity to use accounting information in practical
applications. Gaining a familiarity with accounting terminology and an understanding of the guiding principles,
students will be able to decipher financial information and account for the economic events of business. Students
can employ this knowledge to shape discussions on community well being, sustainability, and issues of personal
concern. Real world examples will be incorporated into class assignments.
Prerequisite: Sophomore standing recommended.
BA 202 - Accounting II 4cr
This course is a continuation of BA 201 Accounting I, dealing with managerial accounting at an introductory level.
It includes the use of computers and spreadsheets.
Prerequisite: BA 201 Accounting I.
BA 212 - Management and Leadership in Organizations 4cr
This course is an introduction to management and leadership theory and applications. Topics include the differences
between management and leadership, basic managerial functions, approaches to management and leadership,
motivational strategies, organizational structure, management of technology and goods, time and stress
p 183 of 312
management, international management issues, and organizational change. Emphases on social responsibility and
ethical decision making are integrated throughout the course.
BA 290-298 - Special Topics in Business 2-4cr
This course is an in-depth consideration of a topic of particular concern within the discipline of Business. The course
BA 304 - Managerial Finance 4cr
In this course, techniques and problems of financing organizational operations are considered from the viewpoint of
financial management. Topics include forms of organization, ratio analysis, budgeting, securities markets, financial
instruments, liquidation and reorganization, legal environments, the use of leverage, and break-even analysis. The
purpose of the course is to provide students with a broad background knowledge of the field of managerial finance.
Prerequisite: ECO 201 Microeconomics, BA 201 Accounting I, or permission of instructor.
BA 309 - Business Law 4cr
This course is an introduction to the history and development of the law, with particular reference to those parts
pertaining to business and commerce, including the laws of contracts, agency, property, and estates. The case
method is used, with classroom discussion, a textbook, and outside readings.
Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or permission of instructor.
BA 310 - Introduction to Non-profit Management 4cr
This course is an exploration of the wide variety of issues faced by managers and employees in non-profit
organizations. Topics include managing volunteers, public and client relations, grant writing, budget management,
accounting/reporting requirements, staff motivation and performance, mission development, strategic planning, and
staffing. This is a discussion-based course integrating study with personal experience and career exploration.
Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing or permission of instructor.
BA 313 - Small Business Management 4cr
This course offers an introduction to the multi-faceted nature of managing a small business. As group members,
students will learn to manage and organize the numerous tasks involved in creating a comprehensive business plan.
Through exposure to a range of topics--including marketing, budgeting and planning, entrepreneurship, product and
pricing decisions, pro forma financial statements, and strategic decision making--students will recognize the
interrelatedness of a variety of business concepts. In addition to gaining a working, practical, knowledge of small
business operations, students will appreciate the effect small business has on the larger community and develop an
ability to make prudent business decisions. Quizzes, exams, readings, and regular assignments complement the
ongoing class work and discussions.
Prerequisite: BA 201 Accounting I or permission of instructor.
BA 315 - Human Resource and Project Management 4cr
This course is an integrated approach to the topics of human resource management and organizational behavior.
The broad range of topics includes human cognition, individual differences, motivation, conflict and conflict
resolution, managing diversity, group dynamics, employee recruitment, hiring, training and development, reward
and discipline structures, and organizational change. Balancing individual and organizational needs is emphasized,
with an underlying theme of communication throughout. This is an activities-based course designed to develop
students' skills in managing others.
p 184 of 312
BA 413 - Seminar in Social Entrepreneurship 4cr
This course provides advanced study and projects in Entrepreneurship, with an emphasis on the legal, structural, and
financial aspects of entrepreneurship. The course will include guest speakers, visits to local businesses, class
discussions, and case analyses. Extensive outside research and networking is required, and students will complete a
significant team project, which will require the development of a product or service that will benefit a local
organization. The plan will be implemented, completed, and reviewed before the end of the semester. ∆ College
Composition II
Prerequisites: BA 201 Accounting I, BA 309 Business Law, BA 313 Small Business Management.
BA 415 - Sustainable Business Planning 4cr
In this course, students organize themselves into small groups centered on a common interest in a prospective
sustainable venture. They generate ideas, research the market, develop pro forma financial statements, and
determine the company structure, among other things. They submit their business plan proposal to a committee of
students, staff, administrator, and outside professionals. The committee determines the feasibility and amount of
fund, if appropriate. The successful group actually begins to start up and operate its business in the next course, BA
416 Sustainable Business Start-Up.
Prerequisites: Senior standing and BA 201 Accounting I.
BA 416 - Sustainable Business Start-Up 4cr
In this course, groups of students centered on a common interest in a sustainable venture bring their product or
service to market. These groups have already had their proposed business plans (previously submitted in BA 415
Sustainable Business Planning) judged to be feasible by a committee of students, staff, administrators, and outside
professionals. They will begin the steps of the start-up process which include: site selection, marketing, distribution,
channel logistics, supply purchasing, asset allocation, and sales. By the end of the course, a successful team has
planned, started, and begun operation of a sustainable small business.
Prerequisites: Senior standing, BA 415 Sustainable Buisiness Planning.
BA 489 - Internship in Business 1-16cr
This course provides an experiential learning opportunity in which the skills and knowledge learned in the course
work can be applied and tested through work with an off-campus business or non-profit agency. Students'
preferences as to type of organization or business are matched with available area firms to the extent possible. Some
on-campus internships may be developed.
Prerequisites: Business and Economics major, senior standing or permission of the department, and a 2.5 overall
GPA.
BA 490-498 - Special Topics in Business 2-4cr
This course is an in-depth consideration of a topic of particular concern within the discipline of Business. The course
p 185 of 312
4.06 Chemistry (CHM)
CHM 103 - Principles of Chemistry 2cr
This course serves students needing additional preparation for CHM 116 General Chemistry I and introduces most
of the major areas of chemistry with emphasis on the chemical basis of Earth systems and biological organisms.
These emphases make chemistry understandable, applicable, and fun. This includes group and laboratory activities.
This course does NOT fulfill the Natural Science triad requirement. A lab fee is required.
CHM 105 - Introduction to Environmental Chemistry 4cr
This course builds a foundation for the chemical and environmental sciences. Topics include air and water
pollution, global warming, and ozone depletion. Exploration of these topics in lectures and labs provides practice in
chemical problem solving involving moles as well as an introduction to atomic and molecular structure. A lab fee is
required. ∆ Natural Science
CHM 115 - General Chemistry I Laboratory 1cr
This laboratory course explores reaction types, chemical formulas, stoichiometry, molecular modeling, atomic
structure, and spectroscopy. The material complements and reinforces the lecture class. A lab fee is required.
Corequisite: This laboratory course must be taken concurrently with CHM 116 General Chemistry I.
CHM 116 - General Chemistry I 4cr
This course provides a solid background in the fundamental principles of chemistry for science majors (including
most Environmental Studies majors). This course assumes a working knowledge of high school algebra and
chemistry. Subject areas include gases, kinetics, equilibria, oxidation-reduction reactions, and electrochemistry. ∆
Natural Science
Corequisite: This course must be taken concurrently with CHM 115 General Chemistry I Laboratory.
Prerequisite: CHM 105 Introduction to Environmental Chemistry or permission of instructor based on score on a
placement test.
CHM 117 - General Chemistry II 4cr
This course provides a solid background in the fundamental principles of chemistry for science majors and assumes
a working knowledge of high school algebra and chemistry. Subject areas include atomic and molecular structure,
stoichiometry, the periodic table, introductory thermodynamics, an introduction to organic chemistry, solutions,
acids and bases, oxidation-reduction reactions, reaction rates, and equilibria. ∆ Natural Science
Corequisite: This course must be taken concurrently with CHM 118 General Chemistry II Laboratory.
Prerequisite: CHM 116 General Chemistry I or permission of instructor.
CHM 118 - General Chemistry II Laboratory 1cr
This laboratory course explores kinetics, equilibria, thermodynamics, and acid-base topics. The material
complements and reinforces the lecture class. A lab fee is required.
Corequisite: This laboratory course must be taken concurrently with CHM 117 General Chemistry II.
Prerequisites: CHM 116 General Chemistry I and CHM 115 General Chemistry I Laboratory.
CHM 225 - Organic Chemistry I 4cr
This course provides a basic understanding of the structure and function of organic molecules with emphasis on
biological implications. Topics include principles of structure and bonding, organic nomenclature, stereochemistry,
p 186 of 312
and substitution and elimination reactions. The lab includes purification, extraction of natural products, synthesis,
chromatography and spectroscopy. Modern instrumentation is used extensively. A lab fee is required. ∆ Natural
Science or College Composition II.
Prerequisite: CHM 117 General Chemistry II or permission of instructor.
CHM 226 - Organic Chemistry II 4cr
In this course, common organic mechanisms are carefully explored. The chemistry of alcohols, aldehydes, ketones,
carboxylic acids, esters, and aromatic substances is discussed. In the laboratory, standard organic preparations will
be carried out including the Grignard Reaction, the Fischer esterification, and electrophilic aromatic substitutions.
Students will determine the structures of unknowns. Modern instrumentation is used extensively. A lab fee is
Prerequisite: CHM 225 Organic Chemistry I.
CHM 240 - Inorganic Chemistry 4cr
This course covers the chemistry of the transition metals, emphasizing the practical and the biological implications
of this knowledge. The nomenclature of the transition metals is studied, as are the three bonding theories.
Laboratory exercises will involve the preparation and characterization of transition metal complexes. A lab fee is
Prerequisites: CHM 117 General Chemistry II and MAT 241 Calculus I or permission of the instructor.
CHM 319 - Professional Issues in Science 1cr
Science and environmental studies students are guided in this course to think about what scientists and
environmentalists do. Students explore a variety of career paths: lab work, fieldwork, consulting, business, teaching,
and human and animal medicine. Graduate school and professional school opportunities are studied. Ethical issues
are addressed, and budgeting is also discussed. Several resumes are completed, and students participate in a mock
interview.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing.
CHM 321 - Analytical Chemistry 5cr
Students in this course and integrated laboratory apply chemical principles like statistics, experimental design, and
instrumental concepts to solve practical real world problems. Students perform laboratory and field experiments to
examine caffeine levels in beverages, the fatty acid composition of food oils, and dissolved oxygen in freshwater
lakes. This course requires a considerable amount of writing lab reports. A lab fee is required. ∆ Natural Science
Prerequisites: CHM 117 General Chemistry II and MAT 150 Precalculus.
CHM 331 - Thermodynamics and Kinetics 4cr
In this course, the first and second laws of thermodynamics are treated in detail from a molecular perspective. The
thermodynamic functions of internal energy, enthalpy, Gibbs energy, Helmholtz energy and entropy are interpreted
and applied in studying chemical equilibrium, colligative properties of solutions, phase equilibria in multicomponent systems, and ionic equilibria in electrochemical systems. The rates and mechanisms (kinetics) of
reactions occurring on surfaces, in solution, and in the gas phase will also be explored from a microscopic
perspective. ∆ Natural Science
Corequisite: This course must be taken concurrently with CHM 333 Thermodynamics Laboratory.
Prerequisites: CHM117 General Chemistry II, MAT 242 Calculus II, and PHY 251 Physics I, all with a grade of C
or higher or permission of instructor.
CHM 332 Quantum Chemistry and Molecular Spectroscopy 4cr
The topics covered in this course include quantum mechanics, statistical mechanics and spectroscopy. The goal of
the course will be to interpret and explain the fundamental principles governing the observed spectroscopic behavior
p 187 of 312
of a quantum mechanical system as predicted by statistical mechanics. The quantum mechanics of translation,
vibration, rotation, and nuclear states will be thoroughly explored. These concepts will then be applied in
understanding atomic and molecular structure and in interpreting the spectroscopic manifestation of quantum
mechanical behavior on an atomic, molecular, and nuclear level. ∆ Natural Science
Prerequisites: CHM General Chemistry II, MAT 242 Calculus II, and PHY 252 Physics II, with a grade of C or
higher, or permission of instructor.
CHM 333 - Thermodynamics Laboratory 1cr
Thermodynamic behavior, spectroscopy, phase equilibria for pure substances and mixtures, chemical equilibria,
kinetics, and molecular modeling are explored. A lab fee is required.
Corequisite: This course must be taken concurrently with CHM 331 Thermodynamics and Kinetics
Prerequisites: Concurrent enrollment in CHM 331 or permission of instructor.
CHM 390-398 - Special Topics in Chemistry 2-4cr
This course is an in-depth consideration of a topic of particular concern within the discipline of Chemistry. The
CHM 399 - Independent Study in Chemistry 1-4cr
CHM 407 - Biochemistry I 3 cr
In this course, the molecular logic of living things and the background necessary for understanding, at the molecular
level, the life processes encountered in veterinary science, medicine, biotechnology, ecology, animal behavior, and
botany are explored. A detailed understanding of the structure, chemistry, function and metabolism of the major
classes of biological macromolecules are presented. An extensive study is made of enzyme systems in bioenergetics
and metabolism. Photosynthesis, nutrition, and medical applications are also reviewed.
Prerequisites: CHM 225 Organic Chemistry I and BIO 116 General Biology, with a C or better or permission of
instructor.
CHM 408 - Biochemistry II 3cr
This course continues the goals of Biochemistry I: understanding the anabolic and catabolic reactions of lipids and
proteins. The course also explores the mechanisms of signaling across cell membranes and regulation of processes
across the whole organism. Students will investigate nucleic acid chemistry and the chemistry of the processes
involved in translating the genetic code into proteins. Students should enroll in CHM 409 Biochemistry Laboratory
concurrently.
Corequisite: This course must be taken concurrently with CHM 409 Biochemistry Laboratory.
Prerequisite: CHM 407 Biochemistry I or permission of instructor.
CHM 409 - Biochemistry Laboratory 2cr
This course introduces students to biochemical laboratory techniques including protein purification, ion exchange
and gel permeation chromatography, electrophoresis, immunoassay, enzyme kinetics, and genetic manipulation.
Experiments illustrate concepts in the lecture course. Report writing and critical examination of the literature are
stressed. A lab fee is required.
Corequisite: This laboratory course must be taken concurrently with CHM 408 Biochemistry II.
Prerequisite: CHM 407 Biochemistry I or permission of instructor.
CHM 450 - Advanced Environmental Chemistry 4cr
p 188 of 312
This course introduces advanced concepts in atmospheric chemistry, hydrological chemistry, and geochemistry.
One-half of the course will focus on atmospheric topics such as evolution of the atmosphere, photochemical smog,
combustion, particles, and remediation. A laboratory project and topic paper are required. A lab fee is required.∆
Natural Science
Prerequisites: MAT 241 Calculus I and CHM 321 Analytical Chemistry or permission of instructor.
CHM 490-498 - Special Topics in Chemistry 2-4cr
This course is an in-depth consideration of a topic of particular concern within the discipline of Chemistry. The
CHM 499 - Independent Study in Chemistry 1-4cr
p 189 of 312
4.07 Economics (ECO)
ECO 131 - Survey in Economics 4cr
This course teaches the foundations of the economic system covering both microeconomic and macroeconomics.
Specifically we explore what drives individual choices as well as studying the performance and management of the
overall economy. The basic models of demand and supply in the market and international trade will comprise most
of the micro section and economic growth, inflation and unemployment will make up the macro section. Policy and
current issues are integrated throughout the course. Majors in Business and Economics are not eligible for credit
from this course. This course is recommended as the prerequisite for non-majors wishing to take upper level
Economics courses. ∆ Social Science
ECO 190 - Contemporary Social and Economic Issues 4cr
In this course, students examine and explore the economic dimension of a set of current social and economic issues
selected by the instructor and students. A variety of possible topics can be covered including environmental,
international, financial, business, political or other, depending on current events and student interests. The economic
dimensions and implications of the issues, as well as policy alternatives, are discussed using current periodicals,
statistical sources, and an economics text. ∆ Language/Global Issues or Social Science
ECO 201 - Microeconomics 4cr
In this course, students study the foundation of the economic and business world. Students explore what is behind
choices made by individuals as consumers, producers, employees, voters, husbands and wives, fathers and mothers,
and others, learning how individuals allocate their resources across the choices they face. This study leads to the
basic models of demand and supply in the market, the primary focus of the course. Students also study how
alternative market institutions influence choices made and economic efficiency. International and environmental
dimensions and consequences of choices are integrated throughout the course. ∆ Social Science
ECO 210 - Macroeconomics 4cr
In this course, students learn the basic concepts underlying the performance and management of the economy,
focusing on how the economic system works, how it fails, causing inflation and unemployment, and how the
government intervenes to stabilize the system. Concepts concerning consumer consumption, investment, aggregate
demand and supply, equilibrium, fiscal and monetary policy, and the financial system are covered. International and
environmental dimensions of the macro economy are integrated throughout the course. ∆ Social Science
Prerequisite: ECO 201 Microeconomics.
ECO 290-298 - Special Topics in Economics 2-4cr
This course is an in-depth consideration of a topic of particular concern within the discipline of Economics. The
ECO 299 - Independent Study 1-4cr
ECO 301 - Microeconomic Theory and Practice 4cr
This course is for advanced students who are majoring in business and economics or who believe they may take an
economics graduate degree in the future. Microeconomic topics discussed in previous courses are explored in more
depth and are applied using case analyses estimating demand and cost curves using regression analysis. Topics
include consumer choice, firm equilibrium, input, output, and price decision of the firm. ∆ Social Science
p 190 of 312
Prerequisites: ECO 201 Microeconomics, MAT 141 Statistics, and junior standing.
ECO 307 - International Trade 4cr
This advanced course develops the theories and principles involved in the trade of goods and services between
nations as well as the international finance of such trade. Why do countries trade? What are the effects of trade on
the world incomes as well as on national and personal incomes? What are the causes and effects of international
factor movements, such as labor migrations and foreign investment? What about multinationals? The international
value of the dollar? Students study a country of their choice in depth, producing a final report and presentation that
applies the many models and concepts learned in the class. ∆ Social Science or College Composition II
ECO 380 - Environmental and Ecological Economics 4cr
In this course, students explore the relationship between human social and economic systems and the environment.
We analyze how markets fail, causing many environmental problems, how markets can be harnessed, and how
various government strategies can lead to better management of environmental resources and ecosystem services.
Topics such as resource valuation, cost-benefit analysis, and multi-criteria analysis are discussed as well as
alternative government policy approaches. Students complete a major class project on an issue selected in
coordination with the instructor. ∆ Social Science or College Composition II
ECO 383 - Economic Growth and Development 4cr
The primary themes of this course are the process of economic development and growth, as well as the sustainability
of growth. Topics include the meaning of and measures for development and underdevelopment, the connections
between growth and development, the processes that lead to growth and development, and the economic, social,
political, and cultural, obstacles to growth and development and the policies that can alleviate them. Throughout the
class, the sustainability and desirability of growth is continually questioned. Students either write and present a
country report, or participate in a regional group project studying a regional development issue. Students apply
course material in a specific context, learning research, analysis, writing, and presentation skills. ∆ Social Science,
Language/Global Issues, or College Composition II
Prerequisites: For Business and Economics majors: ECO 201 Microeconomics and ECO 210 Macroeconomics.
For non-majors: ECO 190 Contemporary Social and Economic Issues and permission of the instructor.
ECO 401 - Economics Research Seminar I: Economic Research Design 2cr
In this course, students integrate the knowledge and skills learned in previous economics courses. Students study a
particular issue or policy of their interest. This course covers the first four steps of the research process that include:
1) the identification of and focusing on a policy or issue (social, environmental, or economic), 2) literature research
of the issue, 3) development of an appropriate theoretical model, and 4) development of an empirical model with
proposed hypotheses and identification of data needed to implement the model. Students complete this course with a
written proposal to conduct the research and an oral presentation to the department for any funding needed. This
course is followed by ECO 402 Economics Research Seminar II: Economic Research Implementation, where
students complete the research they have proposed.
Prerequisites: Junior/Senior standing and completion of Business and Economics major core curriculum.
ECO 402 - Economics Research Seminar II: Economic Research Implementation 2cr
In this course, students conduct the research previously proposed in ECO 401 Economic Research Seminar I:
Economic Research Design. This second course covers the final four steps of the research process that include: 1)
collection of data, 2) analysis of data, 3) interpretation of results and drawing conclusions, and 4) preparation of a
p 191 of 312
final research paper (including the first four steps from ECO 401). Students complete a final research paper that is
presented to the campus community and at any relevant conferences available to them in the spring semester.
Prerequisites: Junior/Senior standing and ECO 401 Economic Research Seminar I: Economic Research Design.
ECO 460 - Sustainability in Action I: Designing Decision Tools 2cr
This course focuses on providing students with an understanding of sustainability and how to design decision tools
in order to make sustainable choices. Multi-Criteria Decision Analysis, the method used for complex choices in
decision theory, is the primary approach taught in this class. Topics include identification of goals and values for
sustainable choices, clarification of these goals and values in the form of both quantitative and qualitative indicators,
use of decision trees for resource or options assessment, application of the impact matrix, and alternative decision
rules for making choices. Students are also introduced to participatory decision tools and methods for facilitating
sustainable choices.
ECO 461 - Sustainability in Action II: Making Choices 2cr
In this course, students design and implement a Sustainability Decision Tool for a particular on-campus or offcampus group, business, or organization. They work independently with faculty guidance, meeting only one time per
week as a class. Students design the tool in the first 8 weeks and implement the tool in the second 8 weeks. The
semester concludes with a formal presentation outlining the final conclusions drawn from the process provided to
representatives of the group, business, or organization and other interested and invited persons.
ECO 490-498 - Special Topics in Economics 2-4cr
This course is an in-depth consideration of a topic of particular concern within the discipline of Economics. The
p 192 of 312
4.08 Education (EDU)
The Education Department offers a Minor in Education for undergraduate students and a graduate program, the
Master of Arts in Teaching (MAT). Courses listed in this section are split into two subsections: undergraduate and
masters level courses.
4.08.1 Undergraduate Level Courses
EDU 116 - College Academic Skills 1-2cr
In addition to whole class meetings where the complexities of learning are explored, students work individually with
the instructor to define and address areas of need or interest that will enhance the college experience. Topics might
include goal-setting and prioritizing, time management, focus strategies, memory and studying, reading and notetaking, preparation for exams, major and career planning. Students are evaluated on a Pass/Fail basis. This course
may be repeated once using EDU 117.
EDU 199 - Independent Study 1-4cr
EDU 209 - Emergent Literacy for Children 4cr
This course is designed to allow students to examine the world of children's literature and explore the significance of
emergent literacy skills. It emphasizes skills that are related to literacy development from infancy through third
grade. Students analyze books from different genres and discover the benefits of bibliotherapy. They apply concepts
addressed in class at the Mountain Area Child and Family Center and in an after school tutoring program.
EDU 235 - Exploring Teaching: Elementary and Early Childhood 2cr
This course provides students with an opportunity to explore teaching at the pre-school and elementary levels.
Relevant topics to prepare students for experiences working with children in classrooms are addressed on campus. A
majority of the course is conducted on-site in an elementary school or at the Mountain Area Child and Family
Center under the joint supervision of the instructor and the classroom teacher. May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite: Either PSY 202 Infant Development, PSY 203 Child Development, PSY 204 Adolescent
Development, or PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology.
EDU 291-298 - Special Topics in Education 2-4cr
This course is an in-depth consideration of a topic of particular concern within the discipline of Education. The
EDU 299 - Independent Study 1-4cr
EDU 303 - Learning with Children 4cr
This course provides students an opportunity to study specific concepts related to teaching children in settings such
as the Mountain Area Child and Family Center. Students gain practical experience observing and learning with
infants, toddlers and young children and further their knowledge of child development, curriculum, early childhood,
educational environments, lesson planning and team teaching. They also learn approaches to effective evaluation
and reflection that will inform their professional growth.
p 193 of 312
4.08.2 Masters Level Courses
* Prerequisite for all courses: Admission to the MAT program
EDU 500 - Orientation to the Profession 2 cr
This course is designed to provide an overview of the MAT program at Warren Wilson College, the role of the
teacher in society and the education profession in general. Through technology and experiential methods, sample
topics addressed include an understanding of national and state standards for teaching, communication skills, how
schools are governed and funded, and the ethics and legalities of professional conduct.
EDU 512 - Teaching Adolescents 6 cr
This course is designed to help students gain an understanding of adolescent development. It addresses basic
concepts of educational psychology as well as the principles of cognitive and behavioral learning theory,
motivational theory and assessment procedures. It also emphasizes how to work effectively with families and with
students who have special needs.
EDU 520 - Educational Technology and Research 2 cr
This course is designed to provide students with an overview of educational technology and the applications and
uses of technology as a resource for teachers. It also focuses on the basic principles of statistics. Students
incorporate action research practices in school settings and develop an in-depth research project in their discipline
for which they are seeking licensure. Students also learn how and why research is conducted and how to interpret
and use data for more effective teaching.
EDU 532 - Methods I: Effective Teaching 6 cr
This course is designed to provide students with the skills necessary to teach in secondary schools. It emphasizes
curricular, course, unit, and daily lesson planning; the structure of learning; and the nature of innovative practice. It
also addresses such topics as learning and teaching styles, classroom management, and direct and indirect
instruction.
EDU 536 - Methods II: Teaching in the Content Area 3 cr
This course is designed to provide students with the skills necessary to adapt general instructional methods to special
content areas and fine tuning effective teaching strategies learned in EDU 532 Methods I: Effective Teaching for
their respective disciplines. Such topics as appropriate assessment strategies for the content area and selecting
textbooks and related resource materials are addressed. Students have opportunities for peer teaching, collaborating
with colleagues in schools, and creating specific lesson plans for the content area.
EDU 555 - Internship in Secondary Schools I 6 cr
This course is designed to assist students in understanding the applications of the theoretical concepts and teaching
methodologies studied in the courses on campus to classroom situations. First term of fall semester, they spend part
of the school day in the classroom with their assigned mentor teachers. The rest of the day is spent on campus with
WWC faculty in the Education Department. Second term, students increase their time in the classroom, spending the
remainder of the school day on campus with resource faculty and staff.
EDU 556 - Internship in Secondary Schools II 6 cr
p 194 of 312
This course is designed to assist students in refining their skills as secondary teachers and continuing their
development as professional educators. Students spend the entire semester in the classroom under the daily
supervision of their assigned mentor teachers and assume responsibility for teaching a full schedule, including all
related tasks associated with the role of teacher.
EDU 557 - Seminar in Secondary Education 3 cr
This course is designed to address issues related to MAT students functioning effectively as teachers. Included are
such topics as developing leadership skills as well as learning from and becoming mentors for new teachers.
Students learn to deal with ethical and legal situations, to advocate for their students and the profession at large,
become active participants in professional organizations, and participate in the development of a vision for the
school.
p 195 of 312
4.09 English (ENG)
ENG 129 - Religion in Literature 4cr
This course concerns the ways in which authors address diverse religious issues that theologian Paul Tillich called
fundamental matters of "ultimate concern." Students read selected plays, poems, essays, short fiction, and novels in
which writers wrestle with controversies concerning science and the spiritual, determinism and free will, humanity
and divinity, the sacred and the secular, reason and revelation, nature and the supernatural, and sinful action and
authentic existence. Through reading and seminar discussion, students explore how authors adapt religious
traditions as they define humankind as homo religiosus, or essentially religious in nature. ∆ Literature
ENG 130 - Scriptural and Doctrinal Backgrounds to Western Culture 4cr
In this course, students undertake a thoughtful primary reading of selections from the Hebrew scriptures and New
Testament writings in the King James translation so that they can appreciate this literature for its own sake and be
well prepared to understand how later writers were nourished by it and adapted it for their own purposes. Students
also study significant developments in Christian doctrine that influenced later writers. Irregularly offered.∆
Literature
ENG 131 - Classical Backgrounds to Western Culture 4cr
Students in this course undertake a thoughtful first reading of influential Greek and Latin works in modern English
translation so that they can appreciate the literature for its own sake and be well prepared to understand how later
writers were nourished by it and adapted it for their own purposes. Irregularly offered. ∆ Literature
ENG 140 - Introduction to Reading and Writing about Literature and Culture 4cr
In this introductory-level course, students familiarize themselves with the craft of reading literature and with the
process of thinking about literature in various historical and cultural contexts. Students also consider different
theoretical approaches to the study of literature and culture so that they become well prepared to meet requirements
in subsequent courses in the arts. ∆ Literature or College Composition II
ENG 151 - Introduction to Fiction 4cr
Modern symbolism in literature is a tool for considering and communicating the antitheses and tensions of human
living. In this course, students compare various uses of the literary symbol in selected pieces of fiction. ∆
Literature
ENG 155 - Introduction to Reading Poetry 4cr
This course is an introduction to the close reading and interpretation of poetry; it is not an introduction to the writing
of poetry. The course includes the basics of prosody--that is, the study of those qualities that make poetry different
from prose, such as meter and rhyme. A variety of poems from a broad range of English-language poets spanning
several centuries are studied. ∆ Literature
ENG 199 - Independent Study 1-4cr
ENG 210 - Autobiography and Biography: Selves and Others 4cr
Both autobiography and biography have connections with religious writing (confessions and saints' lives) and often
remain strongly religious in nature. In this course, students read selected autobiographies, biographies, and
p 196 of 312
"autobiographical fictions" in order to explore opportunities, choices, and problems that authors face in composing
those spiritual and ethical reflections that distinguish the effort to tell a person's life. ∆ Literature or College
Composition II
ENG 215 - Epic-Heroic Mode 4cr
Rather than simply endorsing values held as heroic in their cultures, Homer and Virgil offered critical examination
of such values, challenging accepted attitudes toward war, conquest, and empire as they worked toward
reformulations of traditional understandings of the heroic. In this course, students explore the dynamics of such
critical reflection in the three great classical epics (the Iliad, the Odyssey, and the Aeneid); they also consider how
later writers, in composing their own works, emulated Homer and Virgil. ∆ Literature
ENG 223 - Survey of American Literature 4cr
In this course, students trace developments in American literature from the early to the contemporary period,
considering the literature in the context of American culture. By focusing on prominent authors, students explore
the meaning of terms such as Puritanism, rationalism, transcendentalism, realism, naturalism, and modernism. ∆
Literature
ENG 240 - Traditions of Work and Service
Through studying literary and other art works, students in this course develop an understanding that those ideals of
work and service that they have espoused in becoming Warren Wilson students received significant definition in the
culture of the nineteenth century. Readings and visual arts works familiarize students with the diversity of opinion
and with the (sometimes heated) debate concerning both work and mission that were major aspects of intellectual
discourse more than a century ago. ∆ Literature
ENG/THR 250 - Introduction to Classical Theatre 4cr
This course, which surveys Western drama from the ancient Greeks through the eighteenth century, focuses on
character, dialogue, plot, symbolism, language, and other aspects of dramatic literature. Students also consider
drama in its historical, religious, and political contexts, and some consideration is given to dramatic theory, dramatic
innovation, and the modern performance of classical plays. Students are encouraged, but not required, to perform a
scene from one of the plays read. ∆ Literature
ENG/THR 251 - Introduction to Modern Theatre 4cr
This course surveys major works of modern (early and mid-20th century) and contemporary (post-1970s) drama,
with an interdisciplinary focus on literary issues and theatre history. Plays from Europe, America, and Africa are
considered. The course begins with Ibsen's invention of modern drama and later may cover such topics as theater of
the absurd (Eugene Ionesco's The Lesson), gender (Caryl Churchill's Top Girls), gay identity and AIDS (Tony
Kushner's Angels in America), race (Amiri Baraka's Dutchman), apartheid in South Africa (Athol Fugard's Master
Harold and the Boys), and much more. Materials include brief video clips for many of the plays so that students
may discuss the work of literature in production. Students are encouraged, but not required, to perform a scene from
one of the plays we read. ∆ Literature
ENG/GDS 254 - Gender Issues in the Nineteenth Century 4cr
This course concerns the controversial redefining of gender roles, for both women and men, that took place in the
nineteenth century. In order to explore the cultural concerns about gender that perplexed and sometimes polarized
society, students read a variety of literary works and cultural documents as they assess the complex matrix of
cultural attitudes out of which evolved those dominant conceptions of manhood and womanhood that determine
common modern constructions of gender. This course counts towards the Women's Studies Major. ∆ Literature
p 197 of 312
ENG 255-257 - Selected Nineteenth-Century Authors 4cr
Each year, different writers are considered in this course. Students examine the distinctive ways in which individual
authors address significant issues of nineteenth-century culture. ∆ Literature
ENG 260-264 - Readings in the Humanities 1-4cr
In this course, students undertake individual and divergent readings in the humanities, committing a minimum of ten
hours a week to exploration of issues basic to humanities study, such as the function of paradox, the purpose of
liberal arts, the problems of self-representation, and the nature of freedom. ∆ Literature
ENG 265-268 - The Novel 4cr
Each year this course focuses on a different topic within the study of the novel. Students explore historical
development, cultural contexts, major authors, and principal forms. This course may be repeated for credit under
different topics. ∆ Literature
ENG 270 - African-American Writings 4cr
In this course, students undertake an introductory study of selected African-American writings (verse, drama,
fiction, and non-fiction prose) from colonial times to the present. ∆ Literature or Language/Global Issues
ENG/GDS 273 - Literature by Women 4cr
This course focuses on English-language poetry, drama, fiction, and nonfiction prose by women and examines the
aesthetic, social, and historical contexts in which these writings took place. Readings stretch from the Middle Ages
to the present and represent writers primarily from England and the United States but also from several other
countries around the world. ∆ Literature
ENG 279 - Literature and Philosophy4cr
This interdisciplinary course explores mutually illuminating works of literature and philosophy. Readings are
divided into eight topics: Platonic Idealism, Enlightenment Rationalism, Religious Faith, Marxism, Nietzschean
Thought, Feminism, Psychology, and Existentialism. Philosophical expositions will be read as well as works of
fiction, poetry, and/or drama that explore the guiding ideas of each of these topics. A major aim of the course is to
enrich the understanding of both literature and philosophy by engaging with texts from each of these disciplines in a
way that transcends the traditional boundaries between the fields. ∆ Literature
ENG 290-298 - Special Topics in English 2-4cr
This course is an in-depth consideration of a topic of particular concern within the discipline of English. The course
ENG 330 - Linguistics and History of the English Language: An Introduction and Survey
4cr
In this course, students approach language as a medium for thought and expression. They begin the survey with the
sounds of language (phonology) and proceed to consider the makeup of words (morphology), the structure of
sentences (grammars, both traditional and modern), the meaning of meaning (semantics), the relationship of
language and mind (psycholinguistics), and other matters related to language and communications. ∆ Literature
p 198 of 312
ENG 335 - Medieval Life and Literature 4cr
Students undertake investigations in the history of medieval ideas, cultures, and mentalities in this course. The main
focus is the study, in modern English translation, of seminal works of medieval literature, philosophy, theology,
mystical speculation, ethics, and political theory, drawn from both English and continental traditions. ∆ College
Composition II or Literature
ENG 336 - Literature and Culture of the Renaissance 4cr
In this course, students explore major representative works of sixteenth- and seventeenth-century English literature
as well as selected influential continental works. ∆ College Composition II or Literature
ENG 337 - Romanticism 4cr
Students in this course explore the literature, ideas, and setting of that revolutionary era (late eighteenth and early
nineteenth centuries) subsequently called the romantic period. They consider how romanticism develops from, yet
stands over against, neoclassicism and how romantic writers anticipate modern concerns. Students read some
continental and American works, but their primary focus is on British romanticism. ∆ College Composition II or
Literature
ENG 338 - Literature and Culture of the Victorian Period 4cr
Contrary to common misunderstanding, an accurate description of the Victorian era would stress its rebellious,
liberal, nakedly honest spirit. Transformed by the intellectual and religious reassessments caused by the theory of
evolution and by scientific investigation and criticism of the Bible, the Victorian era witnessed more far-reaching
social, economic, and political reform than any period preceding or following it. In this course, students explore the
richly diverse literature that reflects the ideals, anxieties, and controversies of this period. ∆ College Composition II
or Literature
ENG 339 - Modernism 4cr
In this course, students read some of the major British works of the modernist era, a period of great artistic
experimentation and innovation. Of particular focus is the relationship between politics and literary production. For
example, students explore how the rise of radical feminism and organized labor in Britain in the years before the
outbreak of World War One, and the development of Communism and Fascism after it, affected British fiction,
poetry, and plays. Students also explore the question of why some of the greatest "British" writers of the modernist
period were in fact not British at all, but rather Polish, Irish, and American. ∆ Literature
ENG 340 - Chaucer 4cr
Students in this course pursue a close reading of Chaucer's works in Middle English, excluding the prose and early
verse translations. ∆ Literature
ENG 341 - Shakespeare 4cr
This course offers a close study of the texts of selected plays--histories, comedies, tragedies, and late romances.
Students encounter a variety of critical and scholarly approaches to Shakespeare, including stage history and
performance studies. ∆ College Composition II or Literature
ENG 343 - Milton 4cr
Students in this course examine Milton's major works, focusing upon the problem of how the artist and the man
endeavored to reconcile two disparate traditions that shaped the Renaissance: Christianity and the classical heritage.
∆ College Composition II or Literature
p 199 of 312
ENG 344 - Literature and Culture of the Restoration and Queen Anne Period 4cr
In this course, students examine the plays, poetry, fiction, letters, autobiographical writings, scientific writings,
newspaper accounts, and visual arts of England in the late seventeenth and early eighteenth centuries. During this
period, English men and women witnessed continual wars with European powers, nation-shaking political plots and
intrigues, a devastating outbreak of bubonic plague, the Great Fire of London, and the first actresses upon the
London stage. Politicians and some writers of this age sought, against all odds, to restore stability to society and
politics, while other writers and artists celebrated the new cultural freedoms at the royal court, as well as innovations
in science, literature, and the theatre. ∆ College Composition II or Literature
ENG 345 - Literature and Culture of the Enlightenment Period 4cr
This interdisciplinary course explores primarily the literature but also the aesthetics, politics, philosophy, and
economic theory of a movement that corresponds roughly with the eighteenth century and whose legacy we are still
living today. Works by British, continental, and American writers are considered, and, apart from a central focus on
the revolutions in knowledge that characterize this period, literary topics may include the origins of the novel;
neoclassical and proto-romantic satire, poetry, and poetics; and comic and tragic drama. ∆ College Composition II
or Literature
ENG 347 - Colonial and Postcolonial Literature 4cr
In this course, students explore the development and legacy of British imperialism by reading the work of a variety
of major Anglophone (i.e., English-language) novelists, playwrights, and poets. Students also read essays about the
colonial and postcolonial conditions by some of the leading thinkers on this subject. Texts include works by authors
from India, South Africa, Nigeria, and other postimperial nations from around the world. ∆ Literature or
ENG 351-353 - Selected Twentieth-Century Authors 4cr
Each year, different writers are considered in this course. Students examine the distinctive ways in which individual
authors address significant issues of twentieth-century culture. ∆ Literature
ENG 489 - Honors Thesis 4cr
This tutorial allows seniors in the Honors Program to engage in intensive research and sustained critical writing.
Under the supervision of one or more English faculty, students prepare senior honors theses on subjects of their
choice. A departmental committee evaluates these theses. Students may also share their work with other thesis
writers and faculty at informal gatherings during the semester and may eventually present their research in a roundtable discussion.
ENG 490-498 - Special Topics in English 2-4cr
This course is an in-depth consideration of a topic of particular concern within the discipline of English. The course
p 200 of 312
4.10 Environmental Studies (ENS)
ENS 116 - Introduction to Environmental Studies 4cr
In this course, students examine the interrelated scientific, economic, social, and political aspects of environmental
issues. The target audience is anyone interested in the environment and students majoring or minoring in
Environmental Studies who are required to take this course.
ENS 126 - Introduction to Environmental Education 4cr
Environmental education--is it science, civics, or propaganda? Through discussions, a workshop, readings and
student presentations, students in this course explore the history, philosophies, approaches, and prospects for
environmental education. The emphasis is on surveying the field of environmental education, rather than upon
specific environmental issues or concepts. A fee is charged.
ENS 199 - Independent Study 1-4cr
ENS 220 - Environmental Attitudes, Values and Behavior 2cr
This course explores the relationships among attitudes, values, and behaviors towards the natural and built
environments. These issues are examined from the macro level of cultural and historical context and from the micro
level of psychological processes. Readings draw from a wide range of psychological perspectives, including social
psychology, cognitive psychology, behavioral therapy, psychodynamic perspectives, environmental psychology, and
ecopsychology. Applications to personal, local, regional, national, and global environmental issues are emphasized.
A companion course (PSY 416 Ecopsychology) is taught in a subsequent term. This course meets elective
requirements for majors in Environmental Studies and Psychology.
Prerequisite: PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology or ENS 116 Introduction to Environmental Studies.
ENS 227 - Geology of the Southern Appalachians 2cr
This course is designed to help students gain an understanding of the geologic processes that formed the local
environment. There will be four field trips in which students observe the geologic environment of the southern
Appalachians. There will be one evening meeting during the first week TBA, and four meeting times on Saturdays.
ENS 228 - Geology of National Parks 2cr
Topics in this course focus on the geologic context of North America through study of representative national parks.
Field trips will visit several local parks.
ENS 229 - Environmental Geology 4cr
This course covers the geologic conditions that impact development in the area. Topics will include landslides,
water resources, groundwater pollution, and rural/urban development.
ENS 230 - Geology 4cr
This course provides an overview of earth materials and processes such as planet formation, plate tectonics,
landscape development, and rock formation. Exercises will include map studies and rock and mineral classification.
Although primary emphasis is placed on physical geology and the interpretation of geologic processes, an
introduction to historical geology is also provided. A three hour lab period is included every other week. ∆ Natural
Science
p 201 of 312
ENS 233 - Forest Biology 4cr
This course focuses on the patterns and processes that make forested ecosystems unique biological communities.
Topics for examination include forest structure, composition and dynamics, and biotic/abiotic interactions at the
species, stand, and landscape levels. The emphasis is on temperate forest systems of North America, especially
those of the Southern Appalachians. Students spend considerable time in the field both during class periods and on
their own learning woody plant identification and understanding the ecological context in which different species
grow. The course serves as the foundation for the Sustainable Forestry Concentration in Environmental Studies
and is a prerequisite for ENS 334 Silviculture and ENS 333 Introduction to Forest Management.
ENS 245 - Environmental Politics and Political Theory 4cr
This course investigates the various perspectives through which contemporary people view the relationship between
human and non-human worlds. These alternative approaches define the parameters within which "acceptable"
policy alternatives are debated and adopted. Environmental perspectives and policy options ranging from
cornucopian free-market growth to deep ecology and ecofeminism are investigated and critically analyzed. The goal
is to help students become informed, rational, ethical judges of the competing claims of the eight major perspectives
that join environmental politics and political theory.
Prerequisite: ENS 116 Introduction to Environmental Studies.
ENS 248 - Community Organizing for Sustainable Living 4cr
Community organizing is a process by which people are brought together to act in a common interest. Sustainable
living has been defined as a lifestyle that could be sustained for many generations without exhausting natural
resources. This course helps students organize and communicate their knowledge and concern about sustainable
living to diverse stakeholders. Students design, implement, and evaluate an environmental campaign promoting
sustainable behaviors on the WWC campus.
ENS 249 - Introduction to Sustainable Agriculture 4cr
This course presents a broad overview of contemporary sustainable farming systems through the study of the history
of food production in the United States as it relates to the development of ecological agriculture. Students will
explore the rise of industrial and ecological forms of agriculture in the 20th century and consider the ethical,
economic, ecological, and social dimensions of agricultural sustainability. Four distinctive contemporary strategies
of ecological agriculture - certified organic, biodynamic, biointensive, and permaculture - will be presented as
examples of systems of food production that may be sustainable.
Prerequisite: ENS 116 Introduction to Environmental Studies.
ENS 260 - Sustainable Agriculture Practicum 2cr
An understanding of the day-to-day operations of a farm will be gained through at least 200 hours of work in a
commercial agricultural operation. Successful completion of full time work on the WWC farm or garden summer
crew can be used to meet the farm work requirement. Reflection on the work experience will be encouraged
through journaling during the farm work experience, class discussions on selected farm management and classic
sustainable agriculture literature, and an oral presentation describing and interpreting the farm work experience.
Students registering for this course MUST have their farm work experience PRE-APPROVED by the instructor.
Farm work completed without prior approval of the instructor will not satisfy the farm work requirement of this
course.
Prerequisite: ENS 196 Introduction to Sustainable Agriculture.
ENS 290-298 - Special Topics in Environmental Studies 2-4cr
p 202 of 312
This course is an in-depth consideration of a topic of particular concern within the discipline of Environmental
Studies. The course may be repeated for credit under different topics.
ENS 302 - Aquatic Ecology and Water Pollution 4cr
This course presents the principles by which aquatic systems are organized and emphasizes the manner in which
representative aquatic ecosystems function. Ecological theory relating to energy flow and matter cycling is a major
topic as is studies of the adaptations for life in different types of aquatic systems. The second half of the course
focuses on water pollution sources, effects, detection, and control. One major weekend field trip with a fee of $20 is
required. A three-hour lab period is included every week.
Prerequisites: BIO 116 General Biology and CHM 116 General Chemistry I.
ENS 303 - Hydrology 4cr
This course is a study of hydrologic conditions and principles relevant to environmental science. There is a strong
field focus.
Prerequisites: CHM 116 General Chemistry I.
ENS 310 - Conservation and Wildlife Biology 4cr
Conservation biology is the applied science of maintaining the earth's biological diversity. The main focus of this
course is biological, but it is cross-disciplinary and reaches into philosophy, economics, and sociology. Game, nongame, endangered species, and principles of wildlife management are included.
Prerequisites: BIO 116 General Biology and BIO 202 Ecology.
ENS 330 - Soil Science 4cr
This course introduces soil as a natural body of critical importance to sustainable natural resource use. Students
explore factors influencing soil development and investigate the impact of soil physical, chemical, and biological
properties on ecosystem health and human well-being. Students gain experience in the identification of common soil
characteristics in the field and as perform standard laboratory analyses. Specific soil management topics such as
managing soils for agriculture or urban uses are discussed but not a main focus. A three-hour lab period is included
every other week.
Prerequisites: CHM 116 General Chemistry I and ENS 116 Introduction to Environmental Studies.
ENS 333 - Introduction to Forest Management 4cr
This course provides an introduction to forest management policy and decision-making processes. Emphasis is on
multiple-use management. Students learn to develop management plans to meet multiple objectives that best use
diverse forest resources. A three-hour lab period is included every other week.
Prerequisite: ENS 233 Forest Biology.
ENS 334 - Silviculture 4cr
Students examine the many silvicultural systems used in the United States with emphasis on the eastern U.S. forests.
Each system is compared and analyzed with regard to silvics of the most important species, economics, management
objectives, and environmental protection. A three-hour lab period is included every other week.
Prerequisite: ENS 233 Forest Biology.
ENS 350 - Environmental Impact Assessment 4cr
p 203 of 312
Environmental Impact Assessment determines whether impacts have occurred or will occur from development. This
incorporates various mathematical models for predicting impacts on land, air, water, and biota. Mitigation practices,
formal impact analyses and environmental impact statements (EIS) are covered. This course is rarely taught.
Contact Mark Brenner for details.
Prerequisites: ENS 116 Introduction to Environmental Studies, BIO 202 Ecology, and one additional 200-level or
above ENS course.
ENS 390-398 - Special Topics in Environmental Studies 2-4cr
This course is an in-depth consideration of a topic of particular concern within the discipline of Environmental
ENS 421 - Environmental Policy 4cr
This course is a broad survey of the public policy process focusing on environmental policy as it is formulated at the
federal level of government in the United States. The course is divided into three parts: an analysis of the policy
process using the policy cycle model, an investigation of two case studies of important environmental issues (which
will vary from year to year), and individual student research on a particular policy concern culminating in the
writing of a major research paper. ∆ College Composition II
Prerequisites: ENS 116 Introduction to Environmental Studies and PSC 151 Introduction to American
Government.
ENS 425 - Sustainable Development and the Politics of Growth 4cr
Because "sustainable development" is often cited as the goal of environmental policy, this course attempts to
discover exactly what is meant by sustainable development. Issues of economic incentives will be analyzed. Unlike
a standard course in environmental policy that focuses on the formulation and implementation of statutory law at the
federal level of the American government, this course will emphasize economic, theoretical, and international
issues.
ENS 426 - Methods and Materials in Environmental Education 4cr
The goal of this course is to give students experience, competence, and confidence as environmental educators.
Students will examine environmental education curriculum materials, try out various teaching methods, and discuss
how the objectives of environmental education can be translated into programs and activities. Several teaching
sessions in local schools and other educational settings are arranged.
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor and ENS 126 Introduction to Environmental Education.
ENS 431 - Toxicology 2cr
Toxicology is the study of the adverse effects of xenobiotic agents. This senior level course will introduce the basic
principles of biochemical toxicology. Emphasis will be placed upon the impact of environmental pollution on
humans and wildlife. This course will require two examinations, one presentation and one 5-page paper. Additional
readings will be assigned throughout the course.
Prerequisites: CHM 116 General Chemistry I, CHM 117 General Chemistry II, and BIO 116 General Biology.
ENS 432 - Epidemiology 2cr
Epidemiology is the study of disease distribution within populations and what affects this distribution.
Epidemiologists have progressed from examining infectious diseases in the late 1800s to modern studies of obesity,
lead exposure, and even cell phone use. Our world is a healthier and safer place because of this discipline. This
p 204 of 312
course consists of two sections: first, a series of lectures and readings introduce the principles of epidemiology;
second, newfound knowledge is used to develop and implement a study on campus. The first section of this course
demands considerable out-of-class reading and study.
Prerequisite: MAT 141 Statistics.
ENS 440 - Sustainable Farm Management 4cr
This course introduces the principles and practices of sustainable farm management using a whole farm planning
perspective. Students develop an understanding of sustainable farm management at the individual farm scale by
completing a five-year start-up plan for a new farm business using whole farm planning principles - including goal
setting, resource assessment, enterprise analysis, crop and livestock production, soil health, pest management,
marketing, and monitoring using sustainability indicators - for an existing farm of their choice during this course.
Prerequisites: ENS 260 Sustainable Agriculture Practicum, ENS 330 Soil Science recommended, or permission of
instructor.
ENS 451 - Community and Land Use Planning 4cr
This course address theoretical and practical aspects of land use planning at the local level. The terms "community"
and "citizenship" will be analyzed in their modern and historical contexts. Students will investigate various
concepts and techniques used by state, regional, urban, and rural planning organizations. Topics such as historic
preservation, public lands, and conservation partnerships will be discussed.
Prerequisites: Junior standing, PSC 151 Introduction to American Government, and ENS 116 Introduction to
Environmental Studies.
ENS 484 - Environmental Education Internship Seminar 1cr
This seminar focuses on helping students identify placement sites for a concentration in environmental education
that will meet their personal and professional goals, prepare their proposals, and determine appropriate projects
completed during the internship. The seminar helps students prepare for their internship experience, by hearing
from other students who have completed an internship.
Prerequisite: ENS 116 Introduction to Environmental Studies or permission of instructor.
ENS 485 - Environmental Studies Internship 2-16cr
The Environmental Studies Internship offers students majoring or minoring in Environmental Studies the
opportunity to apply their course work in an off-campus situation. Required paperwork needs to occur before the
internship. Students need to plan for this experience at least 10 weeks in advance. Work is supervised by a Warren
Wilson faculty member in Environmental Studies and by a staff member in the organization with which the student
is placed. A follow-up project is required.
Prerequisites: Application to the organization and an interview with the faculty sponsor at least ten weeks prior to
the beginning of the proposed internship.
p 205 of 312
4.11 Gender and Women's Studies (GDS)
GDS 100 - Introduction to Gender and Women's Studies 4cr
This course focuses on critical examination and understanding of the social construction of gender. Students explore
a range of gendered experiences, including gender socialization, body image, reproductive rights, gender and work,
and gendered violence, as well as how these differ by race, class, and sexuality. The course examines theoretical
frameworks and methodological approaches to the critical examination of women's realities. This course provides a
foundation for further courses in the Gender and Women's Studies major or minor. ∆ Social Science
REL/GDS 112 - Women and Global Religious Traditions 4cr
This course focuses on women's experiences within religious traditions such as Christianity, Hinduism, Judaism,
Buddhism, Islam, and Neo-paganism. Questions concerning the status of women, strategies for empowering women
within religions, similarities between male and female religious experience, women's work for social and
environmental justice within religions, and ways that women are transforming global religious traditions are
explored. ∆ Philosophy/Religion or Language/Global Issues
SOC/GDS 211 - The Family 4cr
This course is a comparative study of the family as a social institution and as the most intimate environment of
interpersonal relations. Students explore both theoretical perspectives and applied analytical approach of families in
local and global environments. The main themes covered are diversity, change and problems faced by family as a
social institution. Students have opportunities to critically analyze the connections between micro and macro level
structures affecting various types of families. ∆ Social Science
SOC/GDS 215 - Women and Society 4cr
An analysis of women in the United States emphasizing historical and contemporary relationships of women to
education, religion, law, politics, employment, family, and sexuality. ∆ Social Science
GDS 220 - Introduction to Gender and Men's Studies 4cr
This seminar examines the effects of gender ideologies and norms on the construction of masculine identities.
Topics include the role of violence in masculine socialization and its effects, men's relationships with one another
and with women, and men's sexuality and sexual ethics. Students explore how masculine socialization and men's
experiences shape cultural, political, and religious ideas, symbols, rituals, institutions, and behavior, and are in turn
shaped by them. Students read, discuss, and respond to a wide range of profeminist men's studies writers,
considering issues men raise as they seek to clarify their identities and vocations at the beginning of the 21st
century.
HIS/GDS 230 - Women in American History 4cr
This course examines the social history of women in the United States from the colonial period to the present.
Students explore how such issues as race, region, ethnicity, and politics have shaped women's lives and how women,
in turn, have shaped their lives in response to these issues. From examining women's history and arguing about its
meaning, students should gain a richer understanding of women's experience and a new perspective on American
history. ∆ History/Political Science
ENG/GDS 254 - Gender Issues in the Nineteenth Century 4cr
p 206 of 312
This course concerns the controversial redefining of gender roles, for both women and men, that took place in the
nineteenth century. In order to explore the cultural concerns about gender that perplexed and sometimes polarized
society, students read a variety of literary works and cultural documents as they assess the complex matrix of
cultural attitudes out of which evolved those dominant conceptions of manhood and womanhood that determine
common modern constructions of gender. ∆ Literature
PHI/GDS 258 - Feminist Philosophy 4cr
This course investigates several historical and contemporary feminist philosophical perspectives with the aim of
enabling students not only to work critically through some important feminist critiques, but also to appreciate the
diversity of feminist thought. The majority of the readings in this course focus on contemporary feminist
perspectives. ∆ Philosophy/Religion
ENG/GDS 273 - Literature by Women 4cr
This course focuses on English-language poetry, drama, fiction, and nonfiction prose by women and examines the
aesthetic, social, and historical contexts in which these writings took place. Readings stretch from the Middle Ages
to the present and represent writers primarily from England and the United States but also from several other
countries around the world. ∆ Literature
GDS 290-298 - Special Topics in Gender and Women's Studies 2-4cr
This course is an in-depth consideration of a topic of particular concern within the discipline of Gender and
Women's Studies. The course may be repeated for credit under different topics.
GDS 299 - Independent Study 1-4cr
REL/GDS 313 - Goddess Traditions 4cr
Even before written history, humans have tried to understand the holy in relation to a feminine creatrix and destroyer
who is intimately related to the cycles of earth: the Goddess. This course examines the Goddess as she was known
in Greco-Roman culture, Celtic and Germanic traditions, and the ways she is re-emerging in contemporary
American spirituality. Attention will focus on history, mythology, and ritual. ∆ Philosophy/Religion,
Language/Global Issues, or College Composition II.
Prerequisite: One prior course in Religious Studies or permission of the instructor.
SOC/GDS 324 - Social Inequality 4cr
This course examines major forms of social inequality, sociological theory and concepts pertaining to social
inequality, and empirical research examining the extent and consequences of social inequality in the United States.
The class employs the concept of social location to explore ways in which socioeconomic class, gender, race, and
sexuality affect life chances, and considers sociological theory and data pertaining to ways in which systems of
social inequality are maintained, reproduced, resisted, and changed. ∆ Social Science
Prerequisite: SOC 100 Introduction to Sociology or ANT 200 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology or GDS 100
Introduction to Gender and Women's Studies, or permission of instructor.
ODL/GDS 325 - Women's Voices in Experiential Education 4cr
This course is taught in a seminar format, involving students in the exploration of feminist theory and practice as it
relates to experiential education and outdoor adventure education. Through readings, discussions, speakers, and
p 207 of 312
presentations, students explore feminist perspectives of outdoor leadership, the historical contributions of women,
and some current issues and concerns of women in the field.
Prerequisite: Sophomore or junior standing.
SOC/GDS 325 - Gender, Development, and the Environment 4cr
This course examines the changes in gender relations and the lives of women in "developing" countries or the global
South as effected by the development process and their incorporation into global economic and political systems.
Special focus is given to the interconnection of gender issues, development, and environmental problems in
"developing" countries. Students will learn how local and global inequality affects gender relations and
environmental conditions in various countries and how development programs and policies may alter the positions
of women and gender relations. ∆ Social Science or Language/Global Issues
Introduction to Gender and Women's Studies and junior or senior standing, or permission of the instructor.
SOC/GDS 366 - Feminist Thought 4cr
Feminist thought is not one unified body, but has many influences and debates within it. Through primary source
readings, discussion, and written work, students in this course explore the development of feminist thought, examine
major feminist theoretical approaches and the key debates among feminists, and see how theory is applied to action.
∆ Social Science
Prerequisites: GDS 100 Introduction to Gender and Women's Studies and junior or senior standing, or permission
of instructor.
GDS 401 - Gender and Social Change 4cr
This course explores fundamental questions of social organization and change. The focus is on gender relations as
one of the key components of social ideology and structure, and the inquiry revolves around considerations of
origins of social inequality, transformation of gender relations and societal organization, and both micro- and macrolevel analyses of social transformation. This course serves as the capstone seminar for Gender and Women's Studies
majors and minors. Accordingly, independent research is a major component of this cumulative requirement. ∆
Social Science
Prerequisite: GDS 100 Introduction to Gender and Women's Studies.
SOC/GDS 402 - Sociology/Anthropology Research Craft 4cr
This course covers research methods specific to both sociology and anthropology through directed readings,
lectures, and projects designed to prepare students for the applied research undertaken in SOC 410 Directed
Research in Sociology/Anthropology. Focus will be on survey and field research, field notes, methods of
ethnographic documenting, in-depth interviewing, content analysis, and questionnaire development. Students are
required to have their research proposals approved by the Social Sciences Institutional Review Board by the end of
the semester. This course is offered every fall semester. ∆ Social Science
Prerequisites: SOC 100 Introduction to Sociology and ANT 200 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology, and sunior
or senior standing, or permission of instructor.
p 208 of 312
SOC/GDS 410 - Directed Research in Sociology/Anthropology 4cr
In this course, students will be engaged in applied research, write their theses and present their theses to the public.
Students' work could be used in the following ways: by agencies in planning or policy development; in articles
published for educational purposes; and for cultural documentation for museums, historical associations,
communities and/or ethnic groups. Students are required to have their research proposal completed and approved
by the Social Sciences Institutional Review Board before starting this course. This course is offered every Spring
semester. ∆ College Composition II
Prerequisites: SOC 402 Sociology/Anthropology Research Craft and approval of research proposal by the Social
Sciences Institutional Review Board.
GDS 479 - Supervised Internship 1-8cr
Prerequisites: Junior or senior standing and departmental approval, prior to registration, of a written proposal that
from Gender and Women's Studies faculty members or the Social Sciences Department Chair.
p 209 of 312
GBL 116 - Introduction to Geography 4cr
This course provides an introduction to the broad scope of human geography and global studies. Students explore
the unequal spatial distribution of humans, resources, wealth, and other phenomena across the globe and examine
the root causes and local effects of these geographic patterns. By examining the many ways in which our world is
portrayed--in text, on film, and especially with maps--students analyze the economic, cultural and political impacts
of globalization on human-environment interactions. ∆ Language/Global Issues
GBL 125 - Introduction to Appalachian Studies 4cr
This course is an introduction to the field of Appalachian Studies. We will study the region's modern history and the
development of its distinctive cultural traditions, while learning about environmental and socioeconomic issues that
affect the region today. Students will become familiar with dominant themes in the interdisciplinary field of
Appalachian Studies by engaging with course materials and participating in discussions.
GBL 225 - Introduction to Geographic Information Systems 4cr
This course provides an introduction to geographic information systems (GIS) for students in the natural and social
sciences. Students apply concepts and techniques of geographic information science as they view, manipulate,
analyze and disseminate geographic data. Topics covered include vector and raster data models, database query,
geoprocessing, geocoding, and cartographic techniques. Students conduct an in-depth individual research project
that uses GIS techniques to address a particular question or problem.
GBL 290-298 - Special Topics in Global Studies 2-4cr
This course is an in-depth consideration of a topic of particular concern within the discipline of Global Studies. The
GBL 299 - Independent Study 1-4cr
GBL 325 - Advanced GIS 4cr
This course is designed for students interested in furthering their understanding of geographic information science.
Topics include spatial analysis procedures on raster and vector data, database management, topology, model design,
3D modeling, open source GIS, web mapping, and project management. Students design and conduct significant
research projects, often for outside agencies or organizations.
GBL 331 - The Cold War, Globalization, and Popular Culture 4cr
Students in this course study the Cold War to enhance their understanding of the history of globalization and the
power dynamics within the contemporary world system. First, students learn about the international history of the
Cold War. Second, they explore the role of popular culture in that struggle through case studies about subjects
ranging from literature in Southeast Asia and art in Europe to jazz in Africa and film making across the globe.
GBL 379 - Identifying Appalachia: Politics of Identity in the Appalachian Mountains 4cr
This course's title conveys at least two significant meanings: 1) people who self-identify as Appalachian people are
identifying as Appalachian to distinguish themselves from others, and 2) those who present Appalachian people to
the broader public through various media are identifying Appalachian society as exceptional in some way. We will
p 210 of 312
analyze many of the ways people understand "Appalachian exceptionalism" by discussing the importance of place to
identity formation, scrutinizing popular representations of mountaineers, examining the role of identity in the
politics of regional development, and studying the sociological and historical roots for Appalachia's image as "the
other America."
GBL 381 - Filming Appalachia 4cr
Filming Appalachia is a semester-long exploration of feature films and documentaries about the southern mountains.
Students will watch movies together over the course of this class, but they will also read books, articles, and
historical documents related to filmmaking in the mountains. Students will also write and present film reviews to
one another. In addition, students will be required to participate in a weekend-long field trip to Whitesburg,
Kentucky, where they will engage in a service project for Appalshop - an organization that uses media, such as radio
and film, to provide Appalachian people with the resources and expertise to tell their stories to a broad audience.
Finally, the class will be divided into groups of eight or less to conceptualize, design, storyboard, and film their own
documentaries about some element of Appalachia. These films will be shown at a year-end film festival that will be
open to the entire campus community.
GBL 394 - International Field Study 4cr
This course provides students with an opportunity to participate in a work-study-service field project. Students
spend eight weeks in a supervised cultural immersion experience in a program of self-help sponsored by a local
agency or organization. Students in this course develop an interdisciplinary, cross-cultural understanding of the
community as well as experience conducting research in a cultural context. Costs are met by the student.
Corequisite: This course must be taken concurrently with GBL 395 International Development Practicum.
Prerequisites: Student application, interview, language training, and orientation are required; a re-entry course may
be required as well.
GBL 395 - International Development Practicum 4cr
Students in this course participate in a work-study-service field project. The course emphasizes providing useful
service to local community programs through the use of appropriate skills acquired in the Warren Wilson College
experience and gives students an opportunity to examine and reflect upon acquired perspectives in cultural context.
Corequisite: This course must be taken concurrently with GBL 394 International Field Study.
Prerequisites: See requirements listed above for GBL 394 International Field Study.
GBL 461 - Global Studies Seminar 4cr
This capstone course provides students with an opportunity to connect their interdisciplinary coursework with a
topic examined during their off-campus cross-cultural experience. Students engage with contemporary concepts and
theories of globalization while undertaking a substantial writing project. Students conduct research, participate in
peer-review writing workshops, and present their findings in a public forum. ∆ College Composition II
Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing, or permission of the instructor.
GBL 490-498 - Special Topics in Global Studies 2-4cr
This course is an in-depth consideration of a topic of particular concern within the discipline of Global Studies. The
p 211 of 312
4.13 History (HIS)
HIS 111 - East Asian Civilization 4cr
This course is a review of the societies and cultures of major East Asian nations. Included are studies of China,
Japan, and the Korean peninsula. ∆ History/Political Science
HIS 120 - Western Civilization: Ancient Greece to 1450 4cr
This course is a survey of European history from ancient Greece through the Middle Ages. It examines a wide
variety of topics in political, social, and economic history including the nature of Greek society, the rise and fall of
the Roman Empire, the spread of Christianity, and the functioning of the feudal system. ∆ History/Political
Science
HIS 121 - Western Civilization: 1450 to 1815 4cr
This course is a survey of history beginning with the late Medieval era and carrying through the Age of Napoleon.
It provides both an introduction to and a better understanding of the cultural, economic, and political developments
of this period. Students read three to four books in addition to the text and deliver a classroom presentation. ∆
History/Political Science
HIS 122 - Western Civilization: 1815 to the Present 4cr
This course is a survey of European history from the end of the Napoleonic wars to the present. The course
combines the approaches of political, economic, and social history to provide an overview of Europe during the
nineteenth and twentieth centuries and covers such topics as the revolutions of 1848, World War I, World War II,
and the Cold War. ∆ History/Political Science
HIS 131 - United States History I 4cr
United States History I covers the period from 1492 to 1877. Beginning with the Age of Discovery, students
examine the development of colonial societies and the transition from colonial status to independent nationhood.
Following the examination of the era of the American Revolution, this course explores such topics as the
Constitution of 1789, westward expansion, the rise of sectionalism, the institution of slavery, the Civil War, and
Reconstruction. ∆ History/Political Science
HIS 132 - United States History II 4cr
United States History II covers the post-Civil War period to the present. A major theme is the transformation of the
United States from a predominately rural and agricultural nation to one that has become urban and industrial in
character and emerged as a great global power. This course is intended to foster an understanding of the United
States in the 21st century. ∆ History/Political Science
HIS 199 - Independent Study 1-4cr
HIS 205 - Environmental History of the United States 4cr
This course is a history of the American land, from before settlement by the first immigrants (from Asia) to the
present. Emphasis is on the changes in vegetation and landscape that have resulted from human use and
management. Agriculture, logging of the old-growth forest, disposal of the public domain, conservation
p 212 of 312
movements, national forests and parks, forestry and natural resource professions, and the environmental movement
are all covered. ∆ History/Political Science
HIS/GDS 230 - Women in American History 4cr
This course examines the social history of women in the United States from the colonial period to the present.
Students explore how such issues as race, region, ethnicity, and politics have shaped women's lives and how women,
in turn, have shaped their lives in response to these issues. From examining women's history and arguing about its
meaning, students should gain a richer understanding of women's experience and a new perspective on American
history. ∆ History/Political Science
HIS 236 - North Carolina History 4cr
This course will treat North Carolina in the context of the major developments and episodes of American history
from the colonial period to the present. Emphasis will be placed on the study of the state's many ethnic cultures,
including the English, Scotch-Irish, German, French, African-American, and American Indian. ∆ History/Political
Science
Prerequisite: HIS 131 United States History I or HIS 132 United States History II or permission of instructor.
HIS 241 - Latin American History 4cr
This course examines a range of topics in the history of Latin America from the colonial period to the present, with
an emphasis on the period between the 1810s and 1970s. Rather than attempting to cover all of Latin America's
diverse history, we will focus on specific countries, events, and phenomena--such as slavery and servitude in Brazil,
revolutions in Mexico and Cuba, and populism and military repression in Argentina and Chile. ∆ History/Political
Science
HIS 251 - Appalachian History 4cr
This course concentrates on central and southern Appalachia from the point of earliest contact between Native
Americans and Europeans to the turn of the twenty-first century, providing a cohesive narrative overview of
Appalachian history. Students read primary documents that illustrate various topics and incidents in Appalachian
history, while course lectures provide an overview of the region's historical development from the age of European
colonialism to the present. Focused on the theme of people's relationships to the land, this course primarily explores
the social and cultural implications of Appalachia's economic development. ∆ History/Political Science
HIS 270 - Modern German History 4cr
This course covers German history from the creation of the modern German state in 1871 to the present. The course
focuses broadly on the so-called Sonderweg or "different path" of German history while examining such topics as
the German state under Bismarck, Weimar culture, the role of ordinary Germans in the Holocaust, East Germany
and the state security policy, and life in re-unified Germany. Classic German films of the last 80 years will be used
to enhance students' understanding of German culture throughout this period. ∆ History/Political Science
HIS 290-298 - Special Topics in History 2-4cr
This course is an in-depth consideration of a topic of particular concern within the discipline of History. The course
HIS 327 - Renaissance and Reformation 4cr
p 213 of 312
This course analyzes the interaction between politics, religion, and society in the period from 1450 to 1680. It
examines the erosion of authority of the Catholic Church and the growing centralization of power in the European
states. Besides reading works by Machiavelli, Erasmus, Luther, and Calvin, students will read several case studies
of divorce and witchcraft to examine the intersection of state control and daily life. ∆ History/Political Science
Prerequisite: Freshmen are admitted only with permission of the instructor.
HIS 328 - England since 1603 4cr
This course examines English history from the Stuart period to the present. It focuses on several themes in
England's political, social, and economic history, including the evolution of parliamentary government and
democracy, the industrial revolution, England's overseas colonial expansion, and the rise of the welfare state. ∆
Prerequisite: Freshmen are admitted only with permission of the instructor.
HIS 330 - The Rise of Imperial Russia 4cr
The purpose of this course is to acquaint students with the formation and the structures of Imperial Russia.
Beginning with a brief survey of Russia's medieval past, the course moves fairly rapidly up through the reign of
Catherine the Great. From this point, a more in-depth study follows, with considerable attention and time spent on
Russia in the nineteenth century. ∆ History/Political Science
HIS 331 - Modern Russian History 4cr
This course begins with the Russian revolutionary movements of the late nineteenth century. The bulk of the course
will deal with Russian history of the twentieth century with special emphasis on such events as the 1917 Revolution,
Stalinism, the Cold War, and the ending of Soviet power. Students will read several books and write a paper. ∆
HIS 332 - Civil War and Reconstruction 4cr
This course begins with an analysis of the causes of the Civil War with emphasis on sectional differences over
slavery, economic policy, and nationalism. This is followed by an examination of the politics and then analysis of
why the North ultimately won the armed struggle. The course concludes with the Era of Reconstruction, in which
emphasis is placed on the politics of national unification and the development of post-emancipation race relations.
∆ History/Political Science
Prerequisite: Freshmen are admitted only with permission of the instructor. For others, HIS 131 United States
History I or a good high school background in American history are recommended.
HIS 334 - History of the African-American Experience 4cr
This course encompasses the story of the experience of black people in America over the entire span of the nation's
history. Among the major topics are the African heritage, life under slavery, the impact of emancipation, the
northward migration, the civil rights movement, and the continuing quest for full equality. ∆ History/Political
Science
Prerequisites: HIS 131 United States History I and HIS 132 United States History II or a good high school
background in black history are recommended.
HIS 339 - The United States since 1945 4cr
This course examines major trends in American history since 1945, the year marking both the end of the Second
World War and the death of Franklin D. Roosevelt. The course starts with Roosevelt's New Deal legacy and the
origins of the Cold War. In foreign affairs, emphasis is given to the policy of containment and how it played out
until the Cold War ended. Examination of domestic events includes such significant social developments as the
civil rights movement, feminism, and multiculturalism. ∆ History/Political Science
p 214 of 312
HIS 340 - Conflict and Community in Early America 4cr
This course studies the formation of communities in colonial America. It analyzes how communities decided who
belonged and who did not and how these decisions varied from place to place and over time. It also examines the
complex interactions among Europeans, Africans, and Native Americans as they adapted to life in a country they
suddenly shared with one another. The course includes extensive readings and a research paper on early American
social or cultural history. ∆ History/Political Science
HIS 480 - Senior Seminar in History and Political Science 4cr
This course is a senior capstone for students majoring in history and political science. In this course, students write
a major research paper that relies heavily on primary source documents. The course has three aims: 1) to study and
reflect on the disciplines of history and political science, 2) to learn research methods associated with history and
political science, and 3) to refine writing skills, especially as they relate to writing a research paper in history and
political science. To focus attention on the clarity and logic of writing, students will prepare drafts of their papers to
be reviewed by the entire class as well as by the instructor. ∆ College Composition II
Prerequisite: Senior standing.
HIS 490-498 - Special Topics in History 2-4cr
This course is an in-depth consideration of a topic of particular concern within the discipline of History. The course
p 215 of 312
INT 290-298 - Special Topics 2-4cr
This course is an in-depth consideration of a topic of particular concern. The course may be repeated for credit
under different topics.
INT 296 - Dialog and Dialectic 4cr
This discussion-based course will delve into dialog and dialectic. Dialogue and Dialectic are worthy opponents, if
not actually mortal enemies. You have to recognize this from the start if you want to see how-it-is they become
friends: complementarities. Dialogue, let's say for the sake of argument, is the shared effort to "get on the same
page" and work toward the accomplishment of some task. Dialectic, on the other hand, is the shared effort to
consider as well the nature of opposition and antagonism that is generally eliminated in dialogue, so as to understand
a larger sense of communication and sustainable argument.
INT 316 - Medieval Islamic Cultures 4cr
This course presents an overview of the development of Islamic cultures from the time of the Prophet to the
beginnings of Ottoman hegemony, with special focus on seminal works of religious thought and secular literature in
cultural context. All readings are in modern English translation. Irregularly offered. ∆ Language/Global Issues
INT 325 - Great Books I 1-2cr
This interdepartmental course is offered in each of the four terms and is serviced by approximately twenty-five
faculty members who represent most of the academic disciplines at the College. Students select texts from an
extensive list of titles offered and work individually with examiners. Fields represented are Art, History/Political
Science, Literature, Natural Sciences, Philosophy, Religious Studies, Social Science, and Women's Studies. For a
list of texts and course guidelines, see the Great Books course director.
Prerequisite: Closed to students on academic probation and first-semester freshmen. Second-semester freshmen
may register only by special permission.
INT 326 - Great Books II 1-2cr
This course is a continuation of INT 325 Great Books I with the same course guidelines, but students select different
texts.
Prerequisite: INT 325 Great Books I. Closed to students on academic probation.
INT 391 - Integrative Studies Field Study 2-16cr
This course provides an opportunity to explore issues relevant to the theme of an individualized major and usually
also that of the thesis project. An Integrative Studies committee member serves as faculty supervisor. Most field
studies take the form of an internship or other work with an off-campus organization. A member of that organization
serves as the off-campus supervisor, approving of the proposal before the study begins, and submitting written
evaluations at the conclusion of the study. Students also submit written self-evaluations and reflections. Faculty
supervisors use the aforementioned documents to determine the grade. One academic credit is earned for every 40
hours of fieldwork. This course may be repeated for a total of 16 credits. A maximum of 8 INT 391 credits may count
toward the minimum of 40 credits required for the major. INT 391 credits do not count toward the 12 credits of 300
and 400 level courses required for the major. This course may not be taken concurrently with INT 480.
p 216 of 312
Prerequisites: Junior or senior standing. Integrative Studies major. Prior approval of an Integrative Studies
proposal with Field Study included in the course of study. In addition, prior approval of a proposal for the Field
Study itself, including objectives and activities in the study.
INT 480 - Integrative Studies Thesis 4cr
This course assists students in independently conducting an applied research or scholarly project, yielding a written
thesis, and, occasionally, a creative product as a component of the thesis. The thesis demonstrates a comprehensive,
integrated understanding of the theme or topic of the student's Integrative Studies major. Integrative Studies majors
enrolled in this course meet regularly with each other and with the instructor, who is the Chair of the Integrative
Studies committee, to discuss each other's projects and to provide response to each other's drafts. The student's
advisor and two thesis readers (the thesis committee) each grade the final paper, and the advisor averages the grades
to determine the final grade. The course is taught in the spring semester only. ∆ College Composition II
Prerequisites: Senior standing. Integrative Studies major. Prior approval of a thesis proposal by the Integrative
Studies committee.
INT 490-498 - Special Topics 2-4cr
This course is an in-depth consideration of a topic of particular concern. The course may be repeated for credit
under different topics.
p 217 of 312
LAN 152 - Spanish I 4cr
This course is an introduction to basic Spanish vocabulary, grammar, and syntax, with emphasis on Spanish as a
formal system of verbal signs, with its own internal patterns of organization. Special attention will be paid to
developing accurate pronunciation, listening, reading comprehension, and writing abilities. Cultural information
will be introduced as topics of interest arise during each lesson. This course is for students who have had little or no
instruction in Spanish. Classes are conducted in Spanish. ∆ Language/Global Issues
LAN 153 - Spanish II 4cr
This course continues the introduction to basic Spanish vocabulary, grammar, and syntax, with emphasis on Spanish
as a formal system of verbal signs, with its own internal patterns of organization. Special attention will be paid to
developing accurate pronunciation, listening, reading comprehension, and writing abilities. Cultural information
will be introduced as topics of interest arise during each lesson. This course is for students who have had little or no
instruction in Spanish. Classes are conducted in Spanish. ∆ Language/Global Issues
Prerequisites: LAN 152 Spanish I or one year of high school Spanish or the equivalent, and permission of
instructor, with placement test.
LAN 162 - French I 4cr
This course is an introduction to basic French vocabulary, grammar, and syntax, with special emphasis on French as
a formal system of verbal signs, with its own patterns of organization. This course is for students who have little or
no previous instruction in French. Special attention will be paid to developing accurate pronunciation, listening and
reading comprehension, and writing abilities. Cultural information will be introduced as topics of interest arise in
the context of language lessons. Students do regular written exercises and assignments, but the main emphasis is on
spoken French, and classes are conducted as much as possible in French. ∆ Language/Global Issues
LAN 163 - French II 4cr
This course continues the introduction to basic French vocabulary, grammar, and syntax, with special emphasis on
French as a formal system of verbal signs, with its own patterns of organization. For students who have little or no
previous instruction in French. Special attention will be paid to developing accurate pronunciation, listening and
reading comprehension, and writing abilities. Cultural information will be introduced as topics of interest arise in the
context of language lessons. Students do regular written exercises and assignments, but the main emphasis is on
spoken French, and classes are conducted as much as possible in French. ∆ Language/Global Issues
Prerequisites: LAN 162 French I or one year of high school French or the equivalent, and permission of instructor,
with placement test.
LAN 252 - Spanish III 4cr
This course is a continuation of LAN 153 Spanish II, emphasizing development of the four basic skills-understanding, speaking, reading, and writing-through cultural and literary readings, conversations and compositions
in Spanish, supplemented by additional study of grammar as needed. The course is conducted entirely in Spanish. ∆
Prerequisites: LAN 153 Spanish II or at least two years of high school Spanish or the equivalent, and permission of
LAN 253 - Spanish IV 4cr
p 218 of 312
This course is a comprehensive review of all the skills needed for advanced language courses, including an intensive
review of grammar. Students practice both conversation and composition and read supplementary texts on
contemporary topics. The course is conducted entirely in Spanish. ∆ Language/Global Issues
Prerequisites: LAN 252 Spanish III or equivalent, with placement test.
LAN 262 - French III 4cr
This course is a continuation of LAN 163 French II. The primary emphasis continues to be on spoken French, but
students also write short essays and read supplementary texts on French life and culture. The course is conducted
entirely in French. ∆ Language/Global Issues
Prerequisites: LAN 162 French I and LAN 163 French II or at least two years of high school French or the
equivalent, and permission of the instructor, with placement test.
LAN 263 - French IV 4cr
This course is a continuation of French III, with more emphasis on writing. Supplementary reading texts and class
discussion are an important part of the course. The course is conducted entirely in French. ∆ Language/Global
Issues
Prerequisites: LAN 262 French III or three years of high school French or the equivalent, and permission of
LAN 310 - Teaching a Second Language: Approaches, Methods, Techniques 4cr
This course is designed to improve the skills of any student who intends to teach or learn a second language.
Through a chronological overview of language teaching methods, combined with peer teaching and practical
application, students gain the skills to enter the field of second language teaching. Although the emphasis of the
course is upon English as a Second Language, the knowledge and skill acquired in this course are applicable to the
teaching and learning of all languages. ∆ Language/Global Issues
LAN 352 - Latin American Cinema 4cr
This introductory film course addresses the evolution of Latin America's film industry, its significance in nation
building efforts, and its influence in asserting Latin American nations as full participants in the global game of
creating images of the "other." Additionally, students in the course will explore the mechanisms and theories used
by Latin American filmmakers to further, rationalize, and portray Latin American cultural identities. The course is
taught entirely in Spanish. ∆ Language/Global Issues
Prerequisite: Advanced Spanish or permission of instructor.
LAN 353 - Latin American Culture and Civilization 4cr
This course is an interdisciplinary study of the diversity of cultures within the Latin American world. Students
explore the interconnections among native, African, and European cultures with the help of concepts such as
acculturation, transculturation, syncretism, and dependency. Comprehension will be enhanced by presenting
students with texts, movies, documentaries, and art produced by Latin American authors. Writing skills will be
refined by the completion of research papers, and communications skills will be developed further by presentations.
The course is conducted entirely in Spanish. ∆ Language/Global Issues
Prerequisite: LAN 354 Advanced Spanish or equivalent, or permission of instructor.
LAN 354 - Advanced Spanish 4cr
This course is a pursuit of the language in greater depth, focusing on writing, research, literature, culture, and
speaking skills, in preparation for LAN 353 Hispanic Culture and Civilization, LAN 455 Hispanic Short Stories and
Poetry, LAN 490-498 Special Topics, and LAN 399 and 499 Independent Study. ∆ Language/Global Issues
Prerequisite: LAN 253 Spanish IV.
p 219 of 312
LAN 364 - Advanced French 4cr
This course concentrates on spoken and written French. Students review first-year French grammar as necessary
and are introduced to more advanced grammar, vocabulary and syntax. Reading selections and class conversation
topics are drawn from current newspapers and periodicals and from poetry, fiction, and essays by contemporary
French and francophone writers. The course is conducted entirely in French. ∆ Language/Global Issues
Prerequisites: LAN 263 French IV or the equivalent, and permission of instructor.
LAN 371 - Term-Length International Program Course 2-4cr
This course is a study of a variety of topics relating to Spanish-speaking regions of the world, with particular focus
on the country students will visit. Topics may include elements of history, geography, cultural studies, economics,
literature, and Spanish language. This course is open only to students participating in the International Program. ∆
Prerequisite: Spanish II or permission of the instructor.
LAN 399 - Independent Study 1-4cr
Prerequisite: At least one 300-level course in the appropriate language.
LAN 455 - Latin American Short Stories and Poetry 4cr
This course is an introduction to Latin American literature highlighting the contributions of Latin American writers,
critics, and literary theorists. The course surveys twentieth century poetry and short stories by using descriptive
categories such as neo-baroque, postmodernism, modernity, creationism, modernism, and neo-colonialism. The
course is conducted entirely in Spanish. ∆ Language/Global Issues or Literature
Prerequisite: LAN 354 Advanced Spanish.
LAN 456 - Magical Realism 4cr
This course is an in-depth study of seminal works that established Latin American literature as a point of reference
in world literature of the Twentieth Century. Course materials include novels and short stories penned by authors
such as Garcia Marques, J.L. Borges, Carlos Fuentes, Julio Cortazar, Juan Rulfo, Miguel Angel Asturias, as well as
numerous articles from Latin American, European, and US literary critics. Course contents incorporate explorations
of ostensible polar categories such as time-space, reality-magic, fiction-reality, etc., and the solutions that magicrealists authors have proposed to clarify these resilient dichotomies. ∆ Language/Global Issues or Literature
Prerequisite: LAN 354 Advanced Spanish.
LAN 465 - Francophone Literature 4cr
This literature course concentrates on the 20th century. Students read a series of texts--novels, essays, and plays.
The analysis of readings will put emphasis on several topics including the relation between literary texts and other
social and cultural concerns, the question of identity, post-colonialism, the family, and the relation between French
and francophone literature. The aim of the course is not only to expose the student to the 20th-century francophone
literature, but also to sharpen the students' skills in reading critically and writing analytically in French. ∆
Language/Global Issues or Literature
LAN 490-498 - Special Topics in Languages 2-4cr
This course is an in-depth consideration of a topic of particular concern within the discipline of Modern Languages.
The course may be repeated for credit under different topics.
p 220 of 312
LAN 499 - Independent Study 1-4cr
Prerequisite: At least one 300-level independent study.
p 221 of 312
MAT 111 - Mathematics for Liberal Arts 4cr
This course is a survey of mathematics that may be from a historical, philosophical, computational, and/or aesthetic
point of view. The faculty member teaching this course chooses topics from his or her fields of expertise and
interests. Students may study topics including: history and philosophy of mathematics, systems of numeration,
logic, mathematical modeling, space-time and the Theory of Relativity, probability, problem solving, logarithms and
musical scales, mathematics in art, non-Euclidean geometry, fractals, cryptography, and mathematical puzzles. ∆
Mathematics
Prerequisites: Sufficient score on the math placement exam.
MAT 141 - Statistics 4cr
This course is an introductory course in descriptive and inferential statistics. Students explore methods of collecting
and displaying data, perform statistical inference, carry out statistical studies, and use graphing calculators and
statistical software. Examples will cross disciplines and focus on normal distributions, Chi Square procedures, and
Analysis of Variance (ANOVA). ∆ Mathematics
MAT 150 - Precalculus 4cr
This course is a continuation of the standard High School Algebra sequence. It provides the background in basic
functions necessary for MAT 241 Calculus I and for applications in the sciences, environmental studies, and finance.
Students will master linear and quadratic functions and investigate general polynomial, rational, inverse,
exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric functions. Graphing calculators, DERIVE, and MAPLE, are employed
to explore functions and complete computations. ∆ Mathematics
MAT 201 - Computer Science I 4cr
This is an introductory course emphasizing the fundamental concepts of modern programming from an objectoriented perspective. The object-oriented paradigm will be explored using the Java programming language
(standard edition). Topics will include programming basics, data types, control structures, methods, classes and
objects, arrays, and an introduction to graphical user interfaces. There will be significant emphasis on the
methodical development of proper (Java) syntax as well as discussions on abstract computer programming concepts.
∆ Mathematics
Prerequisites: Two years of high school algebra and one year of high school geometry.
MAT 202 - Computer Science II 4cr
This course is a continuation of MAT 201; this is a second course in object-oriented programming using the Java
programming language (standard edition). Topics will include a further study of classes and objects, inheritance,
polymorphism, exceptions, file I/O, threads, and a continuation of the implementation of graphical user interfaces.
This course will also provide an introduction to the Java Micro Edition through the use of Sun SPOTS (Small
Programmable Object Technology) and the interaction between programs and other languages/applications such as
(X)HTML, PHP and MySQL. ∆ Mathematics
Prerequisite: MAT 201 Computer Science I or equivalent.
p 222 of 312
MAT 241 - Calculus I 4cr
This course is an introduction to the mathematics of rates of change. Students explore limits, investigate the concept
of the derivative, master differentiation techniques, apply of the first and second derivatives to the graphing of
functions, related rates problems, and maxima and minima problems, and glimpse an introduction to integration.
Graphing calculators, DERIVE, and MAPLE may be used extensively to explore and reinforce the material. ∆
Mathematics
Prerequisite: MAT 150 Precalculus or sufficient score on the math placement exam.
MAT 242 - Calculus II 4cr
This course builds on the concepts and skills developed in Mat 241 Calculus I. Students master integration
techniques, apply integration to area and volume problems, explore numerical integration, manipulate sequences and
series, and employ Taylor's Theorem to approximate transcendental functions. Graphing calculators, DERIVE, and
MAPLE may be used extensively to explore and reinforce the material. ∆ Mathematics
Prerequisite: MAT 241 Calculus I or equivalent.
MAT 243 - Multivariable Calculus 4cr
This course is an introduction to the calculus of functions in more than one variable. Students explore topics
including vector algebra, lines and planes, partial derivatives, the gradient, graphing in three dimensions, multiple
integrals, vector integral calculus, and Stokes' and Divergence Theorems. Graphing calculators, DERIVE, and
MAPLE may be used extensively to explore and reinforce the material. ∆ Mathematics
Prerequisite: MAT 242 Calculus II or equivalent.
MAT 250 - Linear Algebra 4cr
This course is an introduction to solving linear systems of equations, matrix algebra, and abstract vector spaces.
Students explore methods of solving linear systems of equations including Gaussian elimination, matrix algebra,
geometry in three-dimensional Euclidean space, and general vector spaces and master the concepts of linear
independence, eigenvalues, and eigenvectors and their applications. Graphing calculators, DERIVE, and MAPLE
may be used extensively to explore and reinforce the material. ∆ Mathematics
MAT 251 - Differential Equations 4cr
This course is an introduction to the theory of differential equations:--the methods and theory of solving them.
Students will learn to classify differential equations by type, to consider uniqueness and existence properties, and to
employ analytic methods for solving first-order and second-order differential equations. Students explore series
solutions, matrix methods, Laplace transforms, and numerical methods on computer and calculator to solve
differential equations and applications. Graphing calculators, DERIVE, and MAPLE may be used extensively to
explore and reinforce the material. ∆ Mathematics
MAT 253 - Statistics for Natural Sciences 4cr
This course is designed to introduce students in the natural sciences to descriptive and inferential statistics. Students
investigate and produce data, design experiments, summarize data graphically and numerically, and analyze data
using confidence intervals and testing hypotheses. They master reading and comprehending statistics, distinguishing
and evaluating the validity of different statistical testing techniques, and using appropriate statistical technology.
Students may not receive credit for both this course and MAT 141 Statistics. ∆ Mathematics
Prerequisites: Two years of high school algebra and one year of high school geometry. Sophomore standing and a
major/minor in Biology, Chemistry, Environmental Studies, or Math (or consent of instructor).
p 223 of 312
MAT 289 - Introduction to Mathematical Rigor 1cr
This course is designed for students with a desire to pursue mathematical knowledge past Calculus. Students learn
the language of mathematics through logic and proof techniques in the context of calculus, geometry, number
theory, and graph theory. Students gain experience necessary for the study of abstract and theoretical mathematics.
Corequisite: MAT 242 Calculus II or equivalent.
MAT 290-298 - Special Topics in Mathematics 2-4cr
This course is an in-depth consideration of a topic of particular concern within the discipline of Mathematics. The
MAT 299 - Independent Study 1-4cr
MAT 303 - Data Structures 4cr
In this course, object-oriented programming in Java is used to develop, understand, and program more complex
algorithms and data structures: lists, sorting and searching, linked lists, recursion, stacks, queues, trees, hash tables,
heaps, graphs, memory management, and accessing files. ∆ Mathematics
Prerequisite: MAT 202 Computer Science II or permission of instructor.
MAT 304 - Computer Organization 4cr
This course introduces principles of computer organization: levels of computer organization, digital logic,
microprocessing, machine language, assembly language, operating system processes, memory, interrupts,
addressing, controls, paging, tasking, and linkage. ∆ Mathematics
Prerequisite: MAT 202 Computer Science II or permission of instructor.
MAT 310 - Abstract Algebra 4cr
This course is an introduction to abstract mathematical structures, principally groups, and rings. Students
investigate axiomatic and abstract structures by exploring elementary group, ring, and field theory. They examine
the properties of Symmetry Groups, Permutation Groups, and subgroups of the Real Numbers, homomorphisms, and
isomorphisms and refine proof-writing and proof reading skills. ∆ Mathematics
Prerequisites: MAT 242 Calculus II and MAT 289 Introduction to Mathematical Rigor.
MAT 320 - Geometry 4cr
This course is an introduction to modern geometries, specifically Euclidean geometry, Riemannian geometry, and
hyperbolic geometry. Students investigate the geometric properties of the plane, sphere, cylinder, cone, and
hyperbolic plane and write mathematical arguments and proofs based on these investigations. Additionally, students
complete a research paper and a written and oral presentation of a proof from Euclid's The Elements. The software
package Geometer's Sketchpad and other appropriate technologies may be used to explore and reinforce the
material. ∆ Mathematics or College Composition II
MAT 330 - Mathematical Modeling 4cr
p 224 of 312
This course is designed to focus on the application of mathematical techniques to real world problems. The course
content varies depending on instructor and student interest. Students may explore difference equations, Markov
Processes and basic probability theory, probability and modeling random phenomena, dynamical systems, fractals,
game theory, or mathematical methods in the physical sciences. ∆ Mathematics
MAT 331 - Complex Analysis 4cr
This course is an introduction to both the rigor and the applications of the complex numbers. Students explore the
topology and the algebraic structure of the complex number system, differentiation and integration of complexvalued functions, power series and Laurent series, Cauchy's theorem, and the residue calculus. ∆ Mathematics
MAT 341 - History and Philosophy of Mathematics 4cr
This course is a seminar designed to survey the central ideas in the history and philosophy of mathematics. Students
consider mathematics as a human intellectual endeavor inspired by and impacting our culture, history, and
philosophy. They explore the history and philosophy of mathematics by studying original proofs of great
mathematical theorems, reading and discussing advanced mathematical results in their historical contexts, analyzing
mathematical creative thought, rigor, and abstraction by studying mathematical thought from the Greek civilization
through the twentieth century, and writing a research paper on a philosophical school and preparing a presentation
on a recognized great theorem. ∆ Mathematics or College Composition II
MAT 366 - Number Theory 4cr
This course is an introduction to both the classical and modern questions about numbers. Students explore the
integers, examining issues such as primes, divisibility, congruences, primitive roots, quadratic residues, and
quadratic reciprocity. They master a variety of number theoretic techniques and computations and apply these in
applications such as cryptography and coding theory. ∆ Mathematics
MAT 380 - Discrete Mathematics 4cr
This course is introduction to combinatorics and graph theory. Students may investigate the modeling process,
discrete and continuous dynamics, linear programming, and curve fitting with a particular emphasis on their use in
modeling real world situations. ∆ Mathematics
MAT 389 - Pre-thesis Research 1cr
This course is designed for the student preparing to embark upon study for a senior thesis in mathematics (see MAT
489 Senior Thesis). Students investigate several topics of interest and, in conference with a mathematics professor,
choose a particular topic for advanced study and complete sufficient background study to develop a cohesive plane
for future research. A synopsis of this study together with a written research proposal will be submitted to the
mathematics faculty for approval.
Prerequisites: MAT 242 Calculus II and MAT 289 Introduction to Mathematical Rigor. Junior standing is
recommended.
p 225 of 312
course may be repeated for credit under different topics. ∆ Mathematics
MAT 400 - Real Analysis 4cr
This course is a theoretical exploration of the topology and calculus of the real number system. Students examine
the real numbers as a linear vector space equipped with a norm; specifically the concepts of open and closed sets,
limits, compactness, connectedness, continuity, metric spaces, and continuity of functions on metric spaces. ∆
Mathematics
Prerequisites: MAT 242 Calculus II, MAT 289 Introduction to Mathematical Rigor, and permission of the
instructor.
MAT 489 - Senior Thesis 2cr
This course is designed as the culminating project for students completing a major in mathematics. The student
completes the research approved in MAT 389, submits a written report in the form of a thesis to the mathematics
faculty for approval, and presents his/her work in a public on-campus seminar.
Prerequisite: MAT 389 Pre-Thesis Research.
MAT 499 - Independent Study 1-4cr
p 226 of 312
4.17 Music (MUS)
Applied Music Lessons - Lessons may be taken at any level - beginning through advanced - in a number of areas:
piano, voice, and organ. When feasible, weekly small-group instruction is combined with performance
opportunities. Emphasis is placed on performing skills, musical analysis, and aesthetic awareness. An extra $50 fee
per credit is charged for applied music lessons. With departmental pre-approval, students taking other applied
music lessons (percussion, band/orchestra instruments, etc.) with private instructors are eligible to receive academic
credit. See Department Chair for more information.
Appalachian Music Program - Taking advantage of the music and dance heritage of its Southern Appalachian
location, Warren Wilson College offers a program in Appalachian Music, including instruction in some of the
common Appalachian instruments and in Stringband and Bluegrass ensembles. Weekly jam sessions take place on
campus throughout the year, as well as an Appalachian music concert series, an Appalachian music and folklife
festival, and a weekly Contra Dance.
MUS 103 - Chapel Choir 1cr
This course is open to all members of the Warren Wilson community as well as to interested members of the larger
community. Weekly rehearsals are planned to help members develop vocal, ensemble, and musical skills, and to
prepare music for Sunday worship services for which this group frequently provides leadership. No audition is
required. This course may be repeated 8 semesters. Partially satisfies ∆ Artistic Expression
MUS 105 - College Chorale 1cr
The College Chorale is an auditioned student choral ensemble devoted to the performance of a variety of musical
styles. This large ensemble is for students who seek the opportunity to perform at the college level with members
who represent a wide variety of academic majors. The repertoire includes works of various countries, languages,
cultures, and historical periods. The College Chorale presents a major concert each semester and performs at
various on-campus events. This course may be repeated 8 semesters. Partially satisfies ∆ Artistic Expression
MUS 107 - Applied Appalachian Music 1cr
Applied music lessons offer students with prior experience in Appalachian music the opportunity to advance their
musical technique through weekly individual lessons. Lessons are available on the following Appalachian
instruments: fiddle (old-time or bluegrass), banjo (old-time or bluegrass), mandolin, and flat-picking guitar. In
addition to technique, students will learn relevant music theory, develop the ability to play expressively, and gain a
better understanding and awareness of the musical traditions, history, and culture of the southern Appalachian
region. Repertoire appropriate to each student's individual ability will be selected from the traditional Appalachian
old-time or bluegrass canon, and students will perform in a juried recital at the end of the semester. May be repeated
for a maximum of 8 credits. Partially satisfies ∆ Artistic Expression
Prerequisite: Prior experience on an Appalachian instrument and permission of instructor.
MUS 109 - Introduction to Music 4cr
This course offers students a chance to explore music through a survey of various historical periods and styles and
introduces the basic elements of music (reading and writing music). Students gain an understanding of the
masterworks of composers such as Bach, Mozart, Beethoven through listening assignments and class discussions.
No previous musical experience is necessary. This course is required of all students interested in further study in
applied music. ∆ Artistic Expression
p 227 of 312
MUS 112 - Music Cultures of the World 4cr
This course is an introductory survey of selected music cultures of the world. Music is explored as a functional
activity in people's lives, as a symbol of historical or national identity, and as a form of artistic expression.Ã‚Â
Models for analyzing music are presented that demonstrate the meaning and significance of music in various
societies.
MUS 113 - Roots of American Folk Music 1cr
This course traces the roots and branches of America folk music beginning with the early settlers in the Southern
Appalachian mountains. Students learn the history and the songs showing how black and white music traditions
merged to create uniquely American music including blues, spirituals, ragtime, music of the minstrels, Civil War,
cowboys, outlaws, railroad, Tin Pan Alley, ballads, old-time, bluegrass, and gospel.
MUS 125 - Instrumental Ensemble 1cr
The Instrumental Ensemble is open to all students and is devoted to the performance of a variety of musical styles.
This ensemble varies from a woodwind choir, brass ensemble, chamber orchestra, or combination thereof depending
on the instrumentation of student interest. A major concert is presented each semester along with performances at
various on-campus events. This course may be repeated 8 semesters. Partially satisfies ∆ Artistic Expression
MUS 127 - Jazz Ensemble 1cr
Each semester, the Jazz Ensemble explores music from different jazz styles (i.e. Swing, Dixieland, and Latin Jazz),
and gives public performances of works learned. This ensemble is open to all Warren Wilson College students,
staff, and faculty. Attendance at all rehearsals and performances is expected for the group to successfully attain
excellence in collaboration and performance. This course may be repeated 8 semesters. Partially satisfies ∆ Artistic
Expression
Prerequisite: Ensemble members must demonstrate command of their instruments.
MUS 130 - Applied Piano 1-2cr
Students with past keyboard experience may take this course. Literature appropriate to each student's ability is
chosen from the Baroque, Classical, Romantic, and Contemporary periods of music. Jazz, Ragtime, or other
suitable contemporary compositions are included as a part of every student's study. This course focuses on helping
students develop their technique, and their ability to play expressively, and it fosters an understanding and an
appreciation of the differences in the styles from each music period. This course may be repeated 8 semesters.
Partially satisfies ∆ Artistic Expression
Prerequisite: MUS 109 Introduction to Music or permission of instructor.
MUS 134 - Beginning Voice 2cr
In this course, students learn basic concepts of producing good sound including proper breath management, good
diction, and developing the full range of the voice. The opportunity to sing for and listen to colleagues is an
important aspect of the class. Partially satisfies ∆ Artistic Expression
MUS 135 - Applied Voice 1-2cr
Students with prior vocal training may take this course. It focuses on development of the student's technical and
artistic skills through lessons, practice, performance, listening, and concert attendance. The repertoire is selected
from classical vocal literature appropriate to the student's level of proficiency; musical theatre and operetta
selections may also be assigned. This course may be repeated 8 semesters. Partially satisfies ∆ Artistic Expression
p 228 of 312
MUS 137 - Applied Organ 1cr
This course is for students with a strong background in piano who are interested in learning to play the organ.
Beginning organ students study keyboard and pedal techniques and hymn playing. Upper level students study
compositions of diverse styles and periods. Performance opportunities include recitals, chapel services, and
convocations. This course may be repeated 8 semesters. Partially satisfies ∆ Artistic Expression
MUS 140 - Old-Time Fiddle I 1cr
This class for beginning fiddlers is an introduction to the traditions of southern old-time fiddling. Students will learn
the basics of tuning, fingering, and simple bowing patterns as well as open-string drones and double-stops. The class
will focus on a basic repertoire of standard old-time southern dance tunes, in cross-tuning, as well as standard
tuning, taught mostly by ear. This course will be designed to accommodate those with prior classical training as well
as those who are new to the instrument. Partially satisfies ∆ Artistic Expression
MUS 141 - Mandolin I 1cr
This class is an introduction to the mandolin for beginners. Students will learn simple scales, basic chords, and some
old-time or bluegrass tunes and songs, as well as how to play backup to other instruments or vocalists. Partially
satisfies ∆ Artistic Expression
MUS 155 - Appalachian Flatfooting and Clogging 1 cr
In this course, students will learn the basics of Appalachian flatfooting and clogging, the traditional step dances of
the Appalachian region. They will also learn about the traditions of team clogging and have the opportunity to create
a clogging group for performance. Through assigned readings, documentary videos, and possible visits to regional
dance venues, students will gain an understanding of the roots and history of these traditional dance forms and their
role in Appalachian community, past and present. Topics will include: step dance traditions (buckdance, flatfooting,
and clogging) and team clogging traditions, but may also include traditional social set dances. Although prior dance
knowledge is welcome, it is not a prerequisite for the course. Partially satisfies ∆ Artistic Expression
MUS 160 - Old-Time String Band 1cr
In this course for intermediate and advanced players with knowledge of basic chords and/or Appalachian repertoire,
students learn how to play as an ensemble and create a band with opportunities to perform on campus for dances and
other community events. Through the classic Southern Appalachian string band repertoire, the class explores
rhythm, arrangements, lead and harmony singing, performance dynamics, and various possibilities of instrumental
combinations. Partially satisfies ∆ Artistic Expression
Prerequisite: Some proficiency on an Appalachian stringed instrument.
MUS 161 - Beginning Guitar 1cr
In this course for the beginner, students learn tuning, strumming, and picking out melodies in a variety of styles
including folk, country, bluegrass, old-time, blues, and popular. Partially satisfies ∆ Artistic Expression
MUS 162 - Finger-Picking Guitar 1cr
In this course for those who already know their basic chords, students learn blues and country finger-picking styles
on the guitar. Partially satisfies ∆ Artistic Expression
p 229 of 312
MUS 163 - Flat-Picking Guitar 1cr
In this course, designed for those who already know their basic chords, students learn bluegrass and old-time guitar
using a flat pick. Skills in playing melody, backup and using runs are learned. Partially satisfies ∆ Artistic
Expression
MUS 164 - Old-Time Banjo 1cr
Old-Time Banjo is a beginner's class in old-time or clawhammer banjo. Students learn the songs, tunings, and
rhythms of songs of the southern Appalachians. No experience with the banjo is required. Partially satisfies ∆
Artistic Expression
MUS 165 - Bluegrass Banjo 1cr
In this course for the beginner, students learn the basics of bluegrass banjo playing. Starting with extremely simple
tunes, this course gradually involves more rolls and more complicated melodies. Partially satisfies ∆ Artistic
Expression
MUS 169 - Old-Time Singing 1cr
Drawing from the rich vocal traditions of Southern Appalachian music, students in this course learn to sing a wide
variety of old-time songs ranging from ancient murder ballads, sentimental parlor songs, minstrel songs, bluegrass,
old-time, and gospel. Students experience singing melody and harmony. Partially satisfies ∆ Artistic Expression
MUS 171 - Bluegrass Band 1cr
This course for intermediate and advanced players who know their basic chords and can keep a steady rhythm on
banjo, mandolin, fiddle, guitar or bass, is also for singers. In it, students combine their individual vocal and
instrumental skills into a cohesive band. Drawing from the traditional bluegrass repertoire of artists such as Bill
Monroe, Flatt & Scruggs, the Stanley Brothers and more, students are encouraged to join in singing both lead and
harmony. Partially satisfies ∆ Artistic Expression
Prerequisite: Some proficiency on a Bluegrass instrument.
MUS 180 - Appalachian Ballads and Folk Songs 1cr
This class is an introduction to the unaccompanied ballad and folk song traditions of Appalachia. Students will learn
Appalachian versions of British ballads that were brought to the southern Appalachians at the end of the 18th
century as well as 19th century ballads that are native to America. In addition to singing, students will learn about
the history of the ballads, their cultural context in Appalachia, and the ballad collectors ("songcatchers") who came
to the region in the early 20th century. This course may be used for partial fulfillment of the Triad Education Artistic
Expression course requirement. Partially satisfies ∆ Artistic Expression
MUS 199 - Independent Study 1-4cr
MUS 209 - Theory/Improvisation 4cr
This course helps students develop their improvisation skills. Students study the scales, chords, and progressions
that are the basic elements jazz musicians use to improvise. By using the traditional blues and jazz forms for
structure, students learn how to develop their spontaneous ideas into a logical musical statement and a meaningful
improvisation. ∆ Artistic Expression
p 230 of 312
MUS 232 - Appalachian Music and Dance 4cr
This introductory course explores traditional Southern Appalachian music and dance by tracing its historical
development from Scotch-Irish and African folk roots to the present day. Topics include ballads and folk songs,
sacred singing, dance music, early hillbilly recordings and radio, Bluegrass and early country music, buckdancing,
clogging, square dancing, and the folk music revival. Resources include readings, recordings, films, visits with local
musicians and dancers, and field trips to regional music venues.
MUS 255 - Jazz Appreciation 4cr
Jazz originated, developed, and evolved in the United States; it is a significant American contribution to the world of
music. Like any great music, it has progressed through distinguishable periods and introduced outstanding musicians
to society and the world. In this course, students study the history of jazz by tracing its emergence at the turn of the
century, through the proliferation of styles current today. Through assigned readings, listening to recordings,
watching videotaped performances, and attending live concerts, understanding and appreciation of swing, bebop,
cool, and free jazz will be fostered.
MUS/THR 280 - Opera as Drama 4cr
This course introduces students to the world of opera and emphasizes the dramatic and musical aspects. Students
study selected operas from various periods of history, including comic and serious operas, and analyze complete
operas by discussing the libretto and the musical score. Students are expected to spend additional time outside of
class to view videos of opera performances. ∆ Artistic Expression
Prequisite: Permission of instructor.
MUS 290-298 - Special Topics in Music 2-4cr
This course is an in-depth consideration of a topic of particular concern within the discipline of Music. The course
MUS 485 - Music Practicum 1cr
A senior music student may design a practicum that culminates his or her course of study in a selected area of
specialization. The practicum is an in-depth application of some area of musical study, research, performance,
instruction, composition, or some combination of these elements. Students submit an application in advance to the
Music Department.
Prerequisites: Senior standing, Music major. Permission of supervising staff member and music department
chairman.
MUS 490-498 - Special Topics in Music 2-4cr
This course is an in-depth consideration of a topic of particular concern within the discipline of Music. The course
may be repeated for credit under different topics. Partially satisfies ∆ Artistic Expression
p 231 of 312
ODL 100 - History and Philosophy of Outdoor Adventure Education 2cr
Through discussions, guest speakers, readings, and student presentations, this course explores the history,
philosophies, approaches, and prospects for outdoor adventure education and recreation. Students become familiar
with private, state, and federal organizations that offer outdoor adventure education and recreation programming.
ODL 199 - Independent Study 1-4cr
ODL 210 - Backcountry Skills and Techniques 2cr
The major goal of this course is to provide students the opportunity to learn and develop those outdoor skills that
assist them in living and traveling in a back-country environment. Students are given the opportunity to learn about
and use specialized equipment associated with back country travel: clothing, backpacks, tents, stoves, and sleeping
systems to develop and improve their outdoor living skills and learn about low impact camping and travel. Students
are involved with the planning of a backcountry trip, including route selections, menu and food planning, and
logistics. The field trip takes place on a weekend and is a required part of the course.
ODL 215 - Initiatives for Adventure Education 4cr
Many outdoor adventure education/recreation programs and school systems across the country utilize initiatives as
part of their program offerings. This course is designed to help students learn about a program component that
emphasizes the development of self-concept, group cooperation, and physical abilities. Students experience a variety
of activities including new games and initiatives as well as develop skills in the areas of facilitation and debriefing.
ODL 220 - Wilderness First Responder 1cr
This is an eight-day course in emergency medical care that addresses the issues of long-term patient care,
backcountry rescue techniques, and survival skills. This is a professionally focused course for those individuals who
will be working with groups in back country settings. Participants who successfully complete the course are
certified in Wilderness First Responder and CPR. The course normally takes place during our January break and is
held off campus. A fee is required.
ODL 225 - Universal Adventure Programming 4cr
"Universal Adventure Programming" has traditionally been defined as "accessible" adventure programming on a
programmatic, environmental, leadership, legal, and equipment modification level for people with and without
disabilities. This course seeks to expand that definition to assist students in gaining the knowledge, understanding,
and abilities to provide quality adventure programming in relation to staff and clientele's race, class, gender, and
ability - thereby seeking to create socially just outdoor education opportunities for all. By truly understanding
ourselves, our clients, and the environment within which we work, we can provide quality inclusive programming
for all. Students gain knowledge and experience in "universal adventure programming" through field experiences,
guest speakers, experiential course sessions, readings, reflective writing, and active leadership opportunities.
ODL 226 - Instructor Development for Outdoor Leadership 8cr
This is a field-based course with an extensive off-campus component. Students examine teaching, leadership, and
safety issues pertaining to outdoor adventure education. The course is designed to provide students with the
opportunity to learn and develop knowledge and skills that will assist them in teaching, living, and traveling in a
backcountry environment. The course has a strong commitment to the Outward Bound philosophy and
p 232 of 312
methodology. It emphasizes group process, effective communication, wilderness medicine, risk management, and
basic technical skill development including wilderness skills, no trace camping, rock climbing, orienteering, winter
camping, and trip planning. Students may not be enrolled in any other courses during the term that this course is
offered because of the off campus component.
ODL 227 - Top Rope Site Management 2cr
This course expands on topics introduced in PED 125 Introduction to Rock Climbing. Top rope site management
techniques are covered, including site evaluation, hazard evaluation, and minimum impact techniques. Introduction
of anchors specific to top roping and rappelling are taught. Rescues specific to top roping and rappelling are also
covered. Students leave the course having a solid understanding of anchoring, belaying, rappelling, and partner
rescues, as well as knowledge related to the safety and management of top rope sites.
Prerequisite: PED 125 Introduction to Rock Climbing or permission of instructor.
ODL 290-298 - Special Topics in Outdoor Leadership 2-4cr
This course is an in-depth consideration of a topic of particular concern within the discipline of Outdoor Leadership.
ODL 310 - Leadership for Adventure Education 4cr
This course is designed to examine the principles and practice of leadership in adventure education programs.
Course time is spent on the examination of theories, practices, and problems of leadership in a backcountry
environment. The course provides direct, firsthand experiences where students are expected to plan and be in a
leadership position both in the classroom and out in the field.
Prerequisites: Any PED Outdoor Recreational Activities course and ODL 210 Backcountry Skills and Techniques,
or permission of instructor.
ODL 315 - Group Process 4cr
The basic principles of small group interaction are explored in both didactic and experiential components of the
course. Part of becoming an effective group leader is exploring the nature and consequences of one's interaction
with others. Students are asked to participate in a number of activities that allow them to learn with their own
personal styles of interacting with others. These activities are supplemented with theory in group dynamics. It is the
intent of the course that students are able to transfer skills learned in the course to settings where group leadership is
required (i.e., almost any job).
Prerequisite: PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology.
ODL 320 - Program Planning and Design 4cr
This course takes an in-depth view of the role that program planning and development plays in adventure and
environmental education programs, camps, and other educational organizations. Students design programs with
specific emphasis on developing goals, philosophy, needs assessment, curriculum, budgeting, marketing, and
evaluation. This is a technical writing course. ∆ College Composition II
Prerequisite: Successful completion of one College Composition course.
ODL 322 - Challenge Course Facilitation and Management 4cr
Many outdoor adventure programs, school systems, and therapeutic programs across the country utilize a challenge
course as part of their program offerings. The major focus of this course is to provide students with the opportunity
p 233 of 312
to gain the skills and knowledge that helps them become effective, confident, competent, and safe challenge course
leaders. The course is highly experiential and takes place out at the Gossmann and Cannon Adventure Learning Lab.
Course topics include: policies and procedures of a challenge course; safety systems and standards; maintenance,
inspection, and set up of courses; program planning and design; leadership issues; briefing/debriefing, accessible
challenge programming; risk management, record keeping, and forms. Students work with both on- and off-campus
groups on the challenge course.
Prerequisite: ODL 215 Initiatives for Adventure Education or permission of the instructor.
ODL/GDS 325 - Women's Voices in Experiential Education 4cr
This course is taught in a seminar format, involving students in the exploration of feminist theory and practice as it
relates to experiential education and outdoor adventure education. Through readings, discussions, speakers, and
presentations, students explore feminist perspectives of outdoor leadership, the historical contributions of women,
and some current issues and concerns of women in the field.
Prerequisite: Sophomore or junior standing.
ODL 350 - Trip Leader Practicum 2cr
This practicum provides a structured and supervised opportunity for students to co-lead outdoor recreational trips for
the Warren Wilson College Outdoor Programs. This experience helps students to integrate their academic
preparation with its application in a field setting.
Prerequisites: ODL 210 Backcountry Skills and Techniques and one PED Outdoor Recreational Activities course.
Students are required to begin the course five days prior to the start of the semester for staff training.
ODL 351 - Trip Leader Practicum 1-2cr
This practicum is a follow-up to ODL 350 Trip Leader Practicum with students leading trips for the Warren Wilson
Outdoor Programs. This experience allows students to further integrate higher-level trip leading skills with their
level of academic preparation.
Prerequisite: ODL 350 Trip Leader Practicum.
ODL 410 - Administration and Management of Adventure Education Programs 4cr
This course is an advanced study of adventure education program management. Major study is placed on goal
setting, staffing, budgeting, public relations, liability, and risk management for adventure education programs.
Prerequisite: ODL 320 Program Planning and Design or permission of instructor.
ODL 484 - Outdoor Leadership Internship Seminar 1cr
This seminar focuses on helping students identify a placement site that will meet their personal and professional
goals, prepare their proposals, and determine appropriate projects that they complete during their internships. The
seminar also helps students prepare for their internship experiences and hear from some of the other students who
have successfully completed their internships.
ODL 485 - Outdoor Leadership Internship 1-16cr
An internship is a credit-bearing, carefully planned, short-term, well-supervised work experience related to the
student's academic field. Typically, the job is located off-campus with a business firm, nonprofit organization, or
government agency. The student may or may not receive monetary compensation, depending upon the
arrangements made with the host organization. Internships offer students exceptional nontraditional educational
opportunities.
p 234 of 312
Prerequisites: Application to the organization and an interview with the faculty sponsor at least ten weeks prior to
the beginning of the proposed internship.
ODL 490-498 - Special Topics in Outdoor Leadership 2-4cr
This course is an in-depth consideration of a topic of particular concern within the discipline of Outdoor Leadership.
p 235 of 312
4.19 Peace and Justice Studies (PAX)
PAX 110 - Introduction to Peace and Justice Studies4cr
After an introduction to the peace philosophies of M. Gandhi, M.L. King, Jr., and others, this course examines the
causes of conflict and peace and the roles of the United Nations and international law in resolving or containing
conflicts and promoting weapon bans and nuclear disarmament treaties. Recent and current events and the work of
some living peace promoters are also studied. ∆ Language/Global Issues
PAX 199 - Independent Study 1-4cr
PAX 230 - Freedom and Dissent 4cr
In this course, a survey of protest movements provides an introduction to the study of some contemporary writers
(such as Noam Chomsky and Howard Zinn), leaders, and movements for social/political change. Topics include
uses of power and ideology, the media, human rights, sweatshops, free trade, the global economy, and models for
change. Students are challenged to develop critical skills for social analysis and constructive change. ∆ Social
Science
PAX 239 - Lifestyles of Nonviolence 4cr
In this course, the ethics, ideologies, and methodologies of nonviolence are examined through the lives and writings
of persons such as Dorothy Day, Mahatma Gandhi, Martin Luther King Jr., and others. Students analyze the
theories, history, and practice of nonviolent social change as peaceful alternatives to destructive conflict. Students
are encouraged to reflect on personal approaches to conflict and to develop peaceful, respectful alternatives. ∆
Social Science
PAX 246 - Martin Luther King Jr. and the Civil Rights Movement 4cr
This course covers the civil rights movement in the United States with a focus on Martin Luther King Jr.'s quest for
social justice through non-violent means. Topics include King's social movements, his envisioned "Beloved
Community," his major speeches and writings, and the role of the US Supreme Court and national legislation. ∆
Social Science
PAX 281 - Humanitarian Law 2cr
This course deals with attempts to legally eliminate war or to at least make combatants conform to human rights
standards. It covers the law that legitimizes and criminalizes war as well as human rights law in the context of
armed conflict. Topics covered include humanitarian legal principles, the Nuremberg Charter, the Geneva
Conventions, the Genocide Convention, the UN Criminal Tribunals for Rwanda and the former Yugoslavia, and the
International Criminal Court.
PAX 290-298 - Special Topics in Peace and Justice Studies 2-4cr
This course is an in-depth consideration of a topic of particular concern within the discipline of Peace and Justice
p 236 of 312
PAX 320 - The Palestine Question 4cr
Hostility between Palestinian Arabs and Israeli Jews has existed since the 1940s and has intensified since 1967.
What are the rights and mutual responsibilities of these peoples? This study of the history and issues of the conflict
explores answers to these questions and the prospects for a just peace. ∆ Language/Global Issues
PAX 325 - Resolving Conflict Local and Global 4cr
Using insights from the social sciences and psychology, the nature of social conflict at personal, group, national, and
international levels are studied to gain insights into the many causes of destructive conflicts and possible resolution
methodologies. The nature of mediation, arbitration, and adjudication are examined and practiced. Insights gained
at a theoretical level are applied to local and international conflicts in order to develop practical resolutions. ∆
PAX 326 - Human Rights 4cr
This course deals with the nature of human rights cross-culturally, focusing on the history and philosophies of the
concept, its development, major human rights conventions, universalism versus cultural particularism, religion,
gender, humanitarian intervention, self-determination, and the role of courts and international agencies in the
promotion of human rights. ∆ Language/Global Issues
PAX 327 - Environmental Justice: Peace or Conflict 4cr
This course deals with the differing ways that human societies historically have interacted with and impacted on
their natural environments so as either to intensify inequality and conflict leading in some cases to war and
extinction or to achieve long-term environmental justice and peace. Case studies of societies of varying sizes, levels
of technology, geographical locations, and time periods are examined.
p 237 of 312
PHI 111 - Introduction to Philosophy: A Search for Meaning 4cr
This course offers an investigation into the meaning and structure of human existence by critically analyzing some
of the perennial questions of human experience. In this course, students analyze important concepts and issues in
metaphysics (the study of being), epistemology (the theory of knowledge), and ethics by considering the views of
some of the great philosophers of the Western Tradition (as well as some critics of that tradition). ∆
Philosophy/Religion
PHI 112 - First Philosophy 4cr
Introduction to the work of great philosophers can be a good way for students to begin a study of philosophy. There
is another equally viable approach, however, in which philosophy is not as much a subject for study as it is a process
of thinking through the most basic of issues very carefully. What is the nature of truth? What can you know and how
do you know it? What sorts of things are there: physical, mental, spiritual? What gives something value? In
attempting to deal with these questions directly, students in this course can gain the skills needed to evaluate
competing answers and so participate in the philosophical quest to provide a foundation for all of life's endeavors. ∆
Philosophy/Religion
PHI 113 - Introductory Logic 4cr
The formal techniques of traditional symbolic logic are sometimes taught with little thought to application. "Critical
thinking" is frequently an attempt to teach clear thinking without investigating its logical structures. What is
missing at these extremes is application of formal techniques to the solution of real-life problems. That requires
learning to turn valid forms of reasoning into productive investigative strategies and critical tools for identifying
fallacious reasoning with its many forms. That is "critical reasoning" and one learns it in conjunction with symbolic
logic and some philosophy of logic. ∆ Philosophy/Religion
PHI 115 - Alternative Philosophies 4cr
Mainstream Western Philosophy rests on a set of assumptions about the nature of reality and how we know it.
Eastern, American Indian, transcendental, feminist, non-hierarchical, psychosynthetic, occult, and other nontraditionally Western views rest on a fairly cohesive set of alternative assumptions. Exploration of these in this
course serves as an introduction to Eastern philosophy and other alternatives and sheds light on the whole of
Western philosophy as well. ∆ Philosophy/Religion
PHI 116 - Great Trials: Truth and Censorship 4cr
This course takes up questions of truth, censorship, and judgment as challenges that need to be considered for the
present time. Although such diverse thinkers as Socrates, Galileo, Thoreau, and Camus challenged their respective
societies and accepted notions of truth in important ways, in this course their quests for truth are used to question our
own truths and values; in order to ask what censorship and judgment mean today; and to ask: "What does it mean
now to be ahead of our time?" ∆ Philosophy/Religion
PHI 251 Philosophy of Art 4cr
This course offers an analysis and philosophical evaluation of problems in art appreciation, art criticism and theories
of art. Special emphasis is placed on understanding art in the context of concurrent artistic endeavor or experience.
∆ Philosophy/Religion
Corequisite: Concurrent registration in an approved art studio, theater practicum, music performance course, or
consent of instructor.
p 238 of 312
PHI 252 - Environmental Ethics 4cr
The central focus of this course is to develop an understanding of the proper relationship between humans and the
non-human entities of the natural world. In so doing, the course explores the major Western approaches to
environmental ethic and the central issues of the ethical status of plants and animals, the holism/individualism
debate and the meaning of sustainability. A significant portion of this course is devoted to the Land Ethic, Deep
Ecology, Ecofeminism and some Eastern approaches as well. ∆ Language/Global Issues or Philosophy/Religion
PHI 254 Philosophy of Technology 4cr
In this course, students discuss philosophical and historical interpretations of technology. Students read works by
Plato, Aristotle, Jean-Jacques Rousseau, Karl Marx, Martin Heidegger, Hannah Arendt, Michel Foucault, Jacques
Ellul, Ellen Ullman, N. Katherine Hayles, and others, with the goal of deepening understanding of the relationship
between technology, history, society and character of contemporary life. In attempting to tackle the interesting and
challenging questions regarding technology, emphasis will be placed on the importance of adopting a multicultural
perspective. ∆ Philosophy/Religion
PHI 255 - Philosophy of Science and Logic 4cr
This course provides the opportunity to obtain a working knowledge of elementary deductive logic and scientific
method, to understand the historically important criticism of each, and to seek alternative methods where needed.
The course may be especially helpful as preparation for law school and graduate work in the social or natural
sciences. ∆ Philosophy/Religion
PHI 256 - Political Philosophy 4cr
This course offers an investigation into political philosophy from the beginning of the Modern period to the present.
Students gain an understanding of important political philosophers such as Hobbes, Rousseau, Locke, Kant, Mill,
and Marx. In addition, students read contemporary essays, which focus on issues in contemporary society regarding
race, gender, sex, and class theory, written by some of the top theorists in their respective fields. ∆
Philosophy/Religion or College Composition II
PHI 257 - Ethical Theory and Practical Issues 4cr
This course investigates the fundamental philosophical issues and arguments involved in contemporary ethical
problems such as capital punishment, euthanasia, animal rights, parenting issues, gay marriage, cloning, and free
speech. The first month of the course focuses primarily on theory, the remainder on the practical issues. ∆
PHI/GDS 258 - Feminist Philosophy 4cr
This course investigates several historical and contemporary feminist philosophical perspectives with the aim of
enabling students not only to work critically through some important feminist critiques, but also to appreciate the
diversity of feminist thought. The majority of the readings in this course focus on contemporary feminist
perspectives. ∆ Philosophy/Religion
PHI 259 - Ancient Philosophy: Problems of Truth and Goodness 4cr
This course investigates how some of the basic questions of human life concerning truth, justice, revenge, relation to
the divine, law, and love were lived and understood by the Greeks during the Classical Period of ancient Greek
history. Students discover the beginnings of systematic Western philosophy in Plato and Aristotle, touching on
some of their influences, such as Socrates, Heraclitus, and Parmenides. One theme of this course, justice, is
considered not only through the philosophical writings, but also in the context of Greek tragedy. Students read some
p 239 of 312
of the most incredible works of tragedy of the Western tradition: the Antigone by Sophocles and the Bacchae by
Euripides. ∆ Philosophy/Religion or College Composition II
PHI 272 - Introduction to Nietzsche 4cr
This course offers an introduction into Nietzsche's thought. Students read and discuss several of Nietzsche's works
and investigate important Nietzschean concepts such as the Transvaluation of Values, the Will to Power, and the
Eternal Return, and furthermore understand these concepts as a fruitful way of approaching and critiquing
philosophy and culture. In the last few weeks of the course, students explore contemporary interpretations of
Nietzsche's texts by thinkers such as Derrida. These critiques allow students to see Nietzsche as a pivotal figure, a
Modern thinker whose ideas open up philosophical possibilities by questioning the very foundations of the subject,
truth, and philosophy. ∆ Philosophy/Religion
PHI 290-298 - Special Topics in Philosophy 2-4cr
This course is an in-depth consideration of a topic of particular concern within the discipline of Philosophy or those
it serves. The course may be repeated for credit under different topics. ∆ Philosophy/Religion
PHI 299 - Independent Study 1-4cr
PHI 311 - Epistemology 4cr
There is a set of epistemological issues that constantly reappear in the history of Western philosophy. These include
what sort of knowledge is given by the senses, whether one can ever have knowledge of a world beyond direct
apprehension, the role of reason in providing knowledge, the very nature of knowledge and of belief, the connection
of these to truth, and the nature of truth. In the first two-thirds of this course, students explore these classical issues,
mostly in the order in which they arose. In the balance of the course, students explore responses to these issues from
outside the classical Western Canon, especially from Pragmatists and feminist thinkers. ∆ Philosophy/Religion
Prerequisites: Two previous courses in Philosophy and sophomore standing.
PHI 312 - Philosophy of Mind 4cr
This seminar investigates the nature of "mind" from several historical as well as contemporary philosophical
perspectives. In particular, it focuses on the relationship between "mind" and "body" from both ontological and
epistemological points of view, and analyzes different conceptions of "mind" and of "consciousness" in the
intellectualist/rationalist tradition, the empiricist/behaviorist tradition, and various attempts to eliminate the mindbody dichotomy. ∆ Philosophy/Religion or College Composition II
PHI 313 - Philosophy of Language 4cr
This seminar investigates the role that language plays in thinking. Its main task is finding out how language can
serve as a medium for thinking and communication of thoughts. Philosophers of language have divided such
questions into issues about syntax, semantics, and pragmatics. This course is primarily concerned with the
semantical explorations of the concepts of meaning, sense, reference, naming, and truth and the relationships among
them. Pragmatic concerns with the kinds of things we can do with words, the social context of language, and the
nature of communication are also considered. ∆ Philosophy/Religion or College Composition II
PHI 353 - Modern Philosophy: Science, Perception, and Reality 4cr
This course offers a study of some of the key thinkers during this broad period in the history of philosophy (16th19th Centuries). We are today the inheritors of the Modern tradition in philosophy and in science. Students analyze
p 240 of 312
the rich diversity in the Modern philosophers' respective methods and theories regarding knowledge, truth, and
reality. Students read original texts by Bacon, Galileo, Descartes, Berkeley, Spinoza, Hume, Kant, and Hegel, and
pay particular attention to the connection between philosophical and scientific method and theory. ∆
Philosophy/Religion
PHI 354 - Existentialism and Phenomenology 4cr
This course offers an investigation into existential and phenomenological philosophy. Existentialist philosophy calls
on us to reflect meaningfully on our lives and reach conclusions that can have validity for other persons as well.
Phenomenology, as a method of investigation that includes the role of the inquirer in the sphere of investigation,
represents a crucial development in philosophy and science in the 20th Century. Students read original texts by
Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, Sartre, Marcel, and Heidegger, and examine both the historical and the contemporary
significance of certain tensions that seem to characterize human existence in the 20th Century: the individuality of
experience/the universality of reason; human finitude/the desire for transcendence or the "infinite"; human
freedom/the weight of responsibility; and the individual/society. ∆ Philosophy/Religion or College Composition II
PHI 355 - Analytic Philosophy in the Twentieth Century 4cr
This course investigates the rise and flowering of analytical philosophy from Logical Atomism through Logical
Positivism to Ordinary Language Philosophy. The course begins with, and periodically returns to, a central analytic
concern with the nature of philosophy itself. Special emphasis is placed on the work of Bertrand Russell, early and
later Ludwig Wittgenstein, Rudolph Carnap, Karl Popper, W.V.O. Quine, R.M. Hare, C.L. Stevenson, G.E. Moore,
Gilbert Ryle, A.J. Ayer, and John Austin. ∆ Philosophy/Religion
PHI 361 - Eastern Thought 4cr
Eastern and Western views differ in many of the important assumptions that ground them, but the most basic issues
are the same. What is the nature of truth? What are good grounds for knowledge and for belief? What sorts of
things are there: physical, mental, spiritual? How can we find value in life and preserve it in the lives of others?
Students explore the answers to these questions provided by the classical philosophical systems of India: Vedanta,
Mimamsa, Sankha, Yoga, Nyaya, Vaisesika, Carvaka, Jaina, and Buddha systems, the major schools of classical
Chinese philosophy--especially Confucianism and Taoism, and Japanese philosophy--especially Zen. Students also
explore the influence of Eastern thought on Western thinkers. ∆ Philosophy/Religion
PHI 363 - Nature Way 4cr
This environmental philosophy course explores the effects upon our treatment of the natural world that would result
from substituting for our traditional Western assumptions the assumptions of Taoism and other Eastern views, predomination American Indians, some holistic Western views, and Eco-Feminism. This course also explores the value
and epistemological status of direct experience of nature as a source of an environmental ethic. ∆
Philosophy/Religion
p 241 of 312
PHI 456 - Contemporary Philosophy 4cr
This course offers an investigation into four leading contemporary thinkers in Continental philosophy. After an
introduction by way of the pivotal Modern philosopher, Nietzsche, students read and discuss the thought of
Foucault, Derrida, Irigaray, Baudrillard, and Deleuze. The general theme of the course centers around these four
philosophers' respective "postmodern" attempts to open up new ways of thinking about subjectivity that take into
consideration the role of the body and of institutions such as language and social structures. This course offers
students interested in philosophy the opportunity to analyze and think about questions that Continental philosophers
are dealing with right now. ∆ Philosophy/Religion or College Composition II
Prerequisites: PHI 353 Modern Philosophy and junior standing.
PHI 457 - American Philosophy 4cr
This course concentrates on the major North American philosophers of the "classical" period from 1870 to the end
of World War II including Pierce, James, Dewey, Royce, Mead, Santayana, DuBois, Locke, Gilman, and Wright. ∆
Philosophy/Religion
Prerequisite: PHI 353 Modern Philosophy and junior standing.
Prerequisite: PHI 353 Modern Philosophy and junior standing.
Prerequisite: one previous 300 level course in Philosophy and junior standing
p 242 of 312
4.21.1 Overview
This program is designed to enhance the physical well-being of each participating student. It also seeks to provide a
knowledge of the requirements for keeping physically fit throughout life. The activity courses offer an introduction
to recreational sports that an individual can enjoy and continue long after graduation. Most courses earn one credit
and are offered on a pass/fail basis.
Academic credit is offered for participation in varsity athletics. Credit must be awarded in the semester of the sport's
season and must be registered for in advance of participation. A season of successful participation is worth one
grade and one credit. A single varsity course or a combination of varsity courses may be repeated for credit up to
four semester credit hours.
4.21.2 Courses
* PHYSICAL EDUCATION COURSES MARKED WITH * ARE GRADED ON A PASS/FAIL BASIS.
PED 107 - Weight Training 2cr*
This course provides instruction in proper weight training techniques for both free weights and weight machines.
Students learn how to develop and implement strength training programs designed to meet their individual needs
and capabilities.
PED 108 - Fitness Training 2cr*
This course provides instruction in cardio-aerobic training and proper weight lifting techniques.
PED 109 - Canoeing 1cr*
This course is designed to give students the skill and knowledge to paddle a tandem canoe on class II whitewater.
The two day progression, which takes place on a weekend, follows the curriculum for three American Canoe
Association courses: Intro to Canoe - Tandem, Level 1; Moving Water Canoe - Tandem, Level 3 (Moving Water
and Course I); and Whitewater Canoe - Tandem, Level 4 (Course II). Fee charged.
PED 111 - Kayaking 1cr*
This course is a basic introduction to recreational white water kayak paddling. Students learn to paddle a kayak
effectively and safely. Students learn through experience and instruction on the water. Students become familiar
with the following equipment and paddling skills: parts of a kayak; equipment needed for safe paddling; features of
a river; basic stroke mechanics and safety concerns of white water paddling. Fee charged.
PED 112 - Tennis 1cr*
This course provides instruction in the basic techniques of various tennis strokes and is geared toward beginning
tennis players.
PED 113 - Outdoor Recreational Activities 1cr*
p 243 of 312
This course introduces basic techniques necessary for participation in the outdoor activities of hiking/back-packing,
rock climbing, and biking. Fee charged.
PED 116 - Lifeguard Training 2cr
Students successfully completing this American Red Cross sponsored course will be awarded academic credit,
certification for three years in Lifeguard training and CPR/AED certification for one year. There is a pre-course test
given on the first day of class that students must pass in order to continue in the course. This is not a learn-to-swim
class, but a class for students already comfortable with swimming who are interested in learning rescue skills used
for professional Lifeguards. ARC standards limit class size to 10 students.
PED 125 - Outdoor Recreational Activities: Rock Climbing 1cr*
This course is an introduction to rock climbing. Through course discussions and one weekend field trip, students are
introduced to the fundamentals of rock climbing, belaying, knots, harnessing, and anchoring. The course also
provides additional instruction as to proper use and care of equipment, rock site, risk management and stewardship
in a back country setting. Fee charged.
PED 126 - Outdoor Recreational Activities: Backpacking 1cr*
This course provides an introduction to a lifetime leisure skill, as well as a technical skill utilized in many outdoor
programs. Through course discussions and field trips, students develop the following backpacking skills: selection
of proper clothing, packing a pack, appropriate choice of backpacking foods, safe travel techniques in a group, use
of camp stoves, safety concerns while cooking, knowledge and treatment of environmental hazards, and low-impact
camping techniques. Fee charged.
PED 127 - Outdoor Recreational Activities: Winter Camping 1cr*
This course is an introduction to the skills, theory and practice necessary for safe and enjoyable winter camping and
travel (predominantly throughout the southeast). Through course discussions and one weekend expedition, students
learn the following skills: expedition planning/ logistics for winter camping, winter clothing and layering,
techniques for staying warm and dry in wet/ snowy environments, familiarity with winter gear, cold-related health
and wellness, stove operation and safety, and low-impact camping techniques. Fee charged.
PED 128 - Outdoor Recreational Activities: Orienteering 1cr*
This course is a basic introduction to the use of map and compass for field work and personal recreation. Through
course discussion, field trips, and a course project, students develop the following orienteering skills: parts of a
compass, reading a compass, features of a map, reading a map, following a bearing, using map and compass
together, triangulation and its uses, and safety concerns for off-trail travel. Fee charged.
Participation in a Varsity Sport
(Course or combination of sports courses may be repeated for credit up to 4 credits.)
PED 129 - Varsity Cross-Country 1cr*
Participation in a varsity sport. May be repeated as 130, 131, and 132.
PED 133 - Varsity Cycling 1cr*
p 244 of 312
PED 137 - Varsity Basketball 1cr*
PED 141 - Varsity Soccer 1cr*
PED 145 - Varsity Swimming 1cr*
PED 190-198 - Special Topics in Physical Education 1-2cr
This course is an in-depth consideration of a topic of particular concern within the discipline of Physical Education.
PED 211 - Intermediate Canoeing, Kayaking, and Rafting 1cr*
This course is an intermediate level whitewater paddling course. Students establish personal goals or key skills that
they would like to work toward. Students choose to canoe, kayak, or raft with the goal of increasing paddling skills
to accommodate class III whitewater safely. Through pool time, hands on instruction and river trips, students have
the opportunity to increase skills, learn more advanced river reading skills, and more advanced strokes. Students
also learn self-rescue techniques applicable to an intermediate whitewater setting. Fee charged.
PED 290-298 - Special Topics in Physical Education 1-2cr
This course is an in-depth consideration of a topic of particular concern within the discipline of Physical Education.
p 245 of 312
4.22 Physics (PHY)
PHY 118 - Contemporary Astronomy 4cr
This course introduces students to the science of astronomy through regular observations, hands-on telescope use,
location and identification of celestial objects, and photography with cameras, telescopes, and computer imaging
equipment. Topics include the solar system, stars and measurements of stars, galaxies, black holes, stellar
composition, and stellar evolution. Students also learn the properties of light, color, gravity, Newton's laws, and
Einstein's principles. The students participate actively in the observations and measurements of astronomical
phenomena. Students are expected to complete at least two 2-hour evening observation sessions throughout the
term on Monday or Wednesday evenings as well as regular whole-class observing sessions on Thursday nights. ∆
Natural Science
PHY 121 - Earth, Light, and Sky 4cr
This course gives students ample hands-on opportunity to study conceptual physics, astronomy, earth science, and
meteorology. The topics include astronomy, electricity, modern physics, waves and optics, spectroscopy, and a
review of forces and motion. Earth science includes the origin and composition of the earth, rocks, minerals,
fossils, and meteorites, and meteorology. This course is designed to complement PHY 251 Physics I for those
students seeking certification to teach any science at the secondary level. Students are required to schedule two 2hour observing sessions on Mondays or Wednesdays during the course. ∆ Natural Science
PHY 199 - Independent Study 1-4cr
PHY 251 - Physics I 4cr
This course offers an introduction to physics provided through the study of Newtonian physics, energy, and
electrical circuits (including transistors, photo detectors, and force transducers). Special emphasis is given to
contemporary physics--physics developed during the 20th century. Students will learn skills useful in other
disciplines as well as physics: laboratory record-keeping, problem solving, and computer mathematical packages.
This course is centered around laboratory experience and the importance of learning physics through the
observations and measurements in the laboratory. ∆ Natural Science
Prerequisites: PHY 251 Physics I or permission of instructor. MAT 150 Precalculus must be taken before or
concurrently with this course.
PHY 252 - Physics II 4cr
This course continues PHY 251 Physics I. Topics include thermal physics, vibrations and waves, wave optics,
modern optics and lasers, quantum phenomena, wave-particle duality, X-rays, and electromagnetic deflection of
electrons. Experiments include measurements of the speed of sound, the speed of light, properties of the electron,
and the particle nature of light. Calculus is used. ∆ Natural Science
Prerequisite: PHY 251 Physics I (or permission of the instructor); MAT 251 Calculus I must be taken before or
concurrently with this course.
PHY 290-298 - Special Topics in Physics 2-4cr
This course is an in-depth consideration of a topic of particular concern within the discipline of Physics. The course
p 246 of 312
PHY 490-498 - Special Topics in Physics 2-4cr
This course is an in-depth consideration of a topic of particular concern within the discipline of Physics. The course
may be repeated for credit under different topics. ∆ Natural Science
p 247 of 312
PSC 151 - Introduction to American Government 4cr
This course is an introduction to the major institutions and actors of the American political system, including
parties, interest groups, and the legislative, executive, and judicial branches of government. Attention is given to
cultural, ideological, and economic contexts. The fundamental concepts of political science are applied to the
structure of power and the policy-making process in America. ∆ History/Political Science
PSC 199 - Independent Study 1-4cr
PSC 245 - Environmental Politics in Global Perspectives 4cr
This course surveys the emerging global environmental legal structures, norms, and standards. It examines the role
of international non-governmental organizations (NGOs) in creating international regimes, and monitoring and
tracking compliance of different states. It will also look into the dynamics of interactions between IGOs and NGOs
in creating new global discourse communities in an era of increased environmental awareness. ∆ History/Political
Science or Language/Global Issues
PSC 257 - International Relations 4cr
This course is a general survey of the essential concepts and practices of international politics, examining the
historical past of international communities as well as current international concerns and issues. ∆
History/Political Science or Language/Global Issues
PSC 258 - Comparative Government: Industrialized States 4cr
This course examines the structure of government and political culture in industrialized states. The course focuses
on, but is not limited to, the governments of Great Britain, Japan, France, and Germany. The principal forms of
government, including parliamentary and presidential systems, are examined along with a wide variety of party
systems and electoral systems. In addition, students compare and analyze the public policies of industrialized states
in the areas of immigration, health care, education, and the environment. ∆ History/Political Science or
PSC 259 - Comparative Government: Third World 4cr
This course is a systematic and comparative study of the important political institutions, political culture, political
legitimacy, policies, and politics of major third world countries in Asia, Africa, and Latin America. Students
examine in a comparative manner what makes a state strong or weak in the global system, and why certain
governments behave the way they do. ∆ History/Political Science or Language/Global Issues
PSC 290-298 - Special Topics in Political Science 2-4cr
This course is an in-depth consideration of a topic of particular concern within the discipline of Political Science.
PSC 320 - Chinese Government and Politics 4cr
p 248 of 312
This course is an in-depth study of the origin and evolution of Chinese revolutions, and their impact on world power
configuration and on transforming Chinese society and culture. Students study the dramatic events of the Great
Leap Forward, the Cultural Revolution, and the Tiananmen Square Incident and their aftermath for China and the
world. Students learn to appreciate the dynamics of Chinese politics and their impact on regional as well as world
politics. ∆ History/Political Science or Language/Global Issues
PSC 328 - Western Political Thought 4cr
This course covers dominant political theories or ideologies in a historical context. Some of the major political
theories or ideologies include those of Plato, Machiavelli, Locke, Hume, J. S. Mill, Hegel, Marx, Lenin, Mussolini,
and Hitler. ∆ History/Political Science
PSC 329 - American Political Thought 4cr
In this course, attention will be aimed at four critical periods and topics in American political thought. They are (1)
the founding of the republic and the adoption of the 1787 Constitution, (2) the formulation and justification of a
peculiarly American form of political culture, (3) the debate over slavery, civil rights, states' rights, and the
American Civil War, and (4) the conflicting views of populism, progressivism, and American conservatism. ∆
Prerequisite: PSC 151 Introduction to American Government or permission of instructor.
PSC 330 - Politics of Developing States 4cr
This issue-oriented course examines important questions in the politics of developing states. Students look at the
legacies of colonialism, neocolonialism, and nationalism in the developing state, as well as the impact of
modernization, the WTO, IMF, World Bank, and other international institutions on the development of the third
world countries. Population growth and its environmental impact will also be examined through different case
studies. ∆ History/Political Science or Language/Global Issues
PSC 336 - United States Foreign Policy 4cr
This course covers United States foreign policy and its geo-political consequences from the turn of the twentieth
century to the present. Study begins with constitutional authority, and then students determine how foreign policy
has been made, tracing various influences such as public opinion, the media, interest groups, and multinational
corporations, as well as the military, congress, and the president. Students engage in extensive research into a major
crisis in American foreign policy in the past thirty years, analyze the role played by dominant influences, and
evaluate the leadership of the sitting administration in the crisis. Awareness of and application to current foreign
policy issues will continue throughout the course. ∆ History/Political Science
PSC 340 - International Politics in the Pacific 4cr
This course examines the dynamics of international relations among major Asia-Pacific Nations including the
United States, China, Russia, Japan, the two Koreas, Southeast Asian Nations, as well as the importance of the
overseas Chinese community in Southeast Asian countries. Students strive to understand the cooperation and rivalry
of these different nations through a discussion of the history, culture, economic, and security concerns of these
different nations from World War II to the present. ∆ History/Political Science or Language/Global Issues
PSC 399 - Independent Study 4cr
PSC 431 - Constitutional Law 4cr
p 249 of 312
Using a combination of history, jurisprudence, and case law, this course investigates the evolving role of the
Supreme Court in shaping American politics. Topics to be considered include governmental structures, powers, and
relationships; civil liberties; and civil rights. Students will study legal history, legal theory, and will examine
approximately seventy of the most important decisions handed down by the Supreme Court.
Prerequisites: PSC 151 Introduction to American Government and junior or senior standing or permission of the
instructor.
PSC 490-498 - Special Topics in Political Science 2-4cr
This course is an in-depth consideration of a topic of particular concern within the discipline of Political Science.
p 250 of 312
PSY 100 - Introduction to Psychology 4cr
This course provides a comprehensive overview of the field of psychology. Topics include the philosophical and
scientific origins of psychology, research method in psychology, biological and perceptual processes, learning,
cognition and memory, emotion, personality, social psychology, psychological disorders, and psychotherapy. ∆
Social Science
PSY 121 - Sport Psychology 2cr
This course examines theoretical, clinical, and applied aspects of sport psychology. It provides a broad overview of
the major topics in the area (e.g., performance enhancement, mental rehearsal, motivation, competitive anxiety,
aggression, injury recovery). The primary course objective is to facilitate understanding of how psychological
factors influence involvement and performance in sport settings, and how participation in sports affects individuals
and groups. Partially satisfies ∆ Social Science
PSY 131 - Drugs and Behavior 4cr
The use of psychoactive drugs in human societies has a long history. This course provides an overview of drugbrain-behavior interactions. Accordingly, students will study a range of topics including drug actions on the nervous
system, elementary principles of pharmacology, therapeutic uses of behaviorally active drugs, drug abuse and its
treatment, and social policy. The term "drugs" is broadly defined and includes both legal and illegal substances. ∆
Social Science
PSY 199 - Independent Study 1-4cr
PSY 202 - Infant Development 2cr
This course examines the roles of home and school in the physical, cognitive, and socio-emotional development of
children between the ages of 2-12. The course emphasizes the use of psychological theories to understand the
complexities of developmental processes. An out-of-class Service-Learning component is often required. Partially
satisfies ∆ Social Science
PSY 203 - Child Development 2cr
This course examines the roles of home and school in the physical, cognitive, and socio-emotional development of
children between the ages of 2-12. The course emphasizes the use of psychological theories to understand the
complexities of developmental processes. An out-of-class Service-Learning component is often required. Partially
satisfies ∆ Social Science
PSY 204 - Adolescent Development 2cr
This course examines the development of the individual during adolescence. Areas of inquiry include physical and
sexual development, cognitive development, personality development, and social development. An out-of-class
Service-Learning component is often required. Partially satisfies ∆ Social Science
PSY 205 - Adult Development and Aging 2cr
p 251 of 312
This course examines human development from early adulthood through old age. Areas of inquiry include physical,
cognitive, social, and personality development as well as issues in aging and death. A Service-Learning component
is often required. Partially satisfies ∆ Social Science
PSY 216 - Psychology of Creativity 4cr
This course examines characteristics of creative processes, people, and places in the arts, literature, science,
business, and education. Social roles, economic factors, child-rearing practices, and approaches to education, which
may influence creativity, are also studied. Students read, write, and participate in seminar discussion to learn from
psychological theories, systematic research, and case studies. A Service-Learning component is often required.
PSY 231 - Research Methods in Social Science 4cr
This course provides students the opportunity to improve scientific writing and research skill by completing several
drafts of an original APA formatted research proposal. Students learn to transform ideas into researchable questions
by examining the nature of scientific thinking, research design, hypothesis testing, and quantitative methodology.
Students apply their knowledge of research methods to prepare to conduct their own research, to become better able
to critique scholarly reports of research, and to become better consumers of social science research presented in the
media. ∆ College Composition II
Prerequisite: MAT 141 Statistics and SOC 100 Introduction to Sociology or PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology
or permission of instructor.
PSY 279 - Supervised Internship in Psychology 1-16cr
Prerequisites: Prior to registration students must obtain departmental approval of a written proposal that describes
in detail the activities and educational objectives of the internship. Application materials may be obtained from
Psychology faculty members.
PSY 290-298 - Special Topics in Psychology 2-4cr
This course is an in-depth consideration of a topic of particular concern within the discipline of Psychology. The
PSY 310 - Biopsychology 4cr
This course examines the neurophysiological underpinnings of complex behaviors. An in-depth understanding of
the structure and function of the central nervous system provides the foundation for later topics that include the role
of the central nervous system in language, movement, sexual behavior, regulation of body states, emotions, and
psychopathology. ∆ Social Science
PSY 311 - Theories of Personality 4cr
This course engages students in critical examination of theory and research in the study of human personality,
individual differences, motivation and well-being. Theoretical approaches explored include psychoanalytic,
dispositional, biopsychological, cognitive, phenomenological, humanistic, behavioral, and social learning
perspectives. Students engage in comparison and contrast of these different perspectives and their underlying
assumptions. This course also provides the opportunity for students to integrate their study across broad areas of
p 252 of 312
psychology and to apply the study of personality to other fields such as creative writing, literature, philosophy,
education, outdoor leadership, business, and social work. ∆ Social Science
Prerequisites: PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology and junior or senior standing, or permission of the instructor.
PSY 312 - Abnormal Psychology 4cr
This course will provide a broad survey of what is considered to be abnormal behavior. Students will become
familiar with concepts of abnormal psychology and with some of the clinical and research findings upon which our
knowledge of psychological disorders is based. Students will critically review research and write about a particular
area of abnormal psychology. It is expected that students will not only have an increased understanding of
psychological disorders, but that they will have deepened empathy for those who have them. ∆ Social Science
Prerequisites: PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology is required, and PSY 231 Research Methods in Social Science
is recommended.
PSY 317 - Health Psychology 4cr
The interaction between psychological, social, and biological factors has become increasingly clear. This course
examines psychosocial factors in health and disease. Students will understand influences on how people stay
healthy, why they become ill, and how they respond when they are ill. This course also helps students gain a better
understanding of how their behavioral, emotional, and lifestyle patterns affect their health and wellness. ∆ Social
Science
PSY 318 - Social Psychology 4cr
Social psychology studies how the behavior of individuals and groups are influenced. This survey course examines
the major theories and research traditions in social psychology. Topics include social cognition, perception of self
and others, stereotypes and prejudice, social influence and persuasion, interpersonal attraction, group dynamics and
leadership, conformity, aggression, and prosocial behavior. Students will explore applications to behaviors that
impact environmental quality and sustainability, health and well-being, political participation and influence, and the
workings of our legal system. ∆ Social Science
Prerequisites: PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology or SOC 100 Introduction to Sociology is required, and PSY 231
Research Methods in Social Science is recommended.
PSY 323 - Learning and Conditioning 2cr
This course introduces the basic principles of behaviorism and how they can be applied in a variety of settings,
including animal training. Most of the course focuses on operant conditioning, but habituation and classical
conditioning are also discussed. Partially satisfies ∆ Social Science
PSY 324 - Sensation and Perception 4cr
This course explores how human beings gather and interpret information provided by the sensory systems. The
psychological properties of the sensory signal, the physiological mechanisms of the nervous system, and the
psychological processes of cognition and emotion will be examined. Students will appreciate applications in
sensation and perception, including the perceptual aspects of the aesthetic experience in music and the visual arts. ∆
Social Science
PSY 325 - Cognition 2cr
This course focuses on the processes of attention, memory, thinking, and the organization of knowledge. Theoretical
attempts to explain these processes and research strategies to elucidate underlying mechanisms serve as overarching
themes in the course. Partially satisfies ∆ Social Science
p 253 of 312
Prerequisite: PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology. PSY 231 Research Methods in Social Science is recommended
as a prior or concurrent course.
PSY 326 - Theories and Techniques in Counseling and Psychotherapy 4cr
This course explores major theories and techniques utilized in psychotherapeutic settings. Through a combination
of readings, discussion, and active role-playing, students examine behavioral, cognitive, existential, humanistic,
interpersonal, and psychodynamic approaches to treatment. Counseling skills (e.g., empathy and problem solving)
are practiced in a supportive classroom setting. Students also present a clinical case study to their classmates
focusing on a specific therapy approach. ∆ Social Science
PSY 350 -Group Leadership Practicum I 2cr
Students who are selected to be Peer Group Leaders are eligible to receive credit for this course. Each student Is
expected to participate in a training program, lead a peer group during orientation and first term, keep a journal, and
write a summary paper. Students will have the opportunity to develop, apply, and assess a broad range of leadership
skills in a group setting. This course does not meet requirements for the Psychology Major or Minor. This course is
graded on a Pass/Fail basis.
PSY 352 - Group Leadership Practicum II 2cr
Students selected to be Peer Group Leaders for a second year are eligible to receive credit for this course. In addition
to participating in the training program and leading a peer group, they design and administer an evaluation of the
training program. They also design and implement a program to meet an assessed social need of the freshman class.
Students have the opportunity to further develop leadership and program administration skills. This course does not
meet requirements for the Psychology Major or Minor. This course is graded on a Pass/Fail basis.
PSY 401 - Selected Readings in Psychology 2cr
This course provides an opportunity for the investigation of important original contributions to psychological
inquiry. It is organized around a particular theme, which may change from semester to semester. Readings may
include theoretical and empirical scholarly articles and book chapters that have historical or contemporary
importance for the field of psychology. Partially satisfies ∆ Social Science
Prerequisites: PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology and PSY 231 Research Methods, or permission of the
instructor.
PSY 402 - History of Psychology 2cr
This course explores the history of psychology through the use of primary sources. Students will gain an
understanding of important themes, developments, and figures in the history of psychology. Students will read
materials from archives and other sources in order to learn about the broad sociocultural context in which
psychology has emerged. Further, in a fascinating component to the course, students will peek in on original letters
sent by leaders in the field in order to learn about important events, successes, and struggles through the individuals'
own words. Partially satisfies ∆ Social Science
Prerequisites: PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology and PSY 231 Research Methods.
p 254 of 312
PSY 416 - Ecopsychology 2cr
Ecopsychology examines relationships between people and the rest of nature. As a collection of theoretical
perspectives, ecopsychology asserts that people have essential, unconscious connections with the rest of nature.
Ecopsychology proposes that detachment from this relationship has dire psychological and environmental
consequences and that restoration of this relationship furthers individual, community, and planetary health. This
course critically explores ecopsychology as a theory and as a worldview. Through writing, direct experiences, and
close reading of primary sources, students critically examine ecopsychology's theoretical roots and practical
implications. Students also explore the relationship of ecopsychology to psychodynamic theory, transpersonal
psychology, existentialism and phenomenology, deep ecology, ecofeminism, sociobiology, and evolutionary
psychology. This course meets elective requirements for majors in Psychology and Environmental Studies.
Prerequisites: ENS 220 Environmental Attitudes, Values, and Behavior, PSY 311 Theories of Personality, or PHI
252 Environmental Ethics, or permission of instructor.
PSY 418 - Cultural Psychology 4cr
This course is a study of human behavior and mental processes in a sociocultural context. Selected readings
illustrate how psychology handles cultural variation in cognition, intelligence, attachment, religion, language, mental
illness, family dynamics, and informal and formal schooling. Other topics may include perception, emotions,
creativity, identity, self and personality. Through reading psychological theory and empirical research, writing, and
seminar discussion, students learn to critically think from a cultural perspective. A Service-Learning component is
often required. ∆ Social Science
Prerequisites: Declared Psychology major or minor and senior standing, or permission of the instructor.
PSY 459 - Professional Issues in Psychology 2cr
This course prepares students to make the transition from the undergraduate major to life beyond college. Students
learn more about graduate schools, employment in the field of psychology or related fields, and other adventures.
Self-assessment, clarification of post-graduate goals, and skills and strategies relevant to career and life planning are
emphasized. Current professional issues in psychology are discussed, including professional ethics.
Prerequisites: Declared psychology major or minor and junior or senior standing, or permission of the instructor.
PSY 479 - Supervised Internship in Psychology 1-16cr
Prerequisites: Students must be of junior or senior standing. Prior to registration students must obtain departmental
approval of a written proposal that describes in detail the activities and educational objectives of the internship.
Application materials may be obtained from Psychology faculty members.
PSY 489 - Independent Research in Psychology 2-16cr
The student completes an independent research project. The project proposal must be approved in advance by a
faculty sponsor and by the department chair. The thesis report must be presented before a faculty committee selected
by the student and faculty sponsor.
Prerequisite: Department approval of a written research proposal.
p 255 of 312
p 256 of 312
REL 111 - Exploring Religions 4cr
Exploring Religions is a survey course designed to introduce students to selected religions of the world and the
academic study of religion. This course carefully examines a wide variety of primary and secondary sources to help
us understand and appreciate the diversity of ways in which human beings have asked, answered, and responded to
questions of life and death, values and ethics, power and danger. This course does not aspire nor pretend to cover all
religions but instead will focus on a few selected religions such as Buddhism, Judaism, Christianity, Islam, and
Confucianism. Students learn how to employ research methods in the academic study of religion through their
textual research and possibly on-site field experiences. ∆ Philosophy/Religion or Language/ Global Issues
REL/GDS 112 - Women and Global Religious Traditions 4cr
This course focuses on women's experiences within religious traditions such as Christianity, Hinduism, Judaism,
Buddhism, Islam, and Neo-paganism. Questions concerning the status of women, strategies for empowering women
within religions, similarities between male and female religious experience, women's work for social and
environmental justice within religions, and ways that women are transforming global religious traditions are
explored. ∆ Philosophy/Religion or Language/Global Issues
REL 190-198 - Special Topics in Religion 2-4cr
This course is an in-depth consideration of a topic of particular concern within the discipline of Religion. The course
REL 199 - Independent Study 1-4cr
REL 209 - Introduction to Islam 4cr
This course is a historical and thematic survey of the origins and development of Islam. The historical period
covered is primarily the so-called "classical period" of Islam (700 - 1300 CE). Students study the life and career of
Muhammad as the Prophet of Islam in the 7th century and the rise of the early Muslim community. Formation of
the Islamic polity and its struggles and challenges in terms of succession, cohesion, and expansion are surveyed.
The thematic section of this course is arranged according to a three-fold understanding of the religion of Islam as
related in a traditional hadith (known as "The Hadith of Gabriel"): islam ("submission"), iman ("faith"), and ihsan
("excellence"). Exploration of these three dimensions of Islam is anchored on the Qur'an - its historical, theological,
intellectual, juridical, and ritual aspects--and on Islamic "mysticism" as represented in the various Sufi movements.
∆ Philosophy/Religion or Language/Global Issues
REL 212 - Religion, Nature, and the Environment 4cr
This course explores, through textual study and field experience, the manifold ways that humans as religious and/or
spiritual entities try to make sense of their place in the cosmos and the ethical responsibilities that are incumbent
upon them if they are to live in a mutually enhancing and sustainable relationship to their environment. The
religious and ethical sensibilities of particular religious traditions such as Buddhism, Christianity, and Judaism,
among others, along with ecologically informed movements such as deep ecology and ecofeminism, and the work of
nature writers, theorists, and religious naturalists are explored. ∆ Philosophy/Religion or Language/Global Issues
REL 221 - History and Literature of the Ancient Israelites 4cr
p 257 of 312
This course introduces the Hebrew Bible as an anthology of ancient Israelite religious and literary texts. Emphasis
is placed on the texts' literary-cultural aspects, including history, composition, structure, and cultural contexts, as
well as themes, images, and other conventions. The course also explores ways in which these texts shape
contemporary Jewish practices (holidays). ∆ Philosophy/Religion
REL 238 - History and Literature of Buddhism 4cr
This course introduces students to the Buddhist religion--its history, fundamental doctrines, and practices. It pays
close attention to how Buddhism influenced the collective histories and personal lives of the people who identify
themselves as "Buddhists" across the expanse of time and space. It focuses on both historical and contemporary
expressions of Buddhism. Readings of translations of Sanskrit, Pali, Chinese, and Tibetan primary texts will be
done in tandem with readings of modern critical studies of these texts. Special attention will be given to Thai, East
Asian, and Tibetan Buddhism. ∆ Philosophy/Religion or Language/Global Issues
REL 239 - Hinduism: Texts and Tradition 4cr
This course is designed as an introduction to the many different religious traditions of South Asia that we identify as
"Hinduism." Although this course begins with the premise that there is no single Hinduism, it will nonetheless
focus on how the diverse religious traditions of South Asia form an inter-related whole. Seeking both to clarify and
complexify our understanding of what it means to be Hindu in the past as well as in the modern world, we will rely
on a number of media, including classical primary texts, ethnographic accounts, films, archival data, and video and
audio recordings to help us understand and appreciate the complexity of Hinduism. ∆ Philosophy/Religion or
REL 241 - History and Literature of the New Testament 4cr
This course offers students a critical introduction to the life and literature of the early Christian movement. Primary
attention will be given to the various writings of the New Testament, to the issues and events that gave rise to their
composition, and to the concrete situations and communities that these writings originally addressed. ∆
Philosophy/Religion
REL 252 - Life and Teachings of Jesus 4cr
Who was the man Jesus of Nazareth and how do people understand his life and teachings today? This course looks
at Jesus from four angles: the Jesus as presented in the Bible and the Gnostic Gospels, contemporary research on
Jesus in light of his times, the way people from non-Christian religions perceive Jesus, and the way Jesus is
portrayed in modern film. ∆ Philosophy/Religion
REL 253 - Emerging Christian Theologies 4cr
Emerging theologies explore the experiences of people who have been invisible to traditional theological
discussions--people of color, women, people from developing nations, gay/lesbian/bisexual people, and the poor in
general, as they begin to challenge contemporary Christian faith and the political and economic structures that
contribute to their invisibility. Students will read theologies that give voice to these experiences of oppression and
do service/solidarity projects alongside the people who are suffering in our midst. ∆ Philosophy/Religion or
REL 255 - Contemporary Christian Thought and Experience 4cr
This course provides students the opportunity to reflect on the diverse ideas represented by 20th and 21st century
Christians. Some representative thinkers who may be addressed include Nazi war resister Dietrich Bonhoeffer,
Catholic social activist and contemplative Thomas Merton, civil rights leader Martin Luther King Jr., contemporary
Christian ecofeminist Rosemary Radford Ruether, and evangelical C.S. Lewis. ∆ Philosophy/Religion
p 258 of 312
REL 312 - America's Alternative Religions 4cr
America, particularly since the 19th century, has been a seedbed for the growth and success of a variety of new
religions that provide alternatives to the traditional models of Christian faith. This course examines some of the
early experiments (Shakers, the Oneida Community), some of the early philosophies and experiences that predate
the New Age (Theosophy and Spiritualism), American success stories (Mormonism, Adventism, and Christian
Science), and contemporary alternatives (Neo-Paganism, New Age Spirituality, and Christian Fundamentalism). ∆
REL/GDS 313 - Goddess Traditions 4cr
Even before written history, humans have tried to understand the holy in relation to a feminine creatrix and destroyer
who is intimately related to the cycles of earth: the Goddess. This course examines the Goddess as she was known
in Greco-Roman culture, Celtic and Germanic traditions, and the ways she is re-emerging in contemporary
American spirituality. Attention will focus on history, mythology, and ritual. ∆ Philosophy/Religion,
Language/Global Issues, or College Composition II
REL 315 - Religion, Work, and Service 4cr
This course provides opportunity for students to explore the concept of vocation in relationship to faith, or as
Frederick Buechner describes it: "Where your deepest passion meets the world's greatest needs." Readings and class
projects enable students to explore the meanings of work, service, and morality from the perspective of classic
religious traditions such as Hinduism, Buddhism, Christianity, and Judaism. Students develop their own service or
career mentoring projects. ∆ Philosophy/Religion or College Composition II
REL 321 - Religion, Peace, and Social Justice: Seminar 4cr
This advanced seminar examines key religious values and practices, sacred and classic writings, and case studies of
religious leaders and cultures where religions have contributed significantly to the making and sustaining of peace.
∆ Philosophy/Religion, Language/Global Issues, or College Composition II
REL 338 - Chan/Zen Buddhism 4cr
This course introduces students to a living Buddhist tradition most commonly known in the West as "Zen." This
course will focus on the history and development of Chan/Zen doctrines, practices, goals, and institutions. Upon
successful completion of this course, students should have a critical understanding of Chan/Zen as well as a good
grasp of Chan/Zen self-understanding. The last section of this course will focus on contemporary experiences of
Chan/Zen in China, Korea, and the United States. ∆ Philosophy/Religion, Language/Global Issues, or College
Composition II
REL 380 - East Asian Religions: Seminar 4cr
p 259 of 312
This is an advanced seminar organized around themes and issues pertaining to the diverse religious traditions of
China, Korea, and Japan. We will examine five main rubrics: ideas, people, institutions, ritual, and space. A variety
of classical texts such as the Analects, the Great Leaning, Mencius, Xunzi, Daode jing, Zhuangzi, Awakening of
Faith, Heart Sutra, and Platform Sutra will be examined. ∆ Philosophy/Religion, Language/Global Issues, or
College Composition II
REL 425 - Religious Studies Colloquium 4cr
Students have the opportunity to develop their most significant academic interests through a colloquium where
informed students research and present their findings as the culmination of their academic experience in Religious
Studies. ∆ Philosophy/Religion
p 260 of 312
4.26 Science (SCI)
4.26.1 Overview
The undergraduate science research program at Warren Wilson College is designed to promote student intellectual
independence and maturation, a personalized education, and close cooperative academic interaction with faculty
members, staff, and peers. Successful completion of the three research courses--SCI 490 Research Design, SCI 486
Natural Science Seminar Research, and SCI 493 Natural Science Seminar Communication--fulfills the College
Composition II requirement. Specific objectives of the science research sequence include:
1. Designing a project that will address an original question in the context of literature and relevant
professional work, which incorporates choosing a topic important to the student, synthesizing a research
problem within academics, and connecting a hypothesis or objective to primary literature. The objective
must describe the relevance of the topic as well as what will be done, elaborate on the objective, placing it
in perspective in a larger context, and describe prior primary literature that attempts to answer the question
or consider competing hypotheses and explanations.
2. Implementing the project using appropriate methods and critical thinking which incorporates learning
techniques and theory, organizing several steps in a large endeavor, and practicing problem solution and
critical appraisal. Further requirements include at least two credits of research consisting of 80 real time
hours outside of Research Design, and a complete final evaluation, permissions, an abstract suitable for
publication, and a final clean-up of research space.
3. Communicating the outcome of the project, both orally and in written format, in a clear, concise, organized,
and engaging way. This incorporates senior-level articulation, creative expression, and logic and an
understanding of professional standards.
By the end of the sequence of three courses, students will be able to define a suitable research topic, choose a
research advisor, prepare a research proposal, understand and use the most common statistical, sampling, and
experimental design techniques in science research, present research orally before a scientific audience, and prepare
a scientific manuscript.
Assessment will occur through assignments, exams, evaluations, drafts, attendance records, final paper and research
graded by research adviser, and final presentation graded by participating faculty and staff but not adviser.
4.26.2 Courses
SCI 390 - Research Design 2cr
In this course, students begin the Natural Science Seminar process. Included are lectures and activities that teach
literature searching, experimental design, sampling, statistics, writing, and speaking. Students consult with faculty
members, choose a research advisor, choose a research project, and write a grant proposal. Students attend and
critique Natural Science Seminar for a full semester.
SCI 486-489 - Natural Science Seminar Research 1-4cr
This course is for students doing research for their Natural Science Seminar. After completing SCI 390 Research
Design, students are ready to begin their independent research projects. Working directly with a faculty research
mentor, each student will conduct the research. It is expected that students invest 40 hours of effort per credit hour.
A minimum of 2 credit hours are required. Students must inform the Natural Science Seminar coordinator who their
research mentor is and their tentative research topic to aid scheduling the presentations.
p 261 of 312
Prerequisite: SCI 390 Research Design.
SCI 491, 492 - Natural Science Seminar Attendance 0.5cr
This course is taken by science or ENS majors (sophomore - senior) who will not be giving a presentation during the
semester. It is required in certain concentrations (e.g., Environmental Policy) and for those who took Research
Design before fall, 2009. Participation will involve attendance at all of the sessions where seminars are presented by
students, staff, and invited guest speakers. This course is offered on a Pass/Fail basis. Natural Science Seminar
Attendance and Natural Science Research Communication must be taken in separate semesters. Note: students
completing Research Design (SCI 390) in fall 2009 or later fulfill the Natural Science Seminar Attendance
requirement in Research Design and do not have to register for Natural Science Seminar Attendance.
Completion of SCI 390 Research Design, 486 Natural Science Seminar Research, and 493 Natural Science Seminar
Attendance fullfills ∆ College Composition II
SCI 493 Natural Science Seminar Communication 1 cr
Some of the most essential skills for natural scientists include the abilities to investigate, organize, and present
concepts to their peers--both orally and in written format. This is the purpose of Natural Science Seminar
Communication: it provides the forum for the presentation and evaluation of student research. Each student will
present a 20-25 minute oral presentation on his/her research project and submit a formal thesis for the College
archives. The formal paper includes a complete description of the research project, methods, analysis, final results,
and scientific discussion. Students may not enroll in SCI 493 during the same semester they enroll in SCI 491 or
492. The scheduling for the seminar presentation takes place during SCI 390 Research Design one year before the
presentation.
p 262 of 312
SWK 201- Introduction to Social Work 2cr
This course explores social work as a possible career path and as a professional means by which to affect individual
and system change. Students learn about the values and ethics of the social work profession as well as the social,
economic, political, historical, and cultural injustices that social work advocates to change. Through 10 hours of
service learning in a local social service agency and reflection on their experience, students examine their interest in
the social work profession.
SWK 202 - Skills of Helping Others 2cr
This course assists students in developing skills necessary to establish and build helping relationships. Skills covered
include both verbal and non-verbal communication. Active listening and empathetic communication are
emphasized. This course creates a foundation for further course work in social work practice or other disciplines that
use primarily verbal communication to enhance problem solving. Through 10 hours of service learning that
involves direct interaction with others and reflection on their experience, students examine their interest in the social
work profession and other helping roles.
SWK 210 - History of Social Work and Social Welfare 4cr
This course explores the history and development of the social work profession and social welfare systems in the US
within a contemporary global context. Emphasis is placed on the historical roots of societal values and beliefs that
have influenced the development of social welfare policies and programs. This course also includes an examination
of contemporary social welfare policies and programs and an introduction to policy analysis. Through 15 hours of
service learning, students are exposed to current, local policy issues, and students reflect on the role of policy
practice in generalist social work.
SWK 291 - Changing the World: International Social Service 2cr
In this course, students explore the international context of social service. Students learn approaches to social
services from the various lenses of different cultures and regions of the world, focusing on the policies and practices
of social development and social welfare. Students examine the history, nature, value, and challenges of
international social service in relation to specific countries, regions, service organizations and agencies, and current
events.
SWK 305 - Human Behavior and the Social Environment I: The Life Course 4cr
This course explores human development across the life course with emphasis on the biological, psychological,
social, cultural, and spiritual dimensions. Students study the concept of generalist social work from an ecological
systems perspective that emphasizes the intersecting dynamics of humans with their environments. Consideration is
given to the impact of human diversity, discrimination and oppression on the individual's ability to reach or maintain
optimal health and well being across the life course. Students complete 15 hours of service learning in which they
explore life-course issues and reflect on a multigenerational perspective.
Prerequisites: BIO 109 Human Biology and either PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology or SOC 100 Introduction to
Sociology.
SWK 306 - Human Behavior in the Social Environment II: Social Contexts 4cr
This course is an exploration of social work from an ecological and social systems perspective to understand family,
group, organization, and community systems. As a class group, students complete 15 hours of service learning at a
local human services agency. Special attention is given to the impact of human diversity, discrimination, and
p 263 of 312
oppression in the contexts of families, groups, organizations, and community on individuals' and systems' abilities to
reach or maintain optimal health, well being, functioning, and change.
Prerequisites: SWK 305 Human Behavior and the Social Environment I or permission of the instructor.
SWK 310 - Social Welfare Policies and Services 4cr
This course continues the exploration of social work knowledge and skills initiated in SWK 210 History of Social
Work and Social Welfare regarding social welfare policies and services. Students learn to analyze current social
policy within the context of historical and contemporary factors that shape policy. Content is presented about the
political and organizational processes used to influence policy, the process of policy formulation, and the
frameworks for analyzing social policies in light of the principles of social and economic justice. Contemporary
social welfare programs and policies in the US are examined in a global context.
Prerequisites: SWK 201 Introduction to Social Work and SWK 210 History of Social Work and Social Welfare.
SWK 320 - Social Work Practice I: Individuals and Families 4cr
This course focuses on the development of social work values, knowledge and skills in generalist social work
practice with individuals and families. An ecological systems perspective is used to explore issues of diversity,
discrimination, oppression and privilege in relation to assessment, problem-solving, intervention and evaluation in
practice. Through 15 hours of service learning in which they work closely with individuals, families and/or small
groups, students identify and reflect on their strengths and challenge areas in relation to interpersonal, micro practice
skills, knowledge and values.
Prerequisites: Social Work major; and SWK 201 Introduction to Social Work, SWK 202 Skills of Helping Others,
SWK 210 History of Social Work and Social Welfare, SWK 305 Human Behavior and the Social Environment I, or
SWK 306 Human Behavior and the Social Environment II.
SWK 420 - Social Work Practice II: Groups, Organizations & Communities 4cr
This course focuses on social work methods relevant for practice with macro systems through investigating theory
and learning and practicing skills and techniques that help to effect change, solve problems, and enhance social
functioning.Ã‚Â This course includes content on macro practice contexts (i.e. communities and neighborhoods, and
organizations) and the components of an effective change process (i.e. building power, planning, mobilizing human
resources, securing financial resources, marketing and public relations, developing organizations, taking action, and
evaluating change). Students participate in an engaged learning process by providing service to a community-based
human services agency. Issues of race, class, gender, age, environment, sexual orientation, globalization,
oppression, and privilege are explored within the context of generalist social work practice.
Prerequisite: SWK 320 Social Work Practice I.
SWK 425 - Orientation to Field Education 2cr
This course prepares students for the block field education placement. Students review knowledge, skills, and social
work values related to generalist social work practice in a field agency setting. Students develop a professional
portfolio that includes resume, reference letters, and examples of written work, as well as a comprehensive reflection
of how their Triad education through liberal arts has contributed to their knowledge and skills in the practice of
social work. Students apply for, interview, and establish an internship arrangement for the following semester. In
preparation for their internship, students complete 12 hours of pre-service orienting and acclimating to their field
placement agency.
Prerequisite: SWK 320 Social Work Practice I.
SWK 430 - Field Education 12 credits
This is the social work field education practicum in which students intern four days per week in a social service
agency. Professional social workers provide students supervision. Students perform a range of practice functions
appropriate to beginning generalist social work practice such as intake, assessment, advocacy, case management,
research, and education, as well as policy and program development and implementation.
p 264 of 312
Corequisite: Must be taken concurrently with SWK 435 Field Education Seminar.
Prerequisites: SWK425 Orientation to Field Education and formal admission to Field Education (see Field
Education Manual).
SWK 435 - Field Education Seminar 4cr
This seminar is taken concurrently with SWK 430 Field Education. This course allows students to integrate their
academic preparation with their professional field experience. Students demonstrate professional competency in
beginning level generalist social work through written and oral presentations that highlight skills, knowledge, and
values necessary for micro, mezzo, and macro practice. Students engage in group discussions related to the field
practicum experience including topics such as practice and ethical considerations, race, class, environment, gender,
age, cultural competency, sexual orientation, research, policy, and problem-solving.
Corequisite: Must be taken concurrently with SWK 430 Field Education.
p 265 of 312
SOC 100 - Introduction to Sociology 4cr
This course provides an introduction to the basic principles and procedures of sociology. Topics range from the
micro-level analysis of everyday life (why don't we bump into each other when we cross the street?) to the macrolevel analysis of inequality (will the poor always be with us?). Major topics include culture, socialization, deviance,
and stratification both from local and global contexts. ∆ Social Science
SOC 199 - Independent Study 1-4cr
SOC/GDS 211 - The Family 4cr
This course is a comparative study of the family as a social institution and as the most intimate environment of
interpersonal relations. Students explore both theoretical perspectives and applied analytical approach of families in
local and global environments. The main themes covered are diversity, change and problems faced by family as a
social institution. Students have opportunities to critically analyze the connections between micro and macro level
structures affecting various types of families. Satisfies requirement for the Sociology and/or Gender and Women's
Studies Concentrations. ∆ Social Science
SOC/GDS 215 - Women and Society 4cr
This course provides an analysis of women in the United States emphasizing historical and contemporary
relationships of women to education, religion, law, politics, employment, family, and sexuality. Satisfies
requirement for the Sociology and/or Gender and Women's Studies Concentrations. ∆ Social Science
SOC 251 -Societies in Southeast Asia 4cr
This course is designed as an interdisciplinary introduction to the societies and cultures of Southeast Asia. Students
explore regional patterns, diversity, and uniquely local features of the societies. Through this course, students
acquire a sense of the geography and history of the region while exploring some local social, cultural, political,
religious, and economic issues. Through readings and assignments, students are exposed to and understand various
problems in the region such as ethnic conflicts and regional tensions as well as the natural and cultural wealth of
Southeast Asian societies. Satisfies requirement for the Sociology Concentration. ∆ Social Science or
SOC 271 -Environmental Sociology 4cr
This course focuses on the interrelationship between natural and social environments. Although the course covers a
broad range of issues, emphasis will be given to the development of environmental sociology; various perspectives
in environmental sociology; environment and culture; environmental justice; the interrelationship of ideology,
materialism, and the environment; global environmental issues; and environmental activism. Satisfies requirement
for the Sociology Concentration. ∆ Social Science
SOC 279 - Supervised Internship 1-16cr
Prerequisites: Prior to registration, departmental approval of a written proposal that describes in detail the
activities and educational objectives of the intern. Application materials may be obtained from Sociology faculty
members or the Sociology and Anthropology department chair.
p 266 of 312
SOC 290-298 - Special Topics in Sociology 2-4cr
This course is an in-depth consideration of a topic of particular concern within the discipline of Sociology. The
SOC 312 - Disaster and Society 4cr
This course addresses the intersection of disaster and social inequality in local and global contexts. Disaster is
perceived as a social process impacting different segments of societies unevenly depending on their positions in
social stratification. Using sociological perspectives and other perspectives in social sciences, this course provides
critical analyses on how various groups of people are differentially at risk before, during, and after disaster. The
main focus of this course is on natural induced disaster such as hurricane, earthquake, tsunami, and flood and how
these disasters intersect with social, cultural. and political factors. Satisfies requirement for Sociology
Concentration. ∆ Social Science
Prerequisite: SOC 100 Introduction to Sociology or ANT 200 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology or permission
of instructor.
SOC 317 - Social Theory 4cr
This course presents a history of the great adventure of social theory through the close study of the original writings
of many of the most influential sociologists and anthropologists, from the mid-19th century to the present. The
seminar explores the ways in which different paradigms have addressed the big issues concerned with understanding
the human experience: power, social and cultural change, gender and other forms of identity, the relationship
between agency and structure, the relationship between culture, society, and the environment and forms of
subsistence, and the nature of our emerging global society. This course is offered every fall, and Sociology and
Anthropology majors are urged to take it during their junior years, but may take it their senior year, if necessary. ∆
Social Science
Prerequisites: SOC 100 Introduction to Sociology and ANT 200 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology, and junior
standing, or permission of the instructor.
SOC/GDS 324 - Social Inequality 4cr
This course examines major forms of social inequality, sociological theory and concepts pertaining to social
inequality, and empirical research examining the extent and consequences of social inequality in the United States.
The class employs the concept of social location to explore ways in which socioeconomic class, gender, race, and
sexuality affect life chances, and considers sociological theory and data pertaining to ways in which systems of
social inequality are maintained, reproduced, resisted, and changed. Satisfies requirement for the Sociology and/or
Gender and Women's Studies Concentrations. ∆ Social Science
Introduction to Gender and Women's Studies, or permission of instructor.
SOC/GDS 325 - Gender, Development and the Environment 4cr
This course examines the changes in gender relations and the lives of women in "developing" countries or the global
South as effected by the development process and their incorporation into global economic and political systems.
Special focus is given to the interconnection of gender issues, development, and environmental problems in
"developing" countries. Students will learn how local and global inequality affects gender relations and
environmental conditions in various countries and how development programs and policies may alter the positions
of women and gender relations. Satisfies requirement for the Sociology and/or Gender and Women's Studies
Concentrations. ∆ Social Science or Language/Global Issues
p 267 of 312
Introduction to Gender and Women's Studies and junior or senior standing, or permission of the instructor.
SOC/GDS 366 - Feminist Thought 4cr
Feminist thought is not one unified body, but has many influences and debates within it. Through primary source
readings, discussion, and written work, students in this course explore the development of feminist thought, examine
major feminist theoretical approaches and the key debates among feminists, and see how theory is applied to action.
Satisfies requirement for the Sociology and/or Gender and Women's Studies Concentrations. ∆ Social Science
Prerequisites: GDS 100 Introduction to Gender and Women's Studies and junior or senior standing, or permission
of instructor.
SOC/GDS 402 - Sociology/Anthropology Research Craft 4cr
This course covers research methods specific to both sociology and anthropology through directed readings,
lectures, and projects designed to prepare students for the applied research undertaken in SOC 410 Directed
Research in Sociology/Anthropology. Focus will be on survey and field research, field notes, methods of
ethnographic documenting, in-depth interviewing, content analysis, and questionnaire development. Students are
required to have their research proposals approved by the Social Sciences Institutional Review Board by the end of
the semester. This course is offered every fall semester. ∆ Social Science
Prerequisites: SOC 100 Introduction to Sociology and ANT 200 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology, and sunior
or senior standing, or permission of instructor.
SOC/GDS 410 - Directed Research in Sociology/Anthropology 4cr
In this course, students will be engaged in applied research, write their theses and present their theses to the public.
Students' work could be used in the following ways: by agencies in planning or policy development; in articles
published for educational purposes; and for cultural documentation for museums, historical associations,
communities and/or ethnic groups. Students are required to have their research proposal completed and approved
by the Social Sciences Institutional Review Board before starting this course. This course is offered every Spring
semester. ∆ College Composition II
Prerequisites: SOC 402 Sociology/Anthropology Research Craft and approval of research proposal by the Social
Sciences Institutional Review Board.
SOC 479 - Supervised Internship 1-16cr
The internship is a supervised work experience in an approved setting. One academic credit may be earned for
each 40 hours of work in the internship placement.
Prerequisites: Junior or senior standing. Prior to registration, departmental approval of a written proposal that
from Sociology faculty members or the Sociology/Anthropology Department Chair.
p 268 of 312
p 269 of 312
4.29 Theatre (THR)
THR 101-102 - Performance/Production Practicum I 1-2cr
This course allows a student to earn credit for participating in a theatre project directed or supervised by a member
of the Theatre Department faculty. The student's involvement might be as an actor, playwright, designer, stage
manager, running crew or other technician, publicist, box office manager or staff, or in another approved manner.
The Department strives to offer opportunities to work on productions in a wide variety of styles and genres. In
addition to fulfilling production duties, Practicum students participate in discussions regarding the theater-making
process and the nature of collaboration and are expected to complete reading and analytical writing related to the
project. This course may only be added during Add/Drop period each term. Partially satisfies ∆ Artistic Expression
Prerequisite: Permission of the Theatre Department.
THR 109 - Introduction to Acting and Directing 4cr
This course introduces the related disciplines of acting and directing for the stage and is appropriate for students
with varying degrees of theatre experience, including none at all. Daily physical and vocal work, exercises in
concentration, awareness, simple action, and representation comprise the bulk of classroom instruction. Emphasis is
placed on collaborative relationships, ensemble building, and principles for fostering creative conditions in rehearsal
as students work on storytelling exercises, contemporary scenes, and monologues; they will be expected to spend
significant time rehearsing together outside of class. When possible, the class culminates in a publicly performed
collaboration with students from the Playwriting course. Attending some live performance events in the community
is required. ∆ Artistic Expression
THR 113 - Technical Theatre 4cr
An introduction to several aspects of backstage work, this course includes set construction, working from scale
drawings, scene painting techniques, prop construction, stage lighting, and stage sound equipment. Students learn
how to safely use construction tools, lighting equipment, and stage rigging. Class work is divided between lecture,
discussion, and hands-on demonstrations and projects. ∆ Artistic Expression
THR 189-190 - Modern Dance Technique 4cr
This course teaches basic concepts in modern dance technique. Students are introduced to basic theories of
contact/release and fall/recovery. They develop relaxation techniques, control of center, alignment, balance, and
flexibility, and they develop articulation of body parts with particular attention to the torso. Positions and sections
of the body and transitions are explored. Foundation standing techniques are at the core of daily lessons. Dance
elements (space, time, and energy or force) are explored and developed in class. The concepts of focus and
performance are introduced. This course may be repeated once for credit using course number THR 190. ∆ Artistic
Expression
THR 199 - Independent Study 1-4cr
THR 201-202 - Performance/Production Practicum II 1-2cr
p 270 of 312
process and the nature of collaboration, and are expected to complete reading and analytical writing related to the
project. This course may only be added during Add/Drop period each term. Partially satisfies ∆ Artistic Expression
Prerequisites: THR 101 or 102 and Permission of the Theatre Department.
THR 203 - Voice and Speech for the Actor 4cr
Speaking with expression, clarity, and vocal freedom is a vital skill for actors and others. In this course, students
employ daily practice to learn new possibilities for the ways they speak. Additional assignments include reading
and writing about voice. Students are given individual attention as they learn techniques to interpret text for
speaking, improve the muscularity of their articulators, and free their breathing through methods meant to improve
spontaneity and richness of vocal tone. This course involves regular physical exercises in breathing and stretching,
and students are expected to spend additional time outside of scheduled class time in peer practice sessions. This
course culminates in a short public performance of a memorized selection. ∆ Artistic Expression
Prerequisite: One THR course involving physical participation or permission of the Department.
THR 209 - Stage Management 4cr
A good stage manager is as essential to a successful theatre production as a good director or actor. In fact, one could
argue that the stage manager is the single most vital position in the entire production ensemble. This course covers
the basic elements of stage management: the expectations, the work involved, and, more importantly, the techniques,
habits, and personal qualities that make a successful stage manager. As far as possible, it includes actual production
experience (which likely involves a commitment to attend evening rehearsals) and observation of a professional
stage manager at work. The habits and techniques required of the stage manager can be taught; personal qualities
such as patience, discipline, responsibility, initiative, and passion can be encouraged to flourish. ∆ Artistic
Expression
THR 212 - Basic Design for the Theatre 2cr
This course aims to awaken students to the visual experience of design found in usual and unusual places, to make
students aware of the basic elements that produce good design, and to inspire students to tap their own creativity.
The ability to "see" is basic to the art of doing; therefore students will be concerned with developing the eye as they
learn to understand basic principles. These principles may be applied to all areas of visual art; however, this course
is especially concerned with their application to the theatre. Line, form, value, color and composition will be
explored. Students may want to consider taking THR 213 Design and Interpretation for the Theatre, a four-credit
course that includes the material from this course. Partially satisfies ∆ Artistic Expression
THR 213 - Design and Interpretation for the Theatre 4cr
This course combines study of basic design principles with a consideration of how to approach dramatic texts and
theatrical events visually. Study of design principles aims to awaken students to the visual experience of design
found in usual and unusual places, to make students aware of the basic elements that produce good design, and to
inspire students to tap their own creativity. Line, form, value, color, and composition are explored. Students
explore concepts related to the application of design principles in theatre through textual analysis, the study of
important designers and theorists, and by creating their own design visions in a final project. ∆ Artistic Expression
Prerequisite: One THR course.
THR 221 - Butoh, Dance of Darkness 2cr
The ability to identify and act on impulses is central to acting and many other activities. This course teaches students
to access their innate abilities to create spontaneously, and, in the process, to build self-confidence and collaborative
skills. Activities include theatre games, movement exercises, storytelling exercises, and mask work. Because the
work can lead in a number of directions (such as explorations of personality, social status, role-playing, character,
and the use of improvisation as a rehearsal tool), the specific content of the course changes from year to year. ∆
Artistic Expression
p 271 of 312
THR 244 - Improvisation for the Actor 2cr
The ability to identify and act on impulses is central to acting and many other activities. This course teaches students
to access their innate abilities to create spontaneously, and, in the process, to build self-confidence and collaborative
skills. Activities include theatre games, movement exercises, storytelling exercises, and mask work. Because the
work can lead in a number of directions (such as explorations of personality, social status, role-playing, character,
and the use of improvisation as a rehearsal tool), the specific content of the course changes from year to year.
Partially satisfies ∆ Artistic Expression
ENG/THR 250 - Introduction to Classical Theatre 4cr
This course, which surveys Western drama from the ancient Greeks through the eighteenth century, focuses on
character, dialogue, plot, symbolism, language, and other aspects of dramatic literature. Students also consider
drama in its historical, religious, and political contexts, and some consideration is given to dramatic theory, dramatic
innovation, and the modern performance of classical plays. Students are encouraged, but not required, to perform a
scene from one of the plays read. ∆ Literature
ENG/THR 251 - Introduction to Modern Theatre 4cr
This course surveys major works of modern (early and mid-20th century) and contemporary (post-1970s) drama,
with an interdisciplinary focus on literary issues and theatre history. Plays from Europe, America, and Africa are
considered. The course begins with Ibsen's invention of modern drama and later may cover such topics as theater of
the absurd (Eugene Ionesco's The Lesson), gender (Caryl Churchill's Top Girls), gay identity and AIDS (Tony
Kushner's Angels in America), race (Amiri Baraka's Dutchman), apartheid in South Africa (Athol Fugard's Master
Harold and the Boys), and much more. Materials include brief video clips for many of the plays so that students
may discuss the work of literature in production. Students are encouraged, but not required, to perform a scene from
one of the plays we read. ∆ Literature
THR 254 - Modern Dance for the Actor 4cr
This course is designed to give inexperienced as well as experienced student actors an opportunity to discover and
develop the expressiveness and articulation of the body on stage, skills that are essential to those contemplating
theatre or dance as an avocation or as a vocation. Those seeking simply to develop their physical coordination and
versatility will also find the course valuable. Student deals with basic elements of movement such as time, space,
and movement quality. ∆ Artistic Expression
THR 256 - Modern Dance Improvisation and Composition 4cr
This course teaches basic concepts of dance improvisation and composition. Students use the dance elements (space,
time, and energy) and improvisation techniques to create choreographic compositions. Use of imagery, abstraction,
motivation, communication, and theme through movement are explored. Various stimuli are investigated as a
movement source. ∆ Artistic Expression
THR 268 - History and Practice of Performance Art 4cr
Within the history of the avant garde, performance in the twentieth century has been at the forefront. Drawing freely
on literature, theatre, dance, music, architecture, poetry, film and fantasy--deploying them in any combination--each
performer has made his or her own definition in the very process and manner of execution. This course will explore
the history of performance art from its European roots in the 20th century through its evolution, development and
contemporary realization. The creation and practice of performance art will be the main thrust of this course. The
realm of play, escape from traditional limitations of making art, and a desire to take art out of the strict confines of
museums and galleries will be our mantra. ∆ Artistic Expression
p 272 of 312
THR 269 -The Dramatic Experience 4cr
Traditional play analysis may fail to consider the relationship between structure and affect. This is a course in the
affective aesthetics of both traditional and "postdramatic" theatre and theatre texts. The course provides students
with an understanding of dramatic and postdramatic forms through dialectic, written analysis and an exploration of
intuition through group performance experiments. Students gain a deeper understanding of dramatic form and an
experiential understanding of action, conflict, character creation, and performer-audience dynamics, as well as the
principles underlying more recent, abstract theatre. A variety of plays and critical writings are considered, though
the principles explored also apply to film and other forms of narrative presentation and performance art. ∆ Artistic
Expression
Prerequisite: One THR course.
THR 275-278 - Shakespeare in Performance and Production 2cr
Playtexts, even those as great as Shakespeare's, are not fully realized until they are interpreted in live performance.
This course allows students to propose ways in which Shakespearean (and occasionally non-Shakespearean) texts
may be interpreted on the stage through scenic, lighting, costuming, or acting/staging choices; students then attend
productions of the plays for which they have proposed interpretations. The course is structured around (but not
confined to) productions offered by the North Carolina Shakespeare Festival and, when possible, the North Carolina
Stage Company. There is a fee to cover the cost of theatre tickets. This course may be repeated for credit. Partially
satisfies ∆ Artistic Expression
MUS/THR 280 - Opera as Drama 4cr
This course introduces students to the world of opera and emphasizes the dramatic and musical aspects. Students
study selected operas from various periods of history, including comic and serious operas, and analyze complete
operas by discussing the libretto and the musical score. Students are expected to spend additional time outside of
class to view videos of opera performances. ∆ Artistic Expression
Prequisite: Permission of instructor.
THR 280 - Master Filmmakers 4cr
Through film analysis and film criticism literature, this course explores the personal vision of several master
directors. Students conduct an in-depth study of several films of auteur directors, their cinematic style, their artistic
aesthetic, and their contribution to film history. Different approaches to analysis, such as political, gender,
philosophical, and genre are used to advance student analysis skills and an appreciation of cinematic aesthetics and
meaning. Each semester different directors are chosen for study.
THR 281 - World Cinema 4cr
Foreign films offer a window into different cinematic styles, artistic aesthetics, and different cultural perspectives.
This course surveys significant cinematic movements and styles, such as Italian Neorealism and French New Wave.
During the second part of the course, non-Western contemporary films are used as a vehicle to explore a central
theme, such as "coming of age." Students advance their film analysis skills and develop an appreciation for
international cultural and economic lifestyles. Students reflect on the shared experience of humanity from a nonAmerican perspective.
THR 290-298 - Special Topics in Theatre 4cr
This course is an in-depth consideration of a topic of particular concern within the discipline of Theatre. The course
p 273 of 312
THR 301-302 - Performance/Production Practicum III 1-2cr
project. This course may only be added during the Add/Drop period each term. ∆ Artistic Expression
Prerequisites: THR 201-202 Performance/Production Practicum II and Permission of the Theatre Department.
THR 311 - Stage Lighting and Sound Design 4cr
This course constitutes a study of the art, function, and process of stage lighting and sound design. It emphasizes
current theatre lighting technology and design approaches with historical support from past stage lighting practices.
Class time is divided between lecture, discussion, and hands-on demonstrations of lighting and sound concepts.
Work includes observation/research, drafting, implementation, and discussion. Participation in the many
demonstrations, discussions, and assigned projects is required. ∆ Artistic Expression
Prerequisite: THR 113 Technical Theatre.
THR 314 -Scene Design 2cr
This course is a study of the art, function, and process of scene design with an emphasis on both aesthetic and
physical factors. Work includes research, drafting, rendering, and discussion of designs. Students are introduced to
the reasoning behind scenic design choices while becoming familiar with the principles, techniques, and materials of
pictorial and three-dimensional scenic design. Partially satisfies ∆ Artistic Expression
Prerequisite: THR 113 Technical Theatre.
THR 315 - Historic Costume Design for the Theatre 4cr
This course covers the theory and practical application of design. Through studies of color, form, balance, and
accuracy of historical research, students discover the total visual experience of the stage presentation as well as
individual character analysis and interpretation. Students also explore costumes through the ages for their aesthetic
value and as reflections of and insights into the culture, history, and values of their times. ∆ Artistic Expression
THR 341 - Acting Shakespeare 4cr
This course combines classical acting theory and practice with close study of Shakespearean texts. There is special
emphasis on vocal and text preparation methods. Projects include the presentation of a substantial Shakespearean
performance, such as an ample selection of scenes, class-created "mini-dramas" based on Shakespeare's sonnets, or
an oratorio or radio-play style presentation of a complete play. Students plan, prepare, and lead at least one set of
voice and movement exercises for the class, drawing on assigned readings in classical technique. They write a
number of short reflection pieces and reports on readings, plus one longer paper. When possible, work in this course
will be closely coordinated with the current Shakespeare production being prepared by Warren Wilson Theatre. ∆
Artistic Expression
Prerequisite: THR 109 Introduction to Acting and Directing, ENG 341 Shakespeare, or permission of the
instructor.
THR 358 - Ensemble I: Rehearsal Dynamics 4cr
This is an intermediate course in acting and directing, focusing on acting technique and the actor-director
relationship. The course develops personal and collaborative creative impulses through in-depth exercises and
discussion into the nature of action, presence, perception and self-expression. Students develop skills in textual
analysis through work on scenes and monologues from the realistic and verse drama traditions. A variety of
investigative reading supports the creation of a personal portfolio of writing to aid students in developing a personal
p 274 of 312
relationship to their craft. Special emphasis is placed on ensemble collaboration culminating in a group project. ∆
Artistic Expression
Prerequisite: THR 109 Introduction to Acting and Directing.
THR 400 - Ensemble II: Project 4cr
This course is an intensive, advanced project-based course in collaboration. Students work together to envision and
produce a theatrical work of up to 90 minutes. Student participation varies depending on the project(s). Such
participation may include acting, directing, design, dramaturgy, creative writing or stage management, including
areas in which students may have little prior experience. Additional targeted exercises, assigned reading and
research support the intellectual and creative growth of students. Students are expected to spend a significant
amount of time working together outside of scheduled class meetings. ∆ Artistic Expression
Prerequisites: THR 213 Design and Interpretation for the Theatre and THR 358 Ensemble I or one 4-credit course
in lighting, scenic or costume design; and one of the following: THR 269 The Dramatic Experience, ENG/THR 250
Introduction to Classical Theatre or ENG/THR 251 Introduction to Modern Theatre.
THR 401-402 - Performance/Production Practicum IV 1-2cr
project. This course may only be added during the Add/Drop period each term. Partially satisfies ∆ Artistic
Expression
Prerequisite: THR 301-302 and permission of the Theatre Department.
THR 489 - Senior Project 4cr
In this course, Theatre/English majors elect to undertake a project of substantial scope and challenge. Senior
Projects in performance, directing, design and production are given departmental resources and public
performances. Students may choose to undertake a project in dramaturgical or performance studies research, or
creative writing for the theatre. All projects require a written comprehensive self-evaluation and analysis. Students
must submit a formal Senior Project Proposal in February in their junior year. Approved Senior Projects will be
coordinated with other department productions, and seniors may be required to combine projects. Students should
also plan to enroll in an Independent Study in the fall of senior year to prepare for spring project work.
Prerequisites: Expected successful completion of the requirements for the Theatre/English major, a grade average
of B or better in all Theatre courses, and permission of the Department.
THR 490-498 - Special Topics in Theatre 2-4cr
This course is an in-depth consideration of a topic of particular concern within the discipline of Theatre. The course
p 275 of 312
4.30 Writing (WRI)
WRI 105 - Weekly Writing Sessions 1cr
All writers benefit from sharing and discussing their work with knowledgeable, interested readers. This course
provides such an opportunity, pairing each student writer with a peer tutor from the Writing Center for weekly oneon-one writing sessions. With the peer tutor's support, the student writer works on planning, drafting, revising, and
editing papers assigned for other classes. Some students bring creative writing. Some use the sessions as check-ins
during long research projects, bringing notes, insights, outlines, questions, and drafts. The Writing Center
coordinator oversees the course. Grading is Pass/Fail; to pass, student writers must attend regularly and
participate actively. The course may be taken twice, each time for a single credit. May be repeated for a second
single credit as WRI 206.
WRI 120 - College Composition I 4cr
Writing forms the means of liberal inquiry in any discipline. Students in this course develop their thinking through a
variety of expository prose. They work toward improved clarity and organization by writing multiple drafts of their
essays and by participating in peer reviews. Students practice locating, integrating, and citing primary or secondary
source material into their writing, and they learn to edit their own writing, checking for correct usage, mechanics,
spelling, and punctuation. Although sections of College Composition I are organized thematically, improved
writing remains the goal of every course as students become familiar with the process needed to produce clear and
organized expository prose. ∆ College Composition I
WRI 140 - Creative Writing: Introduction 4cr
This course exposes students to the craft of writing poetry, fiction, and nonfiction by acquainting them with some of
the conventions and terminology of each genre. Students read published authors to learn their techniques; they
explore the uses of the workshop, including its demands and rewards; and they practice effectively giving and
receiving feedback. In addition to completing writing exercises for each genre, students may also write critical
annotations and may produce small portfolios of their own work. ∆ Artistic Expression
WRI 142 - Introduction to Writing for the Media 4cr
Creative writing majors and those with an entrepreneurial or activist message to deliver benefit from expanding their
abilities into the professional sphere. This course introduces students to the study and practice of writing in print
and new media. Students research, write, and edit in a variety of formats, including newspaper (news and feature
articles), magazine (feature and column), public relations (press release and promotional materials), and web (site
content and blog). The class also introduces journalistic ethics and examines the media's role in society.
WRI 177 - ELL I: New Directions in Oral and Written Communication 4cr
In this course, students whose first language is not English engage in extensive study and practice of linguistic,
paralinguistic and rhetorical structures for academic oral and written composition in the area of intercultural
understanding. In addition to completing in-class exercises and participating in discussions, students complete an
analytical notebook, short formal papers, and oral presentations. Students consult individually with the instructor
and design exercises to fit individual needs in the development of critical reading, writing, and thinking in a U.S.
college. This course is open to all non-native speakers of English and required by all English language learners
who place below a high-advanced level on the ACTFL proficiency test.
WRI 178 - ELL II: Academic Structures and Rhetoric for Composition 4cr
p 276 of 312
In this course, students whose first language is not English continue written and oral practice and instruction in
English. They participate in discussion and oral presentation, write several short papers, prepare regular reading
assignments, and complete grammar exercises as needed.
Prerequisite: WRI 177 ELL I: New Directions in Oral and Written Communication or permission of instructor.
WRI 199 - Independent Study 1-4cr
WRI 201-205 - Advanced Composition 4cr
Students with experience in composition extend and refine their abilities in nonfiction prose, exploring the varieties
of the essay form. The course may work in either a tutorial or class setting to allow students to fulfill self-designed
writing projects. ∆ College Composition II
Prerequisite: WRI 120 College Composition I.
WRI 207 - Teaching Writing in Communities 4cr
This course is designed for students who want to teach or tutor writing in college, high school, community settings,
or abroad. We examine writing practices of adolescents and adults, cultural and political dimensions of writing
experiences, and local contexts of writing at Warren Wilson and in Buncombe County. Expectations include
extensive reading, critical reading responses, a tutoring placement (on campus or through Service-Learning), field
notes about tutoring, and a research paper. ∆ College Composition II
Prerequisites: College Composition I and sophomore standing.
WRI 210 - Creative Writing: Playwriting 4cr
Through this course, students develop an understanding of the craft of dramatic writing, improve their critical skills
in the reading of plays, and are introduced to writing in the genre. Students write and revise scenes and a one-act
play. The significance of character, motivation, voice, dialogue, tension, action, conflict, and other elements of
dramatic craft are discussed and demonstrated, often in critical annotations. Drawing on the collaborative nature of
playwriting, the course often works with directing and acting classes; student scenes are acted in class as a part of
the workshop process and a collaborative production of 10-minute plays often culminates the semester. May be
repeated for credit as WRI 310. ∆ Artistic Expression
Prerequisite: WRI 140 Creative Writing: Introduction, or permission of instructor.
WRI 211 - Creative Writing: Poetry 4cr
Through this course, students develop an understanding of the craft of poetry, improve their critical skills in the
reading of poems by others, and gain increased depth and flexibility in their writing of verse. Students write and
revise poems in a variety of forms and engage in critical reading of published works (often writing critical
annotations). They also actively take part in the process of the workshop, developing their abilities to offer useful
responses to their peers' work and to translate critique into effective revision. Students may complete a portfolio
presenting the evolution and accomplishment of their work over the semester. ∆ Artistic Expression
WRI 212 - Creative Writing: Fiction 4cr
Through this course, students develop an understanding of the craft of fiction, improve their critical skills in the
reading of fiction by others, and gain an increased depth and flexibility in their own fiction writing. Students write
and revise short fiction following several models and engage in critical reading of published works (often writing
critical annotations). They also actively take part in the process of the workshop, developing their abilities to offer
useful responses to their peers' work and to translate critique into effective revision. Students may complete a
portfolio presenting the evolution and accomplishment of their work over the semester. ∆ Artistic Expression
p 277 of 312
WRI 213 - Creative Writing: Creative Nonfiction 4cr
In this course, students write and revise several pieces and, in that process, are exposed to a range of strategies for
shaping compelling nonfiction. They will read and study the work of published authors with the goal of identifying
the characteristics of this relatively new genre. Work may range from memoir to travel narratives to the researchbased essay. The course helps students to develop useful responses to their peers' work, an essential element of
workshop participation. Students may complete a portfolio which includes early and more finished drafts of essays
and critical annotations of the work of published writers. ∆ Artistic Expression
WRI 220 - Writing About Place 4cr
Students develop a heightened awareness of their environment in this course through reading, writing, and
experiencing their immediate surroundings in the Swannanoa Valley. Students read classic and current nature
writing, one of the liveliest genres of nonfiction. Weekly writing assignments may culminate in a Journal of Place, a
multi-media representation of local findings, or longer narratives that interweave personal stories with stories of the
land. ∆ Artistic Expression
WRI 230 - Modern English Grammar 2cr
In this course, students work to achieve a thorough command of English grammar and syntax so that they can
compose and edit well their own and others' writing.
WRI 232 - Argumentation 4cr
This course is an intensive study of the theory and practice of argumentation, together with some consideration of
the ethics of public deliberation. Selected classics in rhetoric (e.g., Plato's Gorgias, Mill's On Liberty) are read,
discussed, and analyzed for their rhetorical precepts and as rhetorical models themselves. Major projects include
classroom debate and an extended researched argumentative essay. ∆ Composition II
WRI 290-298 - Special Topics in Writing 2-4cr
This course is an in-depth consideration of a topic of particular concern within the discipline of Writing. The course
WRI 301 - Reading Genre and Form 4cr
Understanding the characteristics of genre, the requirements of form, and the evolution of these modes helps
students of writing (and students of literature) realize the possibilities of a piece of writing. Students also begin to
understand how their generic and formal choices create the context in which we read and write. This course involves
the close study of a specific genre and its related forms. Topics vary and may include: nature and environmental
writing, literary journalism and the essay, short fiction, linked stories, confessional poetry, or the long poem.
Consult the instructor for specific theme. May be repeated for credit one time as WRI 302.
Prerequisites: WRI 120 College Composition I and sophomore standing.
WRI 308 - Reading Contemporary Writers 4cr
In the arc of literary history, contemporary writing forms the trailing edge; and for student writers, the contemporary
forms the immediate context in which they work. Entering the landscape of contemporary writing allows the student
of writing (and the student of literature) to gain an awareness of the diversity of approaches and perspectives
p 278 of 312
available and to consider their connections to historical roots. This course involves the close study of contemporary
writing in multiple genres. Topics are organized around movements or themes, for example: Appalachian Writers,
Gay and Lesbian Writers, Writers of the Diaspora, Latin American Writers, or WWC MFA Faculty. Consult the
instructor for specific theme.
Prerequisites: WRI 120 College Composition I and sophomore standing.
WRI 311 - Advanced Fiction Workshop 4cr
Students already familiar with writing fiction generate and revise new work and develop long-term goals that they
can begin to approach with the help of this course. Students bring fiction to workshop for feedback to assist in the
revision process, discuss structure and technique in published fiction (often in the form of written annotations), and
complete writing exercises related to discussions of craft. Students meet individually with the course instructor to
review the progress of their work. Students may complete a portfolio presenting the evolution and accomplishment
of their work over the semester, and this project may suggest directions for their Senior Portfolio. May be repeated
for credit as WRI 312. ∆ Artistic Expression
Prerequisite: WRI 212 Creative Writing: Fiction, or permission of instructor
WRI 313 - Advanced Poetry Workshop
Students already familiar with writing poetry generate and revise new work and develop long-term goals that they
can begin to approach with the help of this course. Students bring their poetry to the workshop for feedback to help
them in the revision process, study the structure and technique in published poetry (often in the form of written
annotations), and complete writing exercises related to the discussion of craft. Students meet individually with the
course instructor to review the progress of their work. Students may complete a portfolio presenting the evolution
and accomplishment of their work over the semester, and this project may suggest directions for their Senior
Portfolio. May be repeated for credit as WRI 314. ∆ Artistic Expression
Prerequisite: WRI 211 Creative Writing: Poetry, or permission of instructor.
WRI 316 - Advanced Creative Nonfiction Workshop 4cr
Students already familiar with writing creative nonfiction generate and revise new work and develop long-term
goals they can begin to approach with the help of this course. Students bring nonfiction to the workshop for
feedback to help on the revision process, discuss structure and technique in published nonfiction, often in the form
of written annotations, and complete writing exercises related to the discussion of the craft. Students meet
individually with the course instructor to review the progress of their work. Students may complete a portfolio
presenting the evolution and accomplishment of their work over the semester, and this project may suggest
directions for their Senior Portfolio. May be repeated for credit as WRI 317. ∆ College Composition II or Artistic
Expression
Prerequisite: WRI 213 Creative Writing Nonfiction or WRI 220 Writing About Place, or permission of instructor.
WRI 320 - Environmental Writing 4cr
In this course, students read and write pieces that can be categorized along a continuum extending from nature
writing to environmental journalism, from radio essays to literary exposÃƒÂ©s. A strong emphasis is placed on the
students' use in their writing assignments of information gained from careful observation and research. The class is
visited by environmental writers who share their experience and insights in the field. Students collectively practice
their editorial skills in crafting selected work for submission for publication. ∆ College Composition II or Artistic
Expression
Prerequisite: WRI 213 Creative Writing: Nonfiction or WRI 220: Writing About Place, or permission of instructor.
WRI 381 - Research in Creative Writing 4cr
Students new to creative writing are often not aware of the substantial work many creative writers do to give their
work a solid grounding in fact. Reading the work of published authors, students in this course detect the
underpinning of research in creative work. Students then develop projects in poetry, fiction or nonfiction that draw
p 279 of 312
upon their previous studies in both creative writing and other fields, seeking a fruitful intersection of these creative
genres and another discipline. They pursue these projects by seeking information discovered through individual
research (including archival and field work as well as interviews), current course work in other disciplines, and the
assistance of librarians and other faculty. The course is organized around an individual research plan developed
specifically for each student project. ∆ College Composition II
Prerequisites: 300-level writing course and permission of instructor.
WRI 394 - Creative Writing: MFA Residency 2cr
Advanced writing students experience a rigorous and immersive course that takes them through a portion of the
curriculum of the MFA Winter Residency, engaging them in graduate-level discourse and offering them some sense
of the graduate school experience. Students are present for the ten-day January residency of the College's MFA
Program, where they attend the readings, lectures, and courses offered by MFA faculty and graduating students.
Alongside these events, students engage in seminar discussion of topics raised in the Residency, pursue the readings
in greater detail, and map a workplan for the upcoming workshop. Students may enroll in WRI 394 alone but are
strongly encouraged to enroll in the sequence. They cannot take WRI 395 Creative Writing: MFA Workshop
without WRI 394. An application is required. May be repeated for credit. ∆ Artistic Expression
Prerequisites: A 200 level course in Poetry, Fiction, or Nonfiction and permission of instructor.
WRI 395 - Creative Writing: MFA Workshop 2cr
This course extends the work of WRI 394 Creative Writing: MFA Residency into a mixed-genre advanced
workshop. Students prepare an individual workplan outlining their creative and critical goals and defining the
project that will constitute the work of the term. To achieve those goals they actively participate in the writing
workshop: writing and revising their work, studying the work of professional authors (often writing critical
annotations), and carefully critiquing the work of their peers. An application is required. May be repeated for
credit. ∆ Artistic Expression
Prerequisites: WRI 394 Creative Writing: MFA Residency and permission of instructor.
WRI 419 - Senior Writing Portfolio 2cr
This course offers guidance to senior creative writing majors, minors, and those with a creative writing
concentration in the English major as they complete their senior writing project. The course helps students to set a
revision schedule, to organize the manuscript, and to draft and revise the introduction to the portfolio. The course
initiates a discussion, with the help of occasional guests, about the rest of the students' lives as writers, including
graduate school, careers for writers, submitting work, publishing, and writers' organizations. Students also plan and
prepare for their senior reading. Graduating students may enroll in either fall or spring semester, but must be
prepared to submit their Senior Portfolio in the same semester.
Prerequisite: Senior standing as a creative writing major or minor or English major with a concentration in creative
writing, or permission of instructor.
WRI 485 - Creative Writing Internship 1-8cr
An internship is a short-term experience of writing in a professional setting in which the student sets, achieves, and
reflects on specific learning outcomes with the oversight of a professional mentor. An internship may include any
phase of the writing process, including researching, drafting, revising, editing, and designing documents. An
internship is inevitably self-directed and involves mature goal-setting and accountability. A student seeking an
internship must file an Internship Plan, which includes a statement of expected outcomes, specific tasks to be
completed, and a plan for periodic supervisor evaluation and self-evaluation. Upon completion of the internship, the
student files a self-reflection essay and a portfolio of work completed. Students should see the Director of
Undergraduate Writing for full internship guidelines. A required internship form is available from the Registrar.
p 280 of 312
Prerequisites: Junior or senior standing and prior approval of a written Internship Plan by a site supervisor and the
Director of Undergraduate Writing.
WRI 490-498 - Special Topics in Writing 2-4cr
This course is an in-depth consideration of a topic of particular concern within the discipline of Writing. The course
p 281 of 312
5.1
Administration and Staff
5.1.01 - Office of the President
William Sanborn Pfeiffer
President
B.A., Amherst College
M.A., Ph.D., Kent State University
Rowena M. Pomeroy
Administrative Assistant to the President
A.A., A.S., Tallahassee Community College
B.S., Florida State University
5.1.02 - Office of the Vice President for
Academic Affairs and Dean of the
College
Paula Garrett
Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of
the College
B.S., M.A., Baylor University
Ph.D., Louisiana State University
Naomi Otterness
Director of International Programs
B.A., University of Florida
M.L.A., University of North Carolina - Asheville
Sharon Withrow
Assistant Director of International Programs
B.A., University of North Carolina - Asheville
M.A., North Carolina State University
Lorrie Jayne
International Student Advisor
B.A., Warren Wilson College
M.A., School of International Training
Julie C. Wilson
Writing Center Coordinator
B.A., Oberlin College
M.A., PhD., University of North Carolina-Chapel
Hill
5.1.02.1 - Office of Service-Learning
Susan Huey
Administrative Assistant, Academic Affairs
B.A., Tulane University
M.B.A., University of Tennessee - Knoxville
Cathy Kramer
Dean of Service
B.A., St. Norbert College
M.A., University of Minnesota
Donald W. Ray
Director of Educational Assessment and
Institutional Research
B.A., Stanford University
M.A., Ph.D., Bowling Green University
Debra Kiliru
Director of Community Leadership
B.A., Guilford College
Allyson Hettrick
Assistant Director of Institutional Research
B.A., University of North Carolina - Chapel Hill
Christa Bridgman
Registrar
Marion Yeager
Assistant Registrar
M.A., Sonoma State University
Brooke Millsaps
Director of Service-Learning
B.A., University of Missouri at Columbia
M.A., Appalachian State University
Karen Kyle
Office Manager / Program Assistant
5.1.03 - Environmental Leadership
Center
Margo Flood
Executive Director, Environmental Leadership
Center
B.A., University of Florida
p 282 of 312
Ellen W. Querin
Administrative Assistant
B.A., University of GeorgiaEnvironmental
Leadership Center
Phillip Gibson
Director, Research and Community Outreach
B.S., University of Louisiana
M.B.A., Southern Illinois University
5.1.04 - Office of Student Life
Deborah Myers
Dean of Students
B.A., Central Washington University
M.A., University of Vermont
Angela Dowdy
Administrative Assistant, Office of Student Life
B.A., Temple University
Sherolyn Hopkins
Assistant Dean of Student Life
B.S., M.S., University of West Florida
Leah McCullough
Director of Spiritual Life
B.S., B.S., M.A., Appalachian State University
M.Div., Iliff School of Theology
Daniel Seeger
Director of Student Activities
B.A., University of Wisconsin, Stevens Point
M.A. Rollins College
Art Shuster
Director of Counseling
M.S.W., University of South Carolina
Anne D. Lundblad
College Counselor
B.A., College of William and Mary
M.S.W., University of Denver
Kelly Kelbel
RISE Program Director
B.A., De Paul University Project Coordinator
M.S. Ed., CUNY
Katie Buehner
Coordinator of First Year Programs / Residence
Director
B.A ., University of Pittsburgh at Johnstown
M.A ., Indiana University of PA
Stan Cross
Education Coordinator
B.A., Skidmore College
Jill Meadows
College Counselor
M.S.W., Smith College
Deborah Braden
Educational Access Coordinator
B.A., M.A, California State University, Fresno
Lyn O'Hare
Director of Academic Support Services
M.A., Banks Street College of Education
Steve Runholt
College Chaplain
B.A., University of South Dakota
M.A., Oxford University
M.Div., Princeton Theological Seminary
Stacey Enos
Director of Athletics and Adventure Sports, Head
Women's Soccer Coach
B.A., University of North Carolina - Chapel Hill
B.S., University of Utah
Andrew Pulsifer
Director of Aquatics, Head Swim Team Coach
B.A. Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State
University
M.S. Georgia State University
Jason Michaels
Director of Outdoor Programs
B.A., Warren Wilson College Head Cross
Country Coach
Michael Kerr
Associate Athletic Director, Head Men's Soccer
Coach
B.A., Evergreen State College
Rob Shook
Director of Intramurals, Head Women's
Basketball Coach
B.S., Grace College
M.S. Ed., Baylor University
p 283 of 312
Kevin Walden
Head Basketball Coach, Sports Information
Director
B.A. Knox College
M.A., St. Ambrose University
Richard Blomgren
Interim Vice President for Advancement
A.A., Fullerton College
B.F.A., Stephens College
M.F.A., Penn State
Charlie Wright
Director of Wellness
Sarah El-Attar
B.A., Mississippi State
M.S., University of Georgia
5.1.05 - Office of the Dean of Work
Ian Robertson
Dean of Work
N.C.A., Staffordshire College of Agriculture
Karen Huntley
Assistant Dean of Work
Charles "Chase" Hubbard
Farm Manager
Shannon Senn
Philip A. Leonard
Director of Advancement Services
B.A., Davidson College
M.B.A., University of North Carolina - Chapel
Hill
Janet L. Doyle
Director of Development
B.A., Wittenberg University
M.B.A., Columbia Theological Seminary
Jedidiah Brown
Assistant Farm Manager
B.S., Warren Wilson College
Don Harris
Director of Development
B.A., Western Carolina University
Shawn Swartz
Forest Manager
Rodney Lytle
Interim Alumni Relations Director
Thomas LaMuraglia
Supervisor, Landscaping Services
Renee Fortner
Assistant Supervisor, Landscaping Services
A.A., Haywood Community College
B.S., University of North Carolina-Asheville
Bates Canon
Director of Career Services
B.A., North Carolina State University
M.Ed., University of Georgia
Eugene D. Roberts
Career Advisor
B.S., Regents College
M.L.S., Georgetown University
5.1.06 - Office of Advancement
Miranda Hipple
Director of Annual Giving
B.A., M.B.A., East Tennessee State University
Julie Lehman
Director of Church and Interfaith Relations
M.A., Adelphi University
Kelly Christianson
Grant Writer / Researcher
B.A., Mars Hill College
Ally Donlan
Director of Community Relations
B.A., Johns Hopkins University
M.S.W., University of North Carolina at Chapel
Hill
Mary Craig
Data Base Manager
B.A., Newcomb College of Tulane University
p 284 of 312
Jane Weis
Assistant Recording Secretary
B.S., North Dakota State University
A.M., University of Chicago
Morgan Davis
Web Director
5.1.08 - Office of Administration and
Finance
5.1.07 - Office of Admission
Richard Blomgren
Dean of Admission and Director of Marketing
A.A., Fullerton College
M.F.A., Penn State
Sharon Lytle
Senior Associate Director of Admission
Jonathan Ehrlich
Vice President for Administration and Finance
B.A., Middlebury College
M.B.A., Rollins College
Emily Quinn
Administrative Assistant to the Business Office
B.A., Wake Forest University
Janis Wolff
Associate Director of Admission
B.A., Franklin Pierce College
Gail Baylor
Director of Human Resources
B.A., University of North Carolina - Charlotte
M.S., Western Carolina University
Morning Naughton
Associate Director of Admission
James Lauer
Director, Student Services
Hazel Montcrief
Manager, Campus Store
Keri Willever
Senior Admission Counselor
Brian O'Loughlin
Director, Food Service
B.A., University of South Florida
Monique Cote
Campus Visit Coordinator
Melodee Leyshon
Post Office Assistant
B.S., Appalachian State University
Katie Green
Admission Counselor
B.A., Berea College
Terry Payne
Director, Public Safety
Brianna Quick
Richard Hayes
Public Safety Supervisor
5.1.07.1 - Office of Marketing
Benjamin J. Anderson
Director of Media Relations
A.B., University of Georgia
M.A., University of Florida
Stephen Vanover
John Bowers
Communications Director
B.A., B.S., Lander University
M.A., Western Carolina University
Gary Mintz
5.1.08.1 - Accounting
p 285 of 312
Mary Davis
Controller
A.A., Coastal Carolina Community College
B.A. Warren Wilson College
Elizabeth Freel
Accounts Payable
Carli A. Damien
Accounts Receivable Supervisor
A.S., Santa Fe Community College
B.S., St. Leo University
Phyllis Padgett
Accounting Specialist
B.S., Western Carolina University
Kristina Trivette
Payroll/Financial Aid Assistant
5.1.08.5 - Information Technology
David Harper
Computing Services Manager
B.A., University of North Carolina - Charlotte
M.A., Appalachian State University.
Randall Sloan Poe
Network Systems Administrator
Justin Wagner
Helpdesk Coordinator
B.S. East Carolina University
M.B.A. Western Carolina University
5.1.08.6 - College Press
Robert Lamb
Manager
B.A., Hartwick College
M.A., University of Arkansas, Fayetteville
5.1.08.2 - Financial Aid
Kathy Pack
Director, Financial Aid
A.A., Gaston College
B.S., M.A., Appalachian State University
Pat Willever
Assistant Manager
B.A., Earlham College
Eleanor Will
Assistant Director Financial Aid
B.S. University of New Orleans
M.S., Ohio State University
5.1.08.7 - Facility Management and
Technical Services
Paul Braese
Director, FMTS
B.S., Clemson University
Anna Booraem
Financial Aid Assistant
B.A., College of Charleston
Mae Deel
Administrative Assistant, FMTS
5.1.08.3 - Purchasing
Paul Bobbitt
Supervisor, Rental and Renovations
Deborah Anstrom
Purchasing Supervisor
A.A., St. Petersburg College
Ray Cockrell Jr.
Supervisor, Auto Shop
June Seifert
Admistrative Assistant
B.S., Tusculun College
John Griffith
Supervisor, Electrical Maintenance
5.1.08.4 - Administrative Computing
Scott Fair
Supervisor, Building Services
M.F.A., University of Maryland - College Park
Omega Hodges
Director, Administrative Data Processing
A.A., Atlanta Junior College
p 286 of 312
William Baunack
Assistant Supervisor, Building Services
B.S.W., University of South Florida
Thomas Hodges
Thomas Wilder
Michael Galloway
Assistant Supervisor, Heating and Air
Conditioning Services
Douglas Bradley
Supervisor, Special Projects
James Damien
Supervisor, Locksmith
John Verba
Office Manager / Motor Pool Supervisor
B.S., Concord College
Jason Lackey
Supervisor, Painting
Jessica A. Wooten
Supervisor, Recycling and Solid Waste
B.A., Duke University
5.1.09 - Swannanoa Gathering
Norman Propst
Supervisor, Carpentry
James Magill
Director
B.A, M.A.., University of North Carolina - Chapel
Hill
Christopher Hanson
Supervisor, Plumbing Services
Hoyt Barnes
Supervisor, Heating and Air Conditioning
Services
Liz Brace
Office Manager / Conference Coordinator
B.S., University of Oregon - Eugene
p 287 of 312
5.2
Faculty (2010-2011)
Warren Wilson College does not use conventional academic ranks or titles. (* Indicates part-time teaching
assignment.)
David Abernathy
Geography/Global Studies
B.A. University of North Carolina - Chapel Hill
M.A. University of North Carolina - Charlotte
Ph.D., University of Washington
Eric Baden
Art
B.A., State University of New York - Buffalo
M.F.A. - East Tennessee State University
Paul Bartels
Biology
B.S., Southern Illinois University
M.Phil., University of the West Indies
Ph.D., University of California - Santa Cruz
Stephen F. Cartier
Chemistry
BS, Boston College
PhD, Pennsylvania State University
Christey Carwile
Sociology/Anthropology
B.A., Appalachian State University
M.A., Ph.D., Southern Illinois University Carbondale
Bette Bates
Art
M.F.A., East Carolina University
Dusty (Charles) Benedict
Art
B.F.A., M.F.A., Art Center College of Design
Melissa E. Blaire
History / Political Science
Ph.D., University of Virginia
Amy E. Boyd
Biology / Environmental Studies
M.S., Antioch New England Graduate School
Ph.D., University of Arizona
John W. Brock
Chemistry/Environmental Studies
B.S., Kentucky Wesleyan College
Ph.D., Emory University
Kathryn Burleson
Psychology
B.S., Appalachian State University
M.A., Humboldt State University
Ph.D., University of California - Santa Cruz
John E. Barry
Business Administration
B.S., Boston College
M.B.A., Northeastern University
David J. Bradshaw
English / Writing
A.B., Bowdoin College
M.A., M.Phil.
Ph.D., Yale University
Mark Brenner
Biology/Environmental Studies
B.S., University of Wisconsin - Stevens Point
M.S., Ph.D., University of Washington
John Casey
Philosophy
B.A., Coe College
Ph.D., University of Iowa
Alberto Centeno-Pulido
Modern Language
B.A., Universitat de Valencia
M.A., Ph.D., University of Georgia
*J. Michael Clark
Religion
B.A., Emory and Henry College
M. Div., Ph.D., Emory University
Alison H. Climo
Social Work
A.B., Smith College
M.A., M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Michigan Ann Arbor
p 288 of 312
Donald F. Collins
Physics
B.A., College of Wooster
M.S., Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon University
Victoria P. Collins
Chemistry
B.A., College of Wooster
M.S., Carnegie-Mellon University
M.S., University of Arizona
Ph.D., University of Kentucky
John Crutchfield
Writing
B.A., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill
M.F.A., Ph.D., Cornell University
*Ruth Douglas Currie
B.A., Agnes Scott College
M.Div., Union Theological Seminary
M.A., Ph.D., Duke University
Robert A. Eckstein
Biology
B.A., University of Colorado
D.V.M., Colorado State University
M.S., Ph.D., University of California - Davis
David S. Ellum
Forestry/ Environmental Studies
B.S., North Carolina State University
M.F., Ph.D., Yale University
Ben Feinberg
Anthropology
B.A., University of Michigan - Ann Arbor
M.A., Ph.D., University of Texas - Austin
Robert Hastings
Environmental Studies
A.S., Pasadena City College
B.S., Bemidji State University
M.S., California State University
Gary Hawkins
Writing
B.A., University of Redlands
M.F.A., Warren Wilson College
Ph.D., University of Houston
Jeffrey Holmes
Biology
B.A., M.A., University of California - Santa
Barbara
Ph.D., University of Colorado - Boulder
Carol Howard
English/Theatre/Writing
B.A., State University of New York - Purchase
M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D., Columbia University
Janice Jackson
The Claude D. Vannoy '35 Chair, Business
B.A., Beloit College
M.Ed., Howard University
M.B.A., D.B.A., University of Memphis
Philip A. Jamison
Mathematics/Appalachian Music
B.A., Hamilton College
M.S., Western Carolina University
M.A., Appalachian State University
Sally A. Fischer
Philosophy
B.A., Goucher College
M.A., Villanova University
Ph.D., Marquette University
Warren J. Gaughan
Music
B.A., Maryville College
M.M., University of North Carolina - Greensboro
D.M.A., Arizona State University
*Arlin (Robert) L. Geyer
Art
B.A., State University of New York - Purchase
M.F.A. Candidate, Academy of Art University
Dongping Han
B.A., Qufu Teacher's University, China
B.A., Hebei University, China
Diploma in Education, National University of
Singapore
Ph.D., Brandeis University
*Lorrie Jayne
Writing
M.A., School of International Training
Annie Jonas
Education
B.S., Guilford College
M. Ed., Harvard University
p 289 of 312
Dean C. Kahl
Chemistry
B.A., Whittier College
Ph.D., Stanford University
Franklin A. Kalinowski
Environmental Studies/Political Science
B.A., M.A., University of Delaware
Ph.D., Claremont Graduate School
Susan B. Kask
Economics
Ph.D., University of Wyoming
A. Michael Matin
English / Writing
B.A., Vassar College
M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D., Columbia University
Rose McLarney
Beebe Teaching Fellow, Writing
B.A., M.F.A., Warren Wilson College
Kevin D. Kehrberg
Music
Jeff A. Keith
Global Studies
B.A., Evergreen State College
M.A., Ph.D., A.B.D. (scheduled defense - Fall
2011), University of Kentucky
Martha Knight-Oakley
Psychology
B.A., Trinity University
M.S., Ph.D., Purdue University
*Louly Konz
Art
M.A., Ph.D., University of North Carolina Chapel Hill
Siti Kusujiarti
Sociology
B.A., Gadjah Mada University
M.A., Ph.D., University of Kentucky
Lucy A. Lawrence
Social Work
B.S., University of North Carolina - Greensboro
M.S.W., Boston University
Ph.D., University of Alabama
Leah Leitson
Art
B.F.A., New York State College of Ceramics
M.F.A., Louisiana State University
Laura L. Lengnick
Sustainable Agriculture
B.S., University of Maryland
M.S., North Carolina State University
Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
Paul J. Magnarella
B.A., University of Connecticut
M.S., Fairfield University
A.M., Ph.D., Harvard University
J.D., University of Florida College of Law
*Jane McCoy
Music
B.M., Mars Hill
M.M., University of Colorado
Mallory McDuff
Outdoor Leadership / Environmental Studies
B.A., Vanderbilt University
M.S., University of South Alabama
Ph.D., University of Florida
M. Grace Mitchell
Education
B.S., East Carolina University
M.Ed., Duke University
M.A., University of North Carolina - Charlotte
Erin Amason Montero
Spanish
Ph.D., University of New Mexico
David G. Moore
Archaeology/Anthropology
B.A., University of California at Berkeley
*Joan Moser
Anthropology
B.M., University of North Carolina - Greensboro
Fulbright Scholar, Oslo University
M.A., University of North Carolina - Chapel Hill
Ph.D., Candidate, University of Michigan
Jennifer L. Mozolic
Psychology
B.S., University of Mary Washington
Ph.D., Wake Forest University
p 290 of 312
David A. Mycoff
English/Theatre/Writing
B.A., Washington and Lee University
M.A., Ph.D., University of Rochester
Samuel Scoville
English
B.A., Yale University
M.A.T., Ph.D., Duke University
Lyn O'Hare
Education
M.A., Banks Street College of Education
J. Thomas Showalter
History
B.A., Maryville College
M.A.C.T., University of Tennessee
Marty O'Keefe
Outdoor Leadership
B.S., M.Ed., St. Lawrence University
Ed.D., Boston University
Jeanne Matthews Sommer
Religious Studies
M.Div., Princeton Theological Seminary
Ph.D., Northwestern University
Philip L. Otterness
B.A., M.S., University of Pennsylvania
M.A., Cambridge University
M.A., Johns Hopkins University
Ph.D., University of Iowa
Robert A. Swoap
Psychology
B.A., Duke University
M.S., Ph.D., University of Florida
Graham Paul
Theatre
B.A., Antioch College
M.F.A., Tulane University
Angela Marie Phillips
French/Spanish
A.B., Georgetown University
Karen Powell
Art
M.F.A, University of North Carolina at
Greensboro
Edward O. Raiola
Carol Grotnes Belk Chair, Outdoor Leadership
B.A., California State University - Chico
M.A., University of Northern Colorado
Ph.D., Union Graduate School
Catherine Reid
Writing
B.A., Goddard College
M.A., University of Maine
Ph.D., Florida State University
Holly J. Rosson
Mathematics
B.S., Saint Michael's College
M.S., The University of Vermont
Ph.D., Dartmouth College
*Christine L. Swoap
Spanish
B.A., Binghamton University
M.A., University of Delaware
Michael A. Torres
Biology
B.S., Angelo State University
Ph.D., Texas A and M University
*Patricia H. Tuttle
Education
A.A., Peace College
B.A., St. Andrews Presbyterian College
M.A., Presbyterian School of Christian Education
Laura Vance
Sociology
B.A., M.A., Western Washington University
Ph.D., Simon Fraser University
Tsering Wangchuk
Religious Studies
Bachelor and Master of Buddhist Philosophy,
Institute of Buddhist Dialectics, India
M.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia,
Charlottesville
Evan B. Wantland
Mathematics and Computer Science
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Auburn University
p 291 of 312
Louise M. Weber
Biology/Environmental Studies
B.S., St. Mary's College
M.S., University of Notre Dame
Ph.D., Clemson University
Gretchen W. Whipple
Mathematics
B.A., Manhattanville College
M.S., Virginia Commonwealth University
M.S., Ph.D., Louisiana State University
Steven Williams
Music, College Organist
B.M., Mars Hill College
M.M., University of Illinois
Prix d'excellence, Conservatoire Nationale de Musique, France
D.M.A., University of Illinois
5.2.1
Library Faculty and Staff
David O. Bradshaw
User Services and Electronic Resources Librarian
B.A., East Carolina University
M.L.S., University of North Carolina - Greensboro
Heather Stewart Harvey
Instruction and Resource Sharing Librarian
B.A., University of California, Davis
M.L.I.S., San Jose State University
Teresa Imfeld
Library Technical Services Assistant
B.A., Miami University of Ohio
M.L.I.S., University of North Carolina at Greensboro
Yoke Mei Mah
Catalog Librarian
M.S., University of Illinois - Urbana-Campaign
M.A., Purdue University
Martha McLean
Serials and Resource Sharing Assistant
M.L.S., University of North Carolina at Greensboro
Christine Richert Nugent
Library Director
B.A., Texas A and M University - Commerce
M.S.L.S., University of Tennessee - Knoxville
Joy Pastucha
Acquisitions and Collection Development Librarian
A.A., Muskegon Community College
B.A., Central Michigan University
M.A., M.A.L.S., University of Michigan
Diana Sanderson
College Archivist
B.A., M.A. Louisiana State University - Baton Rouge
Certificate of Archival Studies, Eastern Tennessee University
BK Segall
Circulation Services and Library Crew Manager
A.G.S., Portland Community College
p 293 of 312
5.2.2
Staff Teachers
The following individuals are full-time College staff members and occasionally teach specific courses.
Donald E. Baker
Theatre
B.F.A., Wright State University
M.F.A., Case Western Reserve University
John Bowers
Writing
B.A., B.S., Lander University
M.A., Western Carolina University
Beverly Ohler
Theatre
B.A., Newark School of Fine Art Graduate Division
p 294 of 312
5.3
Graduate Faculty and Staff
Dean Bakopoulos
Fiction
B.A., University of Michigan
M.F.A., University of Wisconsin
5.3.1
Masters of Arts in Teaching
Nancy Hoffman
5.3.1.1 - MAT Graduate Faculty
M. Grace Mitchell
Director
B.S., East Carolina University
M.Ed., Duke University
M.A., University of North Carolina - Charlotte
Rick Barot
Poetry
B.A., Wesleyan University
M.F.A., University of Iowa
Charles Baxter
Fiction
B.A., Macalaster College
Ph.D., State University of New York at Buffalo
Annie Jonas
B.S., Guilford College
M. Ed., Harvard University
Marianne Boruch
Poetry
B.S., University of Illinois at Urbana
M.F.A., University of Massachusetts at Amherst
*Patricia H. Tuttle
MACFC Liaison
A.A., Peace College
B.A., St. Andrews Presbyterian College
M.A., Presbyterian School of Christian Education
Robert Boswell
Fiction
B.A., M.A., M.F.A., University of Arizona
5.3.2
The MFA Program for Writers
Karen Brennan
Fiction / Poetry
B.A., Newton College of the Sacred Heart
M.F.A., Goddard College
Ph.D., University of Arizona
Debra Allbery
Director
B.A., The College of Wooster
M.A., University of Virginia
Liam Callanan
Fiction
M.A., Georgetown University
M.F.A., George Mason University
Amy Grimm
Assistant to the Director
Gabrielle Calvocoressi
Poetry
B.A., Sarah Lawrence College
M.F.A., Columbia University
Alissa Whelan
Office Manager
B.A., East Carolina University
5.3.2.1 - MFA Graduate Faculty
Joan Aleshire
Poetry
B.A., Radcliffe College
M.F.A., Goddard College
Maud Casey
Fiction
M.F.A., University of Arizona
Christopher Castellani
Fiction
B.A., Swarthmore College
M.A., Tufts University
M.F.A., Boston University
p 295 of 312
Robert Cohen
Fiction
B.A., University of California, Berkeley
Mary Leader
Poetry
B.A., University of Oklahoma
J.D., University of Oklahoma
Stacy D'Erasmo
Fiction
B.A., Barnard College
M.A., New York University
James Longenbach
Poetry
B.A., Trinity College
Ph.D., Princeton University
Stephen Dobyns
Poetry / Fiction
B.A., Wayne State University
Maurice Manning
Poetry
M.A., University of Kentucky
M.F.A., University of Alabama
Anthony Doerr
Fiction
B.A., Bowdoin College
M.F.A., Bowling Green State University
Jennifer Grotz
Poetry
B.A., Tulane University
M.A., M.F.A., Indiana University
Ph.D., University of Houston
Kevin McIlvoy
Fiction
B.A., University of Illinois
M.A., Colorado State University
Jane Hamilton
Fiction
B.A., Carleton College
Alix Ohlin
Fiction
B.A., Harvard University
M.F.A., University of Texas at Austin
Brooks Haxton
Poetry
B.A., Beloit College
M. A., Syracuse University
Katie Peterson
Poetry
B.A., Stanford University
M.A., Harvard University
David Haynes
Fiction
B.A., Macalester College
M.A., Hamline University
Tony Hoagland
Poetry
B.G.S., University of Iowa
M.F.A., Ph.D., University of Arizona
C.J. Hribal
Fiction
B.A., St. Norbert College
M.F.A., Syracuse University
Victor LaValle
Fiction
B.A., Cornell University
Heather McHugh
Poetry
B.A., Harvard University
M.A., University of Denver
Martha Rhodes
Poetry
B.A., New York University
Steven Schwartz
Fiction
Dominic Smith
Fiction
B.A., University of Iowa
M.F.A., University of Texas at Austin
p 296 of 312
Debra Spark
Fiction
Megan Staffel
Fiction
B.F.A., Emerson College
Sarah Stone
Fiction
B.A., University of California, Santa Cruz
M.F.A., University of Michigan
Daniel Tobin
Poetry
B.A. Iona College
M.T.S., Harvard University
Peter Turchi
Fiction
B.A., Washington College
Ellen Bryant Voigt Poetry
B.A., Converse College
Alan Williamson
Poetry
B.A., Haverford College
M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University
Eleanor Wilner
Poetry
B.A., Goucher College
M.A., Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University
C. Dale Young
Poetry
B.A., Boston College
M.A., Ph.D., University of Florida
6.1
Board of Trustees
Mr. Joel B. Adams
Vice Chair
Asheville, North Carolina
Mr. John N. Alexander
Charlotte, North Carolina
Ms. Leslie Anderson
Treasurer
Mr. H. Ross Arnold III
Atlanta, Georgia
Mrs. Stuart Buice
New York, New York
Mr. James A. Kuhns
Sonoma, California
Dr. Anne Graham Masters
Greenville, South Carolina
Dr. Kenneth B. Orr
Montreat, North Carolina
Mr. Mack Pearsall
Fairview, North Carolina
Mr. Robert G. Smith
Dr. George E. Stuart
Barnardsville, North Carolina
Mrs. Alice C. Buhl
Secretary
Pittsboro, North Carolina
The Rev. Dr. Terry V. Swicegood
Northbrook, Illinois
Mr. William H. Christy
Black Mountain, North Carolina
Mr. Stephen L. Ummel
Chicago, Illinois
Mr. Donald R. Cooper
Dr. Henry J. Copeland
Montreat, North Carolina
Dr. Sherle Stevenson Edwards
York Harbor, Maine
Dr. Jonathan L. Elion
Wakefield, Rhode Island
Mr. Thomas F. Frist
Montreat, North Caroliona
Mr. Thomas K. Johnson
Marietta, Georgia
Mr. Ronald F. Hunt
Chair
6.1.1 - Board of Trustees Ex-Officio
Members
Dr. William S. Pfeiffer
President of the College
Mrs. Mary Cecil
Mr. Howell L. Ferguson
Tallahassee, Florida
Lucy Laurence
Faculty Representative
The Rev. Thomas F. Mainor
Chair, Church and Interfaith Relations Council
Williamsburg, Virginia
Mrs. Saundra R. Kaplan
Swannanoa, North Carolina
Dr. Susannah M. Chewning
President, Alumni Board
Cranford, New Jersey
Mr. Thomas L. Kilday
Greeneville, Tennessee
Dr. Hugh D. Verner
p 298 of 312
Mr. James W. G. Woollcott
Staff and student representatives to be elected.
p 299 of 312
6.2
Alumni Board
Dr. Susannah M. Chewning Ph.D. 1987
President
Cranford, New Jersey
Ms. Melissa Thomas Davis 1971
President Elect
Weaverville, North Carolina
Mr. Faris A. Ashkar 1972
Past President
Knoxville, Tennessee
Ms. Megan Swett 2000
Secretary
Decatur, Georgia
Mr. Harry L. Atkins 1956
Huntsville, Alabama
Mr. Vijaykumar Barnabas 1982
Dallas, Texas
Mrs. Peggy Burke 1956
Morristown, New Jersey
Mr. Jim Hilliard 1966
Washington, Pennsylvania
Mr. Adeeb Sayyar 1973
Knoxville, Tennessee
Mr. John Snider 1991
Charlotte, North Carolina
Mr. James Bailes 1978
Hendersonville, North Carolina
Mr. Ben Kimmel 1991
Durham, North Carolina
Ms. Dancia Langley 1995
Bethesda, Maryland
Mr. David J. Sullivan 1973
Roanoke, Virginia
Mr. Dennis Thompson 1977
Columbus, Ohio
Ms. Linda H. Orndorf 1987
Mr. Richard Neil Thomas 1984
Ms. Christine Toriello Walshe 2001
Malibu, California
Ms. DruAnna Williams Overbay 1961
Talbott, Tennessee
Mr. Tim B. Deuitch 1983
St. Paul, Minnesota
Mr. Samuel E. Ray 1956
Hendersonville, North Carolina
p 300 of 312
6.3
Church Relations Council
The Rev. Vernon S. Broyles III
Louisville, Kentucky
The Rev. David Burns
Atlanta, Georgia
The Rev. Mary Jane Cornell
Atlanta, Georgia
Ms. Ann Hartzog Hall
Ms. Elizabeth G. Harrington
Greensboro, North Carolina
The Rev. Harold E. Johnson
Boonton, New Jersey
The Rev. James H. Kennedy '54
Mr. Charles R. Latimer
Cary, North Carolina
The Rev. Thomas F. Mainor
Chair
Williamsburg, Virginia
The Rev. James L. Moseley
Newark, Delaware
The Rev. Roger Scott Powers
Baltimore, Maryland
The Rev. Dr. Eugene C. Rollins
Liberty Hill, South Carolina
The Rev. Charles A. Summers
Richmond, Virginia
Ms. Charlotte Knight Wallace
Lincoln Park, New Jersey
Ms. Julie Lehman
Ex-OfficioChurch Relations Development
Manager
The Rev. Margaret Lauterer
Burnsville, North Carolina
The Rev. Steven D. Runholt
Ex-Officio
Swannanoa, North Carolina
The Rev. April Love-Fordham
Marietta, Georgia
WWC President William Sanborne Pfeiffer
Ex-Officio
p 301 of 312
6.4
Endowed Scholarships
The following is a list of Endowed Scholarships that are assigned based on the Financial Aid form received with the
Admission application.
Chris and Olga Ahrens - deserving student(s) from Central America.
Stella Frosst Alexander and James Moses Alexander - merit.
Cyrus E. and Marian P. Anderson - a junior or senior Education major, who must have at least a 3.0 GPA,
demonstrated financial need and plans to become a classroom teacher.
Stevenette Gentry Anderson - preferences (1) Business/Finance Major; (2) Music Minor (Major if offered); (3)
Resident of western North Carolina, East Tennessee, or The Appalachian Region.
Ernest and Frances Arnold - deserving student.
Asheville Normal and Teachers College - students from the Appalachian region majoring in Education, with
preference given to women.
Dr. Arthur M. Bannerman - a student who has completed his/her junior year standing with a GPA of 3.3 based on
4.0, and is returning for the senior year. Recommendation for the award will be based on demonstrated leadership
or leadership potential. The Administrative Council will select the winner.
Arthur and Lucile Bannerman - need; all-around student; leads a religious life; "C" average or better.
David C. Beebe - international students.
Ralph Waldo Beeson and Orlean Bullard Beeson - need.
George and Evelyn Brabson - merit.
Harold V. Brookshire Honor - rising senior majoring in Education.
Alice P. Burnette - pre-vet student.
Melvin and Selma Burns - full-time student; preference to international students.
Alfred O. Canon - need.
Carnahan-Jackson Foundation - need.
Ambrose C. Clarke - need.
Helen S. Cody - need.
John Palmer Darnall and Sara Ernst Darnall - need.
C. Grier Davis - needy students from the nearby area.
Katie Dean - need.
Samuel and Evelyn DeVries - need.
p 302 of 312
Dorland-Bell - need, with a preference given to (1) relative of a Dorland-Bell alumna (2) resident of Madison
County, North Carolina.
Shelley Saunders Eatherly Sustainability - students majoring in Environmental Studies or related field with focus
on sustainability; competitive.
Chester and Louise Ferguson - student(s) from east Tennessee; from Tallahassee, Florida area; from the Tampa
Bay, Florida area; or from northwestern Georgia (Dalton, Chasworth, or Ellijay areas).
James R. Fields - need.
Robert Alanson Forbes - preference to international students with demonstrated financial need.
Fox Chapel Presbyterian Church - need.
Desiree Franklin - descendent of a Confederate veteran; need.
French Broad River Garden Club - Junior or Senior Environmental Studies major.
Vera C. Furst - unrestricted.
Philip H. Garrou - need.
Rebecca Glanville Memorial - entering freshman with a GPA of 3.0 or better and an interest in helping others.
Louis Philip Guigou - need.
Hampton - Newcombe - need.
Angela S. Bedrossian Hancock - displaced Armenian student from Lebanon, Cyprus, or Syria, if possible.
Jane Bradley Hansen Memorial - white males of the mountain counties of western North Carolina.
Elizabeth Harkey - international (Africa or Mexico first preference) or from low-income neighborhoods in
Charlotte, North Carolina.
The Rev. John R. and Katherine Lambert Hays - assist in meeting the general needs of students leading to their
graduation.
John William Hess Memorial - black student who leads a Christian life.
Elizabeth W. Holden - need.
John M. Holden - international students, with preference given to those who are fatherless.
Reuben and Elizabeth Holden - need.
Willie Sue Toms Hudgins - need.
Francis Pledger Hulme - rising Sophomore majoring in English.
Margery Anderson Iseman - need.
Anne Lee Jardine - merit not to exclude need; pre-school and elementary education majors from Appalachia.
Ruby Killian Jenkins - need.
p 303 of 312
Henry Jensen - preference to a student or students of demonstrated financial need. The student or students should
be of good academic and social standing.
Ida Johnson - need, academic achievement, character, motivation.
Homer and Helen Jones - need.
Christine Fields Jorgensen - preference to female students; need.
The Reverend and Suella Denson Keller - need.
Helen Kittredge Memorial - need.
William G. and Elizabeth Skeele Klein - minority or international student, preferably a sociology major going into
Christian social work.
William and Rose Knoop - need.
Bernhard and Kathrine Laursen - need and character.
Clarence and Mary Lecrone - need.
William S. Lee Memorial - international (Africa or Mexico first preference) or from low-income neighborhoods in
Charlotte, North Carolina.
J. Edwin Leech - need.
Donald B. Litchard - need.
Karla Longree - need.
Christina and Malcolm Maccubbin Memorial - recipient to have completed at least one semester at WWC in
good standing.
Carl A. and Bernice Marshall - Appalachian students showing great need.
Elinor L. Martin - need.
John M. Matthews, Sr., Memorial - need.
James and Claudia Maxwell - student from east Tennessee; from the Tallahassee, Florida area; from the Tampa
Earl H. Mayne - international.
R. Bruce and Audrey McBratney - need.
D. J. McIntosh - math, science, or religion majors.
George and Asha McMillan and Dr. Lisa Bland McMillan - needy Christian student.
Charles F. Myers, Jr., Student Leadership - leadership in athletics.
Elmer and Catherine Neese - need.
p 304 of 312
Charlotte W. Newcombe Foundation - needy students from the area in which the College is located.
Barbara Otis - international students.
Randall Overrocker - need.
Grace Lee Peace - rising seniors who have demonstrated an extraordinary dedication to peace and social justice.
Pearl Foundation - students with need who have been out of school for five years or more.
Joshua Peterson Memorial - deserving students with demonstrated financial need.
Racial and Ethnic Students - racial/ethnic minority students with demonstrated financial need.
Linda Read - need.
Fleet and Laura Reeves - needy student from western North Carolina.
Verne Rhoades - worthy, hard-working students from Buncombe County, North Carolina, only.
Ada Rice and Beatrice Rice Wells Memorial - preference to descendants or relatives of those who attended
Asheville Normal and Teachers' College.
Dick and Julia Richards - international students.
Lunsford Richardson - international students.
Alcwyn and Billie Roberts - need.
Marshall and Mary Elizabeth Roberts - need, preferablly an English or Creative Writing major with a GPA of 3.0
or higher.
Elizabeth and Eva Robinson - need.
Esther and Samuel Robinson - international students.
George and Charlie Ruth Ross - student from east Tennessee; from the Tallahassee, Florida area; from the Tampa
W. Osborne Rowland - preference to students from Delaware County, Pennsylvania.
Russell Charitable Trust Scholarship - need.
The Sallie Mae Fund Endowed Scholarship for Business and Economic Majors - undergraduate students
enrolled in the Helen Powers Business and Economics Program.
George A. and Marie B. Scheetz - need.
Service and Peace Awards - students preparing for careers in service-related areas such as Christian service, Peace
Corps, social work, etc. Also stipends for service trips.
Alma Shippy - to promote diversity among the student body; need.
Al Logan Slagle - worthy student of Native American heritage.
Howard and Alison Stanton - need; preference to international students.
p 305 of 312
Dennis and Kay Stockdale Scholarship - need.
Roger Stuck Service Scholarship - preference to Warren Wilson undergraduates who have completed two years of
government service in one of the following ways: the U.S. Armed Services (Army, Navy, Air Force, Marines, or
Coast Guard); national programs such as Peace Corps, VISTA and Ameri-Corps, or similar state, regional, or local
programs. This scholarship should be awarded based on need. However, it should not replace other grants.
Algernon Sydney Sullivan - need; also academic promise, high personal character, and commitment to public
service.
Algie and Elizabeth Sutton - merit.
Mary B. Sweet - international student.
Bertie and Lester Taylor - need; recommend that one year in five, consideration be given to an international
student.
Hugh and Margaret Verner - need and first in family to go to college.
Donald T. Warner - merit. Awarded through the Admission Office.
Joan Purkey Watkins - students in good standing with a minor in music.
Wayne Presbyterian Church (Wayne, Pennsylvania) - need.
Harriette Lucile Shope Weaver - need.
Sprinza Weizenblatt - need.
Thomas E. Whiteman - unrestricted.
Frances Moffitt Whitfield - need.
Wilson-Kisbaugh - need.
J. Houston Witherspoon - need.
Woodbury Foundation - merit or need. Biography required.
James W. G. and Llewellyn Woollcott - need.
Austin Wright Leadership Scholarship: - Jr. or Sr. Outdoor Leadership major with need who has overcome such
obstacles as a learning disability or an experience of significant loss. Recipients are chosen by the Outdoor
Leadership faculty.
Grover and Ruth Yeager - students from Pennsylvania.
p 306 of 312
7.1
Index of Sections
1.4.5 Provisional Admission
1.4.6 Early Admission
1.4.7 Deferred Admission
1.4.8 College Credit While in High School
1.4.9 Advanced Placement (AP) Credit
1.4.9.1 AP Credit Table
1.4.10 Transfer Admission
1.4.11 International Student Admission
1.4.12 Financial Aid to International
Students
1.4.13 Admission to the Spring Semester
1.4.14 Day Students
1.4.15 Falsification of Records
1.4.16 Credit for Prior Learning
1.4.17 Graduate Equivalency Degrees
(G.E.D.)
1.4.18 Readmission
0 -- FRONT MATTER
0.1 Academic Calendar
0.2 Warren Wilson College Catalog 2009 -- 2010
0.2.1 Nondiscrimination Policy
0.2.2 Disclaimer
0.3 From the President
0.4 Accreditation and Memberships
0.4.1 Accreditation
0.4.2 Memberships
0.4.3 Licensure
0.4.4 Religious Affiliation
0.4.5 Special Note
1.5 Financial Aid
0.5 Table of Contents
1.5.1 Federal and State Programs Available
1.5.2 Other Loans
1.5.3 Financial Aid Deadline
1.5.4 Campus Work Program
1.5.5 Scholarships
1.5.6 Required Financial Aid Forms
1.5.7 Satisfactory Academic Progress
Standards
1 -- GENERAL INFORMATION
1.1 Mission, Values, Objectives, and Vision
1.1.1 Introduction
1.1.2 Mission Statement
1.1.3 Core Values
1.1.4 Enduring Institutional Objectives
1.1.5 Vision
1.6 Withdrawal and Refund Policy
1.6.1 Institutional Withdrawal Policy
1.6.2 Institutional Refund Policy
1.6.3 Federal Return of Funds
1.6.4 Return of All Other Funds
1.2 College Profile
1.2.1 The Campus
1.2.2 A Unique Educational Triad
1.2.3 Study Abroad
1.2.4 Sustainability
1.2.5 Diversity
1.2.6 Community
1.2.7 Governance
1.7 Student Life
1.3 History
1.4 Undergraduate Admission
1.4.1 The Freshman Student Admission
Process
1.4.2 Committing to Warren Wilson
1.4.3 Early Decision
1.4.4 Wait List
1.7.1 Athletics and Recreational Facilities
1.7.2 Clubs/Intramural Teams
1.7.3 Counseling Center
1.7.4 Health Center
1.7.5 Governance (see section 1.2.7)
1.7.6 Outdoor Programs
1.7.7 Residence Halls
1.7.8 RISE (Resistance, Intervention, Safety
& Empowerment) Project
1.7.9 Special Needs
1.7.10 Academic Support Services
1.7.11 Spiritual Life
1.7.12 Student Activities
p 307 of 312
1.7.13 Student Media
1.7.14 Wellness
2.2 Service-Learning Program
2.2.1 Graduation Requirements, Including
Deadlines for Juniors and Seniors
2.2.2 The Extended Service Project
Reflection
2.2.3 Documentation of Service Hours and
Statute of Limitations
2.2.4 Pre-Approved Agencies
2.2.5 Limitations on Service Credit
2.2.6 Student Recognition
2.2.7 Examples of Service Projects
2.2.8 Bonner Community Leaders Program
1.8 Special Facilities and Resources
1.8.1 Warren Wilson Archaeological Site
1.8.2 Computer Facilities and Information
Technology
1.8.3 Geographic Information Systems
Laboratory
1.8.4 Environmental Leadership Center
1.8.5 Holden Visual Arts Center and Gallery
1.8.6 Kittredge Theatre
1.8.7 Music Facilities
1.8.8 Mountain Area Child and Family
Center
1.8.9 Appalachian and Intercultural
Collections
1.8.10 Summer Educational and Cultural
Programs
1.8.11 Visiting Scholars and Lyceum
Programs
2.3 Academic Policies and Regulations
2.3.1 Student Responsibility
2.3.2 Modular Academic Calendar (see
section 0.1)
2.3.3 Registration and Course Load
2.3.4 Adding and Dropping Courses
2.3.5 Administrative Withdrawal
2.3.6 Withdrawing from a Course
2.3.7 Pass/Fail Grades
2.3.8 Independent Study
2.3.9 Incomplete Grades
2.3.10 Academic Honesty
2.3.11 Contested Grades
2.3.12 Repeating Courses
2.3.13 Grade Reports
2.3.14 Class Attendance
2.3.15 Classification
2.3.16 GPA (Grade Point Average)
2.3.17 Probation and Suspension
2.3.18 Conditions of Academic Probation
2.3.19 Student Complaint Policy and
Procedure
1.9 Distinctive Educational Opportunities
1.9.1 Appalachian Studies (see section
3.2.08.2.18)
1.9.2 Asheville Area Education Consortium
1.9.3 International Programs: Study Abroad
Opportunities
1.9.4 Honors Programs
1.9.5 Three-two Cooperative Program
1.9.6 English Language Learners
Opportunities
1.10 PEW Learning Center and Ellison Library
1.10.1 Overview
1.10.2 The Arthur S. Link Archives and
Elizabeth Shepard Special Collections
2.4 Baccalaureate Degree Requirements
2.4.1 Triad Education Program
2.4.2 Triad Education Program
Requirements
2 -- THE TRIAD
2.1 Work Program
3 -- PROGRAMS OF STUDY
2.1.1 Introduction
2.1.2 Mission Statement
2.1.3 Graduation Work Requirement
2.1.4 The Learning Experience
2.1.5 Career Services
2.1.6 How Work Crew Assignments Are
Made
2.1.7 Descriptions of Current Work Crews
and Positions (alpha by crew)
3.1 Majors, Concentrations, Honors & Minors
3.2 Baccalaureate Degrees
3.2.1 Art
3.2.1.1 Program Overview
3.2.1.2 Major in Art
3.2.1.3 Minor in Art
p 308 of 312
3.2.8.2.2 Honors Program Natural Sciences
3.2.2 Biology
3.2.8.3 Concentrations
3.2.8.3.1 Conservation Biology
3.2.8.3.2 Environmental Chemistry
3.2.8.3.3 Environmental Education
3.2.8.3.4 Environmental Policy
3.2.8.3.5 Sustainable Agriculture
3.2.8.3.6 Sustainable Forestry
3.2.2.2 Major in Biology
3.2.2.4 Minor in Biology
3.2.3.2 Major in Business and Economics
3.2.3.2.1 General Business Administration
3.2.3.2.2 Entrepreneurship/Small Business
Management
3.2.3.2.3 Non-Profit Management
3.2.3.2.4 Sustainable Economic
Development
3.2.8.4 Pre-environmental Management and
Pre-forestry Dual Degree Programs
3.2.8.4.1 Requirements for Admission to the
Dual Degree Program at Duke University
3.2.8.5 Minor in Environmental Studies
3.2.9 Gender and Women's Studies
3.2.9.2 Minor in Women's Studies
3.2.3.3 Minor in Business or Economics
3.2.3.3.1 Minor in Business
3.2.3.3.2 Minor in Economics
3.2.10.2 Major in Global Studies
3.2.10.2.1 Concentrations
3.2.10.2.2 Thematic Tracks
3.2.4 Chemistry
3.2.4.2 Major in Chemistry
3.2.4.2.1 Biochemistry
3.2.10.3 Minors in Global Studies
3.2.10.3.1 Appalachian Studies
3.2.10.3.2 Applied Geospatial Technology
3.2.10.3.3 Intercultural Studies
3.2.10.3.4 Latin American Studies
3.2.4.4 Minor in Chemistry
3.2.5 Creative Writing - see section 3.2.26
3.2.6 Education
3.2.11 History and Political Science
3.2.6.3 Minor in Education
3.2.11.2 Major in History and Political
Science
3.2.11.3 Concentrations
3.2.11.3.1 History
3.2.11.3.2 Political Science
3.2.7 English
3.2.7.2 Major in English
3.2.7.2.2 Theatre / English
3.2.7.2.3 English / Creative Writing (see
section 3.2.23)
3.2.11.4 Minor in History and Political
Science
3.2.7.3 Minor in English
3.2.8.2 Major in Environmental Studies
3.2.12.2 Major in Integrative Studies
3.2.12.2.1 Integrative Studies Major
Proposal
p 309 of 312
3.2.13 Mathematics and Computer Science
3.2.22 Social Work
3.2.13.2 Major in Mathematics
3.2.13.3 Minor in Mathematics
3.2.22.2 Major in Social Work
3.2.23 Sociology / Anthropology
3.2.23.2 Major in Sociology / Anthropology
3.2.23.2.1 Concentrations
3.2.14.2 Major in Modern Languages
3.2.14.3 Minor in Modern Languages
3.2.23.3 Minor in Sociology / Anthropology
3.2.15 Music
3.2.15.2 Minor in Music
3.2.24 Theatre
3.2.24.2 Major in Theatre / English (see
section 3.2.05.2.2)
3.2.24.3 Minor in Theatre
3.2.16.2 Major in Outdoor Leadership
3.2.16.3 Minor in Outdoor Leadership
3.2.25 Women's Studies - see section 3.2.9
3.2.26 Writing
3.2.17 Peace and Justice Studies
3.2.26.2 Major in Creative Writing (see
section 3.2.05.2.3)
3.2.26.3 Minor in Creative Writing
3.2.17.2 Peace and Justice Thematic Track
within the Global Studies Major (see section
3.2.08.2.2.3)
3.2.17.3 Minor in Peace and Justice Studies
3.3 Masters Degree Programs
3.2.18 Philosophy
3.2.18.2 Major in Philosophy
3.2.18.3 Minor in Philosophy
3.3.2 Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing
3.3.2.2 The Degree
3.3.2.3 Program Details
3.2.19 Physics
3.2.19.2 Minor in Physics
3.2.20 Psychology
3.4 Specialized Advising Areas
3.4.1 Pre-Law Advising
3.2.20.2 Major in Psychology
3.2.20.2.1 B.A. in Psychology
3.2.20.2.2 B.S. in Psychology
3.4.2 Pre-Medical and Pre-allied Health Advising
3.2.20.3 Minor in Psychology
3.4.4 Pre-Veterinary Medicine Advising
3.4.3 Pre-Peace Corps, International, and NonGovernmental Service Advising
3.2.21.2 Major in Religious Studies
3.2.21.3 Minor in Religious Studies
4 -- COURSES OF INSTRUCTION
4.1 Courses of Instruction
p 310 of 312
4.29 Theatre (THR)
4.3 Art (ART)
4.30 Writing (WRI)
4.4 Biology (BIO)
4.5 Business (BA)
5 -- DIRECTORY INFORMATION
4.6 Chemistry (CHM)
5.1 Administration and Staff
4.7 Economics (ECO)
5.1.1 Office of the President
5.1.2 Office of the Vice President for
Academic Affairs and Dean of the College
5.1.2.1 Office of Service-Learning
4.8 Education (EDU)
4.8.1 Undergraduate Level Courses
4.8.2 Masters Level Courses
5.1.3 Environmental Leadership Center
5.1.4 Office of Student Life
5.1.5 Office of the Dean of Work
5.1.6 Office of Advancement
5.1.7 Office of Admission
5.1.7.1 Office of Marketing
4.9 English (ENG)
4.10 Environmental Studies (ENS)
4.11 Gender and Women's Studies (GDS)
5.1.8 Office of Business Affairs
5.1.8.1 Accounting
5.1.8.2 Financial Aid
5.1.8.3 Purchasing
5.1.8.4 Administrative Computing
5.1.8.5 Information Technology
5.1.8.6 College Press
5.1.8.7 Facility Management and Technical
Services
4.13 History (HIS)
5.1.9 Swannanoa Gathering
4.17 Music (MUS)
5.2 Faculty
5.2.1 Library Faculty and Staff
5.2.2 Staff Teachers
4.19 Peace Studies (PAX)
5.3 Graduate Faculty and Staff
5.3.1 Masters of Arts in Teaching
5.3.1.1 MAT Graduate Faculty
4.22 Physics (PHY)
5.3.2 The MFA Program for Writers
5.3.2.1 MFA Graduate Faculty
4.26 Science (SCI)
6 -- COLLEGE RELATIONS,
ADVANCEMENT, & GOVERNANCE
6.1 Board of Trustees
p 311 of 312
6.1.1 Board of Trustees Ex-Officio
Members
6.4 Endowed Scholarships
6.2 Alumni Board
7 -- INDEX OF SECTIONS
6.3 Church Relations Council
7.1 Index of Sections
p 312 of 312

2010-2011 College Catalog

Transcription

Similar documents

CityFLO F-101 Voodoo Figter Jet

Wilson and Fourteen Points

Repair the Fair Poster

SCHOOLS CLOSED OR DELAYED

Cruisin` at the Wilson Center

The 1897 Sears, Roebuck and Co. Catalog

July 1973 - Warren Astronomical Society